550 - Amm - Vol01 PDF

AS550 C3
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Issue date : 2010.10.07

Revision 003 : 2012.09.27
Volume : 1/7
Chapters : 01 to 24
EUROCOPTER
Direction Technique Support
Aéroport International Marseille Provence
13 725 Marignane Cedex FRANCE
TITLE Page 2
2012.09.27
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL AS550
HIGHLIGHTS
1. General
The issue dated 2012.11.05, Temporary Revision 004a comprises tasks refered to in the detailed
description of the update.
For each UD, this revision specifies:
The type of change incorporated:
- (M) aircraft build standard changed,

- (C) discrepancy corrected,
- (I) information added for clarification,
- (R) new text without build standard change,
- (F) form changed.
The reason for the change (whenever necessary).
If maintenance is affected (Y) or not (N).
2. Detailed description of the revision.

See table on next page:
HIGHLIGHTS-TR Page 1
2012.11.05
C.S.S Conf. Type of Maintenance Reason for the change

change work affected
67-21-00, 5-1 001 I Y Information added

67-21-01, 5-1 I Y Information added
76-11-03, 5-2 002 I Y Information added
76-11-04, 5-2 I Y Information added
HIGHLIGHTS-TR Page 2
2012.11.05
RECORD OF REVISIONS
TITLE Page 4
2012.09.27
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

TITLE Page 6
2012.09.27
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
COMPOSITION OF THE TEMPORARY REVISION

Versions : C3
NOTE
THIS PAGE WILL BE DELETED UPON INCOR-

PORATION OF THE NORMAL REVISION BEAR-
ING SAME NUMBER WITHOUT ALPHABETICAL
INDEX.
N: New
R: Revised
D: Deleted
This manual contains the following Temporary Revisions:
Title Date Type
Highlights-TR 2012.11.05gf N
List of effective documentary units-TR 2012.11.05gf N
67 - List of effective documentary units-TR 2012.11.05gf N
76 - List of effective documentary units-TR 2012.11.05gf N
LOEDU-TR Page 1
END OF MODULE 2012.11.05
LOEDU-TR Page 2
2012.11.05
Versions : C3
N: New
R: Revised
D: Deleted
Title Date Type
Highlights 2012.09.27gf N
01 - Title page 2012.09.27gf N
List of effective documentary units 2012.09.27gf N
Introduction 2011.11.28gf
Service Bulletin List 2012.09.27gf R
Chapter listing 2012.09.27gf N
01 - List of effective documentary units 2012.09.27gf N
LOEDU Page 1
2012.09.27
Title Date Type

LOEDU Page 2
INTRODUCTION
1. Purpose of the Manual

A. The Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM) is designed to provide helicopter operators with the
necessary information to ensure the maintenance of the helicopter.
B. The AMM contains maintenance, inspection and repair data for the Operational and
Intermediate levels only.
Whenever the repair criteria defined in the AMM are exceeded, please contact the
EUROCOPTER network for the definition of a repair, if applicable, or the decision to discard the
component.
C. The following publications are associated with the operation and maintenance of the helicopter:
- The Component Maintenance Manual (CMM).

- The Flight Manual (FLM).
- The Illustrated Parts Catalogue (IPC).
- The Illustrated Tool Catalog (ICO or Chapter 13 of the IPC).
- The Master Servicing Manual (MSM).
- The Standard Practices Manual (MTC).
- The Wiring Diagram Manual (WDM).
- The Index of Modifications (SIM).
- The Structural Repair Manual (SRM) (if exists).
In addition to the AMM, the corresponding engine publications (EMM) are provided with each
helicopter delivered.
2. Definition of required maintenance levels for application of repairs

The various maintenance tasks are classified in levels so as to take into account the complexity of
the tasks, the place of execution of the operations, the equipment and the training of the personnel.
For structural repair requirements, these levels are defined by the letters "O", "I", "I+" and "D":
- "O" LEVEL (Operation Level): This refers to implementation of simple structural repairs, carried
out during line maintenance by the crew and/or line mechanics using limited equipment, in order
to maintain the operational capability of the aircraft.
- "I" LEVEL (Intermediate level): This refers to implementation of small repairs on or out of the
aircraft, in a repair workshop using fixed facilities, by skilled, trained and qualified personnel, in
order to restore the operational capability of the aircraft or equipment.
NOTE
For the "O" and "I" levels, repairs may be carried out
in accordance with the instructions of EUROCOPTER
publications: AMM / SRM / MTC.
The rules defined for the "O" level are applicable to the "I" level.
- "I+" LEVEL: This refers to implementation of repairs on the primary structure or on stressed
composite parts, with the approval of the EUROCOPTER Technical Support Department,
. In a Repair Center mandatorily approved by EUROCOPTER,
. Or with mandatory Technical Assistance from EUROCOPTER if the work is carried out of a
INTRODUCTION Page 1
2011.11.28
EUROCOPTER Approved Repair Center,
. Or with the assistance of a EUROCOPTER Approved Repair Center if the work is performed out of
a EUROCOPTER Approved Repair Center.
NOTE
"I+" level repairs require approval from the

EUROCOPTER Technical Support Department. The
repair work must be approved by EUROCOPTER
("I+" specific maintenance documentation, or specific
repair sheet submitted to EUROCOPTER for
approval), or transmitted to EUROCOPTER if already
approved by the supervisory authorities of the repair
workshop. The "I+" level work cards are identified in
the work card title.
The rules defined for the "I" level are applicable to the "I+" level.
3. Following up the technical publications

A. The manuals are valid only if they are regularly kept up to date by the users.
B. Advice to operators
Paper manuals that have not been kept up to date must not be used for helicopter
maintenance. They shall be destroyed on the spot or clearly marked "documentation not up to
date".
The contents of the paper manuals must be checked periodically. The revision status of the
paper manuals is covered by a Documentation Revision Status Sheet that is issued at regular
intervals by the helicopter manufacturer.
A paper manual that has not been updated is often unusable and its replacement with a new
manual is the most cost effective solution.
4. Updating the manual

A. Revision
- The Maintenance Manuals are updated by means of a regular updating system. The
revisions update all or part of the manual. They are issued with the instructions which
explain how to modify the manual (Update instructions).
The user or the operator is responsible for making sure that only the correct issue of the
manual is used. The effectivity of the manual is given on the title page.
- All the changes (new, canceled or replaced pages) made to the manuals must be
incorporated and recorded on the list of updates.
- Comply with the updating instructions to carry out the update of the manual. This should
ensure that the manual corresponds to the new composition, with each chapter in
accordance with its own List of Effective Pages (LOEDU).
- The changes are indicated in the following ways:
. All modifications to, additions to or deletions from a text and modifications to figures are
indicated by a black line in the margin.
. If part of the text is relocated this may result in changes in the numbering of the pages,
tables or figures but these changes are not indicated.
. All the pages in a modified page block have the same modification date.
INTRODUCTION Page 2
2011.11.28
5. Temporary Revision
A. General
Between two Normal Revisions, EUROCOPTER may need to make modifications to points of
the manual considered important; this will be done through temporary revisions. The Temporary
Revision deals with information which requires quick distribution and which cannot wait until the
next normal revision is issued.
Several Temporary Revisions may be issued between two Normal Revisions.
The new, revised or deleted Documentary Units (DU) are issued on yellow color paper. The
changes are indicated by a vertical line in the margin.
Temporary Revisions are identified by the number of the next Normal Revision followed by a
letter (taken in alphabetical order) and a date code.
B. Composition and updating

The Temporary Revision is composed of an "Update instructions" section, a List of Effective
Pages of the Temporary Revision, one (or several) List(s) of Effective Pages for the chapter(s)
and one (or several) Documentary Unit(s).
The "Update instructions" section gives a list of the highlights of the Temporary Revision. This
information is issued with each new Temporary Revision (TR).
The List of Effective Pages of the Temporary Revision (LOEDU-TR) identifies the chapters
modified by all the Temporary Revisions. The date code associated with the Documentary Unit
corresponds to the date of the Temporary Revision at which it was modified. This list is issued
with each new Temporary Revision and supersedes the previous one. It must be inserted at the
beginning of the manual in the preliminary Documentary Units and kept until the next Normal
Revision (RN).
The List of Effective Pages of the chapters "XX-LOEDU-TR" identifies the new, revised or
deleted Documentary Units of the chapters affected by the Temporary Revisions. The date code
associated with the chapter corresponds to the date of the TR at which it was modified. Only
the List of Effective Pages of the modified chapters are issued. These lists must be inserted at
the beginning of the chapters concerned and they cancel and supersede the previous ones.
They must be retained until the next RN.
New, revised or deleted Documentary Units:
- For a new Documentary Unit: the new yellow-colored Documentary Unit must be inserted
directly in the manual.
- For a revised Documentary Unit: all the pages of the yellow-colored revised Documentary
Unit cancel and supersede all the pages of the white-colored Documentary Unit
concerned. This white-colored Documentary Unit must be removed from the manual.
- For a deleted Documentary Unit: only the first page of the Documentary Unit that must be
removed is issued on yellow-colored paper through the Temporary Revision. This page
bears the word "DELETED". It cancels and supersedes all the pages of the white-colored
Documentary Unit concerned. This white-colored Documentary Unit must be removed
from the manual.
INTRODUCTION Page 3
2011.11.28
ALL TEMPORARY REVISIONS INCORPORATED

INTO THE MANUAL MUST BE RECORDED IN THE
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS.
6. Erratum
This procedure is used to correct composition errors that do not in any way affect the technical data
involving flight safety and the certification of the aircraft. This procedure is used to correct these
errors rapidly and is completely separated from the revisions.
The date code marked on the replacement page is underlined but it remains unchanged.
Consequently, the page enclosed with the erratum page must replace the page issued previously.
7. Preprint
Preprint is a preliminary edition, which is used to transmit an update of the technical documentation
in advance of the normal process of management and publication of the information.
This procedure is used:
- to reply to a customer after he has reported irregularities that require changes to the technical
publications,
- to introduce new parts and/or systems not included as part of technical publications supplied by
EUROCOPTER.
EUROCOPTER approves the contents of the data transmitted by Preprint.
NOTE
For the approved parts (certification), no page can be

sent before approval is granted by the authorities.
Rules for the Preprint diffusion process:
- The Documentary Units are printed on salmon-colored paper.

- The Documentary Units bear the word "PREPRINT" in the diagonal.
- The Documentary Units are identified by a new date code.
- The Documentary Units must be inserted in place of the modified Documentary Units.
EUROCOPTER preferably transmits the Preprints electronically.
In any case no preliminary edition will remain as is. It will always be followed by the standard
procedure of revision (TR and RN). The DUs must be removed by the customer upon receipt of the
corresponding DU TR and/or DU RN which take into account the modifications transmitted through
Preprint.
8. Composition of the manual

The Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM) is made up of two parts:
- Part I of the manual contains all the descriptive type data for all the systems. This Part I is
called Systems Description Section (SDS). It is physically separated from Part II and is totally
self-contained.
INTRODUCTION Page 4
2011.11.28
- Part II contains the data required for the maintenance and fault isolation operations and
procedures.
9. Structure of the manual

The AMM is broken down into several levels in accordance with the ATA Specification No.100,
Revision 31, with a "Chapter - Section - Subject" numbering system that uses six digits.
10. Structure pages

The AMM contains a series of pages called "Structure pages". They contain general instructions
and/or guidelines to find the information.
The structure pages contained in the AMM are as follows:
- Update instructions.
- Title page.
- Record of temporary revisions.
- List of effective pages of the manual.
- Introduction.
- List of Service Bulletins.
- List of chapters.
11. Chapter structure pages

Each chapter starts with a List of Effective Pages of the Documentary Units (LOEDU). This list gives
the aircraft version or aircraft serial number effectivity of each Documentary Unit.
12. Breakdown into chapters

The manual is broken down into chapters, in accordance with the ATA 100 Specification.
The chapter below was added:
Chapter 01:
- List of Materials (in AMM Part II).

- List of Critical Parts (depending on aircraft).
The numbering principle for the Manual is a breakdown into Chapter - Section - Subject, in a digital
form:
- the first three digits are given by the ATA 100 Specification
Example: 62-2x-yz
62-2 Main Rotor (system)
- the last three digits are left at the manufacturer’s disposal:
. digit x to complete a sub-system number,
. digits yz to complete a sub-sub-system number.
Example: 62-2x-yz
62-21 Main Rotor Hub (sub-system)
62-21-11 Spring vibration damper (sub-sub-system)
13. Chapter breakdown into topics (SDS section)

Inside the chapters of the manual, the subjects are broken down into topics which gather tasks
depending on the maintenance operations.
The System Description Section gives explanations on the location, use, description and operation of
INTRODUCTION Page 5
2011.11.28
the complete system and its sub-systems.
This section is designed so that it can be used as a training manual.
The identification comes in the form of a series of Documentary Units (DU).
TOPIC TOPIC No. EXAMPLE

Description and operation 01 62-21-00-01
There are two title levels:
- The higher level represents a set of information of the same type (e.g.: General, General
Description, Detailed Description, etc.). All the illustrations of a "Documentary Unit" are grouped
at the end of this Documentary Unit.
Each UD is broken down into subsets.
These subsets represent a group of paragraphs.
Each subset begins with a title (Introduction, Description, Characteristics, Operation, etc.).
14. Chapter breakdown into topics (AMM section)

A. Fault Isolation
This section gives the information for the ground maintenance teams to locate failures and
faulty operation and to determine the necessary corrective actions.
TOPIC TOPIC NUMBER SEQUENCE NUMBER EXAMPLE

Fault location 1 1 33-10-00, 1-1
This topic comes in the form of a table:
- The first column "Failure Indication" gives a detailed description of the fault.
- The second column "Probable Cause" lists the possible causes of the fault, in the logical
fault isolation order.
- The third column "Corrective action" indicates the action(s) to be taken to correct each
possible cause of the failures listed.
B. Maintenance tasks
These topics describe the processes which allow the ground maintenance personnel to carry
out the maintenance, removal/installation, adjustment, check operations, etc.
TOPIC TOPIC NUMBER SEQUENCE NUMBER EXAMPLE

Maintenance Practices 2 1 29-00-00, 2-1
Servicing 3 1 29-00-00, 3-1
Removal / Installation 4 1 29-11-00, 4-1
Adjustment / Test 5 1 29-11-00, 5-1
Inspection / Check 6 1 62-21-00, 6-1
Cleaning / Painting 7 1 62-21-00, 7-1
Repair 8 1 62-20-00, 8-1
Preservation 9 1 62-21-00, 9-1
When the task is given for reference, the Chapter - Section - Subject number is followed by the
task number:
INTRODUCTION Page 6
2011.11.28
Example: 62-21-00, 4-1 Removal - Main rotor hub
If an instruction requires the execution of a task, its reference number appears between
brackets at the end of the instruction.
Example: Remove main rotor hub (62-21-00, 4-1).
Depending on aircraft configuration, the reference number of the task may be preceded by a
configuration number. The selection of this configuration number is the responsibility of the
operator.
ex: conf 001 62-21-00, 4-1,
ex: conf 002 62-21-00, 4-1
Further to changes in aircraft configuration, compliance with a Service Bulletin, change of

component part number ("Manufacturer Part Number") or a series production modification, the
maintenance task can be followed by a configuration letter. The selection of the configuration
letter is the responsibility of the operator.
Example: 62-21-00, 4-1a Removal - Main rotor hub (PRE MOD 07xxxx)
Example: 62-21-00, 4-1b Removal - Main rotor hub (POST MOD 07xxxx)
Each task contains the information below:
- List of Applicable Documents

1. Main information
Contains references to other tasks that are essential to carry out the procedure.
2. Conditional information
Contains references to other tasks the application of which in the procedure depends on
the maintenance environment, the choice or skills of the customer.
3. General information
Contains references to other tasks containing information that is supposedly known by the
operator, as well as the code of the manual(s) where such information can be found.
- List of special tools

This is the list of the special tools required to carry out the Task. These "special" tools are
those that are not normally available to the maintenance personnel. These tools are identified
with their "part numbers" and descriptions.
These special tools are listed in the ICO (or in Chapter 13 of the IPC).
Certain tools (not listed in the ICO (or in Chapter 13 of the IPC) and not normally available to
the maintenance teams) are identified by the term "Commercial" to indicate that they are
purchased "off the shelf".
- List of Materials
This is the list of the consumable materials required to carry out the Task. They are identified
with a "CM" code and their description.
Details of the products that correspond to these codes are given in Chapter 01 of the AMM.
This chapter describes the "NATO" code, the different references of the French, German and
US Specifications and the list of the source products. It also refers to the implementation
procedures described in the Standard Practices Manual (MTC) for certain products.
Certain materials are identified by the term "Commercial". This means that they can be
INTRODUCTION Page 7
2011.11.28
purchased off the shelf.
- List of Routine Replacement Parts

This is the list of the parts discarded and replaced during a Task.
This list comes in the form of a table:
- the first and second columns give the position of the part (text/figure/set),
- the third column gives the name of the part,
- the fourth column gives the part number (MP/N).
- Job Set-up (optional)

This topic specifies how to prepare the helicopter for the work to be done.
- Procedure
The procedure is described in the form of a logical sequence of phases, broken down as
follows:
(1) phase
(a) sub-phase of (1)
1 sub-phase of (a)
a sub-phase of 1
The figures and tables are numbered in chronological order so that they can be used for
several phases inside the same Task.
All the figures inside a Task are gathered at the end of the Task.
The items are identified in a continuous ascending order starting with Item 1 on Set 1 and
finishing with Item n on Set m. If a part appears on several figures/sets, it shall always have the
same item number.
Figure 401 is the first figure in a "Removal / Installation" topic.
Table 602 is the second table in an "Inspection / Check" topic.
A figure can include several sets. In this case, the figure number remains the same, and only
the set number is changed.
Furthermore, the items are defined on all the sets of the figure.
Figure 401 (Sheet 1)
NOTE
If there are no specific indications of the tightening

torques on the figures, then the tightening torque
values are the Standard torque values. To determine
this standard value, refer to (MTC 20-02-05-404).
- Special Notes
INTRODUCTION Page 8
2011.11.28
USED TO EMPHASIZE A MAINTENANCE

OPERATION OR PRACTICE, A CONDITION, A
STATEMENT, WICH IF IT IS NOT STRICTLY
RESPECTED MAY CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR
DEATH.
USED TO EMPHASIZE A MAINTENANCE

OPERATION OR PRACTICE, A CONDITION, A
STATEMENT, WICH IF IT IS NOT STRICTLY
RESPECTED MAY DAMAGE OR DESTROY
AN EQUIPMENT ITEM OR PREVENT FULL
COMPLETION OF THE MISSION.
NOTE
Used to emphasize an operation or a condition that

with help the personnel or simplify a maintenance
procedure.
- Close-up (optional)
This topic specifies how to return the helicopter to its initial configuration (as before the
maintenance operation).
15. Symbology
All the symbols used in the maintenance publications (SDS and AMM Part II) are explained in the
following table.
INTRODUCTION Page 9
2011.11.28
SYMBOLE DESIGNATION SYMBOLE DESIGNATION

SYMBOL DESIGNATION SYMBOL DESIGNATION
Aspiration Train rentré

Suction L/G Up
Retour Train sorti

Return L/G Down
Pression Secours
Pressure Emergency
Accumulateur Indicateur
Accumulator Indicator
Amortisseur Jaugeur
Damper Fuel Quantity Transmitter
Limiteur de débit (la flèche

Clapet de dilatation indique le sens du débit libre)
Expansion Valve Flow Limiter (free flow
direction as arrow)
Clapet de retenue Mano−contacteur différentiel
Check Valve Differential Pressure Switch
Clapet de surpression Pompe

Pressure Relief Valve Pump
Contacteur manométrique Pompe (carburant)

Pressure Switch Fuel Pump
Détendeur Pompe à main

Pressure Reducing Valve Hand−operated Pump
Détendeur progressif
Raccord auto−obturant
Progressive Pressure
Self−sealing Union
Reducing Valve
Régulateur de débit (la flèche
Diaphragme indique le sens du débit libre)
Diaphragm Flow Controller (free flow
direction as arrow)
Ejecteur Robinet coupe feu
Ejector Fuel Shutoff Valve
Hydraulic and fuel graphic symbols

Figure 1
INTRODUCTION Page 10
2011.11.28

Electro−pompe Robinet d’intercommunication

Electric pump Crossfeed Valve
Electro−distributeur double Robinet manuel

Dual Solenoid Distributor Hand−operated Valve
Electro−distributeur simple Transmetteur de pression

Single Solenoid Distributor Pressure Transmitter
Electro−robinet Valve de gonflage

Solenoid Valve Charging Valve
Filtre Valve de séquence

Filter Sequence Valve
Filtre à mano−contacteur
différentiel avec indicateur
de colmatage et bypass Voyant
Filter with Differential Indicator Light
Pressure Switch Clogging
Indicator and Bypass
Hydraulic and fuel graphic symbols

Figure 2
2011.11.28

Pompe électrique
P Ventilateur
Elec. pump
Fan
Filtre avec témoin de
colmatage
Filter unit with clogging
indicator Moteur
Clapet de sécurité
Engine
Safety valve
Indicateur Court−circuit
Short circuit
Indicator
Pompe à engrenage Aiguille
Gear pump Needle
Accumulateur de sécurité
Casque
safety accumulator
Head phone
Purge
Bleed
Flèche
Clapet de régulation Arrow

5 mm
Regulating valve
Clapet anti−retour Drapeau

Flag
Non−return valve
Capteur de pression
Pressure sensor
Symbols for description illustration

Figure 3
2011.11.28
TABLEAU D’ALARMES WARNING PANEL

voir 31−50 to 31−50
TABLEAU D’ALARMES WARNING PANEL
voir 31−50 to 31−50
Tableau d’Alarmes
Warning Caution Panel
LACU voir 31−40 LACU to 31−40 LACU voir 31−40 LACU to 31−40
LACU
LACU
MANCHE CYCLIC
CYCLIQUE LEVER
Poignée de Manche Cyclique
Cyclic Lever Grip
MANCHE COLLECTIVE
COLLECTIF LEVER
Poignée de Manche Collectif

Collective Lever Grip
Planche de Bord et Pupitre

VEMD VEMD Instrument Panel and Pedestal
voir 31.60 to 31.60
ASU voir 31−40 ASU to 31−40
Carte PCB
N° N°
VEMD ASU

Figure 4
2011.11.28

Disjoncteur Sélecteur multiposition
Circuit breaker Multi−position selector switch
Diode électro−luminescente
Fusible
Light−emitting diode
Fuse
Diode
Bouton poussoir stable Diode
push−button
Résistance
Bouton poussoir instable Resistor
Momentary push−button
Thermistance
t°
Thermistor
Interrupteur à poussoir stable
Press switch
Potentiomètre
Potentiometer
Interrupteur à poussoir instable
Momentary Press switch Electro clapet

Solenoid valve
Interrupteur inverseur stable

T 120° Thermo contacteur
Toggle switch
Thermal switch
Interrupteur inverseur instable

6s Temporisateur
Momentary Toggle switch
Time−delay switch
Interrupteur Relais
Switch Relay

Figure 5
2011.11.28

Voyant lumineux Oscillogramme
Indicator light Oscillogram
Voyant
Light
Manette coupe tout
General cut−out
Elément chauffant
Heating element
Capteur électromagnétique
S N de particules
Chip detector Interrupteur

Switch
Rhéostat
Rheostat
Transistor PNP & NPN

+ +
PNP & NPN transistor
BAT Batterie
− −
Battery
Prise de parc
Ground power receptacle
Détecteur incendie bilame
Bimetal switch
Masse
Ground

Figure 6
2011.11.28
SYMBOLE DESIGNATION
SYMBOL DESIGNATION
− Lubrifier les filetages et faces d’appui avec de la graisse et serrer

au couple suivant indication. Eliminer l’excédent de graisse.
N.m
− Lubricate threads and mating surfaces with grease and
in.−lb. torque as indicated. Wipe off excess grease.
− Serrer au couple à sec suivant indication.

N.m
in.−lb. − Dry torque as indicated.
− Lubrifier les filetages et faces d’appui avec de l’huile et serrer

au couple suivant indication.
N.m − Lubricate threads and mating surfaces with oil and torque
in.−lb. as indicated.
− Graisser suivant indication.
− Grease as indicated.
− Enduire les surfaces de Loctite suivant indication.

LOCTITE
− Coat sufaces with Loctite as indicated.
− Lubrifier suivant indication.
− Lubricate as indicated.
− Dilatation + indication température maxi éventuellement

Alliage léger = 100°C maxi.
Alliage cuivreux, titane, acier = 130° maxi
− Expansion + max. temperature indication where applicable.

Light alloy = 100°C max.
Titanium, steel, copper alloy = 130°max.
− Contraction
− Shrinkage.
− Contraction interdite.
− No Shrinkage.
Symbols for operation and maintenances procedures illustration

Figure 7
2011.11.28
SYMBOLE DESIGNATION
SYMBOL DESIGNATION
− Appliquer un cordon de mastic sur le pourtour des plans de

joints extérieurs suivant indication.
− Apply a bead of sealing compound all around the external
parting planes as indicated.
− Métallisation.
− Electrical bonding.
− Pièces à changer systématiquement.

− Parts to be replaced in all cases.
− Freinage par fil frein.
− Lockwire.
− Plombage des freinages de réglage.
− Lead seal on adjustment lockwires.
− Isoler les métaux dissemblables avec du MASTINOX 6856

KD 150/2.
− Insulate dissimilar metals using MASTINOX 6856 KD 150/2

compound.
− Pas de retouche sur surface repérée.
− No protection touch−up on marked area.
− Vérifier l’assise après l’assemblage avec cale épais.

= 0.03 mm.
− Check seating after assembly, using a 0.03 mm thick feeler
gauge.
− Coller suivant indication.
− Bond as specified.

Figure 8
2011.11.28
SYMBOLE DESIGNATION
SYMBOL DESIGNATION
− Pose des plaquettes.
− Fix metal plate.
− Dépose de vernis.
− Removal of varnish.
− Application partout de la protection.
− Apply protection all over.
− Zone à ne pas peindre.
− Area not to be painted.
− Couple de freinage à relever et à rajouter au couple de

serrage.
− Measure breaking torque and add to specified torque.
− Pierrer les arêtes vives des chanfreins et gorges des

roulements.
− Smooth chamfer sharp edges and bearing grooves.
− Enduire 9 dents par groupe de 3 à 120° de STEEL BLUE.

− Coat 9 teeth by groups of three, 120° apart , using
STEEL BLUE.
− Déposer couche primaire Epoxy.
− Removal primer epoxy coat.
− Couple de freinage à vérifier.
− Breaking torque to be checked.

Figure 9
2011.11.28
16. List of Abbreviations

AFNOR: Association Française de Normalisation (French Industrial Standards Association)
ALL P/N: All part numbers
AMM: Aircraft Maintenance Manual
ASU: Ancillary System Unit
CBP: Circuit-Breaker Panel
CHK: Condition Check - Airworthiness limitation
CM: Material
CMM: Component Maintenance Manual
CSS: Chapter - Section - Subject
D: Day
DC: Direct Current
E: Maintenance Due Time
EASA: European Aviation Safety Agency
ELT: Emergency Locator Transmitter
EMB: Electrical Master Box
EMM: Engine Maintenance Manual
ESD: Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Device
FC: Functional Check (quantitative)
FLM: Flight Manual
FM: Log card
H: Hour
HP: High Pressure
HT: Hard Time
Hz: Hertz
ICS: Intercommunication System
IGE: In Ground Effect
IPL: First Limitation Indication
LACU: Lighting and Ancillaries Control Unit
LED: Light-Emitting Diode
LH: Left
LP: Low pressure
2011.11.28
M: Month
MGB: Main Gearbox
MP/N: Manufacturer’s Part Number
MRH: Main Rotor Hub
ND: Not Described
NF: Free Turbine rpm
NR: Rotor rpm
OAT: Outside Air Temperature
OC: On Condition (check, maintenance)
OGE: Out of Ground Effect
OPT: Optional
OTL: Operating Time Limit
PCB: Printed Circuit Board
PTT: Push To Talk
RH: Right
SDS: System Description Section
SLL: Service Life Limit
S/N: Serial Number
SP: Static Pressure
TBD: To Be Defined
TBO: Time Between Overhauls
TGB: Tail Gearbox
TP: Total Pressure
TRH: Tail Rotor Hub
TSI: Time Since Installation
TSM: Time Since Manufacture
U: Operating Cycle
VEMD: Vehicle & Engine Multifunction Display
W: Week
WDM: Wiring Diagram Manual
Y: Year
2011.11.28
17. Glossary
ATTACHMENT
The visual check is carried out on the attachment points of a component (condition of the safetying,
marks on self-locking nuts). It may be necessary to complete this examination with a tactile check
(manual application of a load on the component to detect any fault in the assembly).
CHECK
A check consists in comparing the measurement of a magnitude (force, time, pressure, temperature,
length, etc.) with a theoretical value. The resulting action consists in bringing back this magnitude to
a value that ranges within its tolerances, through adjustment or a maintenance action (e.g.: check of
tightening torques, check of play, etc.).
CLEANLINESS
The cleanliness check consists in making sure that there is no foreign matter, no fluid seepage or
splashes and no "fouled" areas likely to conceal a fault.
CONDITION
The visual examination concerns the general external condition of a component and the points that
could modify its initial condition (deformation, breaks, cracks, scores, corrosion, signs of overheating
or wear).
PERMANENT DIRECTIVE CONCERNING "CONDITION": On all the helicopter components, the

surface, protective treatment and paint defects must be examined and treated immediately in
accordance with the directives in force (criteria, then repair).
DETAILED INSPECTION
A visual examination of a component with removal or disassembly, to determine its condition

(significant safety-related aspect).
EXAMINATION
A visual (or tactile) evaluation of the condition of a component or an assembly to detect faults likely
to jeopardize its serviceability, without using special techniques or tooling (e.g.: examination of
magnetic plugs, etc.).
FUNCTIONAL TEST
This test is carried out to determine whether one or more functions of a system or a component lie
within the specified limits. This test is usually carried out without component removal.
LOCKING
Correctly lock the assembly and/or make sure that it is correctly locked. To lock cowlings, doors,
hatches, panels, caps, etc., ensure correct contact and position. Make sure that the profiles are
aligned. Engage the closing and locking system of the handles, locks, Dzus fasteners, Camloc
fasteners, etc. Make sure that their closed and locked position is correct, safety system in place
according to the position indicators (marking, aligned index marks). Confirm that the cowlings are
locked by trying to open them.
NO ABNORMAL PLAY
Unless specific instructions are given, play is not to be measured during the flight-related checks.
However, in certain cases, abnormal play can be detected by manually moving the component to be
checked in different directions.
2011.11.28
OPERATIONAL CHECK
This is a check to determine if a system or an assembly is in good condition and operating correctly.
PIPES
The examination of pipes consists in checking their condition (wear due to friction, tears) and
particularly the crimping of end-fittings at the unions. The examination also includes the routing of the
pipes (attachment and holding components, correct clearances).
This examination also consists in checking for actual or possible friction between the pipes and any
other item.
TEST
A test is carried out using the appropriate test equipment or system to make sure that a system or
component is operating correctly.
TIGHTNESS
The visual check is carried out to detect any incipient leakage or a fluid leak, particularly at the drain
holes, the unions, the mating surfaces and control rods of hydraulic components.
VISUAL INSPECTION
This is a general visual check to detect any visible defects on an assembly, if necessary using a
means of access to reach the area to be inspected.
WIRING
The examination of the wiring consists in checking its condition, routing, bulkhead feedthroughs,
attachment, condition and locking of its connectors, condition and attachment of the bonding braids,
electrical modules and relay bases, absence of actual or possible friction between wiring and any
other item.
18. Repair approved by EUROCOPTER

the repair operations contained in the Work Cards are approved by EUROCOPTER under the
authority of EASA Design Organization Agreement No. F.JA01.
LIST OF SERVICE BULLETIN
N˚ Subject Date of Integration
01.00.21R1 APC 200-ampere Starter Generator Limitations 2007

05.00.19R2 Check of the Sliding Door Aft Guide Roller and 2007
Middle Rail
05.00.20R0 Check and repair of the buckets of Pilot and 2006
Copilot Seats
05.00.21R0 Check of the Rear Frame 2004
05.00.23R1 Replacement of Hydraulic Fluid in Cold Weather 2005
05.00.24R0 Check od upper and lower fin spars 2006
05.00.26R0 Blade of the RH Cabin Vibration Damper, all part 2006
numbers
05.00.27R0 "Forced Idle" Microswitch of the Twist Grip 2012
Assembly
05.00.28R0 Collective Pitch and Yaw Anticipator Potentiome- 2006
ters
05.00.29R0 Cracked Main Servocontrol Tapered Housing 2006
05.00.30R0 Life Raft Kit Checks 2008
05.00.35R0 Collective pitch lever locking stud 2009
24.00.02R0 Modification of direct battery power supply lug 2005
25.00.27R0 BREEZE 450-lb Electric Hoist 2006
25.00.28R0 Jolliet JE2 NG E.L.T. antenna relocation 2006
25.00.38R0 Checking the Float/Gas Cylinder Pairs of the 2006
Emergency Floatation Gear Installation and
Brinding them up to Standard
25.00.42R0 Check of the Correct Locking of Siren AS 21-5-7 2006
Load Release Units
28.00.06R0 In-Flight Loss of Fuel Bleed Lever 2005
29.00.01R1 Lubrification of the Splines on the Hydraulic Pump 2005
Drive Shaft
29.00.04R0 Improvement of the "hydraulic cut off" function 2005
29.00.07R1 Replacement of the Hydraulic Hoses 2009
31.00.06R0 Check of the warning panel 2009
53.00.08R0 Containment box structure installation fo RH cabin 2007
vibration damper
53.00.12R0 New air intake seal for ARRIEL engine 2011.07.21
55.00.05R1 Improvement and/or monitoring of upper and lower 2007
fin attachments
SERVICE BULLETINS Page 1

2012.09.27
N˚ Subject Date of Integration
63.00.08R0 Modified Tightening Torque of the MGB Input 2004

Bevel Gear Nut
65.00.07R2 Tail rotor pitch change plate - four contact bearing 2005
65.00.11R0 Attachment nuts securing the Tail Gearbox (TGB) 2009
on the front mount
67.00.08R1 Introduction of Double Locking of Flight Control 2005
Stop Screws by Sealing the Screws
67.00.10R0 Check of the Collective Lever Lock for Wear 2004
67.00.11R0 SAMM Tail Servocontrol: Increase in the Yaw 2005
Pitch Range - Offsetting the Useful Travel of the
Tail Servocontrol
67.00.16R0 Twist grip functional improvement 2009
67.00.19R2 New collective lever hooking lock 2009
67.00.21R0 Servocontrols: Modification of the tail servocontrol 2010.02.04
attachment on the structure - Protection and check
of the load compensator lever
67.00.27R0 Yaw ball-type control: Checking the tightening 2011
torque of sheath arrester nuts and locknuts.
67.00.28 Modification of twist grip electrical operation, 2012
engine ARRIEL 2B
71.00.08R0 Check of the clearance between the air intake 2012
seal and the engine cowling
76.00.06R0 NR drop in flight - Slow drift in the XPC anticipator 2009
(collective pitch signal)
SERVICE BULLETINS Page 2

CHAPTER LISTING
VERY IMPORTANT !
<<introduction>> of this manual
must be read and studied
before making
use of it
DO IT NOW ! DO NOT DELAY !
NOTE:
The systems not listed in the basic manual are to be

found in customized manual.
VOLUME 1
01 - GENERAL
05 - TIMES LIMITS / MAINTENANCE CHECKS
06 - DIMENSIONS AND AREAS
07 - LIFTING AND SHORING
08 - LEVELING AND WEIGHING
09 - TOWING AND TAXIING
10 - PARKING, COVERING AND MOORING
11 - PLACARDS AND MARKINGS
12 - SERVICING
21 - AIR-CONDITIONING
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
VOLUME 2
25 - EQUIPMENT AND FURNISHINGS

26 - FIRE PROTECTION
28 - FUEL SYSTEM
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
31 - INDICATING AND RECORDING SYSTEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
VOLUME 3
33 - LIGHTING SYSTEM
34 - NAVIGATION
CHAPTER LISTING Page 1

2012.09.27
52 - DOORS
53 - FUSELAGE
55 - STABILIZER
56 - WINDOWS AND WINDSHIELD
60 - GENERAL - MECHANICS SYSTEMS
VOLUME 4
62 - MAIN ROTOR
VOLUME 5
63 - MAIN ROTOR DRIVE

64 - TAIL ROTOR
VOLUME 6
65 - TAIL ROTOR DRIVE

67 - ROTOR FLIGHT CONTROLS
VOLUME 7
71 - POWER PLANT
73 - FUEL CONTROL SYSTEM
76 - ENGINE CONTROLS
77 - ENGINE INDICATING
79 - ENGINE OIL
80 - STARTING
88 - ELECTRICAL HARNESSES
CHAPTER LISTING Page 2

CHAPTER 01 - GENERAL
Versions : C3
N: New
R: Revised
D: Deleted
Subject Title Date Type

Versions Conf. Code
01-00-00 Consumable Materials
Maintenance Practices
C3 2-1 List of consumable materials 2012.07.04 R
01-20-00 Task new numbering
C3 002 2-1 Task new numbering 2012.07.04 R
01 - LOEDU Page 1
01 - LOEDU Page 2
2012.09.27
Consumable Materials - Maintenance Practices

2-1 List of consumable materials
A. Subject
(1) This list includes the materials necessary for maintenance.
B. Numbering
(1) The materials are identified with a unique "CM xxx" code or manufacturer names are
used for the maintenance tasks in the AMM; These materials are classified according to
their application and numbered in groups as follows:
Categorie Batch Reference

Lubricants. CM 101 - 199 Table 202
Cleaning agents. CM 201 - 299 Table 203
Protectants. CM 301 - 399 Table 204
Primer, paints and finish coats CM 401 - 499 and 4001 - 4999 Table 205
Corrosion preventive agents. CM 501 - 599 Table 206
Sealants and adhesives. CM 601 - 699 and 6001 - 6999 Table 207
Miscellaneous. CM 701 - 799 and 7001 - 7999 Table 208
Table 201 Classification of Materials
C. Equivalent materials
(1) The NATO references and their equivalences in the French, US and German
Specifications are provided from the "CM" code. One or several products are reported for
each code.
NOTE
Equivalent materials of other manufacturers may be

used as alternate selections to those listed here. The
equivalence of those materials is to be confirmed by
the operators.
D. List of Lubricants
IN THE LUBRICATING OIL CM 123, PRODUCT

AEROSHELL FLUID 5M-A IS PROHIBITED ON
THE EC 130 HELICOPTER.
01-00-00, 2-1 Page 201

2012.07.04
(1)
CM No. Material Specification Product Standard use

CM 101 Grease MIL-PRF-81322
G-395 (NATO)
AIR 4222
CMS
N49999X0108
DEF STAN 91-52/1
ECD CODE
757550
CM 103 Lubricating oil MIL-PRF-23699 Turbonycoil 600,
Grade STD Nyco Corp.
O-156 (NATO) Aeroshell Turbine
CMS Oil 500
N49999X0040 Mobil JET II, Mobil
DERD 2499 BP TO 2380
ECD CODE Mobil JET 254,
1443206 Mobil
CM 104 Silicone compound MIL-S-8660 DC4, Dow Corning
(invalid) Co.
S-736 (NATO) Nyco Grease
ECD CODE GN69, Nyco Corp.
1381738 / 79365
CM 108 Talcum powder FED U-T-30 Interturbine
MIL-C-5024 Logistik
(invalid)
ECD CODE 47236
CM 110 Hydraulic fluid MIL-PRF-5606F (*)
TL 9150-0020
AIR 3520B
H-515 (NATO)
DEF STAN 91-451
Grade OM 15
ECD CODE 97533
/ 608738
CMS
N49999X0080
CM 115 Grease MIL-PRF-23827
G-354 (NATO)
AIR 4210B
CM 116 Grease G-355 (NATO)
MIL-G-7187
(invalid)
AIR 4206B
CMS
N49999X0015
MIL-G- 23549C
DEF STAN 91-54/1
CM 119 Grease S-743 (NATO)
ECD CODE
1281521
AIR 3565/A
01-00-00, 2-1 Page 202

2012.07.04

CM 122 Lubricating oil O-135 (NATO)
AIR 3515B
CM 123 Lubricating oil ECD CODE
789351
MIL-PRF-6086
Grade M
O-155 (NATO)
DCSEA255/A (Air
3525B)
DEF STAN 91-112
Grade Medium
CM 137 Anti-seize See CM 158
compound
CM 140 Grease ECD CODE 46145
ECD CODE
1005400
MIL-G-21164D
G-353 (NATO)
AIR 4217A
MIL-PRF-81322
AIR 4207A
CMS
N49999X0029
ECD CODE
1423992
ECD CODE
1431311
AIR 4215B
DEF STAN 91-12/1
CM 151 Hydraulic fluid MIL-PRF-83282 D
H-537 (NATO)
CM 153 Grease MIL-G-3545
(invalid)
G-359 (NATO)
AIR 4205B
CMS
N49999X0025
ECD CODE
710658
CM 155 Oil 200-90330
CM 158 Grease AIR 4247A
MIL-T-5544C
(invalid)
S-720 (NATO)
ECD
CODE1070167
CM 163 Grease Grease SI4 SIL
01-00-00, 2-1 Page 203

2012.07.04

CM 164 Grease CMS Molykote G Rapid
N4999757000 Plus
S-722
CM 165 Storage oil AIR 1503 type B
MIL-C-6529
(invalid)
C-609 (NATO)
CM 166 Grease CMS SGE5085
N8907805085
CM 168 Grease CMS Lubriplate 630-AA
N4988000630
CM 1005 Grease CMS Molycote 106,
N49999X0018 DowCorning
Table 202 List of Lubricants
(*) MIL-PRF-5305F and subsequent issues of MIL-PRF-5606 from the index.
E. List of Cleaning Agents

CM 202 Dry cleaning ECD CODE Interturbine Logistik
solvent 1395634
TL 6810-012/1a
MIL-PRF-680
S-752 (NATO)
CM 203 Acetone FED O-A-51 Interturbine Logistik
TL 6810-0003
CM 204 Trichlorethylene FED O-T-634 Interturbine Logistik
Type 2
CM 205 Tetrachlorethyene FED O-T-236 Interturbine Logistik
CM 208 White Spirit. ECD CODE 43022 Interturbine Logistik 20.04.01.102 MTC
CM 214 Trichlorethane FED O-T-620 LPS Instant Super
Cleaner
CM 217 Methyl ethyl ketone FED TT-M-261 Interturbine Logistik 20.04.01.102 MTC
(MEK) TL 6810-0004
CM 219 Toluene FED TT-T-548 INTERTURBINE 20.04.01.102 MTC
(replaced by CM LOGISTIK
622)
CM 230 Thinner CMS 04229000, 3924-1,
N4922102516 ST915-5L
CM 231 Solvent ECD CODE CARECLEAN-AS1
1283900 Brenntag, Castrol
CMS SA.
N8935616604
CM 232 Solvent CMS Essence G.
N8955004956 Interturbine Logistik
01-00-00, 2-1 Page 204

2012.07.04

CM 233 Degreasing agent CMS Déoxidine 624, 20.60.00.427 MTC
N8891301625 Déoxidine-N1.
C.F.P.I
CM 234 Degreasing agent Déoxidine 670,
SGOS.
CM 235 Cleaning agent ECD CODE Mouxelavbid5lts
1283897 TEEPOL or
CMS SACTILAV-B
N8058200003
CM 236 Solvent Diestone S. 20.04.01.102 MTC
CM 237 Electrolytic product Décapage Z
DALIC S.A.
CM 238 Alcohol AIR 3660/A 20.04.01.102 MTC
S-737 (NATO)
OTAN 5.737
TT-I-735A
TL6810-0002
CM 240 Washing liquid Magnus 209
Interturbine Logistik
CM 241 Solvent ECD CODE Hyso 990
1494221 Interturbine Logistik
CMS
N4900951199
CM 242 Cleaning agent Synclair A2, 20.04.01.102 MTC
SOCOMOR
CM 243 Silicone grease CMS DL 27
N49999X0034 47V12500, Rhodia
Chimie
CM 244 Paint remover CMS Comorcap B1
N4900951190
CM 249 Paint remover CMS Paintexch
N8249203006 Paintexch4special
CM 2001 Cleaner ECD-CODE RM 22 ASF,
1575770 Kärcher
RM 55 ASF,
Kärcher
Auco alu-B, Auco
GmbH
Table 203 List of Cleaning Agents
01-00-00, 2-1 Page 205

2012.07.04
F. List of Protectants

CM 316 Chemical ECD CODE 20.04.04.403 MTC
conversion material 1566509
ECD CODE
1532195
MIL-DTL 81706
CMS N8716206112
CM 318 Protectant C- 629 (NATO) 20.01.01.303 MTC
AIR 1502
CM 319 Temporary AIR 3634
protection C-634 (NATO)
CM 323 Silicone wax Anticorrosive 20.04.03.411 MTC
silicone wax CS
G7008
(AMG-AC), Cairns
Corporation Pty
Limited
CM 3001 Protective agent CMS N8545500102 Magic bluer 20.04.04.403 MTC
Prestblack BST 4
Prestblack 3M
France
Table 204 List of Protectants
G. List of Primer, Paints and Finish Coats

CM 474 Lacquer grey ECS 2022.20-2640
ECD CODE
1305990
CMS N4933410119
CM 475 Fluorescent paint, ECS 2222.10 Monopol.
yellow ECD CODE
1493527
CMS N4933412222
CM 485 Finish paint CMS N4933012730 MO273HB, 20.04.05.417 MTC
Monopol.
CM 486 Paint Aérosol 16308. 20.04.05.410 MTC
CM 487 Primer, epoxy DHS186-111-20 7835ANV 20.04.05.402 MTC
PRC-Desoto
CM 488 Primer, epoxy DHS186-111-40 7835A 20.04.05.402 MTC
PRC-Desoto
CM 489 Finish paint DHN1028P81-1625 STELLATOP-L900, 20.04.05.410 MTC
CMS N4933444826 coulor1625,
Castellano.
01-00-00, 2-1 Page 206

2012.07.04

CM 490 Paint DHN1028P85-1605 STRUCOAT SERIE 20.04.05.410 MTC
52900,
Verilac SA.
CM 498 Finish paint 4080 PRC-DeSoto 20.04.05.403 MTC
CM 4001 Epoxy resin ECS 2294.10 PJF 2092
ECD CODE PPG Coating SA
1056831
CMS 4977956965
CM 4002 Epoxy primer CMS N4934023854 PTFE 850N314, Du
ECS 2294.20 pont de Nemours
ECD CODE International SA
1571325
CM 4003 Polyurethane paint ECD CODE 780-414,
1284955 Interturbine Logistik
4V/7305 2624
AERO medium
gray-blue.
CM 4004 Primer ECD CODE 780-002
1284961 Zinkchromat-
Grundierung für
Polyurethen-Lack,
780-414
4V/E62
ARMEEIRGAM
C24X0 PEIN VERT
ARMEE IR GAM
CM 4005 Polyurethane paint 9400-0920,
Stellatop L900,
Castellano
CM 4006 Hardener 9400-0806,
Stellatop Hardener
L900, Castellano
CM 4007 Thinner 9400-0807,
Stellatop Thinner
L900, Castellano
CM 4008 Hardener DHS186-111-21 0628-9001
7835 CNV
Härter für 7835
PRC-DeSoto
CM 4009 Thinner DHS186-111-22 0469-9000
7928
Verdünner für 7835
PRC-DeSoto
01-00-00, 2-1 Page 207

2012.07.04

CM 4015 NATO green paint ECD Code 16-1008
1284962 (FC401S2-0000),
CMS N4933020038 Herpe Edel Aviation
4V/6425, Monopol
CM 4021 Paint ECD Code 780-201
1285780 Herpe Edel Aviation
CMS 4933954386 4V/59260,
Mat Lacquer
CM 4024 Red paint DHS 185-802-20 4080Y2805,
CMS N4933188220 INTERTURBINE
LOGISTIK
CM 4037 Spray CMS N4933954481 4V/3865
780-505
CM 4044 Epoxy resin CMS N4977672500 Epolam 2500 (Kit 20.06.03.304 MTC
7,32KG), Axson
France
CM 4045 Epoxy resin CMS N4977672501 Epolam2500 (kit36, 20.06.03.304 MTC
6KG), Axson
France
CM 4127 Polyurethane grey ECD CODE STELLATOP -
paint 1231298 L900, Colour
DHN 2640, Castellano
1028P81-2640
Table 205 List of Primer, Paints and Finish Coats
H. List of Corrosion Preventive Agents

CM 503 Sealant (replaced Do not use
by CM 518) anymore
CM 506 Corrosion MIL-C-23411
preventive (invalid)
compound MIL-C-81309
CM 508 Corrosion ECD CODE 20.09.00.102 MTC
preventive 1124633
compound MIL-PRF-16173
grade II
TL 8030-0015
C-620 (NATO)
CM 514 Varnish ECD CODE Vernelec 43022. 20.02.07.403 MTC
1103912
CMS N4934984322
ECS 2228.10
CM 515 Varnish ECD CODE 750535 D148 PTFE, 20.04.06.401 MTC
CMS N4934983848 Achesom FRANCE
SA.
01-00-00, 2-1 Page 208

2012.07.04

CM 516 Varnish S-749 (NATO)
MIL-L-23398
ECD CODE
1394967
CM 518 Corrosion MIL-PRF-8116 20.05.01.211 MTC
preventive paste WL 5.7070.0
CMS N4911651774
ECD CODE
62888/54456
LN9368-5903
CM 521 Varnish Pellac 163
CM 522 Protective product Selenious acid,
CM 523 Oil Lubro
CM 524 Preservative oil MIL-C-6529
CMS N49999X0035
C-609 (NATO)
AIR 1504/B
ECD CODE
1306192
CM 525 Protective agent ECD CODE Rhodorsil paste
1575771 B431, Rhodorsil
silicones.
CM 526 Corrosion ECD CODE Dinitrol-AV30, Dinol
preventive 108907/1088653 ARDROX AV30,
compound Chemetall
CM 531 Corrosion Ardrox 396/1 E8,
preventive Chemetall GmbH
compound
CM 5001 Preservative oil CMS N49999X0067 Molykote321R
Servaux SAS
CM 5002 Preservative oil CMS Molykotprotectmetal
NR49999X0105 Molykote - I 3935
Servaux SAS
Table 206 List of Corrosion Preventive Agents
I. List of Adhesives and Sealing Compounds

CM 605 Adhesive MIL-A-1154
(invalid)
QPL-MMM-A-129
ECS 0052-1029
ECD CODE
1601085
CMS N4968351029
01-00-00, 2-1 Page 209

2012.07.04

CM 606 Adhesive ECD CODE Araldite AW 106,
1172866 Vantico
CMS N4977957092 Sylamed
DHS 172-171
CM 610 Adhesive Araldit AV 123 B 20.06.02.301 MTC
vantico
CM 616 Adhesive paste ECS 6054-1032 EA 9396A/B, 20.06.01.411 MTC
ECD CODE 743230 Loctite
N4966021033
CM 617 Hardener ECS 6054-1032 EA 9396B, 20.06.01.411 MTC
Loctite
CM 620 Locking fluid ECS 6056-1048 Loctite 274 20.02.06.409 MTC
ECD CODE 746530 Loctite
CM 621 Locking fluid CMS N4988238023 Loctite 222, 20.02.06.409 MTC
Loctite
CM 622 Locking fluid CMS N4999838323 Loctite 7649,
ECD CODE LOCTITE
1285072
CM 635 Sealing compound ASNA 4187 BF PR 812, Le Joint
LAC 40-776 Français
(ersertzt/replaces/substitue
PR 810)
CM 636 Sealing compound Do not use
anymore
MIL-S-7126
Type 1
Replaced by CM 688
CM 638 Adhesive ECD CODE 55790 Scotch Weld - 20.06.01.407 MTC
(replaced by CM EC2216B/A,3M
664) Company
Homag SA. 20.60.00.116 MTC
CM 647 Locking fluid ECS 6056-1047 Loctite 601, 20.02.06.409 MTC
LOCTITE
CM 649 Locking fluid Loctite 259, 20.02.06.409 MTC
LOCTITE
Loctite Corp.
CM 651 Locking fluid ASNA 4019 Loctite 270, 20.02.06.409 MTC
ECD CODE Loctite
1055389
CM 664 Adhesive ECD CODE EC 2216 B-A, 20.06.01.407 MTC
1232800 3M 20.60.00.116 MTC
DHS 172-172.20
CM 670 Sealing compound MIL-S-38249 Typ 1 20.05.01.214 MTC
firewall
CM 672 Cement CMS N4966396525 E/A 9309 B/A, 20.06.01.407 MTC
DHS 172-172.20 E/C 2216 B/A.
Loctite 20.60.00.116 MTC
01-00-00, 2-1 Page 210

2012.07.04

CM 674 Adhesive silicone ECS 6056-1036 20.06.01.311 MTC
DHS 173-143.20
ECD CODE
87310/87162
MIL-A-46106 Typ I
CM 682 Bonding and OX 50-855,.Brisal
sealing compound
CM 683 Locking fluid ECD CODE Loctite 242, 20.02.06.409 MTC
1064546 Loctite
ASNA4018
CM 688 Sealing compound ECS 6046-1091 PR 1829 B2 grey, 20.05.01.212 MTC
CMS N4988921829 le Joint Français
CM 692 Sealing compound EC 1675 B/A, 3 M 20.05.01.215 MTC
Replaced for CM JFM 1675 B2
6056. HUTCHINSON
JFM 1675 B1/B2
HUTCHINSON
LOCTITE
CM 6001 Sealing compound ECD CODE ASNA4168BF 20.05.01.210 MTC
1468234 PR 1773 B2.
ASNA 4168 BF Le Joint Français
CM 6008 Sealing compound MIL-PRF-81733 20.05.01.219 MTC
(replaced by CM classe B
6068) WL5.5904.2
WL5.5905.2
CM 6009 Sealing compound MIL-PRF-81733 20.05.01.221 MTC
(replaced by CM Type 3
6240)
CM 6011 Adhesive DHS171-171-20 Altufix P10
ECD CODE
1191089
CMS N4966046710
CM 6012 Sealant ECA 3035 GS 213
CM 6013 Compound CMS CN EA 960F, 20.60.00.120 MTC
R.P.1.168.0365
Eurocopter La
Courneuve
CM 6014 Adhesive CMS N4966011420 Bostik 1400 20.06.01.310 MTC
DHS 171-141.20
ECD CODE
1232795
CM 6015 Adhesive ECD CODE IS424 Loctite 20.06.01.402 MTC
1282047
CM 6016 Adhesive CMS N4961620030 Betaseal HV3 20.06.01.412 MTC
ECS 2028-30
CM 6017 Primer for CMS N4911600030 Betaprime 5402
adhesive CM 6016 ECD CODE
1512924
ECS 2030-30
01-00-00, 2-1 Page 211

2012.07.04

CM 6018 Sealant Celofer 3008-0793
Polyester
CM 6019 Adhesive DHS 173-143.20 MSW-3B, Vetter 20.06.01.410 MTC
CMS N4988827332
ECD CODE 87310
CM 6020 Adhesive AP 108-03
CM 6021 Adhesive DHS 171-200.40 Hysol EA 9309 20.06.01.312 MTC
3NA, Loctite
Corporation
CM 6031 Adhesive tape CMS N8249992350 TEAFLEASE
ECD CODE MG2E- 50 MM
1285601 Stokvis Valorem
CM 6032 Adhesive tape CMS N8249942550 425L50, 3M France
ECD CODE
1191066
CM 6033 Adhesive CMS CN EC 776 20.05.01.216 MTC
R.P1.106.0032 Eurocopter La
Courneuve
CM 6035 Putty ECS 2047.10 03-46 MAPAERO 20.60.00.122 MTC
ECD CODE KIT
1499574 (21046000B004K)
20.60.00.125 MTC
CM 6036 Adhesive CMS CN AW 134 20.60.00.107 MTC
Courneuve
CM 6037 Hardener CMS CN HV 997 20.60.00.107 MTC
Courneuve
CM 6038 Putty CMS CN JFM1239 20.60.00.108 MTC
Courneuve
CM 6039 Putty CMS CN JFM1675
Courneuve
CM 6041 Adhesive paste ECD CODE 678246 Hysol EA 9395 A/B, 20.06.01.418 MTC
ECS 6054-1031 Loctite
CMS N4966021031
CM 6042 Adhesive ECD CODE 79213 EC 1937 20.06.01.406 MTC
CMS N4966396519 DHS 171-143.20
CM 6046 Adhesive CMS N4991892700 E2700, Interturbine 20.06.01.413 MTC
Logistik
CM 6047 Sealant CMS N4966946302 DEVCON-F 20.05.01.220 MTC
CM 6056 Sealing compound ECD CODE 658971 PR 1750 A2,Le
MBBN 3117-176 Joint Français
WL 5.5904.2
CM 6064 Adhesive DHS 172-271-20 EPSYDE FX104A
8040-14-435-1182
CMS N4966011727
01-00-00, 2-1 Page 212

2012.07.04

CM 6065 Resin CMS CN AY 103 20.06.02.302 MTC
R.P1.146.0017 Eurocopter La 20.60.00.112 MTC
Courneuve
CM 6066 Hardener 100 CMS CN HY951, 20.06.02.302 MTC
Courneuve
CM 6067 Adhesive CMS CN HP 317 F2, 20.60.00.119 MTC
Courneuve
CM 6068 Sealing compound CMS N4988967967 PR 1771 B2, Le 20.05.01.222 MTC
ECD CODE Joint Français 20.60.00.124 MTC
1126392
CM 6069 Resin CMS N491790340 Technovit 30-40, 20.02.06.410 MTC
Kulzer and Co.
GmbH
CM 6073 Adhesive CMS N4966796365 CHO-BOND-1038 20.02.07.405 MTC
ECS 2129.10
ECD CODE
1232803
CM 6074 Adhesive CMS N988987754 Blue-stop
CM 6075 Sealing compound CMS N4988967945 PR 1776 B2, 20.05.01.223 MTC
ASNA 4157 BF Le joint Français
ECS 2068.20
MIL S 81733 C
Type 3
CM 6078 Primer ECS6011-1126 P-L-1126
ECD CODE 839058 BETAPRIME 5404.
DOW
AUTOMOTIVE
CM 6080 Adhesive ECS2028-20 SIKAFLEX 265HF
replaced by CM standard replaced Sika Corp.
6219 by ECS2028-30
CM 6081 Primer ECS2030-20 SIKA 209N Sika
Corp
CM 6089 Adhesive DHS171-271 AV121B,
CMS N4977957052 Eurocopter
CM 6091 Adhesive CMS CN AW 106 20.06.01.101 MTC
Courneuve 20.06.02.303 MTC
20.60.00.106 MTC
CM 6093 Adhesive CMS R.P1.106.00 CN AV 123 20.60.00.113 MTC
09 Eurocopter La
Courneuve
CM 6094 Hardener CMS R.P1.1 CN HV 953B 20.60.00.113 MTC
06.0011 Eurocopter La
Courneuve
CM 6095 Adhesive CMS R.P CN EC 2216,
1.196.0113 Eurocopter La
Courneuve
01-00-00, 2-1 Page 213

2012.07.04

CM 6096 Adhesive CMS R.P CN EA 9309 3NA 20.60.00.126 MTC
0.146.0332 Eurocopter La 20.06.01.312 MTC
Courneuve
CM 6097 Hardener 2500 CMS CN HY 951
Courneuve
CM 6208 Teflon strip ECD CODE 60392 ABS0635-40-7
Saint-Gobain
performance
Plastics
CM 6219 Adhesive ECS2028-30 BETAMATE 7120, 20.06.01.420 MTC
ECD CODE Dow Automotive
1512923 BETASEAL 8000,
CMS N4961620030 Sika SA
CM 6229 Adhesive CMS N4962927143 Scotch-grip 34, 3 M
DHS 171-143.21
CM 6231 Thinner CMS N4922962286 Diluant P
ECD
CODE1422484
CM 6235 Adhesive tape ECD CODE 130 ALUTRAME874,
5860 ENAC SA,
CMS N4804810874 AUBERGFVILLE
CM 6236 Locking fluid ECD CODE Loctite 566, Loctite
1306150
CMS N4988239567
CM 6237 Adhesive tape DHS 243-100.10 T-DR-25-NR1-0,
ECD CODE TYCO
1105002
CMS N4343069241
CM 6240 Sealing compound ECS2068.10 PR 1776S, Le Joint 20.05.01.223 MTC
ECD CODE Français
1284880
CMS N4918961776
Table 207 List of Adhesives and Sealing Compounds
J. List of Miscellaneous

CM 714 Vinyl tape MIL-I-7798 (invalid) Interturbine Logistik
MIL-I-24391
LAC 24-426
CM 750 Primer CMS N4803057601 Promotor 86,
ECD CODE 3M
1284830
ECS2054.10
01-00-00, 2-1 Page 214

2012.07.04

CM 775 Lockwire ECD CODE Interturbine 20.02.06.402 MTC
1005433 LOGISTIK
EN 3628-0.63
LN
9424-1.4546.9-0,63
CM 776 Lockwire ECD CODE Interturbine 20.02.06.402 MTC
1005435 LOGISTIK
EN 3628-0.80
LN
9424-1.4546.9-0,8
CM 777 Lockwire EN 3628-0.50 Interturbine 20.02.06.402 MTC
ECD CODE 53942 LOGISTIK
LN
9424-1.4546.9-0,5
CM 778 Lockwire EN 3628-1 Interturbine 20.02.06.402 MTC
ECD CODE LOGISTIK
1059250
LN 9424-1.4546.9-1
CM 779 Lockwire EN 3628-1.25 INTERTURBINE 20.02.06.402 MTC
LN 9424, LOGISTIK
1.4546.9-1,25
ECD CODE 647634
CM 780 Snap wire ECD CODE 64177 Interturbine
DIN 1367-STZN-0,3 LOGISTIK
x 0,3
NFL 23321
CM 781 De-icing /anti-icing S-742 (NATO) Type I fluids per
fluid type I MIL-A-8243C SAE AMS 1424 or
(invalid) ISO 11075
CM 783 Adhesive tape ECD CODE 18143
Scotch 670, 3M
Scotch 471, 3M
CM 784 Treatment against MIL-S-53021A Biobor JF, 20.08.06.401 MTC
fuel contamination CMS NR500000020 Hammonds Fuel
Additives, Inc.
CM 785 Nylon film FYLMNYLON
TF6-6
CM 786 Air weave fabric ECD CODE Bidim U14,
1104993 FREUDENBERG
SA Bindim U2
CM 787 Ink ECD CODE Tiflex yellow (jaune) 20.60.00.101 MTC
1285066 XD 150
CMS N4999218250 Eurocopter La
Courneuve
CM 788 Hardener for ink ECD CODE XD 150, Eurocopter 20.60.00.101 MTC
1284996 La Courneuve
CMS N4957746150
CM 789 Aluminum adhesive ECD 425L50, 425L50MM
tape CODE1285590 Scotch-alu
CMS N4813054250 425L50MM 3M
France
01-00-00, 2-1 Page 215

2012.07.04

CM 790 Freon gas ECD CODE Forane 134A,
1105039 ATOFINA
R 134A
CM 791 Adhesive tape CMS N4812040225 Flash breaker n˚2
CM 792 Peelable fabric CMS CN 3798,
4-62-292-94-06 Eurocopter La
Courneuve
CM 793 Adhesive tape ECD CODE Fabric coated
1285597 38mm wide
CMS N8249981538 Interturbine Logistik
CM 794 Adhesive tape PTFE coated 30
mm wide
CM 795 Adhesive Polyvinyl strip 20
mm wide P/N 471
CM 796 Cheesecloth CMS CN 11, Eurocopter
R.P.1.048.0826 La Courneuve
CM 797 De-icing / anti-icing Typ II fluids per SPAC AD 104/N
fluid typ II SAE AMS 1428 ou Kilfrost ABC3
ISO 11078 Kilfrost LTD.
ECD CODE Haltwhiatle
1340363 Northumberland
CMS NR017700002
6850-99-151-1428
CM 7009 Activator CMS N4999838323 LOCTITE Primer
replaced by CM 7649
622
CM 7010 Wax ECD MGH16, Mirorglass.
CODE1285687 Please Plast Elect.
Appl
CM 7019 Glass fiber fabric CMS DBC 34/5,
R.P.1.198.0359 Eurocopter La
Courneuve
CM 7020 Glass fiber fabric ECS 0030-28 7781, Hexcel
8.4568.6 Fabrics
US 7781 92626, CS Interglas
ECD
CODE1232664
CM 7022 Silicone oil ECD Code 742458 Rodorsil oil
47V12500, linke &
Partner GbR
CM 7027 Roving thread CMS CN RC 10
Courneuve
CM 7044 Lockwire LN9424, Interturbine
1.4314.9-0,63 LOGISTIK
ECD CODE
1005341
01-00-00, 2-1 Page 216

2012.07.04

CM 7213 Block of CMS CN80, Eurocopter
polyurethane foam R.P1.098.0406 La Courneuve
CM 7051 Spiral tape PTFE ASN-A0042 84904T255
CMS N7063764755
ECD CODE
1166499
Table 208 List of Miscellaneous
01-00-00, 2-1 Page 217

01-00-00, 2-1 Page 218
2012.07.04
Task new numbering - Maintenance Practices

2-1 Task new numbering
A. Old / New Task
(1) Equivalence table
Old New Title

05.21.00.201 (MET) 05-40-00, 3-1 General Safety Instructions
05.21.00.601 (MET) 05-40-00, 6-4 Check before the first flight (BFF)
05.21.00.602 (MET) 05-40-00, 6-5 Turn Around Check (TA)
05.21.00.603 (MET) 05-40-00, 6-6 Check after the last flight of the day (ALF)
05.21.00.604 (MET) 05-40-00, 6-2 Checking the optional equipment
05.21.00.605 (MET) 05-40-00, 6-3 Additional Operation - Cold Weather or very
Cold Weather
05.29.00.601 (MET) 05-24-00, 6-1 Major inspection
05.32.00.601 (MET) 05-32-00, 6-1 Type F Inspection
05.39.00.601 (MET) 05-60-00, 6-1 Transmission Components - Main Rotor Drive -
Tail Rotor Drive
New task 05-50-00, 6-1 Procedure After Detection of Chips / Illumination
of "MGB P" and "MGB TEMP" Warning Lights -
TGB / MGB
New task 05-50-00, 6-3 Steps to be Taken After Rotor Overspeed
New task 05-50-00, 6-16 Procedure After Fuel Contamination
05.52.00.301 (MET) 12-30-00, 3-4 Preventive Measures for Operation in Severe
Climatic Conditions - Helicopter
05.53.00.602 (MET) 05-50-00, 6-4 Procedure After Overtorque
05.53.00.603 (MET) 05-50-00, 6-6 Procedure After Impact on a Main Rotor Blade
05.53.00.604 (MET) 05-50-00, 6-7 Steps to be Taken After Impact on the Tail
Rotor Blade
05.53.00.605 (MET) 05-50-00, 6-5 Procedure After a Hard Landing
05.53.00.606 (MET) 05-50-00, 6-21 Diagnosis of defects through vibration analysis
05.53.00.607 (MET) 05-50-00, 6-14 Procedure After Oil Leaks from the Gearboxes
05.53.00.609 (MET) 05-50-00, 6-10 Steps to be Taken on Aircraft Struck by
Lightning
05.53.00.610 (MET) 05-50-00, 6-8 Steps to be Taken for Non-Rotating Blades in
Gusts
05.53.00.611 (MET) 05-50-00, 6-11 Procedure After Sudden Application of the Main
Rotor Brake
05.53.00.612 (MET) 05-50-00, 6-9 Procedure After Flight in Strong Turbulence
05.53.00.613 (MET) 05-50-00, 6-12 Procedure After Jerks on the Freewheel
05.53.00.614 (MET) 05-50-00, 6-20 Actions to be taken in the events of abnormal
behaviour of helicopter on the ground, with rotor
spinning
05.53.00.615 (MET) 05-50-00, 6-24 Immersion in sea water
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 201

2012.07.04
Old New Title

05.53.00.616 (MET) 05-50-00, 6-19 Measures Required in Case of a Contaminated
Engine Oil Circuit
05.53.10.601 (MET) 05-50-00, 6-17 Procedure After an Engine-health Check - No
Torque Margin
05.53.10.602 (MET) 05-50-00, 6-4 Procedure After Overtorque
New task 06-00-00, 3-1 Location of the Main Components of the
Structure - Helicopter
07.00.00.301 (MET) 07-00-00, 3-2 Lifting - Helicopter
07.00.00.301 (MET) 07-10-00, 3-1 Jacking-up - Helicopter
New task 07-00-00, 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Lifting and Shoring
08.00.00.301 (MET) 08-10-00, 3-2 Balance correction - Helicopter
08.00.00.601 (MET) 08-10-00, 3-1 Weighing - Helicopter
08.00.00.601 (MET) 08-20-00, 3-1 Leveling - Helicopter
09.00.00.301 (MET) 09-10-00, 3-1 Towing - Helicopter
10.00.00.301 (MET) 10-10-00, 3-1 Parking - Helicopter
10.00.00.301 (MET) 10-10-00, 3-2 Covering - Helicopter
10.00.00.302 (MET) 10-20-00, 3-1 Mooring - Helicopter
10.00.00.303 (MET) 10-20-00, 3-2 Folding / Spreading - Blades (Marine type)
10.00.00.304 (MET) 10-20-00, 3-3 Folding / Spreading - Blades
10.00.00.901 (MST) 10-10-00, 2-1 Preservation and Protection of the Complete
Aircraft - Definitions
10.00.00.902 (MST) 10-10-00, 2-1 Preservation and Protection of the Complete
Aircraft - Definitions
10.00.00.903 (MST) 10-10-00, 3-4 Short Term Preservation - Helicopter
10.00.00.904 (MST) 10-10-00, 3-4 Short Term Preservation - Helicopter
10.00.00.905 (MST) 10-10-00, 3-5 Short Term Depreservation - Helicopters
10.00.00.906 (MST) 10-10-00, 3-6 Long Term Preservation - Helicopter
10.00.00.907 (MST) 10-10-00, 3-6 Long Term Preservation - Helicopter
10.00.00.908 (MST) 10-10-00, 3-7 Long Term Depreservation - Helicopter
10.00.00.909 (MST) 10-10-00, 3-8 Periodic Inspection and Maintenance of
Removed and Preserved Assemblies
New task 11-00-00, 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Placards and
Markings
12.00.00.301 (MET) 12-10-00, 3-1 Filling / Draining - Gearboxes
12.00.00.301 (MET) 79-00-00, 3-1 Filling / Draining - Engine Oil System
12.00.00.303 (MET) 12-10-00, 3-1 Filling / Draining - Gearboxes
12.00.00.305 (MET) 65-11-00, 3-1 Lubrication - Bearing
12.00.00.307 (MET) 65-21-00, 3-1 Greasing - TRH pitch-change spider bearing (
POST MOD 076550 )
12.00.00.308 (MET) 29-00-00, 3-3 Filling / Draining - Hydraulic System
New task 12-10-00, 3-2 Refueling / Draining - Fuel System
New task 12-30-00, 3-1 Cleaning - Helicopter
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 202

2012.07.04
Old New Title

New task 12-30-00, 3-2 Preventive Measures for Operation in Sandy
Atmosphere - Helicopter
21.00.00.301 (MET) 21-00-00, 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Air Conditioning
21.00.00.301 (MET) 21-21-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Demisting / Heating
21.00.00.301 (MET) 21-51-00, 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Air Conditioning
System
21.00.00.401 (MET) 21-21-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Demisting or Heating
Cocks
21.51.10.302 (MET) 21-51-10, 3-1 Filling / Draining - Air Conditioning System
21.51.10.401 (MET) 21-51-10, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Air Conditioning System
Compressor
21.51.10.401 (MET) 21-51-10, 4-3 Removal / Installation - Front Air Conditioning
System Evaporator
21.51.10.401 (MET) 21-51-10, 4-4 Removal / Installation - Rear Air Conditioning
System Evaporator
21.51.10.401 (MET) 21-51-10, 4-8 Removal / Installation - Dessicator Bottle
21.51.10.501 (MET) 21-51-10, 4-2 Removal / Installation - Air Conditioning System
Condenser
21.51.10.501 (MET) 21-51-10, 5-1 Functional Tests - Air conditioning system with
refrigerant
21.51.10.601 (MET) 21-51-10, 6-1 Check - Air Conditioning System with
Refrigerant
21.51.10 (MFI) 21-51-10, 1-1 -Fault isolation - Air conditioning with refrigerant
23.00.00.301 (MET) 23-00-00, 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Radio
Communications
24.00.00.301 (MET) 24-00-00, 2-1 Electrical Power Supply on the Ground
24.00.00.301 (MET) 24-00-00, 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Electrical Power
Supply System
24.00.00.301 (MET) 24-00-00, 6-2 Check - Electrical Bonding of Helicopter
24.22.00 (MFI) 24-22-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - A/C Generation 250 VA
24.30.00.201 (MET) 24-33-00, 2-1 Cleaning the battery compartment
24.30.00.401 (MET) 24-33-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Battery
24.30.00.402 (MET) 24-32-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Electrical Master Box
24.30.00.501 (MET) 24-30-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - DC Power Supply System
24.30.00.501 (MET) 24-30-00, 5-3 Functional Tests - Very cold weather starting
24.30.00.501 (MET) 24-30-00, 5-4 Functional Tests - Direct battery power supply
24.30.00.502 (MET) 24-33-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - Battery Temperature Warning
Light
24.30.00.503 (MET) 24-32-00, 5-1 Adjustement of Electrical Master Box Voltage
Control
24.30.00.505 (MET) 24-33-00, 5-2 Checking the Charge Level of SERMAT
Emergency Battery
24.30.00 (MFI) 24-30-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - DC Power Supply System
25.10.11.601 (MET) 25-21-00, 6-1 Check - Pilot and copilot seat buckets and
attachment
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 203

2012.07.04
Old New Title

25.10.11.701 (MRM) 25-21-00, 4-2 Removal / Installation - Seat lock
25.10.11.702 (MRM) 25-21-00, 4-3 Removal / Installation -Inertia reel assembly
25.10.11.703 (MRM) 25-21-00, 8-4 Replacement - "VELCRO" strips on
"backrest"and "seat".
25.10.11.771 (MRM) 25-21-00, 8-1 Repair -Scratch or ripple on glass fabric
upholstery
25.10.11.772 (MRM) 25-21-00, 8-2 Repair - Surface defect on glass fabric
monolithic part
25.10.11.774 (MRM) 25-21-00, 8-3 Repair - Pilot or Copilot Seat Buckets
New task 25-22-00, 4-4 Removal / Installation - Teat seats
25.62.00 (MFI) 25-67-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Emergency Floatation Gear
25.62.10.401 (MET) 25-67-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Emergency Floatation
Gear
25.62.10.402 (MET) 31-42-00, 8-2 Replacement - Emergency floatation gear push
button safety cap (PRE MOD 073273 )
25.62.10.601 (MET) 25-67-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - Emergency Floatation Gear
Control Circuit
25.62.10.601 (MET) 25-67-00, 5-2 Functional Tests - Emergency Floatation Gear
Diaphragms
25.62.10.601 (MET) 25-67-00, 6-1 Inspection / Check - Emergency floatation gear
installation
25.63.00.401 (MET) 25-63-10, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Removable part of the
hoist installation
25.63.00.401 (MET) 25-63-11, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Removable part of the
hoist installation
25.63.00.402 (MET) 25-63-10, 4-2 Removal / Installation - Hoists Electrical
25.63.00.402 (MET) 25-63-11, 4-2 Removal / Installation - Hoists Electrical
25.63.00.402 (MET) 25-63-11, 4-3 Removal / Installation - Pyrotechnic squib
25.63.00.403 (MET) 25-63-10, 4-3 Removal / Installation - Pyrotechnic squib
25.63.00.404 (MET) 25-63-10, 4-4 Removal / Installation - Hoist arm locking finger
25.63.00.404 (MET) 25-63-11, 4-4 Removal / Installation - Hoist arm locking finger
25.63.00.501 (MET) 25-63-10, 5-1 Electrical test
25.63.00.501 (MET) 25-63-11, 5-1 Electrical test
25.63.00.601 (MET) 25-63-10, 6-1 Inspection / Check - Hoist installation
25.63.00.601 (MET) 25-63-11, 6-1 Inspection / Check - Hoist installation
25.63.00.602 (MET) 25-63-10, 6-2 Check of the squib and its electrical circuit
25.63.00.602 (MET) 25-63-11, 6-2 Checking of the squib and its electrical circuit
25.63.00.603 (MET) 25-63-11, 6-3 Check of damper assembly
25.63.15.401 (MET) 25-63-15, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Drain tray (without rear
bench seat)
25.63.15.401 (MET) 25-63-15, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Drain tray (with straight
rear bench seat)
25.66.01.401 (MET) 25-66-04, 4-1 Removal/Installation - JOLLIET JE2 and JE2
NG Emergency Locator Antenna
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 204

2012.07.04
Old New Title

25.66.01.501 (MET) 25-66-04, 5-1 Functional Tests - JOLLIET JE2 and JE2 NG
Emergency Locator
25.66.01.601 (MET) 25-66-04, 6-1 Check - JOLLIET JE2 and JE2 NG Emergency
Locator Installation
25.66.01 (MFI) 25-66-04, 1-1 Fault Isolation - JOLLIET JE2 and JE NG
Emergency Locator
New task 25-66-02, 1-1 Fault Isolation - KANNAD 121 AF-H and 406
AF-H Emergency Locator Transmitter
New task 25-66-07, 5-1 Functional Tests - ELT 910 NARCO Emergency
Locator
New task 25-66-07, 6-1 Visit/Check - ELT 910 NARCO Emergency
Locator Installation
New task 25-66-08, 1-1 Fault Isolation - ELT 96-406 SOCATA
Emergency locator
New task 25-66-08, 4-1 Removal/Installation - ELT 96-406 SOCATA
Emergency locator
New task 25-66-08, 5-1 Adjustement/Testing - ELT 96-406 SOCATA
Emergency Locator
New task 25-66-08, 6-1 Visit / Check - ELT 96-406 SOCATA Emergency
locator Installation
25.66.34.401 (MET) 25-66-02, 4-1 Removal / Installation - KANNAD 121 AF-H and
406 AF-H Emergency Locator Transmitter
25.66.34.501 (MET) 25-66-02, 5-1 Self-Tests - KANNAD 121 AF-H and 406 AF-H
Emergency Locator Transmitter
25.66.34.601 (MET) 25-66-02, 6-1 Visit / Check - KANNAD 121 AF-H and 406 AF-
H Emergency Locator Transmitter System
25.66.35.401 25-66-02, 4-1 Removal / Installation - KANNAD 121 AF-H and
406 AF-H Emergency Locator Transmitter
New task 25-67-00, 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Emergency
Floatation Gear
25.69.10.401 (MET) 25-69-10, 4-1 Removal/Installation - Containers
25.80.00.401 (MET) 25-92-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Cargo Sling Installation
Removable Part
25.80.00.501 (MET) 25-92-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - Cargo Sling Installation
25.80.00.502 (MET) 25-92-00, 5-3 Adjustment / Tests - Dynamometer
25.80.00.503 (MET) 25-92-00, 5-2 Adjustment - Cargo Sling Installation Emergency
Release Control
25.80.00.601 (MET) 25-92-00, 6-1 Checks - Cargo Sling Installation
25.81.10.402 (MET) 25-91-01, 4-2 Stripping / Fitting-out - 1400 kg Cargo Swing
Installation removable part
25.81.10.501 (MET) 25-91-01, 5-1 Functional test - 1400 kg Cargo Swing
Installation
25.81.10.502 (MET) 25-91-01, 5-3 Adjustment -1400 kg Cargo Swing Installation
Load indicator
25.81.10.503 (MET) 25-91-01, 5-2 Adjustment - 1400 kg Cargo Swing Installation
Standby Release Control
25.81.10.601 (MET) 25-91-01, 6-1 Checks - 1400 kg Cargo Swing Installation
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 205

2012.07.04
Old New Title

New task 25-91-01, 4-1 Removal / Installation - 1400 Kg Cargo Swing
Installation removable part
New task 25-92-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Cargo Sling Installation
25.93.00.401 (MET) 25-61-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Wire Strike Protection
System Installation
25.93.00.401 (MET) 25-61-00, 6-1 Check - Wire Strike Protection System
Installation
New task 25-96-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Electrical Rear-view Mirror
New task 25-96-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Electrical Rear-view
Mirror
New task 25-96-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - Electrical Rear-view Mirror
New task 25-96-00, 6-1 Check - Electrical Rear-view Mirror
26.10.00.601 (MET) 26-11-00, 6-1 Check - Fire Detector
26.10.00.602 (MET) 26-11-00, 6-2 Condition and Continuity Check - Fire Detector
(sealed detectors, P/N HXXX-X)
26.10.00 (MFI) 26-11-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Fire Detection
New task 26-21-00, 6-1 Check - Cabin Extinguisher
26.22.00.601 (MET) 26-21-00, 6-2 Check - Weighing Cabin Extinguisher ((P/N
863520-00))
28.00.00.301 (MET) 28-00-00, 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Fuel System
28.00.00.303 (MET) 28-00-00, 9-1 Storage / Destorage with CO2 - Fuel System
28.00.00.402 (MET) 28-11-00, 4-3 Removal / Installation - Fuel Drain Mechanism
and Drain Plug Assembly
28.00.00.402 (MET) 28-21-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Booster Pump
28.00.00.402 (MET) 28-41-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Fuel Probe
28.00.00.403 (MET) 28-21-00, 4-2 Removal / Installation - Fuel Shut-off Valve
28.00.00.404 (MET) 28-11-00, 4-4 Refuelling Stainer : Removal / Installation
28.00.00.502 (MET) 28-11-00, 5-1 Adjustment - Fuel Tank Strap Tension
28.00.00.503 (MET) 28-41-00, 5-1 Adjustment - Fuel Gaging System
28.00.00.504 28-00-00, 5-1 Functional test of the fuel filter pre-clogging
indication
28.00.00.602 (MET) 28-41-00, 5-2 Functional tests - Fuel Low-level Warning
New task 28-00-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Fuel System
28.10.11.771 (MRM) 28-11-00, 8-1 Repair - Self-sealing fuel tank
New task 28-11-00, 4-1 Removal - Fuel Tank
New task 28-11-00, 4-2 Installation - Fuel Tank
New task 28-21-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - Booster pump
New task 28-21-00, 5-2 Functional tests - Fuel Shut-off Valve
28.92.10.201 (MET) 28-91-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation : Metallic Ferry Tank
29.00.00.301 (MET) 29-00-00, 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Hydraulic Power
System
29.00.00.302 (MET) 29-00-00, 3-2 Instructions for cleaning wire mesh filters and
strainers
29.00.00.303 (MET) 29-00-00, 3-4 Rinsing and Cleaning of Hydraulic Reservoirs
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 206

2012.07.04
Old New Title

29.00.00 (MFI) 29-00-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Hydraulic Power System
New task 29-00-00, 2-1 Hydraulic Power Supply on the Ground
New task 29-00-00, 3-6 Draining/Filling/Maintenance of strainer and filter
29.10.10.302 (MET) 29-00-00, 3-5 Verification / Charging / Discharging -
Accumulator pressure
29.10.10.401 (MET) 29-11-01, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Belt-driven Hydraulic
Pump
29.10.10.402 (MET) 29-10-00, 4-3 Removal / Installation - Hydraulic System
Equipment
29.10.10.403 (MET) 29-10-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Flexible Hoses
29.10.10.405 (MET) 29-10-00, 4-2 Removal / Installation - Hydraulic Fluid
Reservoirs
29.10.10.501 (MET) 29-10-00, 5-1 Servocontrol Shutoff Tests
29.10.10.502 (MET) 29-10-00, 5-2 Functional test - Hydraulic system
29.10.10.601 (MET) 63-11-00, 6-3 Inspection criteria - Hydraulic Pump splines Belt
Drive
29.10.10.601 (MET) 63-11-00, 6-15 Inspection Criteria - Hydraulic Pump bearing
Belt Drive
29.10.20.401 (MET) 29-11-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Hydraulic System
Equipment
29.10.20.401 (MET) 29-11-01, 4-2 Tear Down / Build Up - Belt-driven Hydraulic
Pump
29.10.20.401 (MET) 29-11-02, 4-1 Removal / Installation - MGB Hydraulic Pump
29.10.20.401 (MET) 29-11-02, 4-2 Tear Down / Build Up - MGB Hydraulic Pump
29.10.20.402 (MET) 29-11-00, 4-2 Removal / Installation - Hydraulic Fluid
Reservoirs
29.10.20.501 (MET) 29-11-00, 5-1 Electrical functional tests - Main Hydraulic Dual
generation
New task 29-11-01, 4-3 Removal / Installation - H.P.I. Pump Seals
30.20.00.401 (MET) 30-20-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Snow filter assembly
New task 30-31-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Pitot Heating System
30.42.00.301 (MET) 30-42-00, 3-1 Winshield Wiper installation - General
instructions
30.42.00.401 (MET) 30-42-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Brush holder Arm and
Pin
30.42.00.401 (MET) 30-42-00, 4-2 Removal / Installation - Windshield wiper motor
30.42.00.501 (MET) 30-42-00, 5-1 Adjustments - Scraper and rod
30.42.00.601 (MET) 30-42-00, 6-1 Check for windshield wiper arm attachment
30.43.00.401 (MET) 30-43-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - tank assembly
30.43.00.501 (MET) 30-43-00, 5-1 Installation test
30.43.00.601 (MET) 30-43-00, 6-1 Winshield washer - Inspecting the installation
30.43.00 (MFI) 30-43-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Winshield washer
New task 31-00-00, 6-1 Check - Indicating and Recording
31.31.00.201 (MET) 31-31-00, 2-1 Hour Meter - Standard Maintenance
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 207

2012.07.04
Old New Title

New task 31-42-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Control Unit
31.60.00.301 (MET) 31-61-00, 3-1 Downloading VEMD data with ANCT-DUT
software
31.60.00.302 (MET) 31-61-00, 3-2 Analyzing VEMD data with VEMD UMCard
software
31.60.00.401 (MET) 31-61-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - VEMD
31.60.00.501 (MET) 31-61-00, 5-1 Access to and Use of the "CONFIG" Mode
Functions - VEMD
31.60.00.502 (MET) 31-61-00, 5-2 Access to and Use of the "MAINT" Mode
Functions - VEMD
31.60.00.503 (MET) 31-61-00, 5-3 Functional Tests - VEMD Static Pressure
Measurement
31.60.00 (MFI) 31-61-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - VEMD
32.10.11.701 (MRM) 32-11-00, 4-4 Disassembly / Reassembly of a damper ((P/N
350A75-2080-00))
32.10.11.751 (MRM) 32-11-00, 5-1 Tests - Damper after reconditioning ((P/N
350A75-2080-00))
32.10.11.751 (MRM) 32-11-00, 6-2 Check - Damper in case of resonance ((P/N
350A75-2080-00))
32.10.11.771 (MRM) 32-11-00, 8-3 Replacement of ball joints, Repair of Damper
Body and End-fitting
32.13.00.401 (MET) 32-11-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Landing gear
32.13.00.401 (MET) 32-11-00, 4-2 Tear Down / Buid up - Landing Gear
32.13.00.401 (MET) 32-11-00, 4-3 Removal / Installation - Damper
32.13.00.601 (MET) 32-11-00, 6-1 Inspection Criteria - Landing Gear
32.13.00.601 (MET) 32-11-00, 6-3 Inspection criteria - Landing gear attachments
32.13.00.601 (MET) 32-11-00, 6-4 Inspection criteria - Tail Blades and Dampers
32.13.20.402 (MET) 32-11-00, 4-5 "Hoist Operator" footstep: Removal - Installation
32.13.20.701 (MRM) 32-11-00, 8-2 Replacement of rivets - Forward footstep (POST
MOD 072646 )
New task 32-70-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Tail Rotor Protector
32.91.10.401 (MET) 32-91-01, 4-1 Removal / Installation - FREDDY BERTIN
SURFAIR skis
33.00.00.301 (MET) 33-00-00, 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Lighting System
New task 33-00-00, 6-1 Check - Lighting System
33.10.00.501 (MET) 33-11-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - Dome Light
33.10.00.501 (MET) 33-12-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - Instrument Panel Lighting
33.10.00 (MFI) 33-10-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Interior Lighting
33.41.00.401 (MET) 33-41-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Position Lights
33.41.00.501 (MET) 33-41-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - Position Lights
33.41.00 (MFI) 33-41-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Position Lights
33.42.00.401 (MET) 33-42-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Anti-collision Light
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 208

2012.07.04
Old New Title

33.42.00.501 (MET) 33-42-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - Anti-collision Light
33.42.00 (MFI) 33-42-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Anti-collision Light
33.43.01.501 (MET) 33-44-02, 5-1 Functional Tests - Retractable Landing Light
33.43.01 (MFI) 33-43-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Fixed Light
33.43.01 (MFI) 33-44-02, 1-1 Fault isolation - Retractable Landing Light
33.43.10.501 (MET) 33-44-01, 5-1 Functional Tests - Adjustable/Retractable
Landing Light
33.43.10 (MFI) 33-44-01, 1-1 Fault isolation - Adjustable/Retractable Landing
Light
33.43.11.501 (MET) 33-44-03, 5-1 Functional Tests -Light Intensity Variator with
Light Control on Control Panel
33.43.11.501 (MET) 33-44-03, 5-1 Functional Tests - Light Intensity Variator with
light control on collective lever
33.43.11 (MFI) 33-44-03, 1-1 Fault isolation - LIGHT INTENSITY VARIATOR
New task 33-44-03, 5-1 Functional Tests - Light Intensity Variator
33.45.03.401 (MET) 33-45-03, 4-1 Removal / Installation - SPECTROLAB
SEARCHLIGHT
33.45.03.501 (MET) 33-45-03, 5-1 Functional Tests - SPECTROLAB
SEARCHLIGHT
33.45.03.601 (MET) 33-45-03, 6-1 Verification of Installation - SPECTROLAB
SEARCHLIGHT
33.45.03.602 (MET) 33-45-03, 6-2 Verification of the searchlight assembly -
SPECTROLAB SEARCHLIGHT
33.45.03 (MFI) 33-45-03, 1-1 Fault isolation - SPECTROLAB SEARCHLIGHT
34.00.00.301 (MET) 12-30-00, 3-5 Method for Checking - Continuity /Insulation of
Coaxial Circuits
34.00.00.301 (MET) 34-00-00, 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Navigation
New task 34-00-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Navigation Equipment
on the Indicating and Control Panels
34.10.00.301 (MET) 34-10-00, 3-1 Drying - Pitot Static System
34.10.00.401 (MET) 34-11-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Pitot Tube Assembly
34.10.00.403 (MET) 34-15-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Temperature Probes
34.10.00.501 (MET) 34-12-00, 5-2 Adjustment - Altimeter
34.10.00.501 (MET) 34-13-00, 5-2 Adjustment - Vertical Speed Indicator
34.10.00.502 (MET) 30-31-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - Pitot Heating System
34.10.00.504 (MET) 34-15-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - Temperature Probes (35D
and 39D)
34.10.00.601 (MET) 34-00-00, 6-1 Check - Navigation System
34.10.00.602 (MET) 34-10-00, 5-1 Functional Tests-Pitot-Static System
New task 34-10-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Pitot-Static System
New task 34-12-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Altimeter
New task 34-12-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Altimeter
New task 34-12-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - Altimeter
New task 34-13-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Vertical Speed Indicator
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 209

2012.07.04
Old New Title

New task 34-13-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Vertical Speed Indicator
New task 34-13-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - Vertical Speed Indicator
New task 34-14-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Airspeed Indicator
New task 34-14-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Airspeed Indicator
New task 34-14-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - Airspeed Indicator
39.00.00.401 (MET) 31-42-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Control panel
39.00.00.402 (MET) 24-00-00, 8-1 Replacement - Circuit breaker
39.00.00.402 (MET) 31-42-00, 8-1 Replacement - Push button or Bulb
52.00.00.401 (MET) 56-11-00, 4-3 Removal / Installation - Door Window
52.00.00 (MFI) 52-31-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Lateral Cargo Hold Door
Indicating System
52.10.00.501 (MET) 52-11-00, 5-1 Test - Jettison System of Crew Door
52.10.10.701 (MRM) 52-11-00, 4-2 Removal / Installation - Crew door hinge and
structure hinge
52.10.10.702 (MRM) 52-11-00, 4-3 Removal / Installation - Upper and lower lock
barrels
52.10.10.703 (MRM) 52-11-00, 4-4 Remove / Pose - Center and Key Cylinders
52.10.12.701 (MRM) 52-13-00, 4-2 Removal / Installation - Sleeves ans support on
subdoor
52.10.12.702 (MRM) 52-13-00, 4-3 Removal / Installation - Strike and stop support
on subdoor
52.10.16.701 (MRM) 52-00-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Door seal
New task 52-11-00, 6-1 Inspection Criteria - Crew Door
New task 52-12-00, 4-3 Disassembly / Assembly - Sliding Door
New task 52-13-00, 6-1 Inspection Criteria - Flap Door
52.30.00.401 (MET) 52-31-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Lateral Cargo Hold Door
52.30.00.401 (MET) 52-32-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Rear Cargo Hold Door
52.30.00.601 (MET) 52-31-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - Lateral Cargo Hold Door
Indicating System
52.30.00.601 (MET) 52-31-00, 6-1 Inspection Criteria - Lateral Cargo Hold Doors
52.30.10.701 (MRM) 52-31-00, 4-2 Removal / Installation - Hinges on side cargo
door
New task 52-32-00, 6-1 Inspection Criteria - Rear Cargo Hold Door
52.91.10.401 (MET) 52-12-00, 4-1 Removal - Sliding Door
52.91.10.401 (MET) 52-12-00, 4-2 Installation - Sliding Door
52.91.10.401 (MET) 56-11-00, 6-1 Inspection Criteria - Windshield / Glazed panel /
Door Window
52.91.10.402 (MET) 56-11-00, 4-5 Removal / Installation - Jettisonable sliding
windows
52.91.10.402 (MET) 56-11-00, 6-5 Inspection - Jettisonable sliding windows
52.91.10.501 (MET) 52-12-00, 5-1 Adjustment / Test - Sliding Door
52.91.10.601 (MET) 52-12-00, 6-1 Inspection Criteria - Sliding Door
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 210

2012.07.04
Old New Title

52.91.10.601 (MET) 52-12-00, 6-3 Verification of rear roller diameter and opening
distance from beginning of medium track -
Sliding door
52.91.10.601 (MET) 56-11-00, 6-4 Inspection - Door Window
53.00.00.401 (MET) 56-11-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Windshield
53.00.00.402 (MET) 53-31-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Aft Fuselage
53.00.00.403 (MET) 53-51-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Upper Cowlings
53.00.00.404 (MET) 71-11-00, 4-5 Removal / Installation - Air Intake Seal
53.00.00.405 (MET) 53-51-00, 4-2 Removal / Installation - Lower Fairings
53.00.00.407 (MET) 53-32-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Cabin Vibration
Absorbers
53.00.00.408 (MET) 56-11-00, 4-2 Removal / Installation - Glazed Panel
53.00.00.408 (MET) 56-11-00, 4-6 Removal / Installation - Enlarged Field of Vision
Window
53.00.00.501 (MET) 53-32-00, 5-1 Adjustment / Test - Cabin Antivibrator
53.00.00.601 (MET) 53-31-00, 6-2 Check - Forward bearing support frame
53.00.00.602 (MET) 56-11-00, 6-2 Inspection - Windshield
53.00.00.602 (MET) 56-11-00, 6-3 Inspection - Glazed panel
53.00.00.603 (MET) 53-31-00, 6-1 Check - Torque on Intermediate Structure/Tail
Boom Connecting
53.00.00.603 (MET) 53-31-00, 6-5 Check - Rear frame not fitted with reinforcement
angles on RH side with tail boom removal (PRE
MOD 073215 )
53.00.00.603 (MET) 53-31-00, 6-6 Check - Rear frame not fitted with reinforcement
angles on RH side without tail boom removal (
PRE MOD 073215 )
53.00.00.603 (MET) 53-31-00, 6-7 Check - Rear frame fitted with 2 reinforcement
angles on RH side (PRE MOD 073215 )
53.00.00.604 (MET) 53-32-00, 6-1 Check - Cabin Vibration absorber blade support
53.00.00.605 (MET) 53-31-00, 6-3 Check - Tail Rotor Rive Front Fairing
53.00.00.606 (MET) 53-31-00, 6-4 Verification - Tail Rotor Drive Bearing Support
New task 53-00-00, 6-1 Check - Fuselage
53.10.00.601 (MET) 53-10-00, 6-1 Verification - Transmission deck
53.10.11.702 (MRM) 53-10-00, 7-1 Paint - "Marine type" surface treatment forward
and tail structures
53.10.11.772 (MRM) 53-10-00, 8-2 Repair of a damaged gutter on canopy
53.10.11.773 (MRM) 53-10-00, 8-3 Repair of Damaged Skin on Canopy Bubble
53.10.11.775 (MRM) 53-10-00, 8-4 Repairing cracks on cabin
53.10.21.771 (MRM) 53-10-00, 8-5 Repair of Cracks on Rear Bulkhead
53.10.21.772 (MRM) 53-10-00, 8-6 Repair of Cracks on Cargo Compartment
Edging on Middle Structure
53.10.21.773 (MRM) 53-10-00, 8-7 Repairing a Crack at a Lightning Hole on Frame
at Upper Section
53.10.21.774 (MRM) 53-10-00, 8-8 Repairing Cracks on Side Bulkhead
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 211

2012.07.04
Old New Title

53.10.21.775 (MRM) 53-10-00, 8-9 Repair of warped side bulkhead
53.10.21.776 (MRM) 53-10-00, 8-10 Repair of tank support beam assembly
53.10.21.777 (MRM) 53-10-00, 8-11 Repair of cargo floor
53.10.21.779 (MRM) 53-10-00, 8-12 Repair of a crack on the transmission deck
53.10.22.772 (MRM) 53-31-00, 8-5 Repair - Aft Frame
53.10.40.701 (MRM) 53-31-00, 8-1 General Rules in Force Applicable for Repair on
Tail Boom
53.10.40.771 (MRM) 53-31-00, 8-2 Repair of a crack on skin
53.10.40.772 (MRM) 53-31-00, 8-3 Repair on tail boom
53.10.40.773 (MRM) 53-31-00, 8-4 Replacement of tail rotor drive bearing supports
55.00.00.401 (MET) 55-11-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Horizontal Stabilizer
55.00.00.402 (MET) 55-20-00, 4-1 Removal - Fins
55.00.00.402 (MET) 55-20-00, 4-2 Installation - Fins
55.00.00.601 (MET) 55-20-00, 6-1 Check of the skin of the upper and lower
vertical stabilisers
55.00.00.601 (MET) 55-20-00, 6-2 Check - Upper and Lower Vertical Stabilisers
55.00.00.601 (MET) 55-20-00, 6-3 Visual check of the spars of the upper and
lower vertical stabilisers
55.10.10.772 (MRM) 55-11-00, 8-1 Repair - Horizontal Stabilizer Trailing Edge
55.10.10.772 (MRM) 55-20-00, 8-3 Repair - Trailing edge on upper vertical
stabiliser
55.10.10.773 (MRM) 55-11-00, 8-2 Cutting two inspection holes in the skin panel,
at the centre part of the horizontal stabilizer
trailing edge.
New task 55-11-00, 6-1 Inspection Criteria - Horizontal Stabilizer ((P/N
350A13,0020,03) and (P/N 355A13,0520,03-04))
New task 55-11-00, 7-1 Marine Type Surface Treatment
55.20.10.701 (MRM) 55-20-00, 8-1 Replacement - Attachment fitting of the upper
vertical stabiliser
55.20.10.702 (MRM) 55-20-00, 8-2 Replacement - Forward fittings of vertical
stabilisers
55.20.10.773 (MRM) 55-20-00, 8-4 Repair - Lower vertical stabiliser on trailing edge
at lower rib
55.20.10.774 (MRM) 55-20-00, 8-5 Repair - Lower vertical stabiliser at tail skid
attachment
55.20.10.776 (MRM) 55-20-00, 8-6 Repair - Leading edge on upper vertical
stabiliser
55.20.10.777 (MRM) 55-20-00, 8-7 Repair - Riveting on spar and rib of upper and
lower vertical stabilisers
New task 56-11-00, 4-4 Removal / Installation - Heavy Weather Window
60.00.00.301 (MET) 60-00-00, 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Mechanical
Assemblies
60.00.00.601 (MET) 60-00-00, 6-1 Spectral Oil Analysis
60.00.00.602 (MET) 60-00-00, 6-2 Check - Chips Detector
60.00.00.701 (MRM) 60-00-00, 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Mechanical
Assemblies
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 212

2012.07.04
Old New Title

60.00.00.703 (MRM) 60-00-00, 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Mechanical
Assemblies
60.00.00.704 (MRM) 60-00-00, 3-2 General Safety Instructions - Critical Parts
62.10.00.302 (MET) 62-11-00, 3-1 Cleaning - Main Rotor Blades
62.10.00.303 (MET) 62-11-00, 3-2 De-icing of the Main Blades
62.10.00.401 (MET) 62-11-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Main Rotor Blades
62.10.00.501 (MET) 62-33-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Housing / Swashplate /
Hub Coupling
62.10.00.602 (MET) 62-00-00, 5-1 Adjustment - Checking and Correcting
Horizontal (Y) and Vertical (Z) Vibrations
62.10.00.604 (MET) 62-11-00, 6-2 Checking the Flapping and Dragwise Deflection
of the Main Rotor Blades
62.10.00.901 (MST) 62-11-00, 9-1 Preservation / Depreservation - Main Rotor
Blades
62.10.20.601 (MET) 62-11-00, 6-1 Inspection Criteria - Main Rotor Blades
62.10.20.701 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-1 Replacement or Installation of the Sand
Protection
62.10.20.702 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-2 Replacement of the tracking finger
62.10.20.703 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-3 Replacement - Blade Root Cover Strip
62.10.20.705 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-4 Total or Partial Replacement of the Lower
Surface Polyurethane Strip
62.10.20.706 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-5 Replacement of a tab element
62.10.20.707 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-6 Replacement of the connecting braid
62.10.20.709 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-7 Replacement of the Polyurethane Foolproof
Device on the Lower Surface
62.10.20.710 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-8 Replacement of target holder insert
62.10.20.711 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-9 Replacement of one or two polyurethane
wedges
62.10.20.761 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-10 Repair of skin damage
62.10.20.762 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-11 Repair of perforation of skin
62.10.20.763 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-12 Repair of a trailing edge impact mark
62.10.20.764 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-13 Installation of a helicoil in the bonding contact
62.10.20.765 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-14 Repair of crack or separation or corrosion on
tab element
62.10.20.768 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-15 Repair of Bonding Foil
62.10.20.769 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-16 Disassembly / Re-assembly of the Blade Tip
Components
62.10.20.770 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-17 Repair of Impact and Profile Restoration -
Tracking Finger
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 213

2012.07.04
Old New Title

62.10.20.771 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-18 Repair - Minor Paint Touch-Up
62.10.20.772 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-19 Rebonding of Bonding Foil
62.10.20.773 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-31 Repair - Anticollision Marking
62.10.20.775 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-20 Replacement of the Rubbers stop in the
Relevant Balancing Cavities
62.10.20.776 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-21 Filling cavities on blade tip edge
62.10.20.777 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-22 Repair of Leading Edge Metal Protection Bond
Separation
62.10.20.778 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-23 Repair of crack on blade trailing edge strip
62.10.20.781 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-24 Repair of bonding foil
62.10.20.782 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-25 Repair of bond separation by resin injection
62.10.20.785 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-28 Repair to a damaged foam plug at the blade tip
62.10.20.786 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-29 Repair of impact damage on the leading edge
skin and the blade root
62.10.20.787 (MRM) 62-11-00, 8-30 Repairing a crack at the blade root/trailing edge
junction
62.20.00.401 (MET) 62-21-00, 4-1 Removal - Main Rotor Hub
62.20.00.401 (MET) 62-21-00, 4-2 Installation - Main Rotor Hub
62.20.00.401 (MET) 62-33-00, 6-3 Inspection Criteria - Scissors Link
62.20.00.402 (MET) 62-21-00, 4-3 Disassembly - Main Rotor Hub
62.20.00.402 (MET) 62-21-00, 4-4 Assembly - Main Rotor Head
62.20.00.403 (MET) 62-21-00, 4-5 Removal / Installation - Spring Anti-Vibrator
62.20.00.601 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-1 Inspection Criteria - STARFLEX star Assembly
62.20.00.601 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-2 Inspection Criteria - STARFLEX Spherical
Bearing
62.20.00.601 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-3 Inspection Criteria - Upper and Lower Blade
Attach Beams
62.20.00.601 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-4 Inspection Criteria - Spherical Thrust Bearing
(57910700)
62.20.00.601 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-5 Inspection Criteria - Bolt of the spherical thrust
bearing
62.20.00.601 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-6 Inspection Criteria - Blade Attachment Pin
62.20.00.601 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-7 Inspection Criteria - Frequency Adapters
62.20.00.601 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-8 Inspection Criteria - Mast / Hub Attachment Bolt
62.20.00.601 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-9 Inspection Criteria - Electrical Bonding Braid
62.20.00.601 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-10 Inspection Criteria - Droop Restrainer Bracket
62.20.00.604 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-11 Check - Spring Anti-Vibrator
62.20.00.605 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-1 Inspection Criteria - STARFLEX star Assembly
62.20.00.605 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-2 Inspection Criteria - STARFLEX Spherical
Bearing
62.20.00.605 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-3 Inspection Criteria - Upper and Lower Blade
Attach Beams
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 214

2012.07.04
Old New Title

62.20.00.605 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-5 Inspection Criteria - Bolt of the spherical thrust
bearing
62.20.00.605 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-6 Inspection Criteria - Blade Attachment Pin
62.20.00.605 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-7 Inspection Criteria - Frequency Adapters
62.20.00.605 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-8 Inspection Criteria - Mast / Hub Attachment Bolt
62.20.00.605 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-9 Inspection Criteria - Electrical Bonding Braid
62.20.00.772 (MRM) 62-21-00, 8-1 Repair - STARFLEX Assembly
62.20.00.773 (MRM) 62-21-00, 7-1 Cleaning / Painting - Paint touch-up on
STARFLEX star
62.20.00.775 (MRM) 62-21-00, 8-2 Repair - Partial Debonding of the Skin Fabric of
the Sleeve Plate
62.20.00.777 (MRM) 62-21-00, 4-6 Disassembly / Assembly - Spring Anti-Vibrator
62.20.00.778 (MRM) 62-21-00, 8-3 Repair - Rebonding of the Tapered Shim to the
Sleeve Upper Plate
62.20.00.779 (MRM) 62-21-00, 4-6 Disassembly / Assembly - Spring Anti-Vibrator
62.20.00.901 (MST) 62-21-00, 9-1 Preservation / Depreservation - Main Rotor Hub
New task 62-21-00, 6-12 Inspection Criteria - Pitch Change Lever
62.30.00.401 (MET) 62-31-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Rotor Mast
62.30.00.401 (MET) 62-31-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Rotor Mast
Hub Coupling
62.30.00.401 (MET) 63-32-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - MGB Suspension Bar
62.30.00.402 (MET) 62-31-00, 4-2 Disassembly - Main Rotor Mast
Hub Coupling
62.30.00.601 (MET) 60-00-00, 6-2 Check - Chips Detector
62.30.00.601 (MET) 62-21-00, 6-13 Inspection Criteria - Droop Restrainer Ring
62.30.00.601 (MET) 62-31-00, 6-1 Inspection Criteria - Rotor Mast
62.30.00.601 (MET) 62-31-00, 6-2 Check - Drainage of Upper Housing of Rotor
Mast
62.30.00.601 (MET) 62-31-00, 6-4 Verification - Rotor mast sealant bead
(355A37.1290)
62.30.00.601 (MET) 62-32-00, 6-1 Check - Swashplate Assembly
62.30.00.601 (MET) 62-33-00, 6-1 Inspection Criteria - Pitch-Change Link
62.30.00.601 (MET) 62-33-00, 6-2 Inspection Criteria - "Diapason" Scissors Link
62.30.00.603 (MET) 62-31-00, 6-3 Verification - Scissors drive
62.30.00.603 (MET) 62-32-00, 6-4 Inspection Criteria - Stationary Cyclic
Swashplate
62.30.00.603 (MET) 62-32-00, 6-5 Inspection Criteria - Rotating Cyclic Swashplate
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 215

2012.07.04
Old New Title

62.30.00.701 (MRM) 62-31-00, 4-2 Disassembly - Main Rotor Mast
62.30.00.701 (MRM) 62-31-00, 4-3 Assembly - Main Rotor Mast
62.30.00.702 (MRM) 62-31-00, 4-3 Assembly - Main Rotor Mast
62.30.00.702 (MRM) 62-32-00, 4-1 Disassembly - Swashplate Assembly
62.30.00.702 (MRM) 62-32-00, 4-2 Assembly - Swashplate Assembly
62.30.00.702 (MRM) 62-32-00, 6-1 Check - Swashplate Assembly
62.30.00.706 (MRM) 62-32-00, 8-1 Repair - Replacement of Self-lubricating
adhesive tape Swashplates Guide
62.30.00.901 (MST) 62-31-00, 9-1 Preservation / Depreservation - Main Rotor Mast
62.30.00 (MFI) 63-41-00, 1-2 Fault Isolation - N rotor alarm
New task 62-32-00, 3-1 Lubrication - Swashplates
New task 62-32-00, 6-2 Inspection Criteria - Swashplate Guide
New task 62-32-00, 6-3 Inspection Criteria - Swashplate Ball-joint
New task 62-32-00, 6-6 Inspection Criteria - Ball Bearing Swashplate
62.40.00 (MFI) 60-00-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Electrical Magnetic Plugs
63.00.00.302 (MET) 63-21-00, 3-1 Replacement - MGB Oil Filter
63.00.00.401 (MET) 63-11-00, 4-1 Removal - MGB / Engine Coupling
63.00.00.401 (MET) 63-11-00, 4-2 Installation - MGB / Engine Coupling
63.00.00.401 (MET) 63-11-00, 6-2 Inspection Criteria - Hydraulic Pump Drive Belt
63.00.00.402 (MET) 63-21-00, 4-1 Removal - MGB
63.00.00.402 (MET) 63-21-00, 4-2 Installation - MGB
63.00.00.402 (MET) 63-31-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - MGB suspension bar
63.00.00.403 (MET) 63-21-00, 4-4 Removal / Installation - MGB Oil Pump
63.00.00.403 (MET) 63-21-00, 4-7 Removal / Installation - MGB Modules
63.00.00.404 (MET) 63-51-00, 4-1 Removal - Rotor Brake Assembly
63.00.00.404 (MET) 63-51-00, 4-2 Installation - Rotor Brake Assembly
63.00.00.404 (MET) 63-51-00, 5-1 Check - Rotor brake micro-switch
63.00.00.404 (MET) 63-51-00, 6-1 Inspection Criteria - Rotor Brake
63.00.00.405 (MET) 63-51-00, 4-3 Removal - Installation - Auxiliary throttle control
quadrant and rotor brake micro-switch
63.00.00.408 (MET) 63-52-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Ball-type control of the
rotor brake
63.00.00.409 (MET) 63-21-00, 4-5 Removal / Installation - MGB Lower casing
63.00.00.502 (MET) 63-52-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - Ball-type control of the rotor
brake (
63.00.00.601 (MET) 63-11-00, 3-1 Sealed - Hydraulic pump regreasable bearing (
POST MOD 079558 )
63.00.00.601 (MET) 63-11-00, 6-1 Inspection Criteria - Flexible Coupling
63.00.00.601 (MET) 63-11-00, 6-2 Inspection Criteria - Hydraulic Pump Drive Belt
63.00.00.601 (MET) 63-11-00, 6-4 Inspection Criteria - MGB Input Housing
63.00.00.601 (MET) 63-11-00, 6-5 Inspection Criteria - Engine Coupling Housing
63.00.00.601 (MET) 63-11-00, 6-6 Inspection Criteria - Gimbal Ring
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 216

2012.07.04
Old New Title

63.00.00.601 (MET) 63-11-00, 6-7 Inspection Criteria - Gimbal Ring Pin
63.00.00.601 (MET) 63-11-00, 6-9 Inspection Criteria - Engine Flange
63.00.00.601 (MET) 63-11-00, 6-11 Inspection Criteria - Belt Driven Hydraulic Pump
Drive Flange
63.00.00.601 (MET) 63-11-00, 6-12 Inspection Criteria - Belt Driven Hydraulic Pump
Flexible Coupling
63.00.00.601 (MET) 63-11-00, 6-14 Inspection Criteria - Belt-Driven Hydraulic Pump
Driven Pulley (Poly V)
attachment
63.00.00.602 (MET) 63-31-00, 6-1 Inspection Criteria - Laminate Suspension
Blocks
63.00.00.602 (MET) 63-31-00, 6-3 Inspection Criteria - Laminate Suspension Block
Pins
63.00.00.602 (MET) 63-31-00, 6-4 Inspection Criteria - Coupling Cross-bar
63.00.00.603 (MET) 63-21-00, 4-3 Tear-Down / Build-up - MGB
63.00.00.603 (MET) 63-42-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - MGB Oil Pressure /
Temperature Alarm Indicator
63.00.00.603 (MET) 63-42-00, 5-2 Functional Tests - MGB Oil Thermometric
Switch
63.00.00.604 (MET) 63-21-00, 6-1 Main Gearbox and Modules Assy: Inspection
After Replacement
63.00.00.606 (MET) 63-32-00, 6-1 Inspection Criteria - MGB Suspension Bars
63.00.00.606 (MET) 63-32-00, 6-2 Inspection Criteria - MGB Suspension Bar Bolt
63.00.00.608 (MET) 63-51-00, 5-1 Check - Rotor brake micro-switch
63.00.00.901 (MST) 63-21-00, 9-2 Preservation / Depreservation - Modules
removed from the MGB
63.00.00.902 (MST) 63-21-00, 9-1 Preservation / Depreservation - MGB
63.00.00.903 (MST) 63-31-00, 9-1 Preservation / Depreservation - Bi-directional
suspension cross bar
63.00.00.903 (MST) 63-32-00, 9-1 Preservation / Depreservation - MGB
suspension bars
63.00.00 (MFI) 63-42-00, 1-1 Fault isolation - MGB Oil Pressure /
Temperature Indicating and Warning System
New task 63-00-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - MGB / MRH Assembly
New task 63-11-00, 6-17 Inspection Criteria - Sealing Sleeve
63.20.00.701 (MRM) 63-21-00, 8-1 Replacement - MGB Input Seal
63.20.00.702 (MRM) 63-51-00, 3-1 Replacement - Rotor Brake Pads
63.20.00.704 (MRM) 63-11-00, 3-1 Sealed - Hydraulic pump regreasable bearing (
POST MOD 079558 )
63.20.00.704 (MRM) 63-11-00, 4-3 Disassembly - Hydraulic Pump Belt Drive
System
63.20.00.704 (MRM) 63-11-00, 4-4 Assembly - Hydraulic Pump Belt Drive System
63.20.00.705 (MRM) 63-21-00, 4-9 Removal / Installation - Oil jet of the bevel gear
reduction module
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 217

2012.07.04
Old New Title

New task 63-21-00, 4-6 Removal / Installation - MGB oil filter support
63.29.10.401 (MET) 63-21-00, 4-8 Removal / Installation - MGB hydraulic pump
drive
63.30.00.701 (MRM) 63-31-00, 4-2 Removal / Installation - Laminate Suspension
Blocks
63.30.00.771 (MRM) 63-31-00, 8-2 Repair - Bi-directional suspension cross-bar
63.30.00.772 (MRM) 63-32-00, 8-1 Repair - Wedging under MGB fitting
63.30.00.773 (MRM) 63-31-00, 8-1 Repair - Bi-directional suspension support fitting
New task 63-31-00, 6-2 Inspection Criteria - Laminate Suspension Block
Supports
New task 63-41-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - NR / NF Indicator
New task 63-41-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - NR/NF Indicator
New task 63-41-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - NR / NF Indicator
64.10.00.301 (MET) 64-10-00, 3-1 Cleaning - Tail rotor blades
64.10.00.301 (MET) 67-00-00, 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Flight Controls
64.10.00.401 (MET) 64-10-00, 4-1 Removal - Tail blade assembly
64.10.00.401 (MET) 64-10-00, 4-2 Installation - Tail blade assembly
64.10.00.401 (MET) 65-21-00, 4-12 Removal / Installation - Pitch Change Links
64.10.00.601 (MET) 64-10-00, 6-1 Inspection Trailing - Tail blade
64.10.00.601 (MET) 64-10-00, 6-3 Checking - Tab in rotor center zone (with
removal)
64.10.00.601 (MET) 64-10-00, 6-6 Inspection Trailing - Edge tab
64.10.00.602 (MET) 64-10-00, 5-1 Unbalance of the Tail Rotor
64.10.00.602 (MET) 64-10-00, 6-2 Checking - Tab in rotor center zone (without
removal)
64.10.00.605 (MET) 64-10-00, 6-4 Check - Bonding of stainless steel leading edge
and bonding strip
64.10.00.606 (MET) 64-10-00, 6-5 Checking - Distortions in the cuff area
64.10.00.607 (MET) 64-10-00, 5-1 Unbalance of the Tail Rotor
64.10.00.703 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-1 Replacing - Balance mounting plate
64.10.00.707 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-2 Replacing - Pitch horn assembly
64.10.00.708 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-3 Replacing - One or two tracking lobes
64.10.00.711 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-4 Replacement - Vinyl tube in balance weight
cavities
64.10.00.713 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-5 Replacement - Installation of sand protection
64.10.00.715 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-6 Replacement - Bottom surface polyurethane
strip (total or partial)
64.10.00.716 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-7 Replacement - Blade root polyurethane strip
64.10.00.762 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-8 Repair - Chinese weight, flapping hinge, cover
plate, balance support and pitch horn
64.10.00.763 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-9 Repairing - Dents of scores on trailing edge
64.10.00.764 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-10 Minor paint touch-up
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 218

2012.07.04
Old New Title

64.10.00.765 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-11 Repair - Impact at blade tip on trailing edge side
64.10.00.769 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-12 Fluorescent view with aerosol paint
64.10.00.771 (MRM) 64-10-00, 4-3 Removal - Laminated main bearing
64.10.00.771 (MRM) 64-10-00, 4-4 Installation - Laminated bearings
64.10.00.771 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-13 Removal / Installation - Tail rotor mechanism
64.10.00.774 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-14 Replacement or repair - Blade root fabric
64.10.00.775 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-15 Replacement - Bellcrank and cap with preload
shims
64.10.00.776 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-16 Repair - Damage of trailing edge at blade tip
64.10.00.777 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-17 Repair - Skin scratch
64.10.00.901 (MST) 64-10-00, 9-1 Preservation / Depreservation - Tail rotor blades
64.10.20.766 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-18 Caulking separation at the ends or aft of the
trailing edge tabs
64.10.20.767 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-19 Repair - Damaged trailing edge tab
64.10.20.768 (MRM) 64-10-00, 8-20 Cutting out of the ends of the trailing edge tabs
65.10.00.401 (MET) 65-11-00, 4-1 Removal - Forward Shaft Section
65.10.00.401 (MET) 65-11-00, 4-2 Installation - Forward Shaft Section
65.10.00.401 (MET) 65-11-00, 4-5 Removal - Rear Shaft Section
65.10.00.401 (MET) 65-11-00, 4-6 Installation - Rear Shaft Section
65.10.00.601 (MET) 65-11-00, 6-1 Inspection Criteria - Forward Shaft Section
Assembly
65.10.00.601 (MET) 65-11-00, 6-3 Inspection Criteria - Rear Shaft Section
65.10.00.601 (MET) 65-11-00, 6-5 Inspection Criteria - Bearing
65.10.00.601 (MET) 65-11-00, 6-6 Inspection Criteria - Sliding Flange
Attachment
65.10.00.601 (MET) 65-21-00, 6-4 Inspection Criteria- Flange Input
65.10.00.601 (MET) 65-21-00, 6-20 Checkin angular play in TGB input flange
65.10.00.602 (MET) 65-11-00, 6-8 Check - Alignment of tail rotor drive shaft
65.10.00.603 (MET) 65-11-00, 5-1 Adjustment - Balancing of the Tail Rotor Drive
Shaft (with VIBREX 2000 Tuning Equipment)
65.10.00.604 (MET) 65-11-00, 5-1 Rigging-Balancing of the Tail Rotor Drive Shaft
(using the STEADY Control Tuning Equipment)
65.10.00.703 (MRM) 65-11-00, 4-7 Removal - Bearings
65.10.00.703 (MRM) 65-11-00, 4-8 Installation - Bearings
65.10.00.726 (MRM) 65-11-00, 6-9 Checks for deflection, twisting and
perpendicularity of the flanges on the shatf
forward section
65.10.00.727 (MRM) 65-11-00, 6-10 Checks for Deflection, Twisting and
Perpendicularity of the Flanges on the Shatf
Rear Section
65.10.00.901 (MST) 65-11-00, 9-1 Tail Rotor Drive
65.20.00.401 (MET) 65-21-00, 4-1 Removal - TGB
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 219

2012.07.04
Old New Title

65.20.00.401 (MET) 65-21-00, 4-2 Installation - TGB
65.20.00.401 (MET) 65-21-00, 4-8 Removal / Installation - Rotor Hub
65.20.00.401 (MET) 65-21-00, 4-9 Removal / Installation - Control Plate Bearing
65.20.00.401 (MET) 65-21-00, 4-10 Removal / Installation - TGB Oil Seal
65.20.00.401 (MET) 65-21-00, 4-13 Removal / Installation - Control Plate
65.20.00.601 (MET) 65-21-00, 6-8 Inspection Criteria - Control Plate Bearing
65.20.00.601 (MET) 65-21-00, 6-9 Inspection criteria - Split bushes-Scraper rings
65.20.00.601 (MET) 65-21-00, 6-10 Inspection criteria - Rotor Hub with spherical
laminated Bearing ((P/N 579-091))
65.20.00.601 (MET) 65-21-00, 6-11 Inspection Criteria - Pitch Change Links
65.20.00.601 (MET) 65-21-00, 6-12 Inspection Criteria - Pitch Control Bellcrank
65.20.00.601 (MET) 65-21-00, 6-13 Inspection Criteria - Casing TGB
65.20.00.601 (MET) 65-21-00, 6-14 Inspection Criteria - Expansion Pin with Pitch
Control Bellcrank ((P/N 350A331058-xx))
65.20.00.601 (MET) 65-21-00, 6-15 Inspection Criteria - Baffle and Lockwashers
65.20.00.601 (MET) 65-21-00, 6-16 Inspection Criteria -Pitch Change Spider
Spherical Bearing
65.20.00.602 (MET) 65-21-00, 6-17 Check after removal / installation TGB
65.20.00.603 (MET) 65-21-00, 6-18 Torque Check
65.20.00.604 (MET) 65-21-00, 6-19 Inspection Criteria - Rotor Shaft
65.20.00.701 (MRM) 65-21-00, 8-1 Replacement - TGB Input Seal
65.20.00.703 (MRM) 65-21-00, 4-9 Removal / Installation - Control Plate Bearing
65.20.00.708 (MRM) 65-21-00, 8-5 Replacement of bushes on control lever
65.20.00.709 (MRM) 65-21-00, 8-3 Replacement of Rotor Hub Bearings Spherical
Laminated
65.20.00.710 (MRM) 65-21-00, 4-11 Removal / Installation - Control Arm with
Spherical Bearing
65.20.00.711 (MRM) 65-21-00, 8-4 Replacement of Split Bushes on Pitch-Change
Spider
65.20.00.713 (MRM) 65-21-00, 4-9 Removal / Installation - Control Plate Bearing
65.20.00.726 (MRM) 65-21-00, 6-4 Inspection Criteria- Flange Input
65.20.00.726 (MRM) 65-21-00, 8-1 Replacement - TGB Input Seal
65.20.00.901 (MST) 65-21-00, 9-1 Preservation / Depreservation - TGB
65.20.00.902 (MST) 65-21-00, 9-1 Preservation / Depreservation - TGB
New task 65-21-00, 4-3 Tear-down / Build-up - TGB casing
67.00.00.601 (MET) 67-00-00, 6-2 Checks - Flight Controls
New task 67-00-00, 6-1 Checks after maintenance - Flight Controls
67.10.00.302 (MET) 67-00-00, 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Flight Controls
67.10.00.401 (MET) 67-10-00, 4-2 Disassembly / Assembly - Single / Double
Controls
67.10.00.402 (MET) 67-11-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Cyclic Sticks
67.10.00.403 (MET) 67-12-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Collective Levers
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 220

2012.07.04
Old New Title

67.10.00.501 (MET) 67-10-00, 5-1 Adjustment - Main Rotor Flight Controls (dual
hydraulic system - without Auto-pilot)
67.10.00.501 (MET) 67-10-00, 8-1 Rework - Subsequent to interference between
servocontrol and flared housing yoke
67.10.00.501 (MET) 67-12-00, 5-2 Adjustment - Fine Pitch Engagement
67.10.00.502 (MET) 67-10-00, 8-1 Rework - Subsequent to interference between
67.10.00.502 (MET) 67-10-01, 5-1 Adjustment - Main Rotor Flight Controls (with
Auto-pilot)
67.10.00.502 (MET) 67-12-00, 5-2 Adjustment - Fine Pitch Engagement
67.10.00.503 (MET) 67-11-01, 5-1 Adjustment - Cyclic Stick Balance (with Auto-
Pilot)
67.10.00.504 (MET) 67-12-00, 5-3 Adjustment - Low pitch stop after autorotation
flight
67.10.00.602 (MET) 67-12-00, 6-1 Checking Wear on Collective Lever Aluminium
Lock (PRE MOD 073237 )
67.10.00.603 (MET) 67-10-00, 6-1 Check - Main Rotor Flight Controls
67.10.00.606 (MET) 67-12-00, 6-2 Verification of collective lever lock play
67.10.00.771 (MRM) 67-10-00, 8-2 Repair to the mixing unit bearing
67.10.00.772 (MRM) 67-10-00, 8-1 Rework - Subsequent to interference between
New task 67-11-00, 8-1 Replacement - Cyclic Stick Handgrip
67.20.00.404 (MET) 67-21-00, 4-2 Removal / Installation - Tail Rotor Friction
Control
67.20.00.404 (MET) 67-21-00, 4-3 Removal / Installation - Pedal unit
67.20.00.404 (MET) 67-21-00, 4-4 Removal / Installation - Yaw Rods /Pedal Unit /
Intermediate Yaw Bellcranck
67.20.00.404 (MET) 67-21-00, 4-5 Removal / Installation - Long Rod
67.20.00.405 (MET) 67-21-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Tail Rotor Ball-Type
Control (version without Auto-pilot)
67.20.00.406 (MET) 67-21-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Tail Rotor Ball-Type
Control (version with Auto-pilot)
67.20.00.501 (MET) 67-21-00, 5-1 Rigging - Tail Rotor Flight Controls ( Version
without AUTO-PILOT)
67.20.00.502 (MET) 67-21-01, 5-1 Rigging - Tail Rotor Controls ( Version with
AUTO-PILOT)
67.20.00.603 (MET) 67-21-00, 6-1 Check - Tail Rotor Flight Controls
67.20.00.702 (MRM) 67-21-00, 8-1 Replacement of components on long rod
67.30.00.401 (MET) 67-32-00, 4-2 Removal / Installation - Accessories fitted on
main rotor servocontrol
67.30.00.402 (MET) 67-32-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Main Rotor
Servocontrols
67.30.00.402 (MET) 67-32-00, 6-1 Checking - Main Rotor Servocontrol (P/N AC
64182)
67.30.00.403 (MET) 67-33-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Tail Rotor Servocontrol
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 221

2012.07.04
Old New Title

67.30.00.403 (MET) 67-33-00, 6-2 Checking - Servocontrol (P/N AC 66436)
67.30.00.404 (MET) 67-34-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Load compensator
Equipped
67.30.00.404 (MET) 67-34-00, 4-2 Removal / Installation - Load Compensator
Control
67.30.00.404 (MET) 67-34-00, 4-3 Stripping / Dressing - Load Compensator
67.30.00.404 (MET) 67-34-00, 6-1 System Leak Tightness Check
67.30.00.405 (MET) 67-34-00, 8-1 Replacement of Piston Seals
67.30.00.406 (MET) 67-33-00, 8-1 Replacement - Aft Servocontrol Hoses
67.30.00.407 (MET) 67-31-00, 4-4 Removal / Installation - Manifold assembly
67.30.00.501 (MET) 67-34-00, 5-1 Functional tests
67.30.00.601 (MET) 67-33-00, 6-1 Checking the Tail Servocontrol Eye Endfitting
for Correct Locking
67.30.00.602 (MET) 67-34-00, 6-1 System Leak Tightness Check
67.30.00.602 (MET) 67-34-00, 6-3 Acceptance Criteria concening Hydraulic Fluid
Leaks
67.30.00.603 (MET) 67-34-00, 6-2 Checking the Load Compensator Lever
67.30.00 (MFI) 67-34-00, 1-1 Fault diagnosis - Single Hydraulic System
67.30.15.401 (MET) 67-31-00, 4-3 Stripping / Dressing - Servocontrol Dual
Hydraulic System
67.30.15.402 (MET) 67-31-00, 4-1 Removal - Servocontrol
67.30.15.402 (MET) 67-31-00, 4-2 Installation - Servo control Dual Hydraulic
System
New task 67-31-00, 6-1 Inspection Criteria - Servocontrols
New task 71-00-00, 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Power Plant
New task 71-00-00, 3-2 Procedure for counting the cycles - Engine
(ARRIEL 2B)
New task 71-00-00, 3-2 Procedure for counting the cycles - Engine
(ARRIEL 2B1)
New task 71-00-00, 6-1 Check - Power Plant
71.00.01.401 (MET) 71-41-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - ARRIEL Engine Mount
71.00.02.401 (MET) 71-11-00, 4-1 Removal - Engine (ARRIEL 2B)
71.00.02.401 (MET) 71-11-00, 4-2 Installation - Engine (ARRIEL 2B)
71.00.02.401 (MET) 71-11-00, 6-1 Check after Maintenance Work - ARRIEL
Engine
71.00.02.402 (MET) 71-11-00, 4-3 Tear Down - Engine (ARRIEL 2B)
71.00.02.402 (MET) 71-11-00, 4-4 Build Up - Engine (ARRIEL 2B)
71.00.03.401 (MET) 71-11-00, 4-1 Removal - Engine (ARRIEL 2B1)
71.00.03.401 (MET) 71-11-00, 4-2 Installation - Engine (ARRIEL 2B1)
71.00.03.402 (MET) 71-11-00, 4-3 Tear Down - Engine (ARRIEL 2B1)
71.00.03.402 (MET) 71-11-00, 4-4 Build Up - Engine (ARRIEL 2B1)
New task 71-31-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Firewall
71.61.10.401 (MET) 71-11-00, 4-5 Removal / Installation - Air Intake Seal
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 222

2012.07.04
Old New Title

71.61.10.401 (MET) 71-61-10, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Sand-Filter
71.61.10.501 (MET) 71-61-10, 5-1 Check presence indication of Sand Filter on
VEMD
71.61.10.601 (MET) 71-61-10, 6-1 Check - Sand Filter Installation
76.00.00.301 (MET) 76-00-00, 3-1 Général Safety Instructions - Engine Controls
76.00.00.502 (MET) 76-11-02, 5-1 Adjustment / Testing : Engine control
76.00.00.502 (MET) 76-11-03, 5-3 Adjustment / Testing - Engine Control
New task 76-11-02, 5-2 Adjustment / Testing - Measurement and
Adjustment of Engine NR
76.20.00.401 (MET) 76-21-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Fuel shut-off ball type
control
76.20.00.501 (MET) 76-21-00, 5-1 Adjustment / Testing - Fuel shut-off ball Type
control
76.30.10 (MFI) 76-00-00, 1-1 Fault diagnosis - "Twist grip" Fuel flow control
76.30.11.401 (MET) 76-12-02, 4-1 Removal-installation - Flex-ball Fuel flow control
76.30.11.402 (MET) 76-12-02, 4-2 Removal / installation - copilot’s control box
assembly
76.30.11.402 (MET) 76-12-02, 4-3 Removal-installation - "Forced idle" microswitch
76.30.11.402 (MET) 76-12-02, 5-3 Adjustment / Testing - Toothed of Control box
76.30.11.404 (MET) 76-11-03, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Collective anticipator
76.30.11.405 (MET) 76-12-02, 4-4 Removal / Installation - Twist grip solenoid
76.30.11.501 (MET) 76-12-02, 5-1 Adjustment/Testing - Engine control with twist-
grip
76.30.11.502 (MET) 76-12-02, 5-2 Adjustment / Testing - "Forced idle" microswitch
76.30.11.503 (MET) 76-12-02, 6-1 Functionnal checks - Twist grip solenoid (POST
MOD 073084 )
76.30.12.401 (MET) 67-12-00, 4-3 Removal - Collective Pitch Control
Interconnection Tube Assembly
76.30.12.401 (MET) 67-12-00, 4-4 Installation - Collective pitch control
interconnection tube assembly
76.30.12.401 (MET) 76-12-03, 4-3 Removal / Installation - Copilot’s control box (
POST MOD 073261 )
76.30.12.402 (MET) 76-12-03, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Twist grip switch
76.30.12.403 (MET) 76-12-03, 4-2 Removal / Installation - Twist grip load spring
76.30.12.404 (MET) 76-11-03, 4-2 Removal / Installation - Yaw Anticipator
76.30.12.501 (MET) 76-12-03, 5-1 Functional Tests - Twist Grip Indications
76.30.12.501 (MET) 76-12-03, 5-2 Adjustment - Twist Grip Loads
76.30.12.501 (MET) 76-12-03, 5-5 Adjustment - Twist grip
New task 77-00-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - Engine Parameter Indicators
77.40.00.401 (MET) 73-20-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - FADEC
77.40.00.401 (MET) 79-21-00, 4-4 Removal / Installation - Engine Oil System
Thermostatic Valve
77.40.00.501 (MET) 73-20-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - FADEC Channel B
77.40.00.601 (MET) 73-20-00, 6-1 FADEC Unit Self Test - Check
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 223

2012.07.04
Old New Title

79.00.00.401 (MET) 79-11-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Engine Oil Tank
79.00.00.401 (MET) 79-21-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Engine / MGB Oil
Cooler
79.00.00.401 (MET) 79-21-00, 4-2 Tear Down / Build Up - Engine / MGB Oil
Cooler
79.00.00.401 (MET) 79-21-00, 4-3 Removal / Installation - Motor - Ventilator /
Engine Oil Cooling Air Duct / MBG Assembly
79.00.00 (MFI) 79-30-00, 1-1 Fault Isolation - Engine Oil Pressure /
Temperature
New task 79-00-00, 6-1 Check - Lubrification System
New task 79-30-00, 5-1 Functional Tests - Engine Oil Temperature
Probe
New task 79-30-00, 5-2 Functional Tests - Engine Oil Thermostatic
Switch
New task 79-30-00, 5-3 Functional Tests - Engine Oil System
Temperature / Pressure Alarm Indicator
80.00.00.401 (MET) 24-31-00, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Starter / Generator
80.00.00.402 (MET) 24-31-01, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Bruches on APC Starter
/ Generator
80.00.00.402 (MET) 24-31-01, 6-1 Check and Determination of Remaining Bruch
service life - APC Starter / Generator
80.00.00.403 (MET) 24-31-02, 4-1 Removal / Installation - Brushes on AUXILEC
Starter / Generator
80.00.00.601 (MET) 24-31-02, 6-1 Dimensional check of brushes - AUXILEC
Starter / Generator
Conf. Code: 002 01-20-00, 2-1 Page 224

CHAPTER 05 - TIMES LIMITS / MAINTENANCE

CHECKS
Versions : C3
N: New
R: Revised
D: Deleted

Versions Conf. Code
05-24-00 144 Month Intervals
Inspection / Check
6-1 Deleted 2011.03.02 D
C3 001 6-1 Major Inspection 2012.06.12 N
05-32-00 FAA Complementary Inspection
Inspection / Check
C3 6-1 Type F Inspection 2010.02.04
05-40-00 Daily Checks
Servicing
3-1 Deleted 2010.02.04 D
C3 001 3-1 General Safety Instructions 2012.07.04 N
Inspection / Check
C3 003 6-2 Checking the optional equipment 2012.06.28 R
C3 001 6-3 Additional Operation - Cold Weather or very Cold 2010.02.04

Weather
05 - LOEDU Page 1
2012.09.27

Versions Conf. Code
C3 003 6-4 Check before the first flight (BFF) 2011.04.20
C3 003 6-5 Turn Around Check (TA) 2010.02.04
C3 003 6-6 Checks after the last flight of the day (ALF) 2012.07.06 R
05-50-00 Unscheduled Maintenance Checks
Inspection / Check
C3 6-1 Procedure After Detection of Chips Illumination of 2011.03.03

"MGB P" and / or "MGB TEMP" Warning Lights -
TGB / MGB
C3 002 6-3 Steps to be Taken After Rotor Overspeed 2011.11.18
C3 002 6-4a Procedure After Overtorque PRE MOD 074302 2012.05.30 R
C3 002 6-4b Procedure After Overtorque POST MOD 074302 2012.06.19 N
C3 002 6-5a Procedure After a Hard Landing PRE MOD 2011.06.23

074302
C3 002 6-5b Procedure After a Hard Landing POST MOD 2012.06.19 N

074302
C3 002 6-6 Procedure After Impact on a Main Rotor Blade 2011.11.30
C3 002 6-7 Steps to be Taken After Impact/Unbalance on the 2012.06.11 R

Tail Rotor Blade
C3 002 6-8 Steps to be Taken for Non-Rotating Blades in 2010.02.04

Gusts
C3 002 6-9 Procedure After Flight in Strong Turbulence 2010.02.04
C3 002 6-10 Steps to be Taken on Aircraft Struck by Lightning 2010.02.04
C3 6-11 Procedure After Sudden Application of the Main 2010.02.04

Rotor Brake
C3 002 6-12 Procedure After Jerks on the Freewheel 2010.02.04
C3 6-14 Procedure After Oil Leaks from the Gearboxes 2010.02.04
C3 6-16 Procedure After Fuel Contamination 2010.02.04
C3 002 6-17 Procedure After an Engine-health Check - (No 2011.11.30

Torque Margin Engine)
C3 6-19 Measures Required in Case of a Contaminated 2010.02.04

Engine Oil Circuit
05 - LOEDU Page 2
2012.09.27

Versions Conf. Code
C3 002 6-20 Actions to be taken in the events of abnormal 2010.02.04

behaviour of helicopter on the ground, with rotor
spinning
C3 002 6-21a Diagnosis of anomalies through vibration analysis 2011.12.06
C3 002 6-21b Diagnosis of anomalies through vibration analysis 2011.12.06

using STEADY Control adjustment equipement
C3 001 6-24 Operation to be carried out after immersion 2011.11.30
05-60-00 Calendar Inspections
Inspection / Check
C3 001 6-1 Transmission Components - Main Rotor Drive / 2012.03.01 R

Tail Rotor Drive
05 - LOEDU Page 3
05 - LOEDU Page 4
2012.09.27
144 Month Intervals - Inspection / Check

6-1 Major Inspection
A. Applicable Documents
(1) Main information

05-40-00, 6-6 ................................ Check after the last flight of the day
08-10-00, 3-1 ................................ Weighing - Helicopter
29-00-00, 3-3 ................................ Filling / Draining - Hydraulic System
32-11-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Landing gear
32-11-00, 4-3 ................................ Removal / Installation - Damper
32-11-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Landing Gear
32-11-00, 6-2 ................................ Check - Damper in case of resonance
53-31-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Aft Fuselage
55-20-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal - Fins
55-20-00, 4-2 ................................ Installation - Fins
55-20-00, 6-1 ................................ Check of the skin of the upper and lower vertical
stabilisers
55-20-00, 6-2 ................................ Check - Upper and Lower Vertical Stabilisers
55-20-00, 6-3 ................................ Visual check of the spars of the upper and lower
vertical stabilisers
79-00-00, 3-1 ................................ Filling / Draining - Engine Oil System
(2) Conditional information

None
(3) General information

FLM
MSM
B. Special Tools
Commercial ................................... magnet

C. Materials
Commercial ................................... grit 800 sandpaper
D. Routine Replacement Parts
AMM
Description Reference
Fig. Item
Figure 601 (1) Pipe (P/N 350A72-1005-10)
Figure 601 (2) Pipe (POST MOD (P/N 350A72-0730-12)
072443)
Figure 601 (3) Pipe (P/N 350A72-0719-02)
072443)
Figure 602 (5) Pipe (if heating) (P/N 350A72-0730-11)
Conf. Code: 001 05-24-00, 6-1 Page 601

2012.06.12
AMM
Fig. Item
072443)
072443)
Figure 601 (8) Pipe (P/N 350A72-0730-13)
Figure 602 (9) Bolt (P/N 22201BC060007L)
Figure 602 (10) Bolt (P/N 22201BC080011L)
Figure 602 (11) Bolt (P/N 350A23-4016-20)
E. Job Set-up
NOTE
- Major inspection gives the helicopter a new

TBO determined in the (MSM). It must be
carried out with particular care in a specialized
workshop.
- This task includes all operations required to
carry out a structural check of the helicopter. It
is aimed at giving an inspection plan detailed
in a logical order. Operators may adapt it to
their own means provided all the requested
operations are carried out.
(1) Preparing for the inspection
(a) Draw up the list of:
- assemblies or equipment approaching their OTL: OTL, SLL, TBO (PRE/MSN),

- equipment requiring special verification,
- modifications to be carried out,
- assemblies to be drained,
- anomalies reported on aircraft forms.
NOTE
If anomalies reported on the aircraft forms are

caused by the behavior in flight: carry out an
orientation flight.
(b) Carry out all previous inspections and/or maintenance operations required in the (
MSM).
F. Procedure
Figure 601
Figure 602
(1) Remove:
(a) All cowlings, access fairings, sealing bulkheads in the cargo holds, rear frame
Conf. Code: 001 05-24-00, 6-1 Page 602

2012.06.12
blanking plate and floor access panel for electrical master boxes, as well as the tail
boom rear fairing.
(b) Skid landing gear (32-11-00, 4-1).

1 Carry out a detailed inspection (32-11-00, 6-1).
(c) Dampers (32-11-00, 4-3).
1 Carry out a detailed inspection (32-11-00, 6-2).

(d) Vertical stabilizers (55-20-00, 4-1) (DETAILS E and F).
1 Systematically scrap attachment bolts (9), (10) and (11).
2 Check the supports and surrounding structural zones.

3 Check vertical stabilizers (55-20-00, 6-1), (55-20-00, 6-2), (55-20-00, 6-3).
(e) Tail boom (53-31-00, 4-1).
(f) Cabin upholstery.

(g) P2 Pipes (1), (2), (3), (4) or (6), (5) or (7), (8).
1 Replace all P2 rigid pipes with heat-insulating:
- under cabin floor (demisting system),

- in the cockpit,
- on transmission deck (from engine air bleed to the injection points in the
air circuit).
(h) The collective lever and pilot and copilot cyclic stick tubes (13) (PRE MOD 072819 )
1 Using a magnet, check the magnetism of the collective lever and pilot and
copilot cyclic stick tubes:
a If the tube is magnetic (the magnet sticks to the tube), it can be

maintained in flight: mark the tube with the letter "M" (for magnetic) on a
label or with an indelible marking.
b If the tube is not magnetic (the magnet does not stick to the tube), there
are two possible solutions:
1st solution: replace the tube in question with a tube POST MOD 072819
,
or
2nd solution: check the characteristics of the tube using hardness

measurements as per standard NF: Standard Test Method for Vickers
Hardness of Metallic Materials (STD-ASTM E384),
- to obtain an accurate reading of prints, prepare a 3 to 4 cm2 (.46 to

.62 sq.in.) surface (12) with grit 800 sandpaper,
- use a test load between 2 and 5 kg (4.4 to 11 pounds) depending on
machine capacities,
- make 5 points distributed on the surface (12) that was prepared
beforehand,
- determine the hardness of the part by eliminating the 2 extreme
values and then taking the average of the 3 other remaining values,
Conf. Code: 001 05-24-00, 6-1 Page 603

2012.06.12
- interpreting the results:

. if the mean value is less than 230 HV, the tube must be replaced.
Inform "EUROCOPTER Customer Service" of the value obtained,
. if the mean value is more than or equal to 230 HV, the tube is
maintained in flight.
NOTE
For tubes with a mean value more than or equal to

230 HV:
- mark "HV ≥ 230" on zone (13) of the lever tube
using a light vibro-pen, label or another indelible
marking method in order to identify it and to
avoid having to repeat the test during the next
Major Inspection.
(2) Structural checks:

(a) Carry out a general inspection to check the condition of the entire aircraft. Pay
particular attention in looking for cracks and traces of corrosion.
(b) Check the condition of all seals and replace them as required.
(c) Check cabin and cargo doors. Particularly check the condition of the closing
systems and ensure that all the doors lock properly.
(d) Inspect all windshield structure posts: look for cracks.
(e) Remove all inside and outside optional equipment to check the sub-adjacent
structure, the attachment components, the interfaces and especially the electrical
bonding points.
G. Close-up
(1) Ensure that all removed assemblies and equipment are properly reinstalled (55-20-00, 4-
2), (32-11-00, 4-1), (32-11-00, 4-3), (53-31-00, 4-1).
Ensure that assemblies and equipment operate properly.
(2) Top up hydraulic fluid (29-00-00, 3-3) and engine oil (79-00-00, 3-1) levels.
(3) Check the sealing of the fuel system (pumps operating).
(4) Carry out a visual inspection of the various work stations in order to ensure that the
aircraft is in flying condition; check the following in particular:
(a) the free movement of the flight controls,

(b) that there is no interference between the various systems (clearance and play),
(c) that safeties have been performed correctly,
(d) that there are no foreign objects.

(5) Install access cowlings and fairings.
(6) If modifications were made,
- weigh the aircraft (08-10-00, 3-1),

- if necessary, calculate the new centering.
Conf. Code: 001 05-24-00, 6-1 Page 604

2012.06.12
(7) Carry out an after last flight inspection (05-40-00, 6-6).
(8) Carry out a ground run-up and a test flight (FLM).
NOTE
It is recommended that a battery be used for start-up.
During the ground run-up, check that the cabin

heating works.
Conf. Code: 001 05-24-00, 6-1 Page 605

2012.06.12
Major Inspection
Figure 601
Conf. Code: 001 05-24-00, 6-1 Page 606

2012.06.12
13
12
11
10 9
11
Major Inspection
Figure 602
Conf. Code: 001 05-24-00, 6-1 Page 607

Conf. Code: 001 05-24-00, 6-1 Page 608
2012.06.12
FAA Complementary Inspection - Inspection / Check

6-1 Type F Inspection

None

None

05.2 MSM
Section 8 FLM
05-40-00, 6-4 ........................ Check before the first flight (BFF)
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
NOTE
- This inspection is defined for aircraft subject to

FAA regulations
- The following operations are in addition to the
100 hours operations detailed in the MSM 05.2
.
(1) Establish the list of periodic operations to be carried out.
(2) Carry out a ground run-up (FLM Section 8 ).
(3) Open cowlings, remove fairings under cabin floor, tail boom fairings, as well as cargo
hold upholstery.
(4) In the rear cargo hold:
- remove the floor, the tail boom cover, the current master box cover(s).
(5) Carry out a visual inspection of all uncovered units.

(6) Carry out a before first flight (BFF) inspection (05-40-00, 6-4).
(7) Update aircraft documents.
05-32-00, 6-1 Page 601

05-32-00, 6-1 Page 602
2010.02.04
Daily Checks - Servicing

3-1 General Safety Instructions

None

05-40-00, 6-2 ................................ Checking the optional equipment

None
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None
None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Before each inspection, check the aircraft logbook and take into account the observations
made by the pilot (anomalies, incidents).
(2) For the use of optional equipment, carry out the operations in the putting into service
inspections "OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT INSPECTION" (05-40-00, 6-2).
F. Procedure
(1) Definition of terms used:
- BFF: Before First Flight inspection.

- TA: Inspection between two flights in the same day (Turn Around inspection).
- ALF: After Last Flight inspection.
Unless otherwise specified in the text, the verifications described are out are VISUAL
(example: condition of a component) or "TACTILE" (example: no play).
Some terms that are repeated frequently in verification process sheets are defined below
in order to avoid interpretive errors:
(a) Condition
- The visual examination of the overall external aspect of the component

(deformations - breaks - cracks - scratches - corrosion - traces of overheating
and wear, etc.) which modify the initial condition.
- PERMANENT INSTRUCTION WITH RESPECT TO CONDITION: Surface,
protection and paint defects on all helicopter parts must be examined and
Conf. Code: 001 05-40-00, 3-1 Page 301

2012.07.04
processed without delay in accordance with the applicable instructions (criteria,

then rework).
(b) Attachment points
- A visual check of the component attachment points and the condition of the
safetying.
- It could also include a "tactile check" (manual effort applied on the component
to ascertain whether there is a fault in the assembly).
(c) Sealing
- A visual check to discern the start of any leaks or any fluid leakage.
- Drain ports, unions, mating surfaces, and hydraulic component actuating rods
in particular are examined.
(d) Absence of abnormal play
- No play measurement is required unless specific instructions are given.

"Abnormal" play can, in certain instances, be determined by applying an
alternating manual load on the component to be checked.
(e) Cleanliness
- Cleanliness means checking to ensure there is no foreign matter, liquid

seepage or splashing, or areas on which dirt has built up and which could hide
a defect.
(f) Pipes
- Pipe verifications involve checking their condition, particularly the crimping of

bushes and the proper manual tightening of cap attachment clamps.
(g) Locking
Perform locking correctly and/or check for correct locking.
In order to lock, ensure correct approach and position of the cowlings, doors,
hatches, panels, plugs, etc. Make sure the profiles are aligned. Engage the closing
and locking mechanism of the handles, locks, Dzus fasteners, Camloc, etc. Check
for their proper closed/locked position, safety system in right place according to the
position indicators (marking, mark lines matched). Check the cowling locking by
actuating in opening direction.
(2) Instruction reminder
(a) Aircraft in folded blade configuration
- Avoid loosening the rotor brake.

(b) Movement of the rotor controls
- After all operations on the rotor controls (or in zones crossed by the rotor
controls), check full and free travel of the controls with the rotors stationary.
(c) Bleeding operations
- Bleeding operations must be carried out before the aircraft is moved.

(3) Work stations (Figure 301)
Conf. Code: 001 05-40-00, 3-1 Page 302

2012.07.04
- In order to facilitate inspections, the operations are broken down into work stations.
. STATION 1: "Cabin" outside.
. STATION 2: "Fuselage Structure", LH side.
. STATION 3: "Tail boom", LH side.
. STATION 4: "Tail boom", RH side.
. STATION 5: "Fuselage Structure", RH side.
. STATION 6: "Cabin" inside.
5 4
6
1
2 3
General Safety Instructions

Figure 301
Conf. Code: 001 05-40-00, 3-1 Page 303

Conf. Code: 001 05-40-00, 3-1 Page 304
2012.07.04
Daily Checks - Inspection / Check

6-2 Checking the optional equipment

25-92-00, 6-1 ................................. Checks - Cargo Sling Installation
28-91-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - Metallic Ferry Tank
62-11-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Main Rotor Blades
64-10-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Trailing - Tail blade

None

25.69.61 CMM
Flight Manual supplement PMV
20.02.09.101 MTC
20.03.05.404 MTC
05-40-00, 3-1 ................................. General Safety Instructions
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
CM 115 ......................................... grease
None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Comply with the general safety instructions (05-40-00, 3-1).
F. Procedure
(1) Windshield wipers (STATION 1)
(a) Check the following during the various inspections:
1 condition of wiper arms,
2 condition of wiper blades (not stuck).

(2) Cargo Sling (STATIONS 2 and 5)
(a) Before the first flight and last flight of the day, carry out the inspection of the
installation (25-92-00, 6-1).
(b) After the last flight, lightly grease the end of the load hook at the bolt attachment
point with grease CM 115.
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-2 Page 601

2012.06.28
(3) Ski installation (STATIONS 2 and 5)
(a) During turn-around and after last flight inspections, check the condition of
attachment points.
(4) Hoist (STATION 2)
(a) Pre-flight inspection
1 Check the attachment and condition of the equipment’s components,

particularly the hoist operator safety harness and the snatch block tackle.
2 Check the cable.
NOTE
The verification and replacement criteria for the cable

are in the hoist manufacturer documents.
3 Ensure that the squib has not reached its expiry date.
4 Carry out a functional test of the hoist by unwinding ca. 600 mm (23.62 in.) of
cable and then winding it up all the way to check that the "Raise" end-of-travel
switch operates properly.
5 For AIR-EQUIPEMENT hoists equipped with the end-of-travel microswitch
monitoring system, perform the following additional verifications during the
inspection:
a power up the hoist electrical system,
b unwind roughly one to two meters (39.37 to 78.74 in) of cable,

c wind up the cable and ensure that during the "RAISE" operation:
- the GREEN light is ON,

- the RED light is OUT.
d At the end of hoisting, maintain the "RAISE" order using the hoist operator
grip and ensure that:
- the GREEN light is out,

- the RED light is out.
e Continue to maintain the "RAISE" order on the hoist operator grip and
press the test button. Ensure that:
- the GREEN light stays OUT,

- the RED light COMES ON.
6 For BREEZE 450 lbs (204 Kg) hoists, refer to the installation manufacturer
documents.
(b) After last flight inspection

1 After a hoisting mission, hover flight or low altitude flight over the sea:
a unwind the cable all the way,
b wash the cable, hook and hoist casing abundantly with fresh water,
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-2 Page 602

2012.06.28
c wind up the cable while applying slight tension by hand while drying the
cable.
DO NOT LUBRICATE THE CABLE.
2 For BREEZE 450 lbs (204 Kg) hoists, refer to the installation manufacturer
documents.
3 For BREEZE 300 lb (136 Kg) hoists (POST MOD 073103 ):

a clean and rinse the hoist cable and drum with fresh water in the event of
flight in a salty environment,
b dry the cable with a cloth while the cable is winding on the drum,
c check the condition of the cable during winding (cut strand, untwisting,
fold),
d if damage is detected, replace the cable (25.69.61 CMM).
(5) Emergency floatation gear (STATIONS 2 and 3)
(a) Before first flight

1 Check the condition of the installation, particularly the attachment fittings and
pipes.
2 Ensure that the floatation gear is in low position.
(b) Before each flight

1 Ensure that the "FLOAT ARM" illuminated pushbutton control electrical system
operates properly.
2 Check that the pressure of the cylinders is correct on the pressure gauge.
NOTE
The table which lists the pressure values for the

outside temperature can be found in the Flight
Manual supplement PMV.
3 Look through the Plexiglas inspection door in the rear cargo hold to ensure that
circuit breakers are properly engaged.
4 Close the fuel dump hatches.
5 Check that the circuit breaker of the relay box in the RH side cargo hold is
engaged.
6 Ensure that the floatation gear is in low position.
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-2 Page 603

2012.06.28
ENSURE THAT THE PIP PINS ON THE REAR

FITTINGS ARE PROPERLY LOCKED AND THAT
LOCKING PINS ARE IN PLACE.
(c) After the last flight of the day

1 In the event of low altitude flight over the sea, wash the cylinders and cradle
assemblies.
(6) Cargo swing
(a) Before each suspended load mission

1 Check that installation components are properly secured and in good condition.
2 Check the condition of the load release unit gauges on the shackle.
3 Carry out a manual test to open the release unit using the visible lever.
4 Ensure that the retaining ratchet rotates freely and check its spring return.
5 Whenever possible, check the load indicator for correct calibration.
(b) After the last flight

1 Lightly grease the end of the load hook at the attachment of the lock with
grease CM 115.
(c) Particularity of the SIREN AS21-5-7 release unit
1 Each time the release unit is used, when the hook is closed, manually apply a
short quick effort (upwards) on the hook until it stops.
(7) Ferry tank installation (STATION 6)
(a) During pre-flight inspections, check the attachment of the venting pipe on the
landing gear, the position of the marking strip (28-91-00, 4-1) and that the filler cap
and transfer valve are closed.
(8) Sand filter installation (STATION 2)

(a) Side MGB cowling closed:
1 Check:
a check the condition of the filter support cowling,

b check the outside condition of the filter,
c check the condition and cleanliness of separator tubes,
d check the condition of sand ejectors.

2 Check for foreign objects obstructing the separator tubes and the ejector
nozzles.
(b) Side MGB cowling open:
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-2 Page 604

2012.06.28
1 Check:
a the condition of the filter unit,

b the condition of he elbow union,
c the condition of pipes,
d the condition of the collective air duct,

e the condition of the air intake sealing,
f the inner cleanliness of the air manifold,
g the condition and attachment of the electric valve with its hoses and the
P2 supply "T" union.
(9) Snow guard installation (STATION 2)
(a) Maintenance before each flight
1 After parking in the snow or in cold weather, before each flight it is necessary
to check that there is no water, snow or ice in the entire air intake, even if the
air intake was protected with a parking cover.
2 As required, remove the guard to remove any foreign objects (especially snow)
between the guard and the upper face of the filter.
3 After positioning a main blade in the centerline of the aircraft and facing
forward, while turning the main rotor mast by the tail rotor blades, open the
engine cowling to intermediate position in order to ensure that water flows out
by the drain holes of the filter box face.
4 Open the engine cowling into vertical position and check that there is no ice
under the filter box. Ensure that there are no foreign objects (especially snow
and ice) in the engine air intake.
5 Close the engine cowling and reinstall the guard (if it was removed) at the end
of the verification.
(b) Case of helicopters equipped with sand filters
1 The sand filter optional equipment can be used in particularly harsh climatic
conditions, as the installation of this air intake protection, provided the
paragraph "maintenance before each flight" is complied with (except for water
draining).
(10) Emergency Locator Transmitters (STATIONS 2 and 5)
(a) JOLLIET JE2 Emergency Locator Transmitter
1 Before first flight inspection

a Ensure that the remote control switch is set to "AUTO".
b Set the ELT "AUTO-OFF-MANU" switch to "AUTO".
2 After last flight inspection

b Press the ELT "RESET" pushbutton.
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-2 Page 605

2012.06.28
c Set the ELT "AUTO-OFF-MANU" switch to "OFF".
(b) JOLLIET JE2 NG Emergency Locator Transmitter

b Set the ELT "AUTO-OFF/RST-MANU" switch to "AUTO".

b Set the ELT "AUTO-OFF/RST-MANU" switch to "OFF/RST".

(c) KANNAD 121AF-H, 406AF-H and 406AF Emergency Locator Transmitters
a Ensure that the "ON-ARMED-TEST/RESET" remote control switch is set

to "ARMED".
b Ensure that the ELT "ARM-ON-OFF" switch is set to "ARM".
2 After last flight (or last mission) inspection
a Ensure that the "ON-ARMED-TEST/RESET" remote control switch is set

to "ARMED".
b Ensure that the ELT "ARM-ON-OFF" switch is set to "ARM".
NOTE
If the helicopter must be grounded for a long period,

set the ELT switch to "OFF".
(d) SOCATA ELT 96-406 Emergency Locator Transmitter

a Ensure that the remote control "MAN/AUTO" switch is set to "AUTO".
b Set the ELT "AUTO-MAN/RESET-OFF" switch to "AUTO".

a Ensure that the remote control "MAN/AUTO" switch is set to "AUTO".
b Set the ELT "AUTO-MAN/RESET-OFF" switch to "OFF".
(11) SSB wire antenna installation (STATIONS 3 and 4)

(a) Before each flight and after the last flight of the day, ensure that the wire attachment
is in good condition.
(12) FLIR STAR SAFIRE II observation system installation (STATION 2)
(a) After each mission, clean the turret windows as per customized documents.
(13) TOW missile
(a) Visual check to ensure that there are no cracks on tail surfaces after each mission
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-2 Page 606

2012.06.28
or training requiring the firing of missiles.
1 If a permanent deformation is detected on the reinforcing seals, check that

there are no cracks.
2 In case of doubt, carry out a dye penetrant inspection in the zone in question (
20.02.09.101 MTC).
3 If a crack is detected:
a create a crack stop (20.03.05.404 MTC),

b a single 70 mm (2.756 in) maximum crack per stabilizer is accepted,
c if the crack is more than 70 mm (2.756 in), inform EUROCOPTER

customer service for a repair of scrapping decision for the stabilizer.
NOTE
A permanent deformation of the seals with no cracks

is accepted.
(b) Cockpit
1 Check:
a position lights: condition, attachment, cleanliness,
b formation lights,
c condition of globe seal,
d condition of wiring.
(14) Dual hydraulic system installation (STATIONS 2 and 5)

(a) Before first flight inspection
- Hydraulic reservoirs: level, cap closed.
(b) Turn-around inspection
- Hydraulic reservoirs: level.

(c) After last flight inspection
- Hydraulic reservoirs: level, attachment, sealing.
(15) Blade sand protection
(a) Make sure there is no separation or distortion (62-11-00, 6-1) for the main rotor
blades and (64-10-00, 6-1) for the tail rotor blades.
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-2 Page 607

Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-2 Page 608
2012.06.28

6-3 Additional Operation - Cold Weather or very Cold Weather

05-40-00, 6-2 ........................ Checking the optional equipment
05-40-00, 6-4 ........................ Check before the first flight (BFF)
05-40-00, 6-5 ........................ Turn Around Check (TA)
05-40-00, 6-6 ........................ Check after the last flight of the day (ALF)

10-10-00, 3-2 ........................ Covering - Helicopter
24-33-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Battery

05-00-00 MSM
05-20-00 MSM
Section 2 FLM
Section 8 FLM
20.07.02.205 MTC
B. Special Tools
350A92-0010-05 ................... canopy cover
350A92-0015-00 ................... wire strike fuselage cover
350A92-1200-00 ................... ARRIEL nozzle blanking cap cover
350A92-3300-00 ................... TRH cover
350A92-5401-01 ................... ARRIEL air intake cover
or
355A92-1145-00 ................... blade cover (cold weather).
355A92-3140-00 ................... MRH cover
Commercial .......................... Hot air generator
C. Materials
CM 119 ................................ grease
CM 238 ................................ alcool
CM 781 ................................ de-icing /anti-icing fluid type I

None
Config. Code: 001 05-40-00, 6-3 Page 601

2010.02.04
E. Procedure
COMPLY WITH COLD WEATHER UTILIZATION

RESTRICTION DEFINED IN CHAPTERS MSM
05-00-00 AND MSM 05-20-00 , ESPECIALLY RE-
STRICTIONS CONCERNING HYDRAULIC FLUID.
(1) This section contains all the operating procedures to be complied with when the aircraft
is used in particular climatic conditions such as cold weather or snow. Maintenance of
the aircraft does not require any special tooling or systematic replacements.
(2) General preventive operations for rational helicopter operation in cold weather (between -
10˚C and -3 0˚C) (14˚F and - 22˚F), extreme cold weather (between - 30˚C and - 40˚C) (-
22˚F and - 40˚F) or snow:
(a) Use oils and fuels specified in (FLM Section 2 ).

(b) If possible, park the helicopter under a shelter, otherwise carry out picketing (
10-10-00, 3-2).
(c) Should the helicopter endure prolonged exposure to cold weather, remove the
battery(ies) (24-33-00, 4-1) and store it (them) in a room at a moderate temperature.
(d) Apply approved anti-icing products on blades and door seals and locks (MTC
20-07-02-205 .
ANTI-ICING PRODUCTS ARE VERY AGGRESSIVE

ON THE HELICOPTER COMPONENTS.
IT IS NECESSARY TO CARRY OUT DE-ICING

AND HEATING PRIOR TO THE FIRST FLIGHT.
DURING PREHEATING, DO NOT LEAVE THE

HELICOPTER UNATTENDED AND KEEP AN
EXTINGUISHER AT HAND.
(e) In cold weather conditions, parts made of rubber (bellows, door seals, leak-tightness
seals) become brittle. Preheating of the helicopter is therefore required.
Config. Code: 001 05-40-00, 6-3 Page 602

2010.02.04
(3) Operating procedures:
(a) If the helicopter is subjected to temperatures comprised between - 10˚C and - 30˚C
(14˚F and - 22˚F), and according to its availability or operating conditions, it is
advised to carry out a run-up every two hours (FLM Section 8 ).
(b) If the helicopter is subjected to temperatures comprised between - 30˚C and - 40˚C
(- 22˚F and - 40˚F), and according to its availability or operating conditions, it
is advised to carry out complete heating of the helicopter: engine, dynamic
components, cabin, until all snow and ice has disappeared.
NOTE
- For heating and de-icing, only use hot air

generators which are appropriate and in correct
operating condition.
- Do not heat the sensitive parts of the helicopter
directly: piping (fuel, oil, hydraulics), transparent
panels.
- During heating, carefully dry the moisture
produced by de-icing, particularly in the engine
air intake and the MGB compartment.
- Do not refuel during heating and de-icing.
- When replacing oil, the system must first
be rinsed as per maintenance publication
instructions.
(c) After compliance with these operating procedures, perform the check outlined in
paragraph 4.
(4) Additional operations to be performed before flight, in cold or extreme cold weather:
(a) If no ground power units are available, start-up using the aircraft battery or two
aircraft batteries connected in parallel.
NOTE
The operations described below are in addition to the

implementation inspection operations:
- Before first flight (BFF) (05-40-00, 6-4),
- Turn-around (TA) (05-40-00, 6-5),
- Optional equipment inspections (05-40-00, 6-2).
(b) Remove accumulations of snow or ice from the whole of the helicopter, particularly
from the forward cowling air intakes, hinges and drive components (main rotor, main
rotor shaft, tail rotor drive, especially around the limiter, tail rotor, flight controls,
engine controls).
(c) Main rotor blades:

1 remove 355A92-1145-00,
2 if necessary, remove snow and ice from the blades using hot air of less than
80˚C (176˚F).
(d) Main rotor hub and mast:

1 remove 355A92-3140-00,
Config. Code: 001 05-40-00, 6-3 Page 603

2010.02.04
2 remove ice and frost from swashplates, scissors, servocontrols and the rotor
head vibration damper.
(e) Engine:
1 remove exhaust pipe blank 350A92-5401-01 and 350A92-5411-00 or
350A92-5410-01,
2 make sure that there is no snow or ice in the air intake cowling, MGB
compartment and engine air intake,
3 make sure that the drains and scuppers are not clogged.
(f) Tail rotor hub:
1 Remove tail blade blocking 350A92-1200-00,
2 Remove 350A92-3300-00,
3 Remove ice and frost from TRH assembly (blades, pitch change links, etc.).
(g) Main Gear Box:
1 Turn the tail rotor manually, so that the main rotor turns at least once, and
make sure that the rotor brake and free wheel are not blocked.
(h) Structure:
1 remove 350A92-0010-05350A92-0015-00 at the end of the check to prevent

icing,
2 Make sure that the windshield wiper is not stuck on the windshield.
3 make sure that there is no ice on the static ports, pitot heads and the air vent.
(i) Flight, rotor brake and engine controls:
1 Before operating the controls, heat the cabin, then gradually, move the rotor
brake, engine and collective pitch lever controls over their full operating range
(do not move the cyclic pitch stick and pedals over their full operating range).
NOTE
Do not carry out a full travel motion of the cyclic stick

or yaw pedal.
(j) Fuel system:
1 Do not bleed the fuel system if the temperature is less than 0˚C (32˚F).
(5) Additional operations to be performed after flight, in cold or extreme cold weather:
(a) Carry out After Last Flight (ALF) Inspection operations (05-40-00, 6-6).
NOTE
The operations described below are in addition to

implementation inspection operations:
- after last flight (ALF) (05-40-00, 6-6),
- optional equipment inspections (05-40-00, 6-2).
Config. Code: 001 05-40-00, 6-3 Page 604

2010.02.04
(b) When the rotor is stopped, move the cyclic pitch stick to approximately the neutral
position and lock the collective pitch lever in the full low pitch position with tail rotor
blades horizontal.
(c) If the magnetic plug check limit is reached, perform the operation within half an hour
following engine shutdown to prevent damage to the seals.
(d) Apply grease CM 119 or alcool CM 238 and de-icing /anti-icing fluid type I CM 781 (
MTC 20-07-02-205 ).
(e) According to the operating conditions and the availability of the helicopter, carry out
the preventive operations outlined in paragraph 2.
(f) Carry out picketing of the helicopter (10-10-00, 3-2).
NOTE
If the helicopter is parked under shelter, install air

intake covers and nozzle blanking plugs.
Config. Code: 001 05-40-00, 6-3 Page 605

Config. Code: 001 05-40-00, 6-3 Page 606
2010.02.04

6-4 Check before the first flight (BFF)

76-12-02, 6-1 ................................ Functional check - Twist grip solenoid

62-11-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Main Rotor Blades
64-10-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal - Tail blade assembly

05-40-00, 3-1 ................................ General Safety Instructions
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
AFTER GROUNDING FOR MORE THAN ONE

WEEK AND BEFORE OPERATING THE FLIGHT
CONTROLS, WIPE THE SERVO CONTROL
PISTON RODS WITH A LINT FREE CLOTH
MOISTENED WITH OPERATING FLUID.
F. Procedure
Figure 601
(1) Comply with the inspection sequences.

(2) If necessary, remove the parking and mooring equipment.
(3) STATION 1
(a) Transparent panels
- condition, cleanliness, clean if necessary.
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-4 Page 601

2011.04.20
(b) Total and static pressure ports
- remove blanking caps, bleed, cleanliness.
(c) Sideslip indicator
- condition.
(4) STATION 2
(a) Engine air intake
- condition, not clogged, no debris, blanking cap removed.
(b) MGB - open side cowling
- transmission deck: condition, cleanliness,

- MGB: condition, cleanliness, oil level, no leaks.
(c) Open engine cowling:
- transmission and engine deck: condition and cleanliness.
(d) Close MGB lateral cowling
- correct locking.
(e) Close the MGB cowling
- correct locking.
(f) Fuel tank
- filler cap closed, bleed.

(g) LH cargo compartment door
- loads stowed, locking.
(h) Open the LH cargo compartment door
- loads stowed.
(i) Close the LH cargo compartment door
- correct locking.
(j) Lower cowlings
- condition, locked.
(k) Static pressure port
- blanking cap removed, bleed, cleanliness.
(l) Open the rear cargo compartment door
- no foreign matters, correct,

- load: stowed,
(m) Close the rear cargo compartment door
- correct locking.
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-4 Page 602

2011.04.20
(n) Main rotor blades
- attachment, overall condition of the skin, of the tabs and polyurethane

protections (visual inspection for bonding separation, scratches, cracks,
impacts and distortion).
- no perforation due to erosion on the stainless steel leading edge, no gaps or
impact marks,
- in case of defect, remove the blades (62-11-00, 4-1) and replace the leading
edges.
(5) STATION 3
(a) Tail boom and TGB fairings
- attachment (Dzus fasteners correctly locked).

(b) TGB
- condition, attachment, oil level.
(6) STATION 4
(a) Tail rotor blades
- attachment, overall condition of the skin and absence of impact marks,

- on the stainless steel leading edges, no perforation due to erosion or gap on
the pressure and suction faces. In case of defect, remove the blades (64-10-00
, 4-1) and replace the leading edges.
(b) Tail boom and TGB fairings
- attachment (dzus fasteners correctly locked).

(7) STATION 5
(a) Open the RH cargo compartment door
- battery: correct connection,

- load: stowed.
(b) Close the RH cargo compartment door
- correct locking.
(c) Loads
- stowed, correct closing and locking.
(d) Open the MGB side cowling
- transmission deck and MGB: condition, cleanliness,

- engine oil tank: oil level, filler cap locked,
- hydraulic reservoir(s): fluid level, filler cap closed.
(e) Open engine side cowling
- transmission deck and MGB: condition, cleanliness, no foreign matter,

- drain not clogged.
(f) Close the engine and MGB side cowlings
- correct locking.
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-4 Page 603

2011.04.20
(g) Lower cowlings
- condition, locked.
(8) STATION 6
(a) Cabin
- general cleanliness.
(b) Flight controls
- rudder pedals: free movement,

- cyclic pitch stick: neutral position.
(c) Twist grip
- correct operation of the solenoid (POST MOD 073084 and PRE MOD 073222
). (76-12-02, 6-1).
(d) Rotor brake control
- freedom of movement.
(e) Fuel shut-off control
- forward position,
- red guard in place.
(f) Fire extinguisher
- installed.
(g) First aid kit
- in place.
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-4 Page 604

2011.04.20
5 4
6
1
3
2
Check before the first flight (BFF)

Figure 601
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-4 Page 605

Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-4 Page 606
2011.04.20

6-5 Turn Around Check (TA)

None

10-10-00, 3-1 ........................ Parking - Helicopter
71-00-00, 3-2 ........................ Procedure for counting the cycles - Engine (ARRIEL 2B1)

Section 4 FLM
05-40-00, 3-1 ........................ General Safety Instructions
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
(2) For the turn around inspection (TA) carried out by the pilot, refer to FLM Section 4
"Normal Procedures".
(3) The turn around inspection can be carried out by a maintenance qualified person or by a
suitably trained pilot.
(4) After the daily inspection, if a detailed inspection or a maintenance action appears
necessary to make the aircraft airworthy, this inspection or action must be carried out
under the responsibility of a qualified aircraft maintenance specialist and be recorded in
the aircraft documentation.
F. Procedure
(1) The turn around inspection consists of:
(a) oil and fluid level check,
(b) quick inspection of the main and tail rotor blade skins,
(c) a check to make sure that all loads are correctly stowed, and all cargo compartment
doors and cowlings are correctly locked.
(2) In case of prolonged grounding between two flights, it is recommended to carry out the
Config. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-5 Page 601

2010.02.04
aircraft parking procedure (10-10-00, 3-1).
IN THIS CASE, DO NOT FORGET TO REMOVE

ALL PARKING AND HANDLING TOOLS BEFORE
THE NEXT FLIGHT.
BEFORE YOU DE-ENERGIZE THE AIRCRAFT

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM, READ THE VALUES
DISPLAYED BY THE VEMD ON THE "FLIGHT
REPORT" PAGE AND MAKE SURE THAT THE
TOTAL NG AND NF CYCLE NUMBERS ARE
DIFFERENT FROM ZERO AND DISPLAYED IN
WHITE COLOUR.
(3) In case of anomaly preventing the "FLIGHT REPORT" page from being displayed or if
one of the values is displayed in yellow colour or is equal to zero, carry out the cycle
counting procedure (71-00-00, 3-2).
(4) STATION 1 - Cabin exterior
(a) Total and static pressure ports:
- Remove blanking caps, if installed. Bleed, cleanliness, drain pipe not clogged.
(5) STATION 2 - "Fuselage structure" LH side
(a) LH cargo compartment:
- Load stowed, door locked.

(b) Fuel tank:
- Filler cap closed.
(c) MGB:
- Oil level.
(d) Landing gear:
- Visual inspection.
(e) Main rotor blades:
- From the ground) condition of skin, no impact marks, no bonding separation of

the leading edge stainless steel protection on the pressure and suction faces.
(f) Main rotor mast, main rotor hub:
- Visual inspection from the ground.
(g) Rear cargo compartment:

(6) STATION 3 - "Tail boom" LH side
Config. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-5 Page 602

2010.02.04
(a) TGB:
- Oil level.
(7) STATION 4 - "Tail boom" RH side
(a) Tail rotor blades:
- Condition, no bonding separation of the leading edge stainless steel protection

on pressure and suction faces.
(8) STATION 5 - "Fuselage structure" RH side

(a) RH cargo compartment:
(b) Engine oil tank:
- Oil level.
(c) Landing gear:
- Visual inspection.
(d) Main rotor mast, main rotor hub:
- Visual inspection from the ground.

(9) STATION 6 - Cabin interior:
(a) Cabin:
- Cleanliness, load stowed (if any).
Config. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-5 Page 603

Config. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-5 Page 604
2010.02.04

6-6 Checks after the last flight of the day (ALF)

05-40-00, 3-1 ................................. General Safety Instructions
10-10-00, 3-1 ................................. Parking - Helicopter
53-51-00, 4-2 ................................. Removal / Installation - Lower Fairings

12-10-00, 3-1 ................................. Filling / Draining - Gearboxes
29-00-00, 3-3 ................................. Filling / Draining - Hydraulic System (twin power
system)
29-10-00, 4-3 ................................. Removal / Installation - Hydraulic System Equipment
53-31-00, 6-3 ................................. Check - Tail Rotor Rive Front Fairing
55-20-00, 6-1 ................................ Check of the skin of the upper and lower vertical
stabilisers
62-21-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Criteria - STARFLEX star Assembly
62-21-00, 6-4 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Spherical Thrust Bearing
62-21-00, 6-7 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Frequency Adapters
62-32-00, 4-1 ................................ Disassembly - Swashplate Assembly
62-32-00, 4-2 ................................ Assembly - Swashplate Assembly
62-33-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Pitch-Change Link
64-10-00, 6-2 ................................ Checking - Tab in rotor center zone (without removal)
65-21-00, 6-11 .............................. Inspection Criteria - Pitch Change Links
65-21-00, 6-13 .............................. Inspection Criteria - Casing TGB
65-21-00, 6-15 .............................. Inspection Criteria - Baffle and Lockwashers

TURBOMECA EMM
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Comply with the general instructions (05-40-00, 3-1).
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-6 Page 601

2012.07.06
F. Procedure
Figure 601
(1) STATION 1:
(a) All transparent panels: cleanliness (clean as necessary).
(b) Door jambs, canopy arches: absence of defects or cracks.
(c) Cabin access door: correct attachments and locking:
- jettison mechanism: condition, no cracks at the outer jettison control lever.
(d) Total and static pressure ports: install blanking caps (10-10-00, 3-1).
(2) STATION 2:
(a) LH cargo hold door: condition, attachment, opening, absence of non-stowed items,
closing, locking.
(b) LH landing gear: condition,
- shock absorber: condition, absence of leaks,

- wear plate: condition.
(c) MGB cowling: opening, condition of locking systems, condition of the glass / silicone
seal (POST MOD 073161 ).
(d) MGB oil: check oil level (12-10-00, 3-1).
(e) Transmission deck: cleanliness.
(f) MGB suspension bars: attachments.

(g) Hydraulic system:
- DUNLOP servo-control: attachment, no leaks, no cracks on the body causing

seepage,
- SAMM servo-control: attachment, absence of leaks,
- hydraulic system: attachment, tightness, condition of pipes and unions,
absence of leaks.
(h) Cooling fan: motor attachment, condition of blades.

(i) Universal joint assembly:
- attachment, pins installed and locked.
(j) Main rotor mast:
1 Condition, attachment of the mast.

2 Swashplate guide: no debonding of the guide fabric and no abnormal play.
3 Swashplate bearing:
- check to be carried out within 5 minutes after the rotor has stopped
turning: absence of heat that can be felt with one’s hands, absence of
grease runs, absence of paint color change or paint flaking.
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-6 Page 602

2012.07.06
NOTE
In case of doubt, carry out:

- a 15-minutes ground run,
- a tactile check of the temperature of the
swashplates,
- a check of the rotation torque of the
swashplates as per (62-32-00, 4-2). In case of
abnormal overheating or if the rotation torque is
out of tolerance: remove the swashplates and
the bearing (62-32-00, 4-1).
4 Scissors, plates, rods, ball ends: condition, attachment, tactile check of the
evolution of the plays.
5 Swashplate / pitch change rod end interface: absence of contact marks, no
flaked paint on the swashplate attachment yokes.
6 Pitch change rod with rod end (POST MOD 076163 ).
- Ball joint / friction fabrics: sensitive check of the radial play and visual
examination. In case of doubt (62-33-00, 6-1).
(k) Main rotor hub: attachment, general condition.
1 Star:
- Star arms: no splinters, no debonding, no crazing or cracks.

- Spherical thrust bearing housings: no cracks on the vertical face and the
adjacent lower face (leading edge side).
2 Spherical thrust bearings and frequency adapters: (PRE MOD 076232 ):

absence of defect of the elastomer parts, absence of separation, fissure,
blister, extrusion, crack, (other than minor and unchanging surface defects).
If a defect is found comply with (62-21-00, 6-7).
3 Ventilated frequency adapters (POST MOD 076232 ): absence of defect of the

elastomer parts, absence of separation, fissure, blister, extrusion, crack, (other
than minor and unchanging surface defects).
Ventilation holes are not clogged (on both sides). On the adapters fitted with
drilled bush, check that the lockwire is present in the holes on trailing edge
side.

4 Bushes at the end of the arms of the Starflex star: absence of gap between the
adhesive bead and the bush. In case of doubt (62-21-00, 6-1).
(l) MGB: tightness
1 Magnetic plug: absence of metal particles.

2 Vibration damper: attachment.
(m) Main rotor blades: security, general condition of the skin (lower side, upper side
and trailing edge), trim tabs and polyurethane protective strips. Visually check for
bonding separation, scratches, cracks, impacts or distortions. No erosion holes on
leading edge steel strips, no gaps or impacts. In case of doubt (62-11-00, 6-1).
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-6 Page 603

2012.07.06
(n) Engine air intake: attachment, blanking cap installed, condition of the seal.
(o) Engine cowling: opening, condition of locking systems.

(p) Engine mount: condition and attachment.
(q) Engine and engine compartment:
1 engine and accessories: general condition, cleanliness,

2 systems: absence of leaks,
3 controls: interference,
4 transmission deck drain hole: not clogged,

5 firewall: condition,
6 freewheel: make the freewheel turn by turning the tail rotor. The free turbine
must be driven when the tail rotor turns clockwise. In counterclockwise
direction, the freewheel must be desynchronized (less effort).
(r) Exhaust pipe: attachment, blanking cap installed (10-10-00, 3-1).

(s) Rear cargo hold: door attachment, closed.
(t) MGB cowlings: closed, locked.
(3) STATION 3:
(a) Horizontal stabilizer, bumper: condition, attachment..
(b) Fins: Attachment - Condition
Presence of visible rivet heads of bumper and doubler on the upper fin, absence of
deformation of doubler between the rivets concerned, absence of cracks.
If there are cracks, make sure there are no cracks on the half-rib, the boomerang
and the spars (55-20-00, 6-1).
(c) Tail rotor protection: attachment, condition.
(d) TGB: oil level (12-10-00, 3-1), absence of oil leaks.
(4) STATION 4:
(a) TGB: check for correct attachment by applying force on the drive shaft. Pitch lever
support yoke: connection area (65-21-00, 6-13).
1 Bellcrank hinge pin: No abnormal play, condition of bead of sealant.
2 Magnetic plug: absence of metal particles.
For magnetic plugs without electrical indication, the check for metal particles
can be carried out during the ALF inspection which is the closest to the end of
the 30 operating hours term.
(b) Horizontal stabilizer, tail bumper: attachment, condition.
(c) Fins: Attachment - Condition
Presence of visible rivet heads of bumper and doubler on the upper fin, absence of
deformation of doubler between the rivets concerned, absence of cracks.
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-6 Page 604

2012.07.06
If there are cracks, make sure there are no cracks on the half-rib, the boomerang
and the spars (55-20-00, 6-1).
(d) Tail rotor protection (option): attachment, condition.

(e) Tail rotor blades: attachment, general condition of the skin and of the polyurethane
protections (visual examination for separation, scratches, cracks, impacts and
distortion).
On the leading edge protection, absence of perforation caused by erosion, absence

of separation and impacts. In case of doubt (64-10-00, 6-1).
(f) Tail rotor blade retention strap: check for abnormal noise on the strap when coning
the rotor
NOTE
This check for defects can be carried out during the

ALF inspection before the end of the 30 operating
hours term.
1 Half laminated bearing: no separation, deep cracks or emergence.
2 Pitch horn: absence of play. Visual inspection (64-10-00, 6-1).
3 Additional weights (POST MOD 075601 ): visual examination for cracks,

impacts, scratches, corrosion and pitting, presence of the safetying marks.
(g) TRH
1 Attachment condition.
2 Paint line on spider and on spacer / scroll (POST MOD 076550 ): check for
correct alignment (65-21-00, 6-15).
3 Ball joint and pitch rods:
a absence of play (J) of the ball joint:
- Hold the body of the rod and put your thumb on the pitch lever
support yoke.
- Move the rod parallel to the ball joint axis to detect any play.
- While moving the rod:
. With the other hand, move the blade in the flapping direction (A) and
look for the position in which the any axial play will be detectable (stress
relieving in the rod).
- If you feel play (J), check its value (65-21-00, 6-11).
b visually check the condition of the ball joint, check for extrusion of the
Teflon fabric and for brown staining and/or scores on the ball.
4 Rod body: absence of impacts, scratches, corrosion.
(h) Tail boom fairing: attachment.
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-6 Page 605

2012.07.06
(i) Front fairing and heat shield: condition, absence of cracks, in particular at the 6
lateral attachment points on the fairing (use a mirror if necessary). If cracks are
detected or in case of doubt, carry out a check (53-31-00, 6-3).
(5) STATION 5:
(a) Battery: attachment.
(b) RH cargo hold door: attachment, condition, locking.
(c) RH landing gear: condition

1 Shock absorber: condition, absence of leaks.
(d) MGB cowling: opening, condition of locking systems, condition of glass/silicone seal
(POST MOD 073161 ).
(e) Transmission deck: cleanliness.

(f) Flared housing magnetic plug: absence of metal particle.
(g) Hydraulic system (helicopter with single hydraulic system) valve filter unit, clogging
indicator not visible. In case of visible clogging indicator, replace filtering cartridge (
29-10-00, 4-3).
(h) MGB suspension bar: attachments.

(i) Hydraulic system:
- DUNLOP servo-control: attachment, no leaks, no cracks on the body causing

seepage.
- SAMM servo-control: attachment, absence of leaks,
- hydraulic system: attachment, condition of pipes and unions, absence of leaks,
- hydraulic reservoir: level (29-00-00, 3-3), attachment, tightness.
(j) Engine oil tank: system, oil level (79-00-00, 3-1), attachment, tightness.
No metal particles on the magnetic plug.

(k) Engine oil cooler: attachment, absence of leaks.
(l) Universal joint assembly: attachment, pin fitted.
(m) Flexible coupling assembly:
- Attachment, condition of discs, cracks, broken blades.
(n) Engine cowling: opening, condition of locking systems.
(o) Engine mount: condition of attachment.

(p) Engine, accessories, systems and controls:
- condition (TURBOMECA EMM),

- firewall: condition.
(q) Engine compartment: condition, cleanliness.
(r) Engine and MGB cowlings: closing, locking.

(s) Cabin vibration damper, RH side (aircraft equipped with auto-pilot only):
- remove the 3 latch locks on the RH side of the front lower cowling (53-51-00,
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-6 Page 606

2012.07.06
4-2) and then check for cracks on the visible surfaces of the vibration damper
blade.
Install the 3 latch locks on the RH side of the front lower cowling (53-51-00,
4-2).
(6) STATION 6:
(a) Seats: attachment, pin installed.
(b) Belt / harness: general condition, wear, visible damage of the strap and reel in good
working order.
Belt attachments: general condition, wear, loosening and locking.
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-6 Page 607

2012.07.06
Checks after the last flight of the day (ALF)

Figure 601
Conf. Code: 003 05-40-00, 6-6 Page 608

Unscheduled Maintenance Checks - Inspection / Check

6-1 Procedure After Detection of Chips Illumination of "MGB P" and / or "MGB
TEMP" Warning Lights - TGB / MGB

12-10-00, 3-1 ................................. Filling / Draininge - Gearboxes
60-00-00, 1-1 ................................. Fault Isolation - Electrical Magnetic Plugs
63-42-00, 1-1 ................................. Fault Isolation - MGB Oil Pressure / Temperature
Indicating and Warning System

62-31-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - Rotor Mast Assembly
62-31-00, 4-2 ................................. Tear Down - Rotor Mast Assembly
62-31-00, 4-3 ................................. Build Up - Rotor Mast Assembly
63-21-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal - MGB
63-21-00, 4-2 ................................. Installation - MGB
63-21-00, 4-4 ................................. Removal / Installation - MGB Oil Pump
65-21-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal - TGB
65-21-00, 4-2 ................................. Installation - TGB
79-21-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - Engine / MGB Oil Cooler

Section 8 FLM
05.21.00 MSM
20.08.01.601 MTC
B. Special Tools
703A95-0300-00 ............................ servicing platform
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) For the magnetic plug and the chip detector of the MGB:
- Install the servicing platform [703A95-0300-00].

- Open the MGB cowlings.
05-50-00, 6-1 Page 601

2011.03.03
F. Procedure
A FLOW OF HOT OIL CAN BE DANGEROUS.

DO THIS PROCEDURE CAREFULLY AND BE
PREPARED TO INSTALL THE MAGNETIC PLUGS
IMMEDIATELY IF THE SELF-SEALING VALVE
DOES NOT CLOSE CORRECTLY.
(1) When the "MGB CHIP" light on the warning/caution panel comes on:
- Remove the MGB magnetic plug (MGB housing) and the chip detector (the flared
housing) (62-31-00, 4-2).
- Examine the MGB magnetic plug and the chip detector.
- If there are particles on the chip detector, remove and examine the NR sensor (62-
31-00, 4-2).
(a) If there are no metal particles on the MGB magnetic plug, carry out the fault
isolation procedure on the detection system (60-00-00, 1-1).
(b) If you find metal particles in the MGB, do the procedure that follows:
1 Do the procedure to collect the particles:
- Drain the MGB oil (12-10-00, 3-1) and put it through a sieve to collect the
particles in suspension in the oil.
- Collect the particles from the chip detector and from the magnetic plug
and NR sensor.
- Get access to the MGB casing through the different openings and collect
the particles with a magnetic pin.
- Flush the MGB oil cooler system and collect the particles held in it.
NOTE
If there is too much contamination, replace the MGB

oil cooler (79-21-00, 4-1).
- If possible, open the oil filter and collect the particles held in it.
- Refer to the (MTC 20.08.01.601) then identify and count the particles
collected.
2 Make an analysis of the results:
a If the "QT" is less than the criteria specified in the (MTC 20.08.01.601), do
the procedure that follows:
- Install the lower magnetic plug and the upper chip detector and if
necessary, install the NR sensor (62-31-00, 4-3).
- Fill the MGB with oil (12-10-00, 3-1).
- Refer to the (FLM Section 8) and do a hover flight at the maximum
weight for ten minutes.
collected on the two chip detectors.
05-50-00, 6-1 Page 602

2011.03.03
- If the "QT" is less than the criteria specified in the (MTC

20.08.01.601), do the special procedure to monitor the detectors:
Each day, refer to the (MTC 20.08.01.601) and examine the
magnetic plug and the chip detector. Do this for a period equal to the
number of hours of flight between the last two checks before you did
the test.
- If particles are found on the chip detector at the end of this special
monitoring period, remove and examine the NR sensor.
20.08.01.601), during this period, examine the detectors at the
normal intervals again. Refer to the (MSM 05-21-00).
- If the "QT" is more than the criteria specified in the (MTC
20.08.01.601). Also if there are many particles on the chip detector
and / or on the magnetic plug, do the procedures given in the
paragraphs below:
b If the "QT" is more than the criteria specified in the (MTC 20.08.01.601)
and there is a large quantity of particles on the chip detector and/or on
NR sensor:
- Remove the rotor mast (62-31-00, 4-1) and disassemble it (62-31-00,

4-2).
- Make sure that the rotor mast bearings are in good condition.
- Replace the defective components.
- Assemble the rotor mast (62-31-00, 4-3) and install it on the MGB (
62-31-00, 4-1).
c If the "QT" is more than the criteria specified in the (MTC 20.08.01.601)
and there is a large number of particles on the magnetic plug:
- Remove the MGB (63-21-00, 4-1).

- Remove the oil pump (63-21-00, 4-4).
- On the epicyclic reduction gear:
Do a check of the planet and the sun gear pinions.
If you find some faults, replace the epicyclic reduction gear (
62-31-00, 4-2) and (62-31-00, 4-3).
- On the bevel reduction gear:
Remove the filler cap and do a check of the bevel ring gear to look
for particles.
Make sure that the teeth of the bevel pair are in good condition.
Do a hand-feel check of the bearings of the MGB input pinion.
If you find some faults, replace the MGB.
- On the MGB oil pump:
Make sure that the bearings of the vertical shaft are in good
condition.
Make sure that the teeth of the MGB oil pump are in good condition.
If you find faults, replace the MGB oil pump.
- Install the oil pump (63-21-00, 4-4).
- Install the MGB (63-21-00, 4-2).
(2) When the "TGB CHIP" light on the warning/caution panel comes:
- Remove the TGB magnetic plug.

- Examine the TGB magnetic plug.
(a) If there are no metal chips, do the fault isolation procedure for the detection system
05-50-00, 6-1 Page 603

2011.03.03
(60-00-00, 1-1).
(b) If you find metal particles in the TGB, do the procedure that follows:
1 Do the procedure to collect the particles:
- Drain the TGB oil (12-10-00, 3-1) and put it through a sieve to collect the
particles.
- Collect the particles from the TGB magnetic plug.
- Remove the TGB oil filler cap to get access to the bottom of the TGB.
Then put a magnetic pin through the filler neck to collect the particles
from the bottom of the TGB.
collected.
2 Make an analysis of the results:

a If the "QT" is more than the criteria specified in the (MTC 20.08.01.601),
replace the TGB (65-21-00, 4-1) and (65-21-00, 4-2).
b If the "QT" is less than the criteria specified in the (MTC 20.08.01.601), do
the procedure that follows:
- Install the TGB magnetic plug.

- Fill the TGB with oil (12-10-00, 3-1).
- Refer to the (FLM Section 8) and do a hover flight at the maximum
weight for ten minutes.
- Refer to the (MTC 20.08.01.601) and examine the TGB magnetic
plug.
- If the "QT" is more than the criteria specified in the (MTC
20.08.01.601), replace the TGB (65-21-00, 4-1) and (65-21-00, 4-2).
20.08.01.601). Also , if the quantity of particles collected on the TGB
magnetic plug is very small, do the special procedure to monitor the
detectors: Each day, refer to the (MTC 20.08.01.601) and examine
the TGB magnetic plug. Do this for a period equal to the number of
hours of flight between the last two checks before you did the test.
20.08.01.601), during this period, examine the TGB magnetic plug at
the normal intervals again. Refer to the (MSM 05-21-00).
(3) When the "MGB TEMP" light on the warning/caution panel comes:
(a) Do a check of the level of the MGB oil:
- If the oil level is correct, do a check of the detection system (63-42-00, 1-1).
- If the oil level is low, do a check for leakage. Then repair or replace the MGB (
63-21-00, 4-1) and (63-21-00, 4-2).
- Fill the MGB with oil (12-10-00, 3-1).
(b) Make sure that the MGB oil cooler is in good condition.
(c) Make sure that the air intake is not blocked.
(d) Refer to the (FLM Section 8) and do a check flight.
(4) When the "MGB P" light on the warning/caution panel comes:
05-50-00, 6-1 Page 604

2011.03.03
NOTE
If the oil level decreases, the "MGB P" alarm can

occur at the same time as the "MGB TEMP" alarm.
(a) Do a check of the level of the MGB oil:

1 If the oil level is normal:
a Do a check of the detection system (63-42-00, 1-1).
b If the detection system is correct, replace:
- the MGB (63-21-00, 4-1) and (63-21-00, 4-2).

- the rotor mast bearings (62-31-00, 4-2) and (62-31-00, 4-3).
- if necessary, the rotor mast (62-31-00, 4-2) and (62-31-00, 4-3).
NOTE
This failure can be caused by:

- a defective oil pump,
- the pressure relief valve blocked in its open
position.
2 If there is no oil, replace:
- the MGB (63-21-00, 4-1) and (63-21-00, 4-2).

(5) When the "MGB P" and the "MGB TEMP" lights come on at the same time:
(a) Replace:
- the MGB (63-21-00, 4-1) and (63-21-00, 4-2).

(6) When the "MGB CHIP" and the "MGB P" lights come on at the same time:
(a) Replace:
- the MGB (63-21-00, 4-1) and (63-21-00, 4-2).

G. Close-up
(1) Close the MGB cowlings.
(2) Remove the servicing platform [703A95-0300-00].
05-50-00, 6-1 Page 605

05-50-00, 6-1 Page 606
2011.03.03

6-3 Steps to be Taken After Rotor Overspeed

62-11-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - Main Rotor Blades
62-11-00, 6-1 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Main Rotor Blades
62-11-00, 6-2 ................................. Checking the Flapping and Dragwise Deflection of
the Main Rotor Blades
62-21-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal - Main Rotor Hub
62-21-00, 4-3 ................................. Disassembly - Main Rotor Hub
64-10-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal - Tail blade assembly
64-10-00, 6-1 ................................. Inspection Trailing - Tail blade
64-10-00, 6-3 ................................. Checking - Tab in rotor center zone (with removal)
65-11-00, 6-1 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Forward shaft Section Assembly
65-11-00, 6-3 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Rear Shaft Section
65-11-00, 6-4 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Flexible Coupling
65-11-00, 6-5 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Bearing
65-21-00, 6-10 ............................... Inspection criteria - Rotor Hub with spherical
laminated Bearing
65-21-00, 6-11 ............................... Inspection Criteria - Pitch Change Links

None

None
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
NOTE
- Overspeed is defined as any incident during

which the main rotor speed exceeded 430 rpm.
- When returning items for overhaul, specify the
reason for removal.
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-3 Page 601

2011.11.18
NOTE
In case of overspeed on the ground, contact

EUROCOPTER Customer Support Department.
(1) Case No. 1: Overspeed above 430 rpm but below 450 rpm:
(a) Main and tail rotor blades:
1 Perform a visual check and a tapping test of the bonded surfaces of:
a the main rotor blades (62-11-00, 6-1),

b the tail rotor blades (64-10-00, 6-1).
(b) Flight controls:
1 Make sure that there are no rough points in the flight controls.
NOTE
If the NR speed exceeded 450 rpm:.

- If the aircraft is equipped with a data recorder
(HUMS or CVFDR type): find the exact NR
overspeed and carry out the procedure below.
- If the aircraft is not equipped with a data
recorder (HUMS or CVFDR type): contact
EUROCOPTER Customer Support Department.
- If the aircraft is equipped with a VEMD and if
there was no de synchronisation, use the NF
values (= NR) and carry out the procedure
below.
(a) Main rotor hub:
1 Remove the MRH (62-21-00, 4-1) for overhaul.

a Remove and discard the blade sleeve flanges (62-21-00, 4-3) for the
following part numbers:
- 350A31-1831-06
- 350A31-1831-07
b Discard the sleeve / spherical thrust bearing attachment bolts,
c Discard the mast / hub attachment bolts.

(b) Tail rotor blades:
1 Remove the tail rotor blades (64-10-00, 4-1) and send them to an approved
repair workshop.
a Carry out a visual check and a tapping test of the bonded surfaces (
64-10-00, 6-1).
b Check for straightness: maximum 3 mm (.118 in.),
c Examine the blade (64-10-00, 6-3).
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-3 Page 602

2011.11.18
(c) Flight controls:

1 Make sure that there are no rough points in the flight controls.
(d) Main rotor blades:
1 Carry out a visual check and a tapping test of the bonded surfaces of the main
rotor blades (62-11-00, 6-1).
2 Measure the drag deflection of the blades (62-11-00, 6-2).
(e) Tail rotor drive:
1 Visually inspect (overall appearance) the tail rotor drive:
- tube-to-flange attachment (65-11-00, 6-1) and (65-11-00, 6-3),

- attachment of the bearings (65-11-00, 6-5),
- condition of the flexible couplings (65-11-00, 6-4).
(f) Tail rotor hub:
1 Inspect:
- the hub body and the laminated bearings (65-21-00, 6-10),

- the pitch rods (65-21-00, 6-11),
(a) Carry out the operations of case No. 2, plus:
(b) Remove and discard the Starflex star (62-21-00, 4-3).

(c) Remove the main rotor blades (62-11-00, 4-1) and send them to an approved repair
workshop
1 Use a dynamic bench to identify the adjustment parameters.
2 Discard the blade pins.

(d) Remove and discard the sleeve flanges (62-21-00, 4-3) (all P/Ns).
(4) Case No. 4: Overspeed above 500 rpm:
(a) Carry out the operations of case No. 3, plus:

(b) Remove and discard the main rotor blades (62-11-00, 4-1).
(c) Remove and discard the tail rotor blades (64-10-00, 4-1).
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-3 Page 603

Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-3 Page 604
2011.11.18

6-4a Procedure After Overtorque PRE MOD 074302

62-11-00, 6-2 ................................. Checking the Flapping and Dragwise Deflection of
62-21-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal - Main Rotor Hub
62-21-00, 6-1 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Starflex Assembly
62-21-00, 6-3 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Upper and Lower Blade Attach
Beams
62-21-00, 6-4 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Spherical Thrust Bearing
62-21-00, 6-5 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Bolt of the Spherical Thrust
Bearing
62-21-00, 6-7 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Frequency Adapters
62-21-00, 6-8 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Mast / Hub Attachment bolt
62-21-00, 6-14 ............................... Inspection Criteria - Bolt of the Frequency Adapterst
62-31-00, 4-2 ................................. Disassembly - Rotor Mast Assembly
63-31-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - Bi-directional Cross-bar
63-31-00, 4-2 ................................. Removal / Installation - Laminate Suspension Blocks
63-31-00, 6-2 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Laminate Suspension Blocks
bracket
63-31-00, 6-3 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Laminate Suspension Block Bolt
63-31-00, 6-4 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Coupling Cross-bar
64-10-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Trailing - Tail blade <sbmod ><mdeff
mdnbr="075595" mdcond="POST" ></sbmod >
65-11-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Forward Shaft Section Assembly
65-11-00, 6-3 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Rear Shaft Section
65-11-00, 6-4 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Flexible Coupling
65-11-00, 6-8 ................................ Check - Alignment of tail rotor drive shaft

None

None
B. Special Tools
None
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-4a Page 601

2012.05.30
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
(1) Do the procedure after an overtorque:
(a) Write the total time for each torque value range in the tables 1 and 2.
(b) Calculate the damage to the MGB from the total times.
(c) Do the procedures given in the tables 2 and 3 for the related overtorque values and
the calculated damage to the MGB.
(2) Record the overtorque values:
(a) Table for the total times in each torque value range (Tables 1 and 2):
- You must write in the tables after each flight when there was overtorque.
- The information is shown on the "OVER LIMIT" page of the VEMD.
- The pilot gives the flight configuration when there was overtorque.
- If the pilot does not give the flight configuration when there was overtorque,
you must write that there was overtorque in forward flight.
- You must send the tables 1 and 2 with the MGB log card.
(b) Forward flight:
FORWARD FLIGHT when the IAS is more than 40 kts

OVERTORQUE (%) 105 to 110 110 to 118 118 to 131 More than 131
VEMD INDICATION TRQ TRA TRQ MED TRQ EXT MAX
TIME IN EACH RANGE
TOTAL TIME IN EACH RAGE t1 in Min. t2 in Min. Overhall MGB when the torque
OF TORQUE VALUES is greater than 118%
Table 601 Forward flight

(c) Hover flight:
Hover flight when the IAS is less than

TIME IN EACH RANGE
TOTAL TIME IN EACH RAGE t3 in Min. t4 in Min. t5 in Min. Overhall MGB
OF TORQUE VALUES when the
torque is
greater than
132 %
Table 602 Hover flight

(3) Use the total times to calculate the damage to the MGB:
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-4a Page 602

2012.05.30
(a) Damage from overtorque during a forward flight "A" = (t1/35) + (t2/22)
(b) Damage from overtorque during a hover flight "B" = (t3/114) + (t4/43) + (t5/19)
NOTE
If "A + B" is equal to or more than 1: do an overhaul

of the MGB.
(4) You must do the procedures that follow if you have an overtorque:
(a) During a forward flight when the IAS is more than 40 kts:
OVERTORQUE PROCEDURE
Less than 105 % None.
Between 105 and 110 % If the damage level "A" is equal to or more than 1:
do an overhaul of the MGB.
Irrespective of the overtorque time:
- Main Rotor Hub
. Do a visual check of the frequency adapters
and of the distance between the top and the
bottom flanges (62-21-00, 6-7),
. Do a visual check of the spherical thrust
bearings (62-21-00, 6-4),
. Do a visual check of the STARFLEX hub (
62-21-00, 6-1).
Between 110 and 118 % Irrespective of the overtorque time:
Perform the steps to be taken in case of overtorque
"between 105 and 110%"
- Plus
a) Main gearbox
. Replace the laminate blocks (63-31-00, 4-2),
. Examine the bi-directional cross bar (
63-31-00, 6-4).
. Examine the bolts and the supports of the
laminate blocks (63-31-00, 6-2) and (63-31-00,
6-3).
b) Main Rotor Hub
bearings (62-21-00, 6-4),
. Inspect the MRH (loose bushes at arm ends,
inspection for cracks at the bushes of the
centre part, at the recesses of the spherical
thrust bearing and on the flexible arms) (
62-21-00, 6-1).
. Inspect the mast/hub attachment bolts (
62-21-00, 6-8), the spherical thrust bearing
bolts (62-21-00, 6-5) and the damper/sleeve
bolts (62-21-00, 6-14).
. Inspect the sleeve flanges (62-21-00, 6-3).
.Visually inspect the elastomer parts of the
spherical thrust bearings (62-21-00, 6-4).
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-4a Page 603

2012.05.30
- Plus
a) Main gearbox
. Discard the bidirectional suspension cross-
member (63-31-00, 4-1).
. Carry out the overhaul of the MGB.
b) MGB/engine coupling
. Inspect the flexible couplings of the MGB/engine
coupling (63-31-00, 6-1) (discard the flexible
couplings and the attachments if anomalies are
found).
- More than 130% (for 634kw) (for blades) Main rotor blades: Do a check of the condition of
the main rotor blades (62-11-00, 6-1) and measure
the dragwise deflection as per (62-11-00, 6-2).
Tail rotor: Do a check of the appearance and the
bonding with a tap test (64-10-00, 6-1).
See Note 1
More than 131 % Irrespective of the overtorque time:
- Plus
a) Tail rotor drive
. Make sure that the rivets are not loose and that
the paint is not flaking on the tube / flange
assemblies (65-11-00, 6-1) and (65-11-00, 6-3),
. Examine the flexible couplings (65-11-00, 6-1) and
(65-11-00, 6-4),
. Do a check of the alignment of the tail rotor drive
shaft (65-11-00, 6-8).
b) Main rotor Hub
- Discard and replace:
. the STARFLEX hub (62-21-00, 4-1),
. the bolt of the spherical thrust bearing (62-21
-00, 4-3),
. the bolt of the frequency adapters (62-21-00,
4-3),
. the blade sleeves (62-21-00, 4-3),
. The bolts that attach the rotor mast to the
hub (62-21-00, 4-3)
. the main rotor mast (62-21-00, 4-2).
c) Main Rotor Blades
. Do a check of the blades for condition (62-11
-00, 6-1).
. Do a check of the dragwise deflection of the
main rotor blades (62-11-00, 6-2).
Table 603 During a forward flight when the IAS is more than 40 kts
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-4a Page 604

2012.05.30
NOTE
1. If there is overtorque around hover flight, do a

check of the blade after the mechanical removal
(64-10-00, 6-2).
NOTE
When you send for overhaul also send the

information related to the overtorque (Table 1 which
gives the total time). This will help the overhaul
team to make a decision about the maintenance
operations that they must do.
(b) During a hover flight when the IAS is less than 40 kts:
Between 105 and 110 % If the damage level "B" 1: do an overhaul of the
MGB.
Between 110 and 118 % If the damage level "B" ≥ 1: do an overhaul of the
MGB.
- Main Rotor Hub
bearings (62-21-00, 6-4),
. Do a visual check of the STARFLEX hub (
62-21-00, 6-1).
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-4a Page 605

2012.05.30
"between 110 and 118 %"
- Plus
a) Main gearbox
. Examine the bi-directionel cross bar (
63-31-00, 6-4)
6-3).
b) Main Rotor Hub
bearings (62-21-00, 6-4),
Inspect the MRH (loose bushes at arm ends,
thrust bearing and on the flexible arms (
62-21-00, 6-1).
. Inspect the mast/hub attachment bolts (
62-21-00, 6-8), the spherical thrust bearing
bolts (62-21-00, 6-5) and the damper/sleeve
bolts (62-21-00, 6-14).
the dragwise deflection as per (62-11-00, 6-2 ).
See Note 1
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-4a Page 606

2012.05.30
"between 118 and 131 %"
- Plus
a) Main gearbox
.Discard and replace the bi-directional cross bar (63
-31-00, 4-1)
found).
c) Main rotor Hub
-00, 4-3),
4-3),
. The bolts that attach the rotor mast to the
hub (62-21-00, 4-3)
d) Main Rotor Blades
-00, 6-1).
Table 604 During a hover flight when the IAS is less than 40 kts
NOTE

(62-11-00, 6-2).
NOTE
When you send the MGB for overhaul, also send

the information related to the overtorque (Table 2
which gives the total time). This will help the overhaul
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-4a Page 607

Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-4a Page 608
2012.05.30

6-4b Procedure After Overtorque POST MOD 074302

62-11-00, 6-2 ................................ Checking the Flapping and Dragwise Deflection of
62-21-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal - Main Rotor Hub
62-21-00, 4-3 ................................ Disassembly - Main Rotor Hub
62-21-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Starflex Assembly
62-21-00, 6-3 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Upper and Lower Blade Attach
Beams
62-21-00, 6-5 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Bolt of the Spherical Thrust
Bearing
62-21-00, 6-8 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Mast / Hub Attachment bolt
62-21-00, 6-14 .............................. Inspection Criteria - Bolt of the Frequency Adapterst
62-31-00, 4-2 ................................ Disassembly - Rotor Mast Assembly
63-31-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Bi-directional Cross-bar
63-31-00, 4-2 ................................ Removal / Installation - Laminate Suspension Blocks
63-31-00, 6-2 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Laminate Suspension Blocks
bracket
63-31-00, 6-3 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Laminate Suspension Block Bolt
63-31-00, 6-4 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Coupling Cross-bar
TURBOMECA EMM

None

None
B. Special Tools
None
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-4b Page 601

2012.06.19
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
(1) Do the procedure after an overtorque:
(a) Write the total time for each torque value range in the tables 1 and 2.
(b) Calculate the damage to the MGB from the total times.
(c) Do the procedures given in the tables 2 and 3 for the related overtorque values and
the calculated damage to the MGB.
(2) Record the overtorque values:
(a) Table for the total times in each torque value range (Tables 1 and 2):
- You must write in the tables after each flight when there was overtorque.
- The information is shown on the "OVER LIMIT" page of the VEMD.
- The pilot gives the flight configuration when there was overtorque.
- If the pilot does not give the flight configuration when there was overtorque,
you must write that there was overtorque in forward flight.
- You must send the tables 1 and 2 with the MGB log card.
(b) Forward flight:
FORWARD FLIGHT when the IAS is more than 40 kts

TIME IN EACH RANGE
TOTAL TIME IN EACH RAGE t1 in Min. t2 in Min. Overhall MGB when the torque
OF TORQUE VALUES is greater than 118%
Table 601 Forward flight

(c) Hover flight:
Hover flight when the IAS is less than

TIME IN EACH RANGE
TOTAL TIME IN EACH RAGE t3 in Min. t4 in Min. t5 in Min. Overhall MGB
OF TORQUE VALUES when the
torque is
greater than
132%
Table 602 Hover flight

(3) Use the total times to calculate the damage to the MGB:
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-4b Page 602

2012.06.19
(a) Damage from overtorque during a forward flight "A" = (t1/35) + (t2/22)
(b) Damage from overtorque during a hover flight "B" = (t3/114) + (t4/43) + (t5/19)
NOTE
If "A + B" is equal to or more than 1: do an overhaul

of the MGB.
(4) You must do the procedures that follow if you have an overtorque:
(a) During a forward flight when the IAS is more than 40 kts:
Between 105 and 110 % If the damage level "A" is equal to or more than 1:
do an overhaul of the MGB.
- Main Rotor Hub
bearings (62-21-00, 6-4),
. Do a visual check of the STARFLEX hub (62-
21-00, 6-1).
- Plus
a) Main gearbox
. Examine the bi-directional cross bar (63-31-
00, 6-4).
6-3).
b) Main Rotor Hub
bearings (62-21-00, 6-4),
. Inspect the MRH (loose bushes at arm ends,
thrust bearing and on the flexible arms) (62-21
-00, 6-1).
. Inspect the mast/hub attachment bolts (62-21
-00, 6-8), the spherical thrust bearing bolts (62
-21-00, 6-5) and the damper/sleeve bolts (62-
21-00, 6-14).
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-4b Page 603

2012.06.19
- Plus
a) Main gearbox
. Discard the bidirectional suspension cross-
member (63-31-00, 4-1).
found).
See Note 1
- Plus
a) Tail rotor drive
. Make sure that the rivets are not loose and that
the paint is not flaking on the tube / flange
assemblies (65-11-00, 6-1) and (65-11-00, 6-3),
. Examine the flexible couplings (65-11-00, 6-1) and
(65-11-00, 6-4),
. Do a check of the alignment of the tail rotor drive
shaft (65-11-00, 6-8).
b) Main rotor Hub
-00, 4-3),
4-3),
. the bolts that attach the rotor mast to the hub
(62-21-00, 4-3)
. the main rotor mast 62-31-00, 4-2).
Table 603 During a forward flight when the IAS is more than 40 kts
NOTE

(64-10-00, 6-2).
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-4b Page 604

2012.06.19
NOTE
When you send for overhaul also send the

information related to the overtorque (Table 1 which
gives the total time). This will help the overhaul
(b) During a hover flight when the IAS is less than 40 kts:
Between 105 and 110 % If the damage level "B" 1: do an overhaul of the
MGB.
Between 110 and 118 % If the damage level "B" ≥ 1: do an overhaul of the
MGB.
- Main Rotor Hub
bearings (62-21-00, 6-4),
. Do a visual check of the STARFLEX hub (62-
21-00, 6-1).
- Plus
a) Main gearbox
. Examine the bi-directionel cross bar (63-31-
00, 6-4)
6-3).
b) Main Rotor Hub
bearings (62-21-00, 6-4),
Inspect the MRH (loose bushes at arm ends,
thrust bearing and on the flexible arms (62-21-
00, 6-1).
. Inspect the mast/hub attachment bolts (62-21
-00, 6-8), the spherical thrust bearing bolts (62
-21-00, 6-5) and the damper/sleeve bolts (62-
21-00, 6-14).
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-4b Page 605

2012.06.19
See Note 1
- Plus
a) Main gearbox
.Discard and replace the bi-directional cross bar (63
-31-00, 4-1)
found).
c) Main rotor Hub
-00, 4-3),
4-3),
. the bolts that attach the rotor mast to the hub
(62-21-00, 4-3)
d) Main Rotor Blades
-00, 6-1).
Table 604 During a hover flight when the IAS is less than 40 kts
NOTE

(64-10-00, 6-2).
NOTE
When you send the MGB for overhaul, also send

the information related to the overtorque (Table 2
which gives the total time). This will help the overhaul
(5) Free wheel
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-4b Page 606

2012.06.19
(a) Free wheel torque limitations:
- maximum stabilised torque: 100% (853 N.m),

- maximum transient torque: 110% (938 N.m),
- an exceedance time greater than 10 seconds, for values ranging between
100,1% and 110% during the same event.
(b) Steps to be taken in case of overtorque:
- remove the free wheel assembly as per TURBOMECA EMM and return it to
the engine manufacturer by stating the reason for removal.
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-4b Page 607

Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-4b Page 608
2012.06.19

6-5a Procedure After a Hard Landing PRE MOD 074302

EMM TURBOMECA
25.11.73 CMM
05-50-00, 6-6 ................................ Procedure After Impact on a Main Rotor Blade
05-50-00, 6-7 ................................ Steps to be Taken After Impact on the Tail Rotor
Blade
05-50-00, 6-25 .............................. Inspection of the components and optional equipment
involved in a hard landing
28-11-00, 5-1 ................................ Adjustment - Fuel Tank Strap Tension
32-11-00, 4-4 ................................ Disassembly / Reassembly of a damper
32-11-00, 6-3 ................................ Inspection criteria - Landing gear attachments
32-11-00, 6-4 ................................ Inspection criteria - Tail Blades and Dampers
52-11-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Crew Door
52-12-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Sliding Door
52-13-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Flap Door
53-31-00, 6-1 ................................ Check - Torque on Intermediate Structure/Tail Boom
Connecting
55-11-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Horizontal Stabilizer
56-11-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Windshield / Glazed panel / Door
Window
62-21-00, 6-3 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Upper and Lower Blade Attack
Beams
62-21-00, 6-6 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Blade Attachment Pin
62-21-00, 6-8 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Mast-Hub Attachment Bolt
62-21-00, 6-12 .............................. Inspection Criteria - Blade Horn
63-32-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Criteria - MGB Suspension Bar
63-32-00, 6-2 ................................ Inspection Criteria - MGB Suspension Bar Bolt
67-31-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal - Servocontrol
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-5a Page 601

2011.06.23
67-32-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Main Rotor Servocontrols

None

20.02.09.101 MTC
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Inspection for cracks must be carried out, except otherwise instructed, in accordance with
the instructions of (MTC 20.02.09.101).
F. Procedure
(1) Hard landing with power
(a) Two types of checks must be carried out:
- IF DEFECTS ARE FOUND, IT IS STRICTLY

FORBIDDEN TO RESUME THE FLIGHT.
- REPLACE THE TAIL BOOM.
1 Check after the incident:
a The purpose is to make sure, prior to resuming the mission, that there is
no damage which may jeopardize flight safety.
- Inspect the bottom part of the tail boom, in the area between the
junction frame and the bearing No. 4 support frame, in a sector of
45˚ on both sides of the aircraft centerline.
- This operation must be carried out in two steps in order to detect any
local defects (dents, residual bends, even slight):
. Visually,
. Manually (sensitive check).
2 Detailed inspection after return to base:
a The purpose is to carry out the detailed inspections to look for non visible
distortions.
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-5a Page 602

2011.06.23
- Perform an inspection of equipment and optional equipment (05-50-

00, 6-25).
- Check the tail rotor drive shaft for correct alignment (65-11-00, 6-8).
- Inspect the landing gear (32-11-00, 6-1), (32-11-00, 6-3) and (32-11-
00, 6-4).
(2) Hard landing after autorotation

(a) Definition
- Hard landing after autorotation is defined as landing carried out at the time of
impact, with the estimated values below:
. Either a load factor of 4g,
. Or a vertical speed exceeding 2.5 m/s.
(b) Carry out the operations below:

1 Crew and passenger seats:
- Do a complete inspection of the seat in accordance with the checks

specified in the "CHECKS" chapter of CMM 25.11.73.
Check that the energy absorption system is not distorted.
In case of doubt, return the seat to the supplier.
2 Fuel tank:
- Inspect for distortions on the fuel tank supports and their attachments.
- Check the tension of the fuel tank straps (28-11-00, 5-1).
3 Landing gear:
- Inspect the landing gear (32-11-00, 6-1), (32-11-00, 6-3) and (32-11-00, 6-
4).
- Remove the shock absorber for overhaul (32-11-00, 4-4).
4 Airframe
NOTE
Distortion or incorrect alignment of the doors and

cowlings can be caused by abnormal structural
stresses.
a Cargo compartment
- Inspect the skin of the cargo compartment (blisters),

- Inspect the stringers between the cross members for local buckling.
b Tail boom
- Inspect the skin of the lower part of the tail boom (blisters),
- Inspect the stringers between the cross members for local buckling,
- Inspect the web of the tail boom / cargo compartment junction frame
for flatness,
- Inspect the tail boom / cargo compartment junction bracket for
distortion,
- Check the tightening torque of the tail boom / cargo compartment
attachment bolts (53-31-00, 6-1).
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-5a Page 603

2011.06.23
c Inspect the horizontal stabilizer (55-11-00, 6-1).
d Inspect the windshields (56-11-00, 6-1).

e Inspect the following:
- the crew doors (52-11-00, 6-1),

- the sliding doors (52-12-00, 6-1),
- the sub-door (52-13-00, 6-1).
f Inspect the following:
- the upper cowlings,

- the lower cowlings.
5 Tail rotor
NOTE
If the tail rotor blades hit a foreign object during the

hard landing, refer to Task (05-50-00, 6-7).
- Carry out a visual check of the tail rotor blades and a tapping test of the
bonded areas (64-10-00, 6-1).
6 Main rotor
NOTE
If the main rotor blades hit the airframe or a foreign

object during the hard landing, refer to Task (05-50-
00, 6-6).
- Check the drag and flap deflection (62-11-00, 6-2).

- Remove the damaged blade(s) for repair (62-11-00, 4-1).
- Inspect the undamaged blade(s) (62-11-00, 6-1).
a Inspect the STARFLEX star (62-21-00, 6-1).
b Visually inspect the lower and upper sleeves (62-21-00, 6-3).
- If an anomaly is detected during the inspection:

. Remove the parts in question for repair,
. Discard the blade pins,
. Discard the sleeve / spherical thrust bearing attachment bolts.
- If one sleeve exhibits damage (buckling type):
. Carry out the general overhaul of the MGB.
c Inspect the spherical thrust bearings (62-21-00, 6-4).

d Inspect the frequency adapters (62-21-00, 6-7).
e Inspect the blade pins (62-21-00, 6-6).
f Inspect the mast / hub attachment bolts (62-21-00, 6-8).

g Make sure that there are no marks left by the droop restrainers on the
droop restrainer stirrup.
h Inspect the blade pitch horns (62-21-00, 6-12).
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-5a Page 604

2011.06.23
- If a blade pitch horn is cracked or deformed:

. Inspect the following items for cracks (fluorescent penetrant
inspection): servo-control attachments on the MGB casing, fork
fittings and arms of the swashplates,
. Remove the main servo-controls for overhaul (67-31-00, 4-1) or (67
-32-00, 4-1)
i Inspect the pitch change rods for condition and straightness (62-33-00, 6-
1).
- If a pitch change rod is cracked or deformed:

. Remove the main servo-controls for overhaul (67-31-00, 4-1) and (
67-32-00, 4-1)
7 Main gearbox
a Inspect the following items for cracks (fluorescent penetrant inspection):
. attachment lugs, suspension bars, upper casing,
. attachment fittings, suspension bars, transmission deck,
. suspension bar attachment fork fittings.
b Inspect the suspension bars (63-32-00, 6-1).
c Inspect the suspension bar bolts (63-32-00, 6-2).

d Inspect the suspension cross-member (63-31-00, 6-4) and the laminated
thrust bearings (63-31-00, 6-1).
- If an anomaly is detected during inspection:

. Inspect the MGB lower casing for cracks.
8 Tail gearbox
a Inspect the front fittings of the TGB casing for cracks.
9 MGB/engine coupling
a Inspect the flared housing / MGB attachment fitting for cracks.

10 Engine
a Refer to TURBOMECA EMM (according to installed engine).
11 Engine mounts
a Inspect the engine mounts for cracks.
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-5a Page 605

Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-5a Page 606
2011.06.23

6-5b Procedure After a Hard Landing POST MOD 074302

EMM TURBOMECA
25.11.73 CMM
05-40-00, 6-6 ................................ Checks after the last flight of the day (ALF)
05-50-00, 6-6 ................................ Procedure After Impact on a Main Rotor Blade
05-50-00, 6-7 ................................ Steps to be Taken After Impact on the Tail Rotor
Blade
05-50-00, 6-25 .............................. Inspection of the components and optional equipment
involved in a hard landing
28-11-00, 5-1 ................................ Adjustment - Fuel Tank Strap Tension
32-11-00, 4-4 ................................ Disassembly / Reassembly of a damper
32-11-00, 6-4 ................................ Inspection criteria - Tail Blades and Dampers
52-11-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Crew Door
52-12-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Sliding Door
52-13-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Flap Door
53-31-00, 6-1 ................................ Check - Torque on Intermediate Structure/Tail Boom
Connecting
55-11-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Horizontal Stabilizer
56-11-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Windshield / Glazed panel / Door
Window
Beams
63-32-00, 6-2 ................................ Inspection Criteria - MGB Suspension Bar Bolt
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-5b Page 601

2012.06.19


None

20.02.09.101 MTC
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Inspection for cracks must be carried out, except otherwise instructed, in accordance with
the instructions of (20.02.09.101 MTC).
F. Procedure
(1) Hard landing with power
(a) Two types of checks must be carried out:
- IF DEFECTS ARE FOUND, IT IS STRICTLY

FORBIDDEN TO RESUME THE FLIGHT.
- REPLACE THE TAIL BOOM (53-31-00, 4-1).
1 Check after the incident:
a The purpose is to make sure, prior to resuming the mission, that there is
no damage which may jeopardize flight safety.
- Inspect the bottom part of the tail boom, in the area between the
junction frame and the bearing No. 4 support frame, in a sector of
45˚ on both sides of the aircraft centerline.
- This operation must be carried out in two steps in order to detect any
local defects (dents, residual bends, even slight):
. Visually,
. Manually (sensitive check).
- Check engagement of the free wheel (05-40-00, 6-6).
2 Detailed inspection after return to base:
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-5b Page 602

2012.06.19
a The purpose is to carry out the detailed inspections to look for non visible
distortions.
- Perform an inspection of equipment and optional equipment (05-50-

00, 6-25).
- Check the tail rotor drive shaft for correct alignment (65-11-00, 6-8).
- Inspect the landing gear (32-11-00, 6-1), (32-11-00, 6-3) and (32-11-
00, 6-4).
(2) Hard landing after autorotation
(a) Definition
- Hard landing after autorotation is defined as landing carried out at the time of
impact, with the estimated values below:
. Either a load factor of 4g,
. Or a vertical speed exceeding 2.5 m/s.
(b) Carry out the operations below:

1 Crew and passenger seats:
- Do a complete inspection of the seat in accordance with the checks

specified in the "CHECKS" chapter of 25.11.73 CMM.
Check that the energy absorption system is not distorted.
In case of doubt, return the seat to the supplier.
2 Fuel tank:
- Inspect for distortions on the fuel tank supports and their attachments.
- Check the tension of the fuel tank straps (28-11-00, 5-1).
3 Landing gear:
- Inspect the landing gear (32-11-00, 6-1), (32-11-00, 6-3) and (32-11-00, 6-
4).
- Remove the shock absorber for overhaul (32-11-00, 4-4).
4 Airframe
NOTE
Distortion or incorrect alignment of the doors and

cowlings can be caused by abnormal structural
stresses.
a Cargo compartment
- Inspect the skin of the cargo compartment (blisters),

- Inspect the stringers between the cross members for local buckling.
b Tail boom
- Inspect the skin of the lower part of the tail boom (blisters),
- Inspect the stringers between the cross members for local buckling,
- Inspect the web of the tail boom / cargo compartment junction frame
for flatness,
- Inspect the tail boom / cargo compartment junction bracket for
distortion,
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-5b Page 603

2012.06.19
- Check the tightening torque of the tail boom / cargo compartment

c Inspect the horizontal stabilizer (55-11-00, 6-1).

d Inspect the windshields (56-11-00, 6-1).
e Inspect the following:
- the crew doors (52-11-00, 6-1),

- the sliding doors (52-12-00, 6-1),
- the sub-door (52-13-00, 6-1).
f Inspect the following:
- the upper cowlings,

- the lower cowlings.
5 Tail rotor
NOTE
If the tail rotor blades hit a foreign object during the

hard landing, refer to Task (05-50-00, 6-7).
- Carry out a visual check of the tail rotor blades and a tapping test of the
bonded areas (64-10-00, 6-1).
6 Main rotor
NOTE
If the main rotor blades hit the airframe or a foreign

object during the hard landing, refer to Task (05-50-
00, 6-6).
- Check the drag and flap deflection (62-11-00, 6-2).

- Remove the damaged blade(s) for repair (62-11-00, 4-1).
- Inspect the undamaged blade(s) (62-11-00, 6-1).
a Inspect the STARFLEX star (62-21-00, 6-1).
b Visually inspect the lower and upper sleeves (62-21-00, 6-3).
- If an anomaly is detected during the inspection:

. Remove the parts in question for repair,
. Discard the blade pins,
. Discard the sleeve / spherical thrust bearing attachment bolts.
- If one sleeve exhibits damage (buckling type):
. Carry out the general overhaul of the MGB.
c Inspect the spherical thrust bearings (62-21-00, 6-4).
d Inspect the frequency adapters (62-21-00, 6-7).
e Inspect the blade pins (62-21-00, 6-6).

f Inspect the mast / hub attachment bolts (62-21-00, 6-8).
g Make sure that there are no marks left by the droop restrainers on the
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-5b Page 604

2012.06.19
droop restrainer stirrup.

h Inspect the blade pitch horns (62-21-00, 6-12).
- If a blade pitch horn is cracked or deformed:

. Remove the main servo-controls for overhaul (67-31-00, 4-1) or (67
-32-00, 4-1)
i Inspect the pitch change rods for condition and straightness (62-33-00, 6-
1).
- If a pitch change rod is cracked or deformed:

. Remove the main servo-controls for overhaul (67-31-00, 4-1) and (
67-32-00, 4-1)
7 Main gearbox
a Inspect the following items for cracks (fluorescent penetrant inspection):
. attachment lugs, suspension bars, upper casing,
. attachment fittings, suspension bars, transmission deck,
. suspension bar attachment fork fittings.
b Inspect the suspension bars (63-32-00, 6-1).
c Inspect the suspension bar bolts (63-32-00, 6-2).

d Inspect the suspension cross-member (63-31-00, 6-4) and the laminated
thrust bearings (63-31-00, 6-1).
- If an anomaly is detected during inspection:

. Inspect the MGB lower casing for cracks.
8 Tail gearbox
a Inspect the front fittings of the TGB casing for cracks.

9 MGB/engine coupling
a Inspect the flared housing / MGB attachment fitting for cracks.
10 Engine
a Refer to EMM TURBOMECA.
11 Engine mounts
a Inspect the engine mounts for cracks.

12 Free wheel
a Replace the free wheel as per EMM TURBOMECA and return it to the
engine manufacturer by stating the reason for removal.
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-5b Page 605

Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-5b Page 606
2012.06.19

6-6 Procedure After Impact on a Main Rotor Blade

05-40-00, 6-6 ................................ Checks after the last flight of the day (ALF)
Beams
62-31-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Rotor Mast
62-31-00, 6-4 ................................ Verification - Rotor mast sealant bead
62-32-00, 6-2 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Swashplate Guide
62-32-00, 6-3 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Swashplate Ball-joint
62-33-00, 6-2 ................................ Inspection Criteria - "Diapason" Scissors Link
62-33-00, 6-3 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Scissors Link

60-00-00, 6-2 ................................ Check - Chips Detector

20.02.09.601 MTC
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
(1) Definition
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-6 Page 601

2011.11.30
Impact on a blade when the ROTOR TURNS is defined as when something hits the
blade with sufficient force to cause the rotor speed to decrease suddenly.
Impact on a blade when the ROTOR IS STOPPED is defined as when something hits a
blade during a ground operation.
Light Hit
- An impact on the trailing edge when the rotor turns,

- an impact on the leading edge when the rotor is stopped.
Important Hit
- An impact on the leading edge when the rotor turns,

- an impact on the trailing edge when the rotor is stopped,
- an impact on the blade top or bottom surface when the rotor turns or when it is
stopped.
(2) Check
(a) Light Hit
1 Do a check of the damaged main rotor blade(s) (62-11-00, 6-1).

2 Do a check of the STARFLEX rotor hub (62-21-00, 6-1).
3 Carry out the check for the damaged blade(s):
- of the frequency adapter(s) (62-21-00, 6-7),

- of the spherical thrust bearing(s) (62-21-00, 6-4).
(b) Important Hit
IN CASE OF SIGNIFICANT SHOCK, ALSO CARRY

OUT THE INSPECTIONS DEFINED IN THE
ENGINE MAINTENANCE MANUAL.
1 Remove the damaged main rotor blade(s) (62-11-00, 4-1) and repair them if
possible.
NOTE
Carry out a check of the drag and flapping deflection

(62-11-00, 6-2) prior to sending the blades for repair.
2 Carry out the check of the undamaged blades (62-11-00, 6-1).

3 Carry out a check of the drag and flapping deflection of the undamaged main
rotor blades (62-11-00, 6-2).
4 Do a check of the STARFLEX rotor hub (62-21-00, 6-1).
5 Carry out the check of the three frequency adapters, especially the gap
between the upper and lower edges (62-21-00, 6-7).
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-6 Page 602

2011.11.30
6 Do a check of the three spherical thrust bearings (62-21-00, 6-4).
7 Do a check of the attach beams of the three blades. It is very important that
you refer to the criteria after an incident (62-21-00, 6-3).
8 Do a check of the perpendicularity and of the concentricity of the bolts that
attach the rotor mast to the hub (62-21-00, 6-8).
9 Examine the bolts of the three spherical thrust bearings to make sure that they
have not moved.
10 Examine the part of the rotor mast that you can see (62-31-00, 6-1).
NOTE
If you find a defect during the checks, do the

procedure below:
- Send MGB back to the factory for overhaul
(spiral-bevel and epicyclic modules).
- Send the STARFLEX hub back to the factory.
- Send the blade sleeves back to the factory.
- Discard bolts attaching bevel gear / vertical
shaft.
- Discrad planet gear carrier.
- Discard the frequency adapters and the
spherical thrust bearings.
- Discard the bolts that attach the rotor mast to
the hub and the bolts of the spherical thrust
bearings.
- Discard the rotor mast.
- Discard the flexible couplings and the bolts of
the engine-to-MGB coupling shaft.
11 Do a check of the MGB suspension bars (63-32-00, 6-1).
12 Do a dye penetrant inspection (MTC 20.02.09.601) to look for cracks on the

parts below:
- the lugs that attach the suspension bars to the top casing of the MGB,
- the fittings that attach the suspension bars to the transmission deck,
- the yokes that attach the suspension bars.
13 Examine the links of the scissors that turn and the links of those that do not
turn (62-33-00, 6-2) and (62-33-00, 6-3).
14 Do a check of the swashplate guide (62-32-00, 6-2).
15 Check that the seal is present on the mast (62-31-00, 6-4).
16 Carry out the check of the swashplate ball joint (62-32-00, 6-3)
17 Carry out the check of the three pitch horns (62-21-00, 6-12)
18 Carry out the check of the three pitch change rods, especially for straightness
of the rod bodies (62-33-00, 6-1).
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-6 Page 603

2011.11.30
NOTE
If you find defects on one or more blade horns or on

one or more pitch control rods, do the procedure
below:
- Do a dye penetrant inspection (MTC
20.02.09.601) to look for cracks on the lugs that
attach the three servocontrols to the MGB and
to the swashplate.
- Send the three servocontrols back to the
factory.
- Discard the swashplate bearing.
- Discard the swashplate guide.
19 Examine the bi-directional cross bar (63-31-00, 6-4) and the laminate
suspension blocks (63-31-00, 6-1).
NOTE
If the bi-directional cross beam is damaged, do a dye

penetrant inspection (MTC 20.02.09.601) to look for
cracks on the bottom of the MGB casing.
20 Do a dye penetrant inspection (MTC 20.02.09.601) to look for cracks on the
attachment points of the bi-directional cross beam.
21 Inspect the rotor mast for cracks (magnetic particle inspection) (contact
Eurocopter Customer Support Department).
22 Check the rotor mast for straightness (62-31-00, 6-1).
NOTE
In case of significant impact, without removal of the

MGB or of the main rotor mast, carry out a check
of the magnetic chip detectors (60-00-00, 6-2) and
of the oil filter during the daily checks which follow
the incident. If no anomalies are found, resume the
normal maintenance cycle.
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-6 Page 604


6-7 Steps to be Taken After Impact/Unbalance on the Tail Rotor Blade

None

60-00-00, 6-2 ................................. Check - Chips Detector
65-11-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal - Forward Shaft Section
65-11-00, 4-5 ................................. Removal - Rear Shaft Section
65-11-00, 6-10 ............................... Checks for Deflection, Twisting and Perpendicularity
of the Flanges on the Shatf Rear Section
65-21-00, 4-8 ................................. Removal / Installation - Rotor Hub
65-21-00, 6-19 ............................... Inspection Criteria - Rotor Shaft
71-11-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal - Engine

20.02.09.101 MTC
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None
None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Definitions
(a) Impact on blade with rotor turning
- The impact on "blade with rotor turning" is defined for any contact of one blade
or both blades with a body which may apply a resistance force against the
movement of the rotor (water, snow, shrubs, poles, etc.).
(b) Impact on blade with rotor not turning
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-7 Page 601

2012.06.11
- The impact on "blade with rotor not turning" is defined for any contact of one
blade or both blades with a resisting body during maneuvers on ground with
rotor not turning.
(c) Unbalance
- The "Unbalance" case may occur, for example, in case of loss of the leading
edge protection.
NOTE
For the other cases, only refer to the tail rotor blade
inspection criteria (64-10-00, 6-1).
F. Procedure
Figure 601
(1) Steps to be taken:
Zones Steps to be taken Scrap

Tail rotor blades Impact with - Inspect the tail rotor (64-10-00, 6-1).
rotor not
turning
Impact with - Remove the tail rotor (64-10-00,
rotor turning 4-1).
(main section) Send to factory or approved repair
workshop:
- Tapping test and visual check of
bonded surfaces (64-10-00, 6-1),
- Check for straightness (3 mm
maximum),
- Ultrasound inspection of bonded
surfaces in the ferrule areas only for
blades PRE MOD 075595 .
Unbalance - Inspect the rotor (64-10-00, 6-1).
(following loss - Tapping test and visual check of
of component) bonded surfaces. Contact
EUROCOPTER Customer Support
Department for assessment of
unbalance.
Tail rotor hub Impact with Pitch change rods: In case of rotor stage 1:
rotor turning or - Inspect (condition of paint, flaking) ( - Remove the rotor (
not turning 65-21-00, 6-11). 65-21-00, 4-8).
- Inspect for cracks (fluorescent
penetrant inspection) (20.02.09.101
MTC).
- Check for straightness (65-21-00,
6-11).
Woodruff key:
- Inspect for condition (65-21-00, 4-8)
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-7 Page 602

2012.06.11

Tail gearbox Impact with - Inspect the structure at the TGB Scrap the bolts that attach
rotor turning or attachment points (also check the the TGB to the tail boom.
not turning captive nuts). If an anomaly is detected
- Inspect the casing for cracks on the TGB: scrap the rear
(fluorescent penetrant inspection) ( section of the tail rotor
20.02.09.101 MTC) at the drive shaft (65-11-00, 4-5).
attachment lugs and the yokes of
the pitch control bellcrank.
- Check the magnetic chip detector (
60-00-00, 6-2).
Tail rotor drive Impact with - Inspect the rear section for Scrap the bolts that attach
rotor turning or distortion (65-11-00, 6-3). the flexible couplings.
not turning - Inspect the rear section for twisting (
65-11-00, 6-10).
- Remove the rear section (65-11-00,
4-5) for repair in an approved repair
workshop:
if the torsion angular tolerance is
more than 15˚.
- Inspect (condition of paint, flaking).
- Inspect the rivets that attach the
drive shaft flanges for condition (
65-11-00, 6-3).
- Inspect the flexible couplings for
condition (65-11-00, 6-4).
(2) Findings
(a) If no anomaly is found (other than the distortion due to the impact):
- Stop the investigations.
(b) If an anomaly is found:
- Carry out the additional investigations below.

(3) Additional checks
NOTE
In case of impact on the blades with rotor turning,

if vibrations are detected, refer to the engine
manufacturer’s documentation.

Tail gearbox Carry out an overhaul. Scrap the input box.
Tail rotor drive Scrap the drive shaft flexible
couplings (65-11-00, 4-1) (
65-11-00, 4-5).
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-7 Page 603

2012.06.11

Tail rotor hub Scrap (64-10-00, 4-1) :
- Cover plate (1).
- Rocker beam body (3).
- Rocker beam bolt (2).
- Rocker beam hinge (4).
- Pitch change rods.
Pitch change rods and yokes
that attach the rods to the
swashplate:
- Inspect for cracks
(fluorescent penetrant
inspection) (20.02.09.101
MTC).
Tail boom:
- Inspect for distortions.
MTC) on the TGB
attachment area (and on
the attachment plates).
Tail rotor shaft:
- Inspect for cracks (magnetic
particle inspection) (Consult
EUROCOPTER Customer
Support Department)
- Inspect for straightness (
65-21-00, 6-19).
Engine Impact - Remove the engine (
with 71-11-00, 4-1).
rotor - Remove the freewheel and
turning send it to the engine
manufacturer (indicate the
reason for removal).
Tail rotor (loss of one - Check the tightening torque In case of loss of tightening
tab) loads of the TGB torque load:
attachment bolts (65-21-00, - Scrap all attachment bolts.
4-2) before removal of the Scrap the stainless steel lug.
TGB casing.
MTC) on the TGB casing,
at its attachment points.
inspection)(20.02.09.101
MTC) on the tail boom, at
the TGB attachment points.
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-7 Page 604

2012.06.11
1 3
Steps to be Taken After Impact on the Tail Rotor Blade

Figure 601
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-7 Page 605

Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-7 Page 606
2012.06.11

6-8 Steps to be Taken for Non-Rotating Blades in Gusts

62-11-00, 6-1 ........................ Inspection Criteria - Main Rotor Blades
62-11-00, 6-2 ........................ Checking the Flapping and Dragwise Deflection of the
Main Rotor Blades
64-10-00, 6-1 ........................ Inspection Trailing - Tail blade
64-10-00, 6-2 ........................ Checking - Tab in rotor center zone (without removal)

None

None
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
NOTE
This procedure is applicable only if the blades are

not moored and when blades are subject to:
- Gales that are more than 40 kts.
- Wind gusts.
- An incident that causes the blades to flap too
much.
(1) Main rotor blades
(a) Inspect the skin for condition, especially for cracks on the whole surface of the
blade and for any possible de-bonding from station 800 to station 2400. Inspect the
bushings for condition (62-11-00, 6-1).
(b) Visually check the attachment and, in particular, make sure that the blade
attachment pin slides correctly.
(c) If no defects are detected (beyond the acceptable criteria (62-11-00, 6-1), the blade
can be kept in service for 10 flight hours to allow return from mission.
Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-8 Page 601

2010.02.04
(d) Then, measure the flapping and drag deflection (62-11-00, 6-2).
(2) Tail rotor

(a) Perform a visual check and a tapping test of the bonded surfaces (64-10-00, 6-1).
(b) Check for abnormal noises at the root of each blade by coning the blades (
64-10-00, 6-2).
Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-8 Page 602


6-9 Procedure After Flight in Strong Turbulence

62-11-00, 6-2 ........................ Check - Vertical and Horizontal Deflection Main Rotor
Blades
64-10-00, 6-2 ........................ Checking - Tab in rotor center zone (without removal)

None

None
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
(1) If the pilot tells you that he has flown in strong turbulence, you must do an inspection of
the components below before the helicopter flies again:
(a) the main rotor blades
- Examine the main rotor blades (62-11-00, 6-1).

- Measure the sweepback of the main rotor blades on the flapping and on the
drag axes (62-11-00, 6-2).
(b) tail rotor
1 Perform a visual check and a tapping test of the bonded surfaces of the tail
rotor blades (64-10-00, 6-1).
2 Check the laminated bearings and the blade (64-10-00, 6-2).
Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-9 Page 601

Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-9 Page 602
2010.02.04

6-10 Steps to be Taken on Aircraft Struck by Lightning

34-00-00, 3-1 ........................ General Safety Instructions - Navigation
60-00-00, 6-2 ........................ Check - Chips Detector

29-00-00, 3-3 ........................ Filling - Drainage - Hydraulic System
29-10-00, 5-2 ........................ Functional test - Hydraulic System
63-21-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal - MGBP
65-11-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal - Forward Shaft Sectiont
65-11-00, 4-5 ........................ Removal - Rear Shaft Section
65-21-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal - TGB
67-31-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal - Servocontrol

20.08.04.601 MTC
B. Special Tools
Commercial .......................... magnetization measurement equipment: MDCR "Fluotest Tur
Elec", manufactured by S.R.E.M.
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
Figure 601
(1) Lightning strike circumstances
(a) Write a report on the circumstances of the in-flight or on-ground lightning strike and
indicate the following:
1 The flight conditions (airspeed, altitude, weather conditions).
2 The flight maneuvers and phases carried out during and after the lightning
strike:
a torque level and time spent at this level,

b number of actions on the rudder pedals and amplitudes of such actions,
c if one or several autorotations were carried out, and at which NR level.
3 The flying time after the lightning strike.
Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-10 Page 601

2010.02.04
4 Any particular facts which occurred during or after the lightning strike.
(b) For the systems, especially indicate the following:

1 total absence of disturbance during and/or after the lightning strike or,
otherwise, give a description of the disturbance and damage found.
(2) Definition of the damage
(a) Metallic mechanical parts (MRH - TRH - Drive systems)

1 Burn or melting marks (arc strike):
a in the ball joints,
b in the bearings (balls, rollers, bearing raceways),

c on the gear teeth.
2 Melting or stripping of the bonding braids.
(b) Metallic structures (Fuselage, stabilizer).

1 Vaporization.
2 Burns.
3 Melting.
(c) Composite structure
1 Burns.
2 Delamination.
3 Lifting, melting of electrical bonding components.
4 Flaked finish paint.
(d) External equipment

1 Damage.
2 Destruction.
(3) Post-flight checks
PRIOR TO START WORK, READ THE GENERAL

INSTRUCTIONS CONCERNING THE NAVIGATION
SYSTEMS (34-00-00, 3-1).
Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-10 Page 602

2010.02.04
CHECK THE JUNCTIONS OF ALL THESE

ITEMS WITH THE SUB ASSEMBLY OR SUB-
ASSEMBLIES TO WHICH THEY ARE SECURED.
(a) Inspect for signs of lightning strike on all the external parts of the aircraft, and in
particular:
1 the main rotor blades and the tail rotor blades,
2 the main rotor hub (MRH) and the tail rotor hub (TRH),
3 the landing gear,

4 the vertical stabilizers,
5 the horizontal stabilizer,
6 the fuselage elements, especially at section junctions (rivets, splices),

7 the mechanical and electrical external equipment (hoist, sling, cable cutter,
emergency floatation gear, rear-view mirrors, windshield wipers, Pitot heads,
lights, antennas, loudspeakers, tail bumper, etc.).
(b) Check the flight controls for rough points.
(c) Check the mechanical and electrical equipment for correct operation, in particular
the magnetic and gyro-magnetic compasses. In case of doubt, carry out a
compensation (MTC 20.08.04.601 ).
(4) Steps to be taken with the rotor blades
(a) Any blade (either a main or a tail rotor blade) which suffered lightning strike must be
returned to the manufacturer.
(5) Steps to be taken with the transmission assemblies
NOTE
For the magnetization measurements, the check for

condition and the follow-up of the magnetic chip
detectors, the removals and particular checks, the
sensitive and visual check of the tail rotor drive
bearings, send a report to EUROCOPTER Customer
Support Department.
Write "LIGHTNING STRIKE INCIDENT" on the log

card of the items or equipment removed and returned
to the manufacturer (MRH, MGB, tail rotor drive
shaft, TGB, TRH, etc.).
(a) Main rotor hub and epicyclic gear module
Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-10 Page 603

2010.02.04
NOTE
If an anomaly is detected, return the item in question

to the manufacturer.
1 Check the magnetic chip detector (60-00-00, 6-2).

a Criteria:
- return the assembly to the manufacturer if metal chips are detected,

- if there are no metal chips, carry out a close monitoring of the
magnetic chip detector as per the frequencies used when the
assembly was put into service. If no defects are found during these
checks, resume the normal maintenance cycle.
2 Inspect the bonding braids for condition.

3 Inspect all the junction areas which exhibit electrical discontinuity:
a blades/hub: attachment bushings, blade attachment pins,
b ball ends of rods and their junctions (pitch horns and swashplates),
c bearings: check the raceways and the rolling elements, for the removable
bearings,
d check for rough points on the non-removable bearings,
e elastomer parts (spherical thrust bearings, frequency adapters),

f servo-controls (ball ends, rods and bodies),
g detailed visual inspection of the teeth of the planet gears, fixed ring gear
and sun gear (tooth flank and root).
(b) Tail gearbox and tail rotor hub

1 If the tail rotor blades and/or the TRH are damaged:
a remove the TGB and the TRH (65-21-00, 4-1),
b return the items to the manufacturer.

(c) Main gearbox
1 Check the magnetic chip detector (60-00-00, 6-2).
a Criteria:
- return the assembly to the manufacturer in metal chips are detected,

- if there are no metal chips, carry out a close monitoring of the
magnetic chip detector as per the frequencies used when the
assembly was put into service. If no defects are found during these
checks, resume the normal maintenance cycle.
2 Inspect the following items for condition: the MGB suspension bars, the ball
joints, the fittings and the MGB-to-airframe attachment.
3 Carry out a detailed visual inspection of the engine-to-MGB coupling (flexible

couplings and shafts).
4 Carry out the magnetization measurements with the tool Magnetization
Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-10 Page 604

2010.02.04
measurement equipment: MDCR "Fluotest Tur Elec", manufactured by

S.R.E.M. on points (1), (2) and (3), and contact EUROCOPTER Customer
Support Department
a If the following is detected:
- arc strike on one of the inspected items,

or
- a defect during the inspection of the epicyclic gear module.

b Remove the MGB (63-21-00, 4-1).
c Remove the damaged items and return them to the manufacturer.
(d) Tail rotor drive:

1 Carry out a detailed visual inspection of the components of the tail rotor drive:
a shafts,
b flanges,
c flexible couplings,
d bearings.
2 Carry out a sensitive check of the bearings.
NOTE
If there are no defects found (damage, signs of

overheating), carry out a close monitoring of the
bearings as per the frequencies used when the
assembly was put into service.
If no defects are found during these checks, resume

the normal maintenance cycle.
a Criteria:
- if a defect is detected during the sensitive and visual check of the

bearings,
or
- if signs of arc strike are found on one of the components of the tail
rotor drive.
b Remove the tail rotor drive assembly (65-11-00, 4-1) and (65-11-00, 4-5)
and send it to the manufacturer for expert analysis:
- shafts,
- coupling flanges,
- bearings,
- flexible couplings.
(6) Steps to be taken with the structure / equipment items
Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-10 Page 605

2010.02.04
NOTE
In case of damage, contact EUROCOPTER

Customer Support Department.
(a) Determine the path of the current in the structure or in the vicinity of the equipment,
by finding any possible damage:
1 at the junction of the component (for example: stabilizer, landing gear,
equipment, etc.) on the main structure,
2 at the inner junctions of a component; for example, for a landing gear, these
are the bolts which attach it onto the airframe, the interfaces of the sliding
parts,
3 at the other junctions, especially:
- frame/fuselage interfaces,
- attachments of transmission assemblies,
- at the cabin floor and the transmission deck,
- attachments of external equipment: mechanical equipment (hoist, tail
bumper, etc.) and electrical equipment (antennas, lights, etc.),
- attachments of structural elements: landing gear, stabilizer, fin.
(7) Steps to be taken with the dual-body servo-controls
NOTE
These steps especially concern the aircraft equipped

with the dual hydraulic system.
(a) Inspect the main servo-controls for condition:
1 condition of the ball ends,

2 overall condition.
(b) Remove and replace the main servo-control(s)(67-31-00, 4-1) :
1 in case of signs of electric arc on a ball end,

2 in case of signs of electric arc on the servo-control(s),
3 in case of leak.
NOTE
In case of damage, contact EUROCOPTER

Customer Support Department.
(c) After the faulty servo-controls have been replaced and the hydraulic systems have
been restored to their initial condition (29-10-00, 5-2), carefully check the level of the
two hydraulic reservoirs (29-00-00, 3-3) to make sure that there are no leaks at the
servo-controls.
(d) Make sure that there are no rough points in the travel of the flight controls.
(e) Inspect the flight control components for condition (rods, supports, bellcranks, etc.)
in the vicinity of the servo-controls and inspect for damage resulting from the
Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-10 Page 606

2010.02.04
lightning strike.
Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-10 Page 607

2010.02.04
Steps to be Taken on Aircraft Struck by Lightning

Figure 601
Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-10 Page 608


6-11 Procedure After Sudden Application of the Main Rotor Brake

62-11-00, 6-2 ........................ Check - Vertical and Horizontal Deflection Main Rotor
Blades
63-51-00, 6-1 ........................ Inspection Criteria - Rotor Brake

None

None
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
(1) Do the procedure below after sudden application of the main rotor brake:
- Examine the main rotor blades (62-11-00, 6-1).

- Measure the sweepback of the main rotor blades on the flapping and on the drag
axes (62-11-00, 6-2).
- Examine the main rotor brake (63-51-00, 6-1).
05-50-00, 6-11 Page 601

05-50-00, 6-11 Page 602
2010.02.04

6-12 Procedure After Jerks on the Freewheel

TURBOMECA EMM
62-11-00, 6-2 ........................ Checking the Flapping and Dragwise Deflection of the
Main Rotor Blades
62-21-00, 6-1 ........................ Inspection Criteria - STARFLEX star Assembly
62-21-00, 6-4 ........................ Inspection Criteria - Spherical Thrust Bearing
62-21-00, 6-7 ........................ Inspection Criteria - Frequency Adapters
63-21-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal - MGB
63-31-00, 6-4 ........................ Inspection Criteria - Coupling Cross-bar
63-32-00, 6-1 ........................ Inspection Criteria - MGB Suspension Bars
63-32-00, 6-2 ........................ Inspection Criteria - MGB Suspension Bar Bolt
65-11-00, 6-1 ........................ Inspection Criteria - Forward Shaft Section Assembly
65-11-00, 6-3 ........................ Inspection Criteria - Rear Shaft Section
65-11-00, 6-4 ........................ Inspection Criteria - Flexible Coupling
65-11-00, 6-7 ........................ Inspection Criteria - Flexible Coupling Attachment
65-11-00, 6-10 ...................... Checks for Deflection, Twisting and Perpendicularity of the
Flanges on the Shatf Rear Section
65-21-00, 4-8 ........................ Removal / Installation - Rotor Hub

None

20.02.09.601 MTC
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
(1) Definition:
(a) This incident occurs after freewheel slippage, followed by sudden reengagement.
(b) There are two cases possible:
1 Light jerks:
Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-12 Page 601

2010.02.04
- Torque value below the maximum transient torque, that is to say

approximately 700 N (6,196 in.lb).
- This case concerns non-rotation of the nut of the drive gear.
2 Heavy jerks:
- The drive gear turns, that is to say torque value above 700 N (6,196
in.lb).
(2) Steps to be taken
(a) Light jerks

1 Replace the freewheel as per EMM TURBOMECA . Send the freewheel to the
engine manufacturer and indicate the reason for removal.
2 Check the jerk indicator (rotation of the drive nut on the coupling sleeve).
3 Check the different sections of the tail rotor drive shaft (65-11-00, 6-1), (
65-11-00, 6-3), (65-11-00, 6-10) and check for:
- distortion,
- condition of the paint (no flaking),
- condition of the rivets that attach the drive shaft flanges (no loose rivets).
4 Check the flexible couplings of the tail rotor drive (65-11-00, 6-4) and the
- In case of crack(s) or distortion(s), discard the flexible couplings and the

bolts.
5 Check the tail boom root for condition (no loose rivets, no distortions).
(b) Heavy jerks
1 Carry out all the operations given in the steps to be taken in case of light jerks,
PLUS the operations below:
2 Remove the MGB (63-21-00, 4-1)
- send the MGB for overhaul and indicate the reason for removal,
- discard the planet gear carrier and the bevel gear / vertical shaft
attachment bolts.
3 Inspect the main rotor blades (visual check and tapping check of the bonded
surfaces) (62-11-00, 6-1).
4 Check the drag deflection of the main rotor blades (62-11-00, 6-2).
5 Check the following components:
- frequency adapters (62-21-00, 6-7),

- spherical thrust bearings (62-21-00, 6-4),
- STARFLEX star (62-21-00, 6-1),
- the condition of the seal between the STARFLEX star and the rotor mast.
6 Inspect the components of the engine-to-MGB coupling (inspect for cracks or

distortions):
- if crack(s) or distortion(s) is (are) found, discard the flexible couplings, the

bolts and the engine-to-MGB coupling shaft.
Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-12 Page 602

2010.02.04
7 Carry out a visual check:
- of the MGB suspension bars (63-32-00, 6-1),

- the bidirectional suspension cross-member (63-31-00, 6-4)
8 If a defect is found during the inspection of the engine-to-MGB coupling,
carry out an inspection for cracks (fluorescent penetrant inspection) (
MTC 20.02.09.601 ) on the following components:
- the lugs that attach the suspension bars to the upper casing,
- the suspension bar attachment yokes.
9 If no defects are found during the inspection of the engine-to-MGB coupling,

check the following components:
a the MGB suspension bars (63-32-00, 6-1),

b the bolts of the MGB suspension bars (63-32-00, 6-2),
10 If a defect is found during the inspection of the MGB suspension bars and
bolts, carry out an inspection for cracks (fluorescent penetrant inspection) (
MTC 20.02.09.601 ) on the following components:
- the lugs that attach the suspension bars to the upper casing,
- the suspension bar attachment yokes.
11 Remove/install the hub body (65-21-00, 4-8) to check the woodruff key of the
tail rotor drive shaft for condition.
Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-12 Page 603

Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-12 Page 604
2010.02.04

6-14 Procedure After Oil Leaks from the Gearboxes

None

Section 8 FLM

None
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
(1) Definitions:
(a) Seepage:
Seepage is an imperceptible leak that cannot be measured.
The area in which you find seepage is "damp", but there are no oil "drops".
(b) Doubtful leak:
There are signs of a leak and the quantity of oil is not negligible (as with seepage).
The oil may collect around the area but there are no other signs of a definite leak
(no oil drops when the engine is stopped, no consumption that can be measured). It
is possibly "accumulated" seepage or oil from another source.
(c) Definite leak:
1 The signs show clearly that there is a leak:
a After you stop the engine, you can see an oil flow (drops, a trickle of oil).
b Oil collects and can clearly be seen to come from a point on the gearbox.
It is also clear that it is not the result of accumulated seepage.
2 These signs are confirmed by a clear increase in the oil consumption.
05-50-00, 6-14 Page 601

2010.02.04
3 Permitted leakage criteria for the MGB and the TGB:
a The oil level must not decrease to become less than the minimum level:
- after 24 hours when the helicopter is on the ground,

- after approximately 1 hour when the helicopter is in flight.
b When you add oil, the measured oil consumption must not be more than:
- 5 cm3 (.305 cu in) per hour of flight for the MGB,

- 2 cm3 (.122 cu in) per hour of flight for the TGB.
(2) Procedures:
(a) If you find seepage:
There is no special procedure: the daily checks include checks to make sure that
there are no leaks from the gearboxes.
But we recommend that you clean the seepage areas regularly so that the oil does
not collect and give signs of a leak.
(b) If you find a doubtful leak:
Carefully clean the area.
Refer to Section 8 of the FLM Section 8 and do a ground run for approximately 15
minutes.
Immediately after the ground run, examine the area.
If you find a definite oil leak, do the procedure given in paragraph c).
If there is no oil flow, continue flights but be very careful when you examine this
area during the daily checks.
(c) If you find a definite leak:
There are three types of procedures and each one is related to a type of leakage:
AS A GENERAL RULE, DEFINITE OIL LEAKS ARE

NOT PERMITTED.
1 A leak that is more than the tolerance:
a Type A procedure:
- If possible, repair immediately. For example: Replace the seal or the

seal holder.
- Send the assembly back to the factory if the operator cannot repair
it.
b Type B procedure:
- If necessary, the helicopter can continue to fly but you must do a

check of the leak before and after each flight.
05-50-00, 6-14 Page 602

2010.02.04
- During the flights, it is possible that the leak:

. will become more important. If it does, do the type A procedure.
. will become less important. If it does, do the type C procedure.
DO THE REPAIR AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.
2 A leak that is less than the tolerance:

a Type C procedure:
- It is left to the operator to decide when to do the repair.

- The helicopter can fly normally but you must examine the leak
carefully during each of the daily checks.
05-50-00, 6-14 Page 603

05-50-00, 6-14 Page 604
2010.02.04

6-16 Procedure After Fuel Contamination

None

20.08.06.401 MTC
20.08.06.403 MTC

20.08.06.101 MTC
28-00-00, 3-1 ........................ General Safety Instructions - Fuel System
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job set-up
(1) Comply with the general safety instructions for the fuel system (28-00-00, 3-1).
(2) Read the General Information concerning Organically contamined Fuel and fungicides (
MTC 20.08.06.101 ).
F. Procedure
(1) If there is no evidence of fuel contamination, use detection and prevention procedure for
contamination by preparation of fungicides (MTC 20.08.06.401 ).
(2) Use if necessary, detection procedure for biocontamination of jet (MTC 20.08.06.403 ).
(3) Where there is no clear evidence but contamination is suspect, make a preventive
treatment (MTC 20.08.06.401 ).
(4) If the contamination is evident, make curative treatment (MTC 20.08.06.401 ).
05-50-00, 6-16 Page 601

05-50-00, 6-16 Page 602
2010.02.04

6-17 Procedure After an Engine-health Check - (No Torque Margin Engine)

TURBOMECA EMM
Section 8 FLM
31-61-00, 5-2 ................................. Access to and to Use the "MAINT" Mode Functions -
VEMD
31-61-00, 5-3 ................................ Functional Tests - VEMD Static Pressure
Measurement
34-15-00, 5-1 ................................ Functional Tests - Temperature Probes system
53-51-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Upper Cowlings
71-00-00, 6-1 ................................ Check - Power Plant
71-11-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal - Engine
71-11-00, 4-2 ................................ Installation - Engine

None

None
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
(1) Reminder
- You must do the engine-health check sequences in stabilized flight, at about

maximum continuous power.
- The tests must be performed in still air.
- Prevent skid (in particular to the right).
- The engine torque margins "TRQ MARGIN" shown on the "ENGINE POWER
CHECK" page of the VEMD must be "+XXX.X", "GOOD".
(2) Procedure if the engine torque margin shown on the VEMD is negative: "TRQ MARGIN",
"-XXX.X", "BAD":
(a) Check proper seating of air intake seal.
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-17 Page 601

2011.11.30
(b) Check that the cowlings are properly parallel (53-51-00, 4-1).
(c) Make sure that the helicopter was not in a skid when the engine-health check was
done.
(d) Make sure that when the VEMD is in the "MAINT" mode, "FAILURE" function (31-61
-00, 5-2), it does not show a failure related to one of the engine parameters (NG,
NF, TRQ, T4, P0, OAT).
(e) Calculate and record the parameter Mi8 corresponding to the average of the latest 8
engine-health check results stored by the VEMD:
1 If Mi8 ≥ 0% or if Mi8 < 0%, and if no engine-health check results are less than
-1%, perform the following operations:
a Refer to the Task (71-00-00, 6-1) and to the EMM TURBOMECA, and do
the check of the power plant. It is very important that you examine the P2
systems to make sure that there are no leaks.
b Do the functional checks of the measurement systems: the P0 system of

the T0 system of:
- the P0 VEMD (31-61-00, 5-3),

- the T0 VEMD (34-15-00, 5-1),
- the NG system EMM TURBOMECA,
- he NF system EMM TURBOMECA,
- the TRQ system EMM TURBOMECA.
c Refer to the EMM TURBOMECA and clean the engine.
d Refer to the FLM Section 8 and do the check flight again, with several
engine-health check sequences:
- If the results are within tolerance limits, continue flights,

performing engine-health checks at the interval recommended in the
manufacturer’s documentation.
- If the out-of-tolerance result is confirmed, perform the following
operation:
PENDING ENGINE REMOVAL AND IF Mi8 ≥ -1%,

USE THE TOTAL OPERATIONAL WEIGHT MINUS
20 KG WHEN CALCULATING PERFORMANCE
ACCORDING TO WEIGHT.
2 If Mi8 < 0% and if an engine-health check result is less than -1%, perform the
following operation:
- Replace the engine (71-11-00, 4-1) and (71-11-00, 4-2) as soon as

possible, before Mi8 becomes less than -1%
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-17 Page 602


6-19 Measures Required in Case of a Contaminated Engine Oil Circuit

TURBOMECA EMM
Section 8 FLM
12-10-00, 3-1 ........................ Filling / Draining - Gearboxes
79-00-00, 3-1 ........................ Filling / Draining - Engine Oil System

79-21-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Engine / MGB Oil Cooler

20.04.01.102 MTC
20.07.02.210 MTC
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
NOTE
Whenever oil contamination is detected, first refer to

EMM TURBOMECA .
Engine oil contamination may require or not the

engine to be removed.
In both cases, the engine oil circuit must be rinsed in

accordance with the following procedure.
(1) Engine oil circuit rinsing procedure
NOTE
Read the savety instructions (MTC 20.07.02.210 ).
(a) Drain the aircraft circuit (12-10-00, 3-1).

(b) Drain the engine (accessory drive housing, reduction gear housing, oil filter) (
05-50-00, 6-19 Page 601

2010.02.04
EMM TURBOMECA and 79-00-00, 3-1).
(c) In case of severe clogging or contamination of the oil filter, replace the oil cooler (
79-21-00, 4-1).
(d) If the oil cooler is not clogged, clean the oil coolers and the oil tank (
MTC 20.04.01.102 ).
(e) Replenish the circuit (12-10-00, 3-1).
(f) Perform a check-out ground run (FLM Section 8 ):
- for at least: > 5 minutes

- at a minimum oil temperature of 40˚ C (104˚ F).
(g) Drain the aircraft circuit (12-10-00, 3-1).
(h) Drain the engine (accessory drive housing, reduction gear housing, oil filter) (
EMM TURBOMECA and 79-00-00, 3-1).
(i) Replace the oil filter cartridge (EMM TURBOMECA ).
(j) Replenish the circuit (12-10-00, 3-1).
NOTE
The oil heater and the oil/fuel heat exchanger are

part of the circuit, and must therefore be included in
the checking and cleaning program.
(k) Refer to the engine manufacturer’s documentation (EMM TURBOMECA ) if the

contamination severity requires special engine monitoring to be performed after
rinsing.
05-50-00, 6-19 Page 602


6-20 Actions to be taken in the events of abnormal behaviour of helicopter on the
ground, with rotor spinning

20.60.00.415 MTC
32-11-00, 6-1 ........................ Inspection Criteria - Landing Gear
32-11-00, 6-2 ........................ Check - Damper in case of resonance
32-11-00, 6-3 ........................ Inspection criteria - Landing gear attachments
32-11-00, 6-4 ........................ Inspection criteria - Tail Blades and Dampers
62-21-00, 6-1 ........................ Inspection Criteria - Starflex Assembly
62-21-00, 6-2 ........................ Inspection Criteria - STARFLEX Spherical Bearing
62-21-00, 6-4 ........................ Inspection Criteria - Spherical Thrust Bearing
62-21-00, 6-7 ........................ Inspection Criteria - Frequency Adapters
62-21-00, 6-10 ...................... Inspection Criteria - Droop Restrainer Bracket
62-31-00, 4-3 ........................ Assembly - Main Rotor Mast
63-31-00, 6-1 ........................ Inspection Criteria - Laminate Suspension Blocks
63-32-00, 6-1 ........................ Inspection Criteria - MGB suspension Bar
64-10-00, 6-3 ........................ Checking - Tab in rotor center zone (with removal)

None

None
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-20 Page 601

2010.02.04
E. Procedure
NOTE
The steps described below are to be carried out

on any helicopter manifesting a start of divergent
dynamic excitation during flight or on the ground with
rotor spinning.
Example : dynamic phenomena occuring during a

failed auto-rotation.
The fatigue damage is not necessarily apparent. It is

therefore advisable to know :
- The duration of the phenomenon.
- The excitation source (main or tail rotor).
- The stress level; to this end, an expert’s
analysis of the most critical element of the
offending system shall be performed in order to
check if its elastic limit was exceeded (residual
deformation).
NOTE
Under all circumstances, contact the customer

service technical department for additional
instructions.
(1) Main rotor hub
(a) Check STARFLEX star (62-21-00, 6-1).

(b) Check the ball joint of the Starflex star (62-21-00, 6-2).
(c) Check the spherical thrust bearings (62-21-00, 6-4)
(d) Check the frequency adapters (62-21-00, 6-7).

(2) Rotor shaft
(a) Check droop restrainer stirrup (62-21-00, 6-10).
(3) MGB suspension

(a) Check laminate stops (63-31-00, 6-1).
(b) Check MGB suspension bars (63-32-00, 6-1).
(4) Landing gear

(a) Check the landing gears (32-11-00, 6-1).
(b) Check the landing gear attachments (32-11-00, 6-3).
(c) Check the blades and the shock absorbers (32-11-00, 6-4).
(d) Carry out the shock absorption check (32-11-00, 6-2) and check the shock
absorbers in case of resonance.
(5) Tail rotor
Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-20 Page 602

2010.02.04
(a) Visually inspect the blades and carry out a tapping test on the bonded surfaces (
62-11-00, 6-1).
(b) Check the flapping and drag deflection of the rotor blades (62-11-00, 6-1) (
MTC 20.60.00.415 ).
(6) Main gear box
(a) Check the tail rotor blades s (64-10-00, 6-1).
(b) Check the blades in the central area (64-10-00, 6-3).

(7) Main gear box
(a) Epicyclic module
- Check NR fluctuations.
- Check vertical vibration.
- Check for metal grating sound.
(b) Check rotor mast/planet carrier link (62-31-00, 4-3).
Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-20 Page 603

Config. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-20 Page 604
2010.02.04

6-21a Diagnosis of anomalies through vibration analysis
NOTE
- This Work Card was written to allow fast

determination of the defects which generate
excessive vibrations.
- Different vibration measurement systems may
be used, provided that results are handled in
the same way as this card, that is to say:
. position of sensors,
. measurement units used: IPS (Inch/sec),
. should the unit be different, ensure
conversions (speed or acceleration, inches or
mm).

FLM
05-40-00, 6-4 ................................. Check Before the First Flight (BFF)

TURBOMECA EMM
05-50-00, 6-20 ............................... Actions to be taken in the event of abnormal
behaviour of helicopter on ground, with rotor in
rotation
32-11-00, 6-1 ................................. Inspection criteria - Landing gear
32-11-00, 6-2 ................................. Check - Damper in case of resonance
32-11-00, 6-3 ................................. spection criteria - Landing gear attachments
32-11-00, 6-4 ................................. Inspection criteria - Tail Blades and Dampers
52-12-00, 5-1 ................................. Adjustment / Test - Sliding Door
53-31-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - Aft Fuselage
53-32-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - Cabin Vibration Absorbers
53-32-00, 5-1 ................................. Tuning - Cabin vibration absorbers (using
STEADYControl Absorber tuning equipment)
53-32-00, 6-1 ................................. Check - Cabin Vibration absorber blade support
53-51-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - Upper Cowlings
55-11-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - Horizontal Stabilizerl
55-20-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal - Fins
62-00-00, 5-1 ................................. Adjustment - Checking and Correcting Horizontal (Y)
and Vertical (Z) Vibrations
62-11-00, 3-1 ................................. Cleaning - Main Rotor Blades
62-21-00, 4-2 ................................. Installation - Main Rotor Hub
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21a Page 601

2011.12.06

62-21-00, 4-5 ................................. Removal / Installation - Spring Anti-Vibrator
62-21-00, 6-1 ................................. Inspection Criteria - STARFLEX star Assembly
62-21-00, 6-2 ................................. Inspection Criteria - STARFLEX Spherical Bearing
62-21-00, 6-11 ............................... Check - Spring Anti-Vibrator
62-31-00, 4-3 ................................. Assembly - Main Rotor Mast
62-31-00, 6-1 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Rotor Mast
62-31-00, 6-3 ................................. Verification - Scissors drive
62-33-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - Housing / Swashplate / Hub
Coupling
63-21-00, 4-7 ................................. Removal / Installation - MGB module
63-31-00, 6-3 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Laminate Suspension Block Pins
63-32-00, 6-1 ................................. Inspection Criteria - MGB Suspension Bars
64-10-00, 3-1 ................................. Cleaning - Tail rotor blades
64-10-00, 5-1 ................................. Unbalance of the Tail Rotor
64-10-00, 6-6 ................................. Inspection Trailing - Edge tab
65-11-00, 5-1 ................................. Adjustment - Balancing of the Tail Rotor Drive Shaft
(with VIBREX 2000 Tuning Equipment)
laminated Bearing
65-21-00, 6-16 ............................... Inspection Criteria -Pitch Change Spider Spherical
Bearing
65-21-00, 6-18 ............................... Torque Check
67-10-00, 5-1 ................................. Adjustment - Main Rotor Flight Controls (dual
67-10-01, 5-1 ................................. Adjustment - Main Rotor Flight Controls (with Auto-
pilot)
71-11-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal - Engine (ARRIEL 2B1)
71-41-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - ARRIEL Engine Mount
76-11-01, 5-2 ................................. Adjustment / Testing - Measurement and adjustment
of engine NR
76-11-02, 5-2 ................................. Adjustment / Testing - Measurement and Adjustment
of Engine NR

60-00-00, 3-1 ................................. General Safety Instructions - Mechanical Assemblies
B. Special Tools
Commercial ................................... ROTORTUNER F (French) or ROTORTUNER A (English)
Commercial ................................... adaptation kit SE.AS 350 or SE AS350B1
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21a Page 602

2011.12.06
or
Commercial ................................... VIBREX 177 M6 F (French) or VIBREX 177 M6 A
(English)
Commercial ................................... adaptation kit CHADWICK 350A or CHADWICK 350B1
or
Commercial ................................... VIBREX 2000 F-A (French) or VIBREX 2000 A (English)
Commercial ................................... adaptation kit CHADWICK 350 V2K
or
Commercial ................................... CHADWICK 8500C+
Commercial ................................... adaptation kit CHADWICK 350 V2K
NOTE
Other types of equipment may exist, the user

should contact the equipment manufacturer and
advise eurocopter as required. Only use accessories
included in the adaptation kit of the equipment used.
C. Materials
CM 6015 ....................................... adhesive
CM 789 ......................................... aluminium adhesive tape
Commercial ................................... adhesive velcro tape
Commercial ................................... plastic clamps
Commercial ................................... adhesive tape

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Comply with general safety instruction for the mechanical assemblies (60-00-00, 3-1).
(2) As regards the use of the measuring equipment, refer to and comply with the User
Manual of the equipment used.
(3) Where necessary, remove carpeting, cushioning or other installations for easier access to
the cabin floor.
(4) Protect bonding surfaces using aluminium adhesive tape CM 789.
F. Procedure
(1) Install the magnetic sensor (Figure 603)
(a) Check that the switch (2) is present on the bottom face of the rotating swashplate (1
).
(b) Install the support (4) of the magnetic sensor (3) on the non-rotating swashplate (5)
with the attaching hardware (7) and (9) and the shim (8).
(c) Install the magnetic sensor (3) on the support (4) with the nuts (6).
(d) Adjust the gap E (distance between the magnetic sensor (3) and the switch (1)),
then lock the magnetic sensor (3) with the two nuts (6).
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21a Page 603

2011.12.06
(e) Safety the two nuts (6) of the magnetic sensor (3) on the support (4).
(2) Install the accelerometers (Figure 602)

(a) Bond the universal supports to the cabin floor, at the foot of the pilot and copilot
seats. Use adhesive CM 6015 (Figure 602).
(b) Make sure that the supports are correctly bonded.
(c) Install an accelerometer or a speed sensor in vertical position on the universal

support.
(d) Install the measuring equipment in the cockpit, behind the copilot seat. Secure the
measuring equipment with adhesive Velcro tape.
(e) Make sure that the measuring equipment is correctly secured so that it will not
disturb helicopter piloting.
(f) Connect the accelerometers or the speed sensors to the measuring equipment.
(g) Connect the measuring equipment to the 28V ancillary power supply.
(h) Route the cables and secure them with plastic cable ties or with adhesive tape.
NOTE
As required in the case of use of a ROTORTUNER

DASH 5 analyser or CHADWICK 8500C+, install the
ROTORTUNER junction box or CHADWICK 8500C+
behind the co-pilot seat and secure it using Velcro
tape.
NOTE
- The VIBREX 117 M6 and ROTORTUNER

analyzers use accelerometers with 3 pin
bayonet connectors.
- The VIBREX 2000 and CHADWICK 8500C+
analyzers use speed sensors with 4 pin
connectors.
(3) Measurement method

(a) Before flight:
1 Perform the Before First Flight inspection (BFF) (05-40-00, 6-4).
2 Check that the measurement equipment is fully operational.

3 Perform measurement as per the following criteria:
- on ground,
- IGE (in ground effect) hover flight,
- level flight as MCP (approximately 120 Kts at 1500 ft),
- if possible, comply with the aircraft weight usually used by the customer,
- balancing has no noticeable effects on the 1 Omega adjustments.
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21a Page 604

2011.12.06
NOTE
When using the CHADWICK 8500C+ analyzer, and

in order to comply with the procedure described in
this Work Card, select the "MEASUREMENT ONLY"
mode.
(4) Interpretation of results

(a) Result interpretation is carried out by comparison with previously performed
measurements, when the aircraft had an acceptable vibratory level (example:
measurement performed upon aircraft acceptance).
(b) This measurement will be considered as a reference measurement.
(c) The calculations for the systems which use software are integrated under the
system manufacturer’s responsibility.
(d) Recommendation:
Whatever the action to be performed, after measurement, keep the record and enter
any information specific to this measurement (serial No., weight, altitude, speed,
measurement point, measurement axis, date, reason for measurement, weather
conditions).
G. Diagnostic
Figure 601
(1) Table of GROUND analyses
(a) Rating increase and on the ground
FREQUENCY DOCUMENTS TO
POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKS AND ACTIONS
FLIGHT ENVELOPE BE CONSULTED
- Rating increase A slight jerk is normal Check the tail rotor 64-10-00, 6-1
Rear Omega 27.37 Hz when this level is assembly. 64-10-00, 6-6
(approximately 1,643 reached.
rpm). If the vibration is Balance. 64-10-00, 5-1
During rating increase, significant:
when 310 rpm is
exceeded.
Ground resonance 05-50-00, 6-20
32-11-00, 6-1
32-11-00, 6-2
32-11-00, 6-3
32-11-00, 6-4
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21a Page 605

2011.12.06
FREQUENCY DOCUMENTS TO
POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKS AND ACTIONS
- On the ground Bad condition of the ball Replace. 65-21-00, 4-8
Rear Omega joints of the tail rotor hub Perform the balancing 65-21-00, 6-10
34 Hz (approximately body. procedure. 64-10-00, 5-1
2,040 rpm) for NR = 385 Bad condition of the Replace. 65-21-00, 4-8
rpm. laminated bushings of the Perform the balancing 65-21-00, 6-10
Visible on the stabilizer. tail rotor hub body. procedure. 64-10-00, 5-1
Bad condition of the Replace. 64-10-00, 5-1
laminated thrust Perform the balancing
bearings. procedure.
Tail rotor blades. Inspect. 64-10-00, 6-1
Clean. 64-10-00, 3-1
Tightening of the TGB Check the tightening 65-21-00, 6-18
attachment. torque.
Horizontal stabilizer. Check the wedging. 55-11-00, 4-1
Unbalance. Check rotor balance. 64-10-00, 5-1
Incorrect balance. Correct balance if
necessary.
- On the ground Play in the ball ends of Replace the pitch change 65-21-00, 6-11
Rear Omega the pitch change rods of rods.
34 Hz the tail rotor.
(approximately Play in the control, due to Replace the ball joint of 65-21-00, 6-16
2,040 rpm) for NR = the angle drive (ball joint the stationary spider.
385 rpm. of the spider) of the tail
Can be felt with one’s rotor.
feet and in the rudder. Vertical stabilizer. Inspect. 55-20-00, 4-1
Apply the modification of
the wedging of the upper
and lower vertical
stabilizers.
Tail rotor drive. Tail rotor drive. Vibration level less than 65-11-00, 6-3
- 100 Hz Unbalance on the splines 0.8 IPS: 65-11-00, 5-1
(approximately of the tail rotor drive - leave "as is".
5,986 rpm on shaft. Vibration level above 0.8
ground). IPS:
- inspect the
assembly, and
balance if
necessary.
(b) Climbing flight
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21a Page 606

2011.12.06
FREQUENCY CHECKS AND DOCUMENTS TO

POSSIBLE CAUSES
FLIGHT ENVELOPE ACTIONS BE CONSULTED
3 Omega Loose spring vibration Check the position of the 62-21-00, 4-5
19.7 Hz (3 x NR = 1,182 dampers. weight.
rpm) Check the condition of
the springs.
Loose cabin vibration Check the position of the 53-32-00, 4-1
dampers. weight. 53-32-00, 5-1
Check the condition of
the blades.
Adjust the vibration
dampers if necessary.
(c) In the entire flight envelope

POSSIBLE CAUSES
1 Omega Y Tightening of the star on Check the tightening 62-21-00, 4-2
6.56 Hz for NR = 394 the mast. torque of the mast.
rpm Engine fuel control unit Replace the fuel control Engine manufacturer
faulty, gives intermittent unit. documentation.
low frequency vibrations.
1 Omega Rotor mast. Check the mast. 62-31-00, 6-1
6.56 Hz for NR = 394
rpm
Increasing quickly in the
flight envelope.
1 Omega - Star arm. Check. 62-21-00, 6-1
6.56 Hz for NR = 394 - Frequency adapter. 62-21-00, 6-7
rpm - Spherical thrust 62-21-00, 6-4
bearing (in this
case, the tracking
changes with the
speed).
Spring vibration damper. Check 62-21-00, 4-5
Main rotor blades Clean the blades. 62-11-00, 3-1
Check: 62-11-00, 6-1
- the leading edges
for condition
(impacts and
bonding
separation),
- paint edges.
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21a Page 607

2011.12.06

POSSIBLE CAUSES
1 Omega Z Play or jamming of a Replace faulty item. 62-31-00, 6-1
6.56 Hz for NR = 394 pitch change rod ball
rpm end.
Starflex star. Inspect bushes. 62-21-00, 6-1
Play in the bushes at arm 62-21-00, 6-2
ends.
Swashplates. Replace faulty item. 62-31-00, 6-1
Out-of-tolerance play in
the swashplates.
Swashplate guide. Check the guide and 62-31-00, 6-1
replace faulty item.
Rotor mast. Check the rotor mast. 62-31-00, 6-1
Main rotor blades Adjust. 62-00-00, 5-1
tracking.
In case of sudden or 62-31-00, 6-1
repeated appearance of 67-10-00, 5-1
tracking, before the next 67-10-01, 5-1
flight and after having 62-11-00, 4-1
checked that these 62-21-00, 4-3
problems are not
generated by the rotor
shaft, the frequency
adapters, the spherical
thrust bearings, the main
rotor blades or the
adjustment of the flight
controls: remove the
main rotor blades.
Visually check that the
sleeve bushes are not
de-bonded. If de bonding
is found: replace the
sleeve flanges
concerned.
3 Omega Number of main rotor Adjust the NR. 76-11-01, 5-2
19.7 Hz revolutions. 76-11-02, 5-2
(3 x NR = 1,182 rpm)
Swashplate scissors. Check the leading edge 62-31-00, 6-1
or the protection strips
for erosion.
Main rotor blades. Check the leading edge 62-11-00, 6-1
for erosion.
MGB bottom suspension. Check the laminated 63-31-00, 6-1
bearings of the 63-31-00, 6-3
bidirectional suspension,
the bolts and the
bobbins.
Check for mechanical
interferences.
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21a Page 608

2011.12.06

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Engine mount. Check the assembly. 71-11-00, 4-1
Check that the engine is 71-41-00, 4-1
free on its rear
suspension (apply
transverse force on the
engine).
Spring vibration damper. Check condition. 62-21-00, 6-11
Cabin vibration damper. Inspect for cracks on the 53-31-00, 4-1
blade and the support. 53-32-00, 6-1
Check the weight for 53-32-00, 5-1
correct attachment and
check the backplate for
correct tightening torque.
If no defects are found,
prior to carrying out any
adjustment: refer to
paragraph "3 Omega" at
Max. continuous power.
Elongation of the Replace faulty parts
attachment holes of the (strut, fitting, etc.).
struts, transmission
deck/cabin.
Rotor mast. Check the epicyclic gear 62-31-00, 4-3
train for correct
mounting.
Bearing pre-stress. 63-21-00, 4-7
MGB suspension bars. Check riveted 05-50-00, 6-20
attachments. 63-32-00, 6-1
Check the play of the
ball joints.
Swashplate guide. Check the guide. 62-31-00, 6-1
6 Omega Second harmonic of 3 Refer to paragraph "3
39.4 Hz Omega. Omega".
(6 x NR = 2,364 tr/min) Swashplate play. Check the drive for 62-31-00, 6-1
correct mounting. 62-31-00, 6-3
Installation and stiffness Check and correct the 52-12-00, 5-1
of the doors, cowlings. adjustments and 53-51-00, 4-1
installations if necessary. 53-51-00, 4-2
Cowlings incorrectly Check cowlings for
aligned. correct alignment.
Play in the flight controls. Check play. 67-10-00, 5-1
Adjust the flight controls 67-10-01, 5-1
if necessary.
(d) Max. Continuous Power (MCP) and turns
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21a Page 609

2011.12.06

POSSIBLE CAUSES
MCP Main rotor blades. Check and adjust tab(s) 62-00-00, 5-1
1 Omega Z Tabs incorrectly adjusted. T5 and/or T6.
6.56 Hz for NR = 394
rpm
Turn Main rotor blades. Adjust the tabs to obtain 62-33-00, 4-1
1 Omega Z a compromise between 62-00-00, 5-1
6,56 Hz pour un NR de the MCP configuration 62-11-00, 6-1
394 tr/min and the turn.
If the vibration level is
still too high, install the
blade in question in
another place.
If the fault follows the
blade whose position
has been changed,
check the blade and/or
all the blades.
(2) List of sources and harmonics

(a) Main excitation frequencies of the transmission at nominal rotation speed: NR = 394
rpm (6.56 Hz).
ROTOR FREQUENCY
CAUSE IND
HARMONICS (in Hz)
1.0 6.56 1 Omega, main rotor (394 rpm) A
3 19.7 3 Omega (1,182 rpm)
3.86 25.3 Planet gear of epicyclic stage (1,519.7 rpm) B
4.3 28.5 Spirobevel shaft (1,707 rpm) C
5.3 34.8 Tail rotor (2,088 rpm) D
15.5 102.1 Input shaft (6,126 rpm) E
15.5 102.1 Hydraulic pump shaft (6.126 rpm) F
135 886.5 Meshing of planet gear and ring gear B/G
34.7 227.6 Meshing of spirobevel shaft and oil pump C/H
130 853.7 Meshing of planet gear spiral shaft and epicyclic C/B
stage
233.4 1531.6 TGB meshing E/D
264.6 1735.8 Meshing of input shaft and spirobevel shaft E/C
H. Close-up
(1) Remove the accelerometers or the speed sensors.
(2) Remove the magnetic sensor (8) and the support (9).
(3) Remove the measurement unit and the cables.

(4) If necessary, reinstall carpeting, cushioning and other installations removed to carry out
the measurements.
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21a Page 610

2011.12.06
A B D
Z=30 Z=35
BTA
F
G
Z=100 Z=44
Z=15
POMPE HYDRAU. E
HYDRAULIC PUMP
Z=17
C
Z=61
H POMPE DE LUBRIFICATION
LUBRIFICATION PUMP
Diagnosis of anomalies through vibration analysis

Figure 601
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21a Page 611

2011.12.06
20 mm
(.79in.)

Figure 602
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21a Page 612

2011.12.06
2
1
1.25 =0.25 mm
(.49 −.01 in)
3
2
3
5 4
2
1

Figure 603
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21a Page 613

Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21a Page 614
2011.12.06

6-21b Diagnosis of anomalies through vibration analysis using STEADY Control
adjustment equipement
NOTE
- This Work Card was written to allow fast

determination of the defects which generate
excessive vibrations.
- Various vibration measurement systems may be
used, provided that results are handled in the
same way as this card, that is to say:
. position of sensors,
. measurement units used: IPS (Inch/sec),
. should the unit be different, ensure
conversions (speed or acceleration, inches or
mm).

FLM
05-40-00, 6-4 ................................. Check before the first flight (BFF)

TURBOMECA EMM
05-50-00, 6-20 ............................... Actions to be taken in the event of abnormal
behaviour of helicopter on ground, with rotor in
rotation
32-11-00, 6-1 ................................. Inspection criteria - Landing gear
32-11-00, 6-2 ................................. Check - Damper in case of resonance
32-11-00, 6-3 ................................. spection criteria - Landing gear attachments
32-11-00, 6-4 ................................. Inspection criteria - Tail Blades and Dampers
52-12-00, 5-1 ................................. Adjustment / Test - Sliding Door
53-31-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - Aft Fuselage
53-32-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - Cabin Vibration Absorbers
53-32-00, 5-1 ................................. Tuning - Cabin vibration absorbers (using
STEADYControl Absorber tuning equipment)
53-32-00, 6-1 ................................. Check - Cabin Vibration absorber blade support
55-11-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - Horizontal Stabilizerl
55-20-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal - Fins
62-00-00, 5-1 ................................. Adjustment - Checking and Correcting Horizontal (Y)
and Vertical (Z) Vibrations
62-11-00, 3-1 ................................. Cleaning - Main Rotor Blades
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21b Page 601

2011.12.06
62-21-00, 4-2 ................................. Installation - Main Rotor Hub

62-21-00, 4-5 ................................. Removal / Installation - Spring Anti-Vibrator
62-21-00, 6-11 ............................... Check - Spring Anti-Vibrator
62-31-00, 4-3 ................................. Assembly - Main Rotor Mast
62-31-00, 6-3 ................................. Verification - Scissors drive
62-33-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - Housing / Swashplate / Hub
Coupling
64-10-00, 3-1 ................................. Cleaning - Tail rotor blades
64-10-00, 5-1 ................................. Unbalance of the Tail Rotor
64-10-00, 6-6 ................................. Inspection Trailing - Edge tab
65-11-00, 5-1 ................................. Adjustment - Balancing of the Tail Rotor Drive Shaft
(with VIBREX 2000 Tuning Equipment)
laminated Bearing
65-21-00, 6-16 ............................... Inspection Criteria -Pitch Change Spider Spherical
Bearing
65-21-00, 6-18 ............................... Torque Check
67-10-00, 5-1 ................................. Adjustment - Main Rotor Flight Controls (dual
67-10-01, 5-1 ................................. Adjustment - Main Rotor Flight Controls (with Auto-
pilot)
71-11-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal - Engine (ARRIEL 2B1)
71-41-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - ARRIEL Engine Mount
76-11-01, 5-2 ................................. Adjustment / Testing - Measurement and adjustment
of engine NR
76-11-02, 5-2 ................................. Adjustment / Testing - Measurement and Adjustment
of Engine NR

B. Special Tools
703A94-3200-00 ............................ STEADY Control assembly
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21b Page 602

2011.12.06
or
703A94-3200-01 ............................ STEADY Control assembly
350A94-3280-00 ............................ adaptation kit for EC130
707A49-4382-31 ............................ STEADY Control Spectrum software
NOTE
Other types of equipment may exist, the user

should contact the equipment manufacturer and
advise eurocopter as required. Only use accessories
included in the adaptation kit of the equipment used.
C. Materials
CM 6015 ....................................... adhesive
CM 776 ......................................... lockwire dia. 0.8 mm (.031 in)
CM 789 ......................................... aluminium adhesive tape
Commercial ................................... plastic clamps
Commercial ................................... adhesive velcro tape

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Comply with general safety instruction for the mechanical assemblies (60-00-00, 3-1).
(2) Where necessary, remove carpeting, cushioning or other installations for easier access to
the cabin floor.
(3) Protect bonding surfaces using aluminium adhesive tape CM 789.
F. Procedure
Figure 601
Figure 602
Figure 603
(1) (2) Install the accelerometers (Figure 603)
(a) Vertically bond an accelerometer (100 mV/g included in the 350A94-3201-00 on the
cabin floor at the base of the pilot seat using adhesive CM 6015.
(b) Vertically bond an accelerometer on cabin floor at the base of the copilot seat using
adhesive CM 6015.
(c) Check that arrows engraved on the accelerometers are directed upwards and
accelerometers are bonded.
(2) (2) Install the magnetic sensor support (Figure 602)

(a) Check that switch (1) is installed on the lower face of rotary swashplate (2).
(b) Install support (9) of magnetic sensor (8) on stationary swashplate (4) with bolts and
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21b Page 603

2011.12.06
nuts(5) and (7) and positioning wedge (6) of support (9).
(c) Install the magnetic sensor (8) on the support (9) with the nuts (3).
(d) Adjust gap "E" (gap between magnetic sensor (8) and switch (1) then lock magnetic
sensor (8) with the two nuts of magnetic sensor (8).
(e) Safety the two nuts (3) of magnetic sensor (8) on support (9).
(3) Installation of the acquisition unit (Figure 604)

(a) Install acquisition unit on one of its sides in helicopter using Velcro adhesive tape,
behind the co-pilot seat and secure it 703A94-3200-00(7) or 703A94-3200-01 (6).
(b) Check that the acquisition unit is well secured.
(c) Check that the breaker (2) is tripped.

(d) Route the cables and secure them with plastic cable ties or with adhesive tape.
(e) Avoid hot sections and rotating parts.
(f) Connect the cable of the magnetic sensor to "ROTOR TOP" connector (4) located
on the rear face of the acquisition unit.
(g) Connect the cables of the accelerometers:
1 Pilot seat accelerometer, connect to connector A1.
2 Copilot seat accelerometer, connect to connector A2.

(h) All connectors are located on the rear face of the acquisition unit (6) or (7).
(i) Connect 28 Volts power supply cable to the 28 V connector (3) located on the rear
face of the acquisition unit and on the 28 V aircraft power supply.
(j) Connect control panel cable to the CONTROL PANEL connector (12) located on the
front face of the acquisition unit.
(k) Insert PCMCIA CONFIG card (card containing adjustment programme) into slot B
(10), that is, the bottom slot located to the front of the acquisition unit.
(l) Insert PCMCIA RESULT card (card containing measurements performed) into slot A
(11), that is, the top slot located on the front face of the acquisition unit.
(m) Set breaker (2) located on the front face of the acquisition unit.
(n) Close blanking plugs of PCMCIA cards using bolt (9).
(4) Checking the installation
(a) Check air gap E (Figure 601).

(b) Manually rotate MRH to ensure absence of mechanical interference..
(c) Perform displacement of flight controls to ensure their freedom of movement.
(d) Check cable routing and connection.

(5) Instrument operation
(a) To use the measuring equipment, refer to and comply with the User Manual (see
CD-ROM supplied with the adaptation kit).
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21b Page 604

2011.12.06
G. Measurement method
NOTE
Should [703A94-3200-00] (Figure 604 (7)) equipment

must be used, if radio-alternator is activated during
the acquisition phase, perform new acquisition.
(1) Before flight:
(a) Perform the Before First Flight inspection (05-40-00, 6-4).

(b) Check that the measurement equipment is fully operational.
(c) Perform measurement as per the following criteria:
1 on ground,
2 IGE (in ground effect) hover flight,
3 level flight as MCP (approximately 120 Kts at 1500 ft),
4 carry out the measurements if possible with the aircraft weight usually used by
the customer,
5 balancing has no noticeable effects on the 1 Omega adjustments.
(2) After helicopter starting, make sure that power supply is present.
(3) "POWER" indicator light (8), located on the front panel of the acquisition unit, must be
illuminated (Figure 604).
(4) Check for magnetic sensor synchronization. "ROTOR TOP" indicator light (1), located on
the front panel of the acquisition unit, must be illuminated (Figure 604).
(5) Carry out the operations as per the instructions below, and read the values displayed on
the control unit.
ACTION RESULTS
Use the CD2 or CD4 scroll keys Signal Analysis
to access the "SIGNAL
ANALYSIS" menu
Press the "ENTER" key to Test of "TOP ROTOR" sensor (01)
validate the selection
Use the CD2 or CD4 scroll keys Signal recording
to access the "SIGNAL
RECORDING" menu
Press the "ENTER" key to 625 825
validate the selection 1025
Select the 625 Hz bandwidth
acquisition with the "CD1" key
H. Interpretation of results
(1) Result interpretation is carried out by comparison with previously performed
measurements, when the aircraft had an acceptable vibratory level (example:
measurement performed upon aircraft acceptance).
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21b Page 605

2011.12.06
This measurement will be considered as a reference measurement.
(2) Recommendation:
- Whatever the action to be performed, after measurement, keep the record and enter
any information specific to this measurement (serial No., weight, altitude, speed,
measurement point, measurement axis, date, reason for measurement, weather
conditions).
- Once measurements are complete, insert the "PCMCIA RESULT" card in the
"PCMCIA" card reader of the PC used for data analysis.
- With the STEADYControl Spectrum software, view the data (vibration signatures) (
Figure 605).
I. Diagnostic
Figure 601
(1) Analysis table

(a) Rating increase and on the ground
FREQUENCY POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKS AND ACTIONS DOCUMENTS TO

- Rating increase A slight jerk is normal Check the tail rotor 64-10-00, 6-1
Rear Omega 27.37 Hz when this level is assembly. 64-10-00, 6-6
(approximately 1,643 reached.
rpm). If the vibration is Balance. 64-10-00, 5-1
During rating increase, significant:
when 310 rpm is
exceeded.
Ground resonance Landing gear. Check. 05-50-00, 6-20
32-11-00, 6-1
32-11-00, 6-2
32-11-00, 6-3
32-11-00, 6-4
- On the ground Bad condition of the ball Replace. 65-21-00, 4-8
Rear Omega joints of the tail rotor hub Perform the balancing 65-21-00, 6-10
34 Hz (approximately body. procedure. 64-10-00, 5-1
2,040 rpm) for NR = 385 Bad condition of the Replace. 65-21-00, 4-8
rpm. laminated bushings of the Perform the balancing 65-21-00, 6-10
Visible on the stabilizer. tail rotor hub body. procedure. 64-10-00, 5-1
Bad condition of the Replace. 64-10-00, 5-1
Tail rotor blades. Inspect. 64-10-00, 6-1
Clean. 64-10-00, 3-1
Tightening of the TGB Check the tightening 65-21-00, 6-18
attachment. torque.
Horizontal stabilizer. Check the wedging. 55-11-00, 4-1
Unbalance. Check rotor balance. 64-10-00, 5-1
Incorrect balance. Correct balance if
necessary.
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21b Page 606

2011.12.06
FREQUENCY POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKS AND ACTIONS DOCUMENTS TO

- On the ground Play in the ball ends of Replace the pitch change 65-21-00, 6-11
Rear Omega the pitch change rods of rods.
34 Hz the tail rotor.
(approximately Play in the control, due to Replace the ball joint of 65-21-00, 6-16
2,040 rpm) for NR = the angle drive (ball joint the stationary spider..
385 rpm. of the spider) of the tail
Can be felt with one’s rotor.
feet and in the rudder. Bad condition of the Replace. 64-10-00, 5-1
Vertical stabilizer. Inspect. 55-20-00, 4-1
Apply the modification of
the wedging of the upper
and lower vertical
stabilizers.
Tail rotor drive Tail rotor drive. Vibration level less than 65-11-00, 6-3
- 100 Hz Unbalance on the splines 0.8 IPS: 65-11-00, 5-1
(approximately of the tail rotor drive - - leave "as is".
5,986 rpm on shaft. Vibration level above 0.8
ground) for NR = IPS:
385 rpm. - inspect the
assembly, and
balance if
necessary.
Check the tightening Check the tightening 65-11-00, 4-6
torque of the bearing torque.
supports.
(b) Climbing flight

POSSIBLE CAUSES
3 Omega Loose spring vibration Check the position of the 62-21-00, 4-5
19.7 Hz (3 x NR = 1,182 dampers. weight.
rpm) for NR = 394 rpm. Check the condition of
the springs.
Loose cabin vibration Check the position of the 53-32-00, 4-1
dampers. weight. 53-32-00, 5-1
Check the condition of
blades.
Adjust the vibration
dampers if necessary.
(c) In the entire flight envelope
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21b Page 607

2011.12.06

POSSIBLE CAUSES
1 Omega Y Tightening of the star on Check the tightening 62-21-00, 4-2
6.56 Hz for NR = 394 the mast. torque of the mast/hub
rpm attachment bolt.
Engine fuel control unit Replace the fuel control EMM TURBOMECA
faulty, gives intermittent unit.
low frequency vibrations.
1 Omega Main rotor mast. Check the rotor mast. 62-31-00, 6-1
6.56 Hz for NR = 394
rpm
Increasing quickly in the
flight envelope
1 Omega - Star arm. Check 62-21-00, 6-1
6.56 Hz for NR = 394 - Frequency adapter. 62-21-00, 6-7
rpm - Spherical thrust 62-21-00, 6-4
bearing (in this
case, the tracking
changes with the
speed).
Spring vibration damper. Check. 62-21-00, 6-11
Main rotor blades Clean the blades. 62-11-00, 3-1
Check: 62-11-00, 6-1
- the leading edges
for condition
(impacts and
bonding
separation),
- paint edges.
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21b Page 608

2011.12.06

POSSIBLE CAUSES
1 Omega Z Play or jamming of a Replace faulty item. 62-31-00, 6-1
6.56 Hz for NR = 394 pitch change rod ball
rpm end.
Starflex star. Inspect bushes. 62-21-00, 6-1
Play in the bushes at arm 62-21-00, 6-2
ends.
Swashplates. Replace faulty item. 62-31-00, 6-1
Out-of-tolerance play in
the swashplates.
Swashplate guide. Check the guide and 62-31-00, 6-1
replace faulty item.
Rotor mast. Check the rotor mast. 62-31-00, 6-1
Main rotor blades Adjust. 62-00-00, 5-1
tracking.
In case of sudden or 62-31-00, 6-1
repeated appearance of 67-10-00, 5-1
tracking, before the next 67-10-01, 5-1
flight and after having 62-11-00, 4-1
checked that these 62-21-00, 4-3
problems are not
generated by the rotor
shaft, the frequency
adapters, the spherical
thrust bearings, the main
rotor blades or the
adjustment of the flight
controls: remove the
main rotor blades.
Visually check that the
sleeve bushes are not
de-bonded. If de bonding
is found: replace the
sleeve flanges
concerned.
3 Omega Number of main rotor Adjust the NR. 76-11-01, 5-2
19.7 Hz revolutions. 76-11-02, 5-2
(3 x NR = 1,182 rpm) for
NR = 394 rpm
Swashplate scissors. Check for play and 62-31-00, 6-1
rough points.
Main rotor blades. Check the leading edge 62-11-00, 6-1
for erosion.
MGB bottom suspension. Check the laminated 63-31-00, 6-1
bearings of the 63-31-00, 6-3
bidirectional suspension,
the bolts and the
bobbins.
Check for mechanical
interferences.
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21b Page 609

2011.12.06

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Engine mount. Check the assembly. 71-11-00, 4-1
Check that the engine is 71-41-00, 4-1
free on its rear
suspension (apply
transverse force on the
engine).
Spring vibration damper. Check condition. 62-21-00, 6-11
Cabin vibration damper. Inspect for cracks on the 53-31-00, 4-1
blade and the support. 53-32-00, 6-1
Check the weight for 53-32-00, 5-1
correct attachment and
check the backplate for
correct tightening torque.
If no defects are found,
prior to carrying out any
adjustment: refer to
paragraph "3 Omega".
Elongation of the Replace faulty parts
attachment holes of the (strut, fitting, etc.).
struts, transmission
deck/cabin.
Rotor mast. Check the epicyclic gear 62-31-00, 4-3
train for correct
mounting.
Bearing pre-stress. 63-21-00, 4-7
MGB suspension bars. Check riveted 05-50-00, 6-20
attachments. 63-32-00, 6-1
Check the play of the
ball joints.
Swashplate guide. Check the drive for 62-31-00, 6-1
correct mounting.
6 Omega Second harmonic of 3 Refer to paragraph "3
39.4 Hz Omega. Omega".
(6 x NR = 2,364 rpm) for Swashplate play. Check the drive for 62-31-00, 6-1
NR = 394 rpm. correct mounting. 62-31-00, 6-3
Installation and stiffness Check and correct the 52-12-00, 5-1
of the doors, cowlings. adjustments and 53-51-00, 4-1
installations if necessary. 53-51-00, 4-2
Cowlings incorrectly Check cowlings for
aligned. correct alignment.
Play in the flight controls. Check play. 67-10-00, 5-1
Adjust the flight controls 67-10-01, 5-1
if necessary.
(d) Max. Continuous Power (MCP) and turns
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21b Page 610

2011.12.06
FREQUENCY CHECKS AND DOCUMENTS A

POSSIBLE CAUSES
MCP Main rotor blades. Check and adjust tab(s) 62-00-00, 5-1
1 Omega Z Tabs incorrectly adjusted. T5 and/or T6.
6.56 Hz for NR = 394
rpm
Turns Main rotor blades. Adjust the tabs to obtain 62-33-00, 4-1
1 Omega Z a compromise between 62-00-00, 5-1
6.56 Hz for NR = 394 the MCP configuration 62-11-00, 6-1
rpm and the turn.
If the vibration level is
still too high, install the
blade in question in
another place.
If the fault follows the
blade whose position
has been changed,
check the blade and/or
all the blades.
(2) (2) List of sources and harmonics

(a) (a) Main excitation frequencies of the transmission at nominal rotation speed: NR =
394 rpm (6.56 Hz).
ROTOR FREQUENCY CAUSE IND

HARMONICS (in Hz)
1.0 6.56 1 Omega, main rotor (394 rpm) A
3 19.7 3 Omega (1,182 rpm)
3.86 25.3 Planet gear of epicyclic stage (1,519.7 rpm) B
4.3 28.5 Spirobevel shaft (1,707 rpm) C
5.3 34.8 Tail rotor (2,088 rpm) D
15.5 102.1 Input shaft (6,126 rpm) E
15.5 102.1 Hydraulic pump shaft F
135 886.5 Meshing of planet gear and ring gear B/G
34.7 227.6 Meshing of spirobevel shaft and oil pump C/H
130 853.7 Meshing of planet gear spiral shaft and epicyclic C/B
stage
233.4 1531.6 TGB meshing E/D
264.6 1735.8 Meshing of input shaft and spirobevel shaft E/C
J. Close-up
(1) If necessary, install the carpets, cushioning or other installations removed.
(2) Remove all equipment and tools used:
- accelerometers,
- STEADY Control equipment,
- magnetic sensors,
- cables,
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21b Page 611

2011.12.06
- protection adhesive tape.
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21b Page 612

2011.12.06
A B D
Z=30 Z=35
BTA
F
G
Z=100 Z=44
Z=15
POMPE HYDRAU. E
HYDRAULIC PUMP
Z=17
C
Z=61
H POMPE DE LUBRIFICATION
LUBRIFICATION PUMP
Diagnosis of anomalies through vibration analysis using STEADY Control adjustment equipement
Figure 601
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21b Page 613

2011.12.06
4 8
9
9
7
8
1
2
Figure 602
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21b Page 614

2011.12.06
20 mm
(.787 in.)
Figure 603
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21b Page 615

2011.12.06
FRONT FACE
CONTROL
RS232 PANEL
12
11
10 A RESULT
B CONFIG.
9
ROTOR 1
POWER TOP
8
RESET 28V 2
BACK FACE BACK FACE
28V ROTOR 28V

TOP
ROTOR
TOP
S1
3
A7 S1
A7
4
A4 A5 A6
A4 A5 A6
5
A1 A2 A3
A1 A2 A3
STEADY CONTROL STEADY CONTROL

703A94.3200.00 703A94.3200.01
7 6
Figure 604
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21b Page 616

2011.12.06
IPS Spectrum
0.7 IPS
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.1
0.0 Hz
0 31 62 93 124 155 186 217 248 279 310
Type Flight date Type of acq Flight stage Sensibility (mV/G) Accelerometers Sampl. freq. (Hz) Color
AS355 01/03/2007 15:01:31 Main rotor MCP 100 Zcop 1244
Figure 605
Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21b Page 617

Conf. Code: 002 05-50-00, 6-21b Page 618
2011.12.06

6-24 Operation to be carried out after immersion

Section 4 FLM
Section 8.3 FLM
TURBOMECA EMM
20.07.03.407 MTC
07-10-00, 3-1 ................................. Jacking-up - Helicopter
12-10-00, 3-2 ................................. Refueling / Draining - Fuel System
12-30-00, 3-1 ................................. Cleaning - Helicopter
21-51-10, 6-1 ................................. Check - Air Conditioning System with Refrigerant
24-00-00, 6-2 ................................. Check - Electrical Bonding of Helicopter
24-33-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - Battery
25-21-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - Energy absorbtions front
seats
25-22-00, 4-2 ................................. Removal / Installation - Forward two-seat bench
25-22-00, 4-4 ................................. Removal / Installation - Rear Seat Bench
25-27-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Overhead light upholstery
25-27-00, 4-2 ................................ Removal / Installation - Door upholstery
28-11-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal - Fuel Tank
28-11-00, 4-2 ................................ Installation - Fuel Tank
29-00-00, 3-3 ................................ Filling / Draining - Hydraulic System
29-10-00, 4-3 ................................ Removal / Installation - Hydraulic System Equipment
29-11-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Hydraulic System
Equipments
32-11-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Landing gear
32-11-00, 4-2 ................................ Tear Down / Build up - Landing Gear
34-10-00, 3-1 ................................ Drying - Pitot Static System
34-10-00, 5-1 ................................ Functional Tests-Pitot-Static System
34-11-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Pitot Tube Assembly
34-12-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Altimeter
34-12-00, 5-1 ................................ Functional Tests - Altimeter
34-13-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Vertical Speed Indicator
34-13-00, 5-1 ................................ Functional Tests - Vertical Speed Indicator
34-14-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Airspeed Indicator
34-14-00, 5-1 ................................ Functional Tests - Air Speed Indicator
34-15-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Temperature Probes
34-15-00, 5-1 ................................ Functional Tests - Temperature Probes
52-12-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal - Sliding Door
Conf. Code: 001 05-50-00, 6-24 Page 601

2011.11.30
52-12-00, 4-2 ................................ Installation - Sliding Door

52-31-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Lateral Cargo Hold Door
52-32-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Rear Cargo Hold Door
53-00-00, 6-1 ................................ Check - Fuselage
53-51-00, 4-2 ................................ Removal / Installation - Lower fairings
55-11-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Horizontal Stabilizer
55-20-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal - Fins
62-11-00, 9-1 ................................ Preservation / Depreservation - Main Rotor Blades
62-21-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal - Main Rotor Hub
62-21-00, 4-2 ................................ Installation - Main Rotor Hub
62-21-00, 4-3 ................................ Disassembly - Main Rotor Hub
62-21-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection Criteria - STARFLEX star Assembly
62-21-00, 6-2 ................................ Inspection Criteria - STARFLEX Spherical Bearing
62-21-00, 6-3 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Upper and Lower Blade Attach
Beams
62-21-00, 6-5 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Bolt of the Spherical Thrust
Bearing
62-21-00, 6-8 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Mast / Hub Attachment Bolt
62-21-00, 6-9 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Electrical Bonding Braid
62-21-00, 6-10 .............................. Inspection Criteria - Droop Restrainer Bracket
62-21-00, 6-11 .............................. Check - Spring Anti-Vibrator
62-21-00, 6-12 .............................. Inspection Criteria - Pitch Change Lever
62-21-00, 6-13 .............................. Inspection Criteria - Droop Restrainer Ring
62-21-00, 6-14 .............................. Inspection Criteria - Upper and lower blade attach
beams / Frequency adapters attachment bolt
62-31-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Rotor Mast
62-31-00, 9-1 ................................ Preservation / Depreservation - Main Rotor Mast
63-11-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal - MGB / Engine Coupling
63-11-00, 4-2 ................................ Installation - MGB / Engine Coupling
63-11-00, 6-4 ................................ Inspection Criteria - MGB Input Housing
63-11-00, 6-5 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Engine Coupling Housing
63-11-00, 6-6 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Gimbal Ring
63-11-00, 6-7 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Gimbal Ring Pin
63-11-00, 6-9 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Engine Flange
63-21-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal - MGB
63-21-00, 4-2 ................................ Installation - MGB
63-21-00, 9-1 ................................ Preservation / Depreservation - MGB
63-31-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Bi-directional suspension
cross-bar assembly
Conf. Code: 001 05-50-00, 6-24 Page 602

2011.11.30
63-31-00, 6-2 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Laminate Suspension Block

Supports
63-31-00, 6-3 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Laminate Suspension Block Pins
64-10-00, 4-2 ................................ Installation - Tail blade assembly
65-11-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal - Front Shaft Section
65-11-00, 4-2 ................................ Installation - Front Shaft Section
65-11-00, 4-5 ................................ Removal - Rear Shaft Section
65-11-00, 4-6 ................................ Installation - Rear Shaft Section
65-11-00, 4-7 ................................ Removal - Bearings
65-11-00, 4-8 ................................ Installation - Bearings
65-11-00, 6-5 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Bearing
65-11-00, 6-6 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Sliding Flange
65-11-00, 6-7 ................................ Inspection Criteria - Flexible Coupling Attachment
65-11-00, 6-8 ................................ Check - Alignment of Tail Rotor Drive Shaft
65-21-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal - TGB
65-21-00, 4-2 ................................ Installation - TGB
65-21-00, 9-1 ................................ Preservation / Depreservation - TGB
67-11-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Cyclic Sticks
67-12-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Collective Levers and Pitch
Control Assembly
67-12-00, 4-3 ................................ Removal - Collective Pitch Control Interconnection
Tube Assembly
67-12-00, 4-4 ................................ Installation - Collective pitch control interconnection
tube assembly
67-21-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Tail Rotor Ball-Type Control
67-21-00, 4-2 ................................ Removal / Installation - Tail Rotor Friction Control
67-21-00, 4-3 ................................ Removal / Installation - Pedal unit
67-21-00, 4-4 ................................ Removal / Installation - Yaw Rods/Pedal
Unit/Intermediate Yaw Bellcranck
67-31-00, 4-2 ................................ Installation - Servocontrol
71-11-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal - Engine
71-11-00, 4-2 ................................ Installation - Engine
71-11-00, 4-3 ................................ Tear Down - Engine
71-11-00, 4-4 ................................ Build Up - Engine
71-41-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - ARRIEL Engine Mount
73-20-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - FADEC
76-11-03, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Collective Pitch anticipator
potentiometer
Conf. Code: 001 05-50-00, 6-24 Page 603

2011.11.30

None

20.04.03.401 MTC
20.09.01.905 MTC
21-00-00, 3-1 ................................. General Safety Instructions - Air Conditioning
28-00-00, 3-1 ................................. General Safety Instructions - Fuel System
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
CM 162 ......................................... storage oil
CM 208 ......................................... white spirit
CM 318 ......................................... protectant
CM 506 ......................................... corrosion preventive compound

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Foreword
(a) The instructions below concern aircraft which remained in water, whatever the time
and the salt content of the water.
(b) The operations which must be carried out are intended to remove all traces of
corrosion or salt deposits.
(c) Comply with the general safety instructions (MTC 20.07.03.407).
NOTE
The operations described in this task cannot

cover all possible cases of immersion. Contact
EUROCOPTER to adapt the operations specified in
this Task to your situation.
(2) Drain the fuel system (12-10-00, 3-2).

(3) Drain the hydraulic systems (29-00-00, 3-3).
(4) Drain the MGB and TGB oil systems (12-10-00, 3-1).
(5) Drain the engine oil system (79-00-00, 3-1).
F. Procedure
(1) Immediate actions to be carried out
(a) Fully clean the aircraft (12-30-00, 3-1), inside and outside, with a solution composed
Conf. Code: 001 05-50-00, 6-24 Page 604

2011.11.30
of fresh water and detergent.
(2) Remove the components

(a) Remove the main rotor blades (62-11-00, 4-1). Carry out the preservation of the
blades (62-11-00, 9-1) and return them to EUROCOPTER.
(b) Remove and discard the tail blade assembly (64-10-00, 4-1).
(c) Lift the aircraft on jacks (07-10-00, 3-1).

(d) Remove all optional equipment.
NOTE
Certain optional equipment items cannot be removed

separately.
They are secured to components whose removal

must be carried out beforehand.
(e) Remove the following airframe components:
NOTE
Any part which cannot be unriveted without risks or

which is made of one piece must be discarded as is.
1 The RH and LH front crew doors.

2 The sliding door (52-12-00, 4-1).
3 The sub-doors.
4 The lateral cargo compartment doors (52-31-00, 4-1).

5 The rear cargo compartment door (52-32-00, 4-1).
6 The aircraft upholstery (cabin, dome light (25-27-00, 4-1), door (25-27-00, 4-2),
cargo compartment upholstery)
7 The upper cowlings (53-51-00, 4-1).

8 The lower cowlings and the cowlings under the bottom structure (53-51-00,
4-2).
9 The junction fairing between the intermediate structure and the tail boom
(under the engine exhaust pipe).
10 The heat shield cowling on the drive fairings (ARRIEL 2B1 and 2D).
11 The tail rotor drive fairings.
12 The landing gear components (32-11-00, 4-1) and (32-11-00, 4-2):
- attachments of the forward and aft cross members,

- landing gear assembly (forward cross member, skids, aft cross member),
- footsteps,
- pads,
- basic wear plates (or reinforced optional wear plates),
Conf. Code: 001 05-50-00, 6-24 Page 605

2011.11.30
- landing gear skid plugs.
13 The passenger seats (25-22-00, 4-2) or (25-22-00, 4-4).

14 The pilot and copilot seats (25-21-00, 4-1).
15 The baggage compartment floor (rear compartment only).
16 The access door to the tail boom.

(f) Remove the following mechanical components:
1 The tail rotor drive shaft
- The forward section (65-11-00, 4-1).

- The aft section (65-11-00, 4-5).
2 The hydraulic equipment (29-10-00, 4-3) or (29-11-00, 4-1) and the
servocontrols (67-31-00, 4-1) or (67-32-00, 4-1) secured to the MGB/rotor mast
assembly.
3 The rotor mast (62-31-00, 4-1).
4 The main rotor head (62-21-00, 4-1).

5 The MGB (63-21-00, 4-1).
6 The MGB suspension bars (63-31-00, 4-1).
7 The TRH and the TGB (65-21-00, 4-1).

8 The MGB / engine coupling (63-11-00, 4-1).
9 The engine (71-11-00, 4-1).
10 The FADEC (73-20-00, 4-1).

(g) Remove the flight control components:
NOTE
During the removal of the flight controls, exercise

special care to prevent damage to the electrical
wiring.
1 Remove the components of the cyclic pitch controls:
- cyclic pitch sticks (67-11-00, 4-1),

- pitch torque tube (67-11-00, 4-1),
- pitch bellcrank,
- pitch rods (67-11-00, 4-1),
- roll bellcranks,
- roll interconnecting rods (67-11-00, 4-1),
- roll rods (67-11-00, 4-1),
- cyclic pitch compensation spring,
- adjustable friction device.
2 Remove the components of the collective pitch controls
- collective pitch lever (67-12-00, 4-1),

- low pitch stop anchoring device,
Conf. Code: 001 05-50-00, 6-24 Page 606

2011.11.30
- torque tube (67-12-00, 4-3),

- collective pitch bellcrank (67-12-00, 4-1),
- collective pitch rod (67-12-00, 4-3),
- adjustable friction device,
- anticipation potentiometer on coupling unit.
3 Remove the components of the mixed controls:
- mixing unit equipped with the roll, pitch and collective bellcranks (
67-12-00, 4-1),
- control rods (roll + pitch),
- control rods (pitch + collective),
- bellcranks (roll + collective),
- bellcrank (pitch + collective),
- servocontrol input rods (roll + collective),
- servocontrol input rods (pitch + collective).
4 Remove the components of the yaw controls:
- pilot and copilot pedal units (67-21-00, 4-3),

- coupling tube,
- yaw rod (67-21-00, 4-4),
- yaw anticipation control,
- friction device (67-21-00, 4-2),
- ball control cable (two-part yaw control sheath with cut at the intermediate
structure / tail boom junction) (67-21-00, 4-1).
(h) Remove the other airframe components

1 The engine mount (71-41-00, 4-1).
2 The tail boom and the equipment installed on it (53-31-00, 4-1).
3 The tail bumper.

4 The vertical stabilizers and the equipment installed on them (55-20-00, 4-1).
5 The horizontal stabilizer (55-11-00, 4-1).
6 Remove the components of the electrical equipment installed on the aircraft

structure.
7 Remove the fuel tank (28-11-00, 4-1).
8 Remove the fuel equipment items secured to the airframe.
(i) Carry out the preservation of the following items and send them to the supplier for
overhaul:
1 the hydraulic pump(s),
2 the electrical equipment (starter-generator(s), electrical master box, ground

power connector, fuse panels, circuit-breaker panels, etc.),
3 the hydraulic equipment items installed on the aircraft structure,

4 the optional systems, in accordance with the instructions of the equipment
manufacturer documentation.
(3) Actions to be carried out on the landing gears
Conf. Code: 001 05-50-00, 6-24 Page 607

2011.11.30
(a) Apply the washing procedures (MTC 20.07.03.407).
(b) Dry with dry air.

(c) Make sure that the skids no longer contain water and the holes at the back are not
clogged.
(d) Inspect the landing gear (32-11-00, 6-1).
(e) Check the condition of the attachments of the landing gear components (32-11-00,
6-3).
(f) Inspect the wear plate, replace it if necessary (32-11-00, 4-2).
(g) Inspect and remove any traces of corrosion (MTC 20.04.03.401) in accordance with
the inspection criteria (32-11-00, 6-1).
(h) Protect the attachment end fittings and the unpainted metal surfaces by spraying
surface protection protectant CM 318.
(4) Actions to be carried out on the aircraft structure
(a) Clean the airframe (MTC 20.07.03.407).
(b) Inspect the airframe. Carefully inspect the following items (53-00-00, 6-1):
- jacking ball-joints,
- reinforced fittings assembly,
- MGB suspension bar fittings,
- mooring rings,
- sling and optional equipment attachment fittings,
- tail bumper attachment fitting,
- stabilizer,
- landing gear attachment fittings,
- fuel tank compartment.
(c) Protect the metal surfaces only by spraying corrosion preventive compound CM
506.
(d) With a brush, apply surface protectant CM 318 to all unpainted metal parts (end
fittings, attachment fittings).
(e) Clean the hinges, articulations, locking systems and door guiding rails with white
spirit CM 208.
(f) With a brush, apply storage oil CM 162 to hinges, articulations, locking systems and
door guiding rails.
(5) Actions to be carried out on the aircraft bottom structure

(a) Clean the aircraft bottom structure (MTC 20.07.03.407)
- Carefully clean all flight control supports.
(b) Inspect for and remove any traces of corrosion (MTC 20.04.03.401).
(c) Protect the painted metal surfaces by spraying corrosion preventive compound CM
531.
(d) With a brush, apply surface protectant CM 318 to all unpainted metal parts.
(e) Inspect the frames of the bottom structure for impact marks or distortion.
Conf. Code: 001 05-50-00, 6-24 Page 608

2011.11.30
(6) Actions to be carried out on the mechanical assemblies

(a) Apply the washing procedures as per the instructions of the (MTC 20.07.03.407).
(b) Dry with dry air. Carefully remove stagnant water from the receptacles.
(c) Inspect for and remove all traces of corrosion (MTC 20.04.03.401).
(d) Protect the casings, attachment end fittings and unpainted metal surfaces by
spraying surface protectant CM 318.
(e) Package the rotor mast assemblies, the MGB the TGB and TRH for shipment to 3rd
Maintenance Level and overhaul (62-31-00, 9-1), (63-21-00, 9-1) and (65-21-00,
9-1).
(f) Carry out a detailed inspection of the MGB/engine coupling (63-11-00, 6-1) (
63-11-00, 6-4), (63-11-00, 6-5),(63-11-00, 6-6), (63-11-00, 6-7) and (63-11-00, 6-9).
(g) Carry out a detailed inspection of the MGB suspension bars (63-31-00, 6-1), (
63-31-00, 6-2), (63-31-00, 6-3) and (63-31-00, 6-4).
(h) Carry out a detailed inspection of the engine mount.
(i) Replace the bearings of the tail rotor drive shaft (65-11-00, 4-7) and (65-11-00, 4-8).
(j) Carry out a detailed inspection of the tail rotor drive (65-11-00, 6-1), (65-11-00, 6-3),
(65-11-00, 6-4), (65-11-00, 6-5), (65-11-00, 6-6) and (65-11-00, 6-7).
(k) Replace the frequency adapters and the spherical thrust bearings (62-21-00, 4-3).
(l) Carry out a detailed inspection of the MRH, (62-21-00, 6-1) (62-21-00, 6-2), (
62-21-00, 6-3), (62-21-00, 6-5), (62-21-00, 6-6), (62-21-00, 6-8), (62-21-00, 6-9), (
62-21-00, 6-10), (62-21-00, 6-11), (62-21-00, 6-12), (62-21-00, 6-13), (62-21-00,
6-14).
(7) Actions to be carried out on the engine
(a) Apply the washing and protection procedures (EMM TURBOMECA).
(b) Tear down the engine (71-11-00, 4-3).

(c) Carry out the preservation procedure on the engine and return it for overhaul (EMM
TURBOMECA).
(8) Actions to be carried out on the fuel system
NOTE
Before starting work on the fuel systems, refer to the

fuel general instructions (28-00-00, 3-1).
(a) Remove the fuel tank, then carry out the following operations:
1 Remove, preserve and send to the supplier the equipment items installed on
the fuel tank:
- fuel gauge,
- explosion-proof electric booster pump,
- bleed and cable mechanism, etc.
2 Remove the components of the engine system and of the fuel control system.
Conf. Code: 001 05-50-00, 6-24 Page 609

2011.11.30
(b) Abundantly wash the fuel tank with fresh water and preserve it as per the
instructions of the (MTC 20.09.01.905).
(c) Inspect the straps which secure the fuel tank to the airframe.
(d) Inspect the flexible and rigid lines of the fuel system (engine fuel return line, fuel
supply line, etc.) and the connections (elbow union between flexible line and fuel
shut-off valve, fireproof union on the engine fuel inlet, etc.).
(e) Blow the inside of the lines with hot air to remove all traces of liquid.
(f) Check the condition and the attachments of the vent pipe, on the airframe and the
fuel tank.
(9) Remove all equipment from the instrument panel, and the electrical wiring harnesses
from the bottom structure.
(10) Actions to be carried out on the electrical, radio communication and radio navigation
systems
(a) Systematically replace the battery or batteries (24-33-00, 4-1).

(b) Replace all the electrical and electronic wiring harnesses.
(c) Inspect the inside of the connectors for humidity. If necessary, dry them.
(11) Actions to be carried out on the Pitot-static system

(a) Disconnect the components of the Pitot-static system (Pitot tube (34-11-00, 4-1),
airspeed indicator (34-14-00, 4-1, static pressure ports, altimeter (34-12-00, 4-1),
vertical speed indicator (34-13-00, 4-1), temperature probe (34-15-00, 4-1).
(b) Remove all traces of water from the pipes and inspect their attachments to the
airframe (34-10-00, 3-1).
(c) Reconnect the components of the Pitot-static system (Pitot tube (34-11-00, 4-1),
airspeed indicator (34-14-00, 4-1, static pressure ports, altimeter (34-12-00, 4-1),
vertical speed indicator (34-13-00, 4-1), temperature probe (34-15-00, 4-1)).
(d) Check the correct operation of the components of the Pitot-static system (34-10-00,
5-1), (34-12-00, 5-1), (34-13-00, 5-1), (34-14-00, 5-1), (34-15-00, 5-1).
(e) Check the correct operation of the Pitot heating system.
(12) Actions to be carried out on the hydraulic and lubrication systems

(a) Inspect the flexible and rigid lines of the hydraulic system, as well as those of the
cooling and lubrication systems.
(b) Wash the hydraulic equipment items to remove corrosive deposits, dirt and other
contaminants, then dry with compressed air or any other means. If necessary, re
lubricate (using original product).
(c) Flush the coolers of the MGB and engine cooling systems (MTC 20.07.03.407).
(13) Actions to be carried out on the air distribution system
(a) Inspect the components of the heating/demisting system (induction nozzle in the
bottom structure to dilute the air, distribution lines).
(b) Blow the inside of the lines with hot air to remove all traces of liquid.
Conf. Code: 001 05-50-00, 6-24 Page 610

2011.11.30
(14) Actions to be carried out on the air conditioning system
NOTE
Before starting work on the air conditioning system,

refer to the air conditioning general instruction (
21-00-00, 3-1).
(a) Inspect the air conditioning system (21-51-00, 6-1).
(b) Return all the sensors and electrical components to the supplier for overhaul.
(c) Wash the components of the condenser assembly, the sand filter and the cabin
and cockpit evaporator duct to remove all corrosive deposits, dirt and other
contaminants, then dry with compressed air or any other means. If necessary, re
lubricate (using original product).
(15) Actions to be carried out on the compartments, cowlings, fairings, doors and floors
(a) Clean the cowling hinges with white spirit CM 208 and protect them with storage oil
CM 162.
(b) Clean the hinges, articulations, guiding rails and locks with white spirit CM 208.
(c) Carry out a detailed inspection of the upper and lower cowlings.
(d) Carry out a detailed inspection of the bottom structure.
(e) Carry out a detailed inspection of the cabin, baggage compartment and cargo
compartment floors.
NOTE
All other equipment items not mentioned in this Task

but which suffered water damage, must be washed
in accordance with the MTC procedures (MTC
20.07.03.407) to remove all corrosive deposits, dirt
and other contaminants. Then dry with compressed
air or any other means and, if necessary, re lubricate
(using original product).
(16) Installation
(a) Install the following items:
1 the equipment of the instrument panel,

2 the electrical wiring harnesses of the bottom structure,
3 the hydraulic pumps.
(b) Install the following airframe components:

1 install the equipment on the fuel tank then install the fuel tank (28-11-00, 4-2),
2 the tail boom and the equipment installed on iti (53-31-00, 4-1),
3 the vertical stabilizers (55-20-00, 4-2),

4 the equipment installed on the vertical stabilizers,
Conf. Code: 001 05-50-00, 6-24 Page 611

2011.11.30
5 the electrical equipment installed on the aircraft structure,
6 the fuel equipment secured to the airframe and the components of the engine
and fuel control system.
(c) Install the flight control components:
NOTE
All the components of the flight control chain must be

new.
1 the servocontrols on the main rotor (67-31-00, 4-2) and (67-32-00, 4-1),
2 the components of the cyclic pitch controls (67-11-00, 4-1),

3 the components of the collective pitch controls (67-12-00, 4-1) and (67-12-00,
4-4),
4 the components of the mixed controls (67-12-00, 4-1),
5 the components of the yaw controls (67-21-00, 4-1), (67-21-00, 4-3) and (
67-21-00, 4-4).
(d) Install the following mechanical equipment
1 the TGB and the TRH (65-21-00, 4-2),
2 the MGB suspension bars (63-31-00, 4-1),

3 the MGB (63-21-00, 4-2),
4 the rotor mast (62-31-00, 4-1),
5 the main rotor head (62-21-00, 4-2),

6 the MGB/engine coupling (63-11-00, 4-2),
7 the engine mounts, the engine and the FADEC (71-11-00, 4-2) et (73-20-00,
4-1),
8 install the accessories on the engine (71-11-00, 4-4),

9 the hydraulic components of the hydraulic system secured to the MGB/rotor
mast assembly,
10 install the tail rotor drive
- the forward section (65-11-00, 4-2),

- the aft section (65-11-00, 4-6),
11 check the alignment of the tail rotor drive (65-11-00, 6-8).

(e) Install the removed structure components
1 The access door to the tail boom.
2 The baggage compartment floor.

3 The pilot and copilot seats (25-21-00, 4-1).
4 The passenger seats (25-22-00, 4-2) or (25-22-00, 4-4).
Conf. Code: 001 05-50-00, 6-24 Page 612

2011.11.30
5 The landing gear components (32-11-00, 4-1) and (32-11-00, 4-2).
6 The tail bumper.

7 The horizontal stabilizer (55-11-00, 4-1).
8 The tail rotor drive fairings.
9 The junction fairing between the intermediate structure and the tail boom
(under the engine exhaust pipe).
10 The heat shield cowling (ARRIEL 2B1 and 2D).
11 The lower cowlings under the bottom structure (53-51-00, 4-2).
12 The upper cowlings (53-51-00, 4-1).

13 The aircraft upholstery.
14 The standard lighting.
15 The lateral cargo compartment doors (52-31-00, 4-1).

16 The rear cargo compartment access door (52-32-00, 4-1).
17 The cabin fixed sub-door.
18 The sliding door (52-12-00, 4-2).

19 The RH and LH front crew doors.
(f) Install the optional equipment.
(g) Put the aircraft on its landing skids (07-10-00, 3-1).

(h) Install the main rotor blades (62-11-00, 4-1) and the tail rotor blades (64-10-00, 4-2).
G. Close-up
(1) Replenish the lubrication systems (12-10-00, 3-1) and (79-00-00, 3-1).
(2) Refuel the aircraft (12-10-00, 3-2).
(3) Replenish the hydraulic reservoirs (29-00-00, 3-3).

(4) Install the battery (24-33-00, 4-1).
(5) Carry out the electrical bonding measurements (24-00-00, 6-2).
(6) Carry out all the necessary tests related to the removed equipment:
- fuel system,
- hydraulic system,
- AC and DC generation system,
- flights control,
- automatic Flight Control System,
- pitot-static system,
- radio systems (navigation, communication, etc.),
- emergency locator transmitter.
(7) Carry out a ground run (FLM Section 4).
(8) Carry out a functional check flight.
Conf. Code: 001 05-50-00, 6-24 Page 613

2011.11.30
(9) Carry out the checks (FLM Section 8.3).
Conf. Code: 001 05-50-00, 6-24 Page 614

Calendar Inspections - Inspection / Check

6-1 Transmission Components - Main Rotor Drive / Tail Rotor Drive

62-21-00, 6-3 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Upper and Lower Blade Attach
Beams
62-21-00, 6-5 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Bolt of the Spherical Thrust
Bearing
62-21-00, 6-6 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Blade Attachment Pin
62-21-00, 6-8 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Mast / Hub Attachment Bolt
62-21-00, 6-9 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Electrical Bonding Braid
62-21-00, 6-10 ............................... Inspection Criteria - Droop Restrainer Bracket
62-31-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - Rotor Mast
62-31-00, 6-4 ................................. Verification - Rotor mast sealant bead
62-32-00, 6-1 ................................ Check - Swashplate Assembly
62-33-00, 6-1 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Pitch-Change Link
62-33-00, 6-2 ................................. Inspection Criteria - "Diapason" Scissors Link
62-33-00, 6-3 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Scissors Link
63-11-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal - MGB / Engine Coupling
63-11-00, 4-2 ................................. Installation - MGB / Engine Coupling
63-11-00, 6-6 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Gimbal Ring
63-11-00, 6-7 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Gimbal Ring Pin
63-21-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal - MGB
63-21-00, 4-2 ................................. Installation - MGB
63-21-00, 4-4 ................................. Removal / Installation - MGB Oil Pump
63-21-00, 4-5 ................................. Removal / Installation - MGB Lower casing
63-31-00, 6-4 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Coupling Cross-bar
63-32-00, 6-2 ................................. Inspection Criteria - MGB Suspension Bar Bolt
64-10-00, 4-2 ................................. Installation - Tail blade assembly
65-11-00, 6-1 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Forward Shaft Section Assembly
65-11-00, 6-7 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Flexible Coupling Attachment
Conf. Code: 001 05-60-00, 6-1 Page 601

2012.03.01
65-21-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal - TGB

65-21-00, 4-2 ................................. Installation - TGB
65-21-00, 6-8 ................................. Inspection Criteria - Control Plate Bearing
laminated Bearing

None

None
B. Special Tools
AR4430 ......................................... borescope
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
IF CORROSION, IMPACTS OR SCORES

OUTSIDE CRITERIA ARE DETECTED, SEND THE
MECHANICAL ASSEMBLY IN QUESTION TO AN
APPROVED WORKSHOP OR TO EUROCOPTER
FOR GENERAL OVERHAUL.
AFTER VERIFICATIONS AND POSSIBLE RE-

PAIRS, THE ASSEMBLIES IN QUESTION WILL BE
SET INTO SERVICE FOR THEIR REMAINING TBO
IN FLYING HOURS OR CALENDAR FREQUENCY
AS PER CRITERIA DEFINED IN THE MSM.
USING MINERAL OIL IS RECOMMENDED FOR

MECHANICAL ASSEMBLIES WITH LESS THAN
150 FLYING HOURS PER YEAR.
DURING 2ND CALENDAR INSPECTION,

SEND ALL MECHANICAL ASSEMBLIES THAT
HAVE REACHED THEIR TBO (TIME BEFORE
OVERHAUL) WHICH HAVE NOT UNDERGONE
GENERAL OVERHAUL IN THE LAST 24 YEARS.
Conf. Code: 001 05-60-00, 6-1 Page 602

2012.03.01
NOTE
Mechanical assemblies with a utilization time and/or

method which corresponds with the criteria defined in
the MSM are subject to an inspection as detailed
below.
(1) Main rotor hub

(a) Carry out verifications of mechanical components:
1 STARFLEX star assembly (62-21-00, 6-1),
2 STARFLEX ball joint (62-21-00, 6-2),

3 Upper and lower sleeve flanges (62-21-00, 6-3),
4 Spherical thrust bearing (62-21-00, 6-4),
5 Spherical thrust bearing pin (62-21-00, 6-5),

6 Blade pin (62-21-00, 6-6),
7 Frequency adapter (62-21-00, 6-7),
8 Mast / Rotor hub link bolt (62-21-00, 6-8),

9 Bonding braid (62-21-00, 6-9),
10 Droop restrainer caliper (62-21-00, 6-10).
(2) Rotor mast

(a) Remove the rotor mast assembly (62-31-00, 4-1).
(b) Ensure that the rotor mast is in good condition (62-31-00, 6-1).
(c) Ensure that the swashplate bearing is in good condition (62-32-00, 6-1).
(d) Check swashplates and ensure that there is no corrosion.
(e) Check pitch change links (62-33-00, 6-1) and attachment bolts to ensure that they
are in good condition.
(f) Ensure that the servocontrol attachment fittings are in good condition.
(g) Ensure that scissors (62-33-00, 6-2) and (62-33-00, 6-3) are in good condition and
that there is no corrosion on link bolts.
(h) Ensure that the sealant bead is in good condition and that there is no corrosion at
the upper roller raceway of the rotor mast shaft (62-31-00, 6-4).
(i) Install the rotor mast assembly (62-31-00, 4-1).

(3) MGB
(a) Remove the MGB (63-21-00, 4-1).
(b) Ensure that MGB suspension bars are in good condition (63-32-00, 6-1).
(c) Ensure that there is no corrosion on the link bolts (63-32-00, 6-2).
(d) Remove MGB modules (63-21-00, 4-7).
Conf. Code: 001 05-60-00, 6-1 Page 603

2012.03.01
(e) Remove lower casing (63-21-00, 4-5).
(f) Check the bevel ring gear and bevel pinion, (teeth), as well as the outer roller
raceways and ensure that they are in good condition and that there is no corrosion.
NOTE
The bevel reduction gear must be removed / installed

by a EUROCOPTER specialist.
(g) Check the epicyclic reduction gear (outer roller raceways, if possible and teeth) and
ensure that it is in good condition and that there is no corrosion.
(h) Remove the oil pump (63-21-00, 4-4).
(i) Check the oil pump (teeth) and ensure that it is in good condition and that there is
no corrosion.
(j) Install the oil pump (63-21-00, 4-4).
(k) Ensure that the two-way suspension is in good condition and that there is no
corrosion:
1 laminated stop (63-31-00, 6-1),

2 laminated stop pin (63-31-00, 6-3),
3 two-way suspension cross-member (63-31-00, 6-4).
(l) Install the MGB (63-21-00, 4-2).

(4) MGB / Engine link
(a) Remove the MGB / Engine link (63-11-00, 4-1).
(b) Check the gimbal joint link and ensure that it is in good condition and that there is
no corrosion:
1 gimbal joint ring (63-11-00, 6-6),
2 gimbal joint pin (63-11-00, 6-7).
(c) Install the MGB / Engine link (63-11-00, 4-2).

(5) Tail transmission
(a) Check the tail transmission assembly and ensure that it is in good condition and that
there is no corrosion:
1 front section assembly (65-11-00, 6-1),

2 Tail section (65-11-00, 6-3).
(b) Ensure that there is no corrosion or corrosion fretting on the 3 flector pack bolts on
the splined flange side and dural shaft (remove and install each bolt one at a time in
order to avoid rebalancing the transmission) (65-11-00, 6-7).
(6) Tail gearbox assembly

(a) Remove the tail rotor blades (64-10-00, 4-1).
(b) Check the Chinese weights, weight supports, pitch levers and all metallic parts and
Conf. Code: 001 05-60-00, 6-1 Page 604

2012.03.01
ensure that they are in good condition and that there is no corrosion (64-10-00, 6-1).
(c) Remove the TGB (65-21-00, 4-1).

(d) Check the condition of the TGB casing inner face using a borescope [AR4430].
(e) Check there is no corrosion inside TGB shaft with a borescope [AR4430].
(f) Check the condition of the pitch change plate (65-21-00, 6-8).
(g) Check the condition of the rotor hub body (65-21-00, 6-10).
(h) Check seating planes of the TGB, tail boom as well as the attachment bolt to
ensure that they are in good condition and that there is no contact corrosion.
(i) Install the TGB (65-21-00, 4-2).

(j) Install the tail rotor blades (64-10-00, 4-2).
NOTE
The TGB can be verified by the operator or by a

EUROCOPTER specialist (Contact EUROCOPTER’s
customer service department).
Conf. Code: 001 05-60-00, 6-1 Page 605

Conf. Code: 001 05-60-00, 6-1 Page 606
2012.03.01
CHAPTER 06 - DIMENSIONS AND AREAS
Versions : C3
N: New
R: Revised
D: Deleted

Versions Conf. Code
06-00-00 Dimensions and Areas
Servicing
C3 002 3-1 Location of the Main Components of the Structure 2010.02.04

- Helicopter
06 - LOEDU Page 1
06 - LOEDU Page 2
2012.09.27
Dimensions and Areas - Servicing

3-1 Location of the Main Components of the Structure - Helicopter

None

None

None
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procédure
Figure 301
(1) This task gives the main reference stations on the helicopter.
Config. Code: 002 06-00-00, 3-1 Page 301

2010.02.04
Z−358
Y0
X3400
Z0
Z−1759
Z−2600
Z−3276
X12330
X2700
X3400
X5063
X8098
X8643
X9743
X140
X655
X970
X0
Y1265
Y1000
Y398 Y398
Y0
Y−398
Y−1000
Y−1265
Location of the Main Components of the Structure - Helicopter

Figure 301
Config. Code: 002 06-00-00, 3-1 Page 302

CHAPTER 07 - LIFTING AND SHORING
Versions : C3
N: New
R: Revised
D: Deleted

Versions Conf. Code
07-00-00 Lifting and Shoring
Servicing
C3 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Lifting and Shoring 2010.02.04
C3 3-2 Lifting - Helicopter 2010.02.04
C3 3-3a Removal / Installation - Portable crane 2011.11.28

350A913000.05
C3 3-3b Removal / Installation - Portable Crane 2012.06.15 R

355A91-3040-06 and PRE MOD 074302
07-10-00 Jacking-up - Helicopter
Servicing (DAP101C-0802-Series)
C3 002 3-1 Jacking-up - Helicopter 2010.02.04
07-51-00 Transport
C3 002 2-5 Air transport on 20 Ft pallets (6.1 m) / 2011.11.28

Disassembly-Helicopter
C3 002 2-6 Air transport on 20 Ft (6.1 m) pallets / Assembly- 2011.11.28

Helicopter
07 - LOEDU Page 1
07 - LOEDU Page 2
2012.09.27
Lifting and Shoring - Servicing

3-1 General Safety Instructions - Lifting and Shoring

None

None

None
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
(1) Before you start the lifting or shoring operations:
(a) Make sure that the power of the lifting or shoring devices is sufficient.
(b) Make sure that the center of gravity of the helicopter is at the correct location to let
you do the lifting or shoring operations safety.
(c) Make sure that the ground is sufficiently hard.
(d) Make sure that the lifting or shoring devices are in good condition.
(e) Make sure that the work area is clear and level.
(f) Make sure that there is no person in the helicopter.
(g) Make sure that there is no wind.
07-00-00, 3-1 Page 301

07-00-00, 3-1 Page 302
2010.02.04

3-2 Lifting - Helicopter

12-10-00, 3-2 ........................ Refueling / Draining - Fuel System
53-51-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Upper Cowlings
62-11-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Main Rotor Blades

None

07-00-00, 3-1 ........................ General Safety Instructions - Lifting and Shoring
B. Special Tools
350A91-0005-01 ................... lifting ring
350A91-0006-01 ................... cargo sling
350A91-2100-01 ................... air transportation fuselage sling
355A91-3250-02 ................... MGB cover
350A91-3740-01 ................... rotor mast ring, complete aircraft
703A91-0211-01 ................... shackle, size 16
Commercial .......................... Ropes
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Comply with the general instructions for shoring (07-00-00, 3-1).
(2) Remove the main rotor blades (62-11-00, 4-1).

(3) Drain the helicopter fuel tanks (12-10-00, 3-2).
(4) Decrease the weight of the helicopter as much as possible.
F. Procedure
Figure 301
07-00-00, 3-2 Page 301

2010.02.04
YOU MUST LIFT THE AIRCRAFT WITH THE

350A91-0005-01 ALIGNED WITH THE ROTOR
AXIS.
YOU ARE AUTHORIZED TO LIFT A MAXIMUM

WEIGHT OF:
- 2300 KG IF THE LIFTING CABLE IS ALIGNED
WITH THE ROTOR AXIS.
- 1600 KG IF THERE IS A MAXIMUM ANGLE
OF 14˚ BETWEEN THE LIFTING CABLE AND
THE ROTOR AXIS.
(1) Lifting the complete aircraft with the lifting ring (1) [350A91-0005-01]:
(a) Remove the blanking cover of the lifting cover (3) and replace it with the lifting ring
(1) [350A91-0005-01].
(b) Lock the lifting ring (1) [350A91-0005-01] with its lock plate (2). To do this, attach
the lock plate with the two screws of the fairing of the rotor hub.
(c) Attach the shackle, size 16, [703A91-0211-01] on the lifting ring (1) [
350A91-0005-01].
(d) Attach the 703A91-0211-01 to the lifting equipment used.
(e) Use if necessary,the ropes attached to the landing gear to turn the helicopter.
(2) Lifting the complete aircraft with the cargo-sling (4) [350A91-0006-01]:
(a) Remove the MGB and the engine cowlings (53-51-00, 4-1).
(b) Attach the cargo-sling (4) [350A91-0006-01] to the aircraft :
1 Attach the shackles (5) to the MGB forward bar fittings.

2 Attach the shackles (6) to the aircraft mooring eyebolts.
(c) Attach the cargo-sling (4) [350A91-0006-01] to the lifting equipment used.
(d) Use if necessary, the ropes attached to the landing gear to turn the helicopter.
(3) Lifting the complete aircraft, the "STARFLEX" rotor hub removed, with the complete-
aircraft rotor mast ring (7) [350A91-3740-01]:
(a) Attach the complete-aircraft rotor mast ring (7) [350A91-3740-01] to the rotor mast
with the three attachment bolts of the tool.
(b) Attach the shackle, size 16, [703A91-0211-01] to the complete-aircraft rotor mast
ring (7) [350A91-3740-01].
(c) Attach the 703A91-0211-01 to the lifting equipment used.
(d) Use if necessary, the ropes attached to the landing gear to turn the helicopter.
(4) Lifting the complete aircraft, the rotor mast removed, with the MGB cover (8) [
355A91-3250-02]:
07-00-00, 3-2 Page 302

2010.02.04
(a) Attach the MGB cover (8) [355A91-3250-02] to the MGB.
(b) Attach the MGB bars to the MGB cover (8) [355A91-3250-02].
(c) Attach the shackle, size 16, [703A91-0211-01] to the MGB cover (8) [
355A91-3250-02].
(e) Use if necessary, the ropes attached to the landing gear to turn the helicopter.
(5) Lifting the aircraft, the tail boom and the rotor mast removed, with the air transportation
sling (9) [350A91-2100-01] and the MGB cover (8) [355A91-3250-02]:
(a) Attach the MGB cover (8) [355A91-3250-02] to the MGB.
(b) Attach the air transportation sling (9) [350A91-2100-01] to the aircraft:
1 Attach the shackles (10) to the MGB forward bar fittings.
2 Attach the shackle (11) to the MGB cover (8) [355A91-3250-02].
(c) Attach the shackle, size 16, [703A91-0211-01] to the air transportation sling (9) [
350A91-2100-01].
(e) Use if necessary, the ropes attached to the landing gear to turn the helicopter.
G. Close-up
(1) Install the blades (62-11-00, 4-1).
(2) Refuel the fuel system (12-10-00, 3-2).

(3) Install if necessary, the MGB and engine cowlings (53-51-00, 4-1).
07-00-00, 3-2 Page 303

2010.02.04
2
1
10
11
Lifting - Helicopter
Figure 301
07-00-00, 3-2 Page 304


3-3a Removal / Installation - Portable crane (P/N 350A913000.05)


None

07-00-00, 3-1 ................................ General Safety Instructions - Lifting and Shoring
B. Special Tools
350A91-3000-05 ........................... portable crane
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Remove upper cowlings (53-51-00, 4-1).
F. Procedure
Figure 301
07-00-00, 3-3a Page 301

2011.11.28
READ THE GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

FOR LIFTING AND HOISTING (07-00-00, 3-1) AND
THE MANUFACTURER’S DOCUMENTATIONS
BEFORE INSTALLING THE PORTABLE CRANE [
350A91-3000-05].
THE MECHANICAL ASSEMBLIES CANNOT BE

DISASSEMBLED BY MEANS OF THE PORTABLE
CRANE [350A91-3000-05],WHEN THE BLADES
ARE FOLDED. AN OVERHEAD CLEAREANCE
OF 4.30 M (169 IN.) MINIMUM IS NEEDED
WHEN DISSEMBLING THE ENGINE USING THE
PORTABLE CRANE [350A91-3000-05].
NEVER ATTACH THE PORTABLE CRANE

TO ANCHORING OTHERPOINTS THAN THOSE
PROVIDED FOR ON THE AIRCRAFT.
(1) Installing the portable crane [350A91-3000-05] for the mast, MRH and vibration dampers
(Figure 301 Sheet 2 , DETAIL A) and for ARRIEL engine (Figure 301 Sheet 3 ,
DETAIL E).
NOTE
The portable crane [350A91-3000-05] must only be

installed to the LH side of the aircraft. Three
operators are required for installing the portable
crane [350A91-3000-05], two on ground and one
on the transmission deck fitted with anti-fall safety
equipment secured to the anchor point on the
aircraft.
(a) Ensure that mast (7) can freely rotate with respect to clamp (5) (the pin on clamp (5
) must not be retracted).
(b) Secure the longitudinal strut (8) to the front RH fitting of the MGB suspension bars.
(c) Hold the longitudinal strut (8) at its end.
(d) Pin the base of the mast (7) on the RH storm mooring eye end.
(e) Raise the mast (7) by rotating it around the pin.

(f) Pin the longitudinal strut (8) to clamp (5) of the mast (7).
(g) Immobilise the longitudinal strut-mast assembly.
(h) Secure the transverse strut (6) to the LH mooring eye end.
(i) Raise the transverse strut (6) by rotating it around the pin.
(j) Pin transverse strut (6) to clamp (5) of the mast (7).
(k) Insert jib (1) in the pick-up fitting (9).
07-00-00, 3-3a Page 302

2011.11.28
(l) Attach jib (1) in the short position in the pick-up fitting (9) with pins (2).
(m) Rotate mast (7), to direct jib (1) in the most adapted position for installing JOCKEY (
4) on jib (1).
(n) Prevent mast (7) from turning with pin on clamp (5).
(o) Install JOCKEY (4) on pick-up fitting (9).
(p) Secure hook of JOCKEY (4) using PIP pin (3).

(q) Attach PIP pin (3) allowing JOCKEY (4) to be immobilised during use.
(r) Engage cable in pulley (10) at the end of jib (1).
(s) Position jib (1) in the short position or in extended position depending on use.
(2) Removing portable crane [350A91-3000-05] for mast, MRH and vibration dampers (
Figure 301 Sheet 2 , DETAIL C) and for ARRIEL engine (Figure 301 Sheet 3 , DETAIL
G).
(a) Remove cable from pulley (10) at the end of jib (1).
(b) Detach PIP pin (3).

(c) Remove hook from JOCKEY (4) of PIP pin (3).
(d) Remove JOCKEY (4) from pick-up fitting (9).
(e) Remove pin from clamp (5).

(f) Rotate mast (7), to direct jib (1) in the most adapted position for removal.
(g) Remove pins (2).
(h) Remove jib (1) from pick-up fitting (9).

(i) Unpin transverse strut (6) from clamp (5).
(j) Place transverse strut on ground (6) by rotating it around the pin.
(k) Remove mooring eye end from transverse strut (6).

(l) Unpin the longitudinal strut (8) from clamp (5).
(m) Place mast on ground (7) by rotating it around the pin.
(n) Unpin the base of the mast (7) from storm mooring eye end.
(o) Remove longitudinal strut (8) from front RH fitting of MGB suspension bars.
G. Close-up
(1) Install upper cowlings (53-51-00, 4-1).
07-00-00, 3-3a Page 303

2011.11.28
1
2
10 3
4
5
9
Removal / Installation - Portable crane 350A913000.05

07-00-00, 3-3a Page 304

2011.11.28
Pose/Installation
A B
B
F
1
6
1
7
8
8
Dépose/Removal
D C
F D
8
1
6
7 8
1 6
Be
gin D
nin épa 6
g o rt f
f in lêc
8 clu he/
de
da
ngle
FWD
End of included angle
1
Arrivée flêche/
° 6
12

07-00-00, 3-3a Page 305

2011.11.28
Pose/Installation
E F
F
1
6
8
7
8
Dépose/Removal
H G
H
8 F
1 6
7 8
1 6
gle
d an
f inc che/
lude
ê
6
inni épart fl
ng o
D
8
Beg
201°
FWD
End of included angle
Arrivée flêche/

07-00-00, 3-3a Page 306


3-3b Removal / Installation - Portable Crane (P/N 355A91-3040-06) and PRE MOD
074302


None

07-00-00, 3-1 ................................. General Safety Instructions - Lifting and Shoring
B. Special Tools
355A91-3040-06 ............................ portable crane
C. Materials
None
None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Remove the upper cowlings (53-51-00, 4-1).
F. Procedure
Figure 301
07-00-00, 3-3b Page 301

2012.06.15
READ THE GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

FOR THE LIFTING AND SHORING (07-00-00, 3-1)
BEFORE YOU INSTALL THE PORTABLE CRANE [
355A91-3040-06].
THE LOAD LIMITATION OF THE PORTABLE

CRANE [355A91-3040-06] PREVENTS THE
LIFTING OF THE ASSEMBLED MGB AND THE
MRH.
DO NOT DISASSEMBLE THE BLADES AND

THE DYNAMIC SYSTEMS WITH THE PORTABLE
CRANE [355A91-3040-06] WHEN THE BLADES
ARE FOLDED.
A MINIMUM OVERHEAD CLEARANCE OF 4,50

M (178 IN.) IS NECESSARY TO DISASSEMBLE
THE BLADES WITH THE PORTABLE CRANE [
355A91-3040-06].
(1) Installation of the portable crane.
NOTE
You can install the portable crane [355A91-3040-06]

on the right or left of the aircraft.
Two operators are necessary to install the portable

crane [355A91-3040-06].
(a) Install and tighten the bottom attachment fitting (8) on the skid of the landing gear.
(b) Attach the longitudinal strut (9) to the eye of the MGB forward bar fitting with a pin.
Let the other end of the longitudinal strut rest on the transmission deck.
(c) Attach the transverse strut (5) to the aircraft mooring eyebolt with a pin. Let the
transverse strut hang.
(d) Disassemble portable crane [355A91-3040-06] on ground as per manufacturer

document.
(e) Make sure the clamp (6) is tight before you straighten the portable crane [
355A91-3040-06] to make the handling of the portable crane [355A91-3040-06]
easier.
(f) Straighten, install and pin the portable crane [355A91-3040-06] to the bottom
attachment fitting (8).
(g) Attach the transverse strut (5) and the longitudinal strut (9) to the top mast (7) with
the pins.
(h) Adjust the height of the jib with the adjustable strut (4) for the dynamic system you
must handle.
07-00-00, 3-3b Page 302

2012.06.15
(i) Loosen the clamp (6). Point the jib over the dynamic system you must lift. Tighten
the clamp (6) until the top mast (7) does not turn.
NOTE
The lever (1) of the "TIRFOR" winch (3) lifts the load.
The lever (2) of the "TIRFOR" winch (3) lowers the

load.
(2) Removal of the portable crane:

(a) Remove the pin from the transverse strut (5) and the pin from the longitudinal strut
(9) of the top mast (7) and let the transverse strut (9) and the longitudinal strut (7)
hang.
(b) Remove the portable crane [355A91-3040-06] from the bottom attachment fitting (8).
(c) Disassemble portable crane [355A91-3040-06] on ground as per manufacturer

document.
(d) Remove the transverse strut (5) and the longitudinal strut (9) from the aircraft.
(e) Remove the bottom attachment fitting (8) from the landing gear skid.
G. Close-up
(1) Install the upper cowlings (53-51-00, 4-1).
07-00-00, 3-3b Page 303

2012.06.15
3
2
4
1
6
9
Removal / Installation - Portable Crane 355A91-3040-06 and PRE MOD 074302

Figure 301
07-00-00, 3-3b Page 304

Jacking-up - Helicopter - Servicing

3-1 Jacking-up - Helicopter

None

None

07-00-00, 3-1 ........................ General Safety Instructions - Lifting and Shoring
20.07.02.201 MTC
B. Special Tools
703A91-0315-00 ................... hydraulic jack
341A91-0100-00 ................... levelling jack
341A91-0102-00 ................... levelling jack
703A91-0307-00 ................... rear jack
Commercial .......................... Chock (Thickness ≥ 0.30 m (11.81 in.))
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Comply with the general instructions for lifting and shoring (07-00-00, 3-1).
(2) Comply with the instructions aircraft parket inside a hangar (MTC 20.07.02.201 ).
F. Procedure
(1) Lift the helicopter on jacks:
TIGHTEN THE SAFETY NUTS WHILE THE JACK

RODS EXTEND.
Config. Code: 002 07-10-00, 3-1 Page 301

2010.02.04
IF THE GROUND IS SOFT, PUT PLATES BELOW

THE JACKS TO INCREASE THE SURFACE AREA
OF THEIR BASES.
NOTE
The jacks used cab be replaced by 703A91-0315-00.
(a) Put the 341A91-0100-00 below the points where the helicopter is lifted and a
703A91-0307-00, and close the valves that control the jacks.
NOTE
Put a chock under the rear jack.
NOTE
Use one of the means mentioned below for aircraft

equipped with a float landing gear:
- 703A91-0315-00, two at the front and one at the
back with a wooden chock.
- 703A91-0307-00 two at the front and one at the
back with a wooden chock.
- Two 341A91-0100-00 forward and one
703A91-0307-00 with three wooden chocks.
NOTE
341A91-0102-00 may be used:

- At the front of the aircraft, landing gear high,
- At the rear of the aircraft, landing gear low.
(b) Put the jack cups against the Nose ball fittings.
(c) Make sure that the jacks are stable on the ground.
(d) Make sure that the jacks and the ball fittings are in line.
(e) Use the three jacks at the same time to lift and keep the helicopter level.
(f) Block safety nuts of hydraulic jacks.
(2) Lower the helicopter from the jacks:
TIGHTEN THE SAFETY NUTS WHILE THE JACK

RODS MANOEUVRE.
Config. Code: 002 07-10-00, 3-1 Page 302

2010.02.04
MAKE SURE THAT YOU CAN DO THE

PROCEDURE SAFELY FOR THE PERSONNEL
AND THE HELICOPTER.
(a) Lift the helicopter a small distance above the ground, then lossen the safety nuts on
the jack rod.
(b) Open the control valves of the hydraulic jacks slowly and at the same time to lower
the helicopter gradually.
NOTE
Keep the helicopter level while you lower it from the

jacks.
(c) Remove the hydraulic jacks and the chock of the rear jack.
Config. Code: 002 07-10-00, 3-1 Page 303

Config. Code: 002 07-10-00, 3-1 Page 304
2010.02.04
Transport - Maintenance Practices

2-5 Air transport on 20 Ft pallets (6.1 m) / Disassembly-Helicopter

24-33-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Battery
28-00-00, 9-1 ................................ Preservation / depreservation with CO2 - Fuel tanks
32-11-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Landing Gear
33-41-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Position Lights
55-20-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal - Fins
65-21-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal - TGB

25-67-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Emergency Floatation Gear

Section 8 FLM
EMM TURBOMECA
20.09.01.901 MTC
20.09.02.901 MTC
07-00-00, 3-2 ................................ Lifting - Helicopter
24-00-00, 3-1 ................................ General Safety Instructions - Electrical Power Supply
System
B. Special Tools
350A91-0038.04 ........................... fuselage support
350A91-3710.03 ........................... air transport mast support
350A91-1200.00 ........................... storage case, tail rotor blades
350A92-5411.00 ........................... engine exhaust outlet blanking cover
350A92-5401.01 ........................... engine air intake blanking cover
355A91-1140.01 ........................... main rotor blades container
355A91-3250.03 ........................... cover, MGB
703A92-0201.00 ........................... total pressure port blanking cover
703A92-0205.04 ........................... static pressure port blanking cover
703A92-0310.00 ........................... tie-down ring
Commercial ................................... 20 ft (6.1 m) pallet
Commercial ................................... 10 ft (3 m) pallet
Commercial ................................... crane (minimum capacity 15000 N (3372 lbf))
Commercial ................................... bulk container 2740 x 690 x 440 mm (107.9 x 27.2 x 17.3
in.) (locally manufactured)
Conf. Code: 002 07-51-00, 2-5 Page 201

2011.11.28
Commercial ................................... tail boom support (locally manufactured)

Commercial ................................... rear raising block 110 mm (4.33 in.)
Commercial ................................... coach screw
Commercial ................................... tie-down strap
C. Materials
CM TBD ........................................ OPTIMOL UNIGEAR 5035 oil
CM 150 ......................................... grease
CM 165 ......................................... storage oil
CM 783 ......................................... adhesive tape
Commercial ................................... kraft paper
Commercial ................................... foam block
Commercial ................................... bubble paper
Commercial ................................... tyraps

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Comply with the general safety instructions for the electrical power supply system (24-00-
00, 3-1).
(2) Comply with the storage of helicopters instructions (MTC 20.09.01.901).
(3) Comply with the preservation and packing methods for airborne equipment (MTC
20.09.02.901).
(4) Comply with the general safety instructions for lifting and shoring (07-00-00, 3-1).
F. Procedure
Figure 201 Sheet 1
(1) Operation required if transportation time is less than or equal to 15 days:

(a) Perform engine rinsing, refer to (TURBOMECA EMM).
(b) Perform internal preservation by cold engine ventilation, refer to (TURBOMECA

EMM).
(c) Protect the main areas of the input casing with storage oil CM 165.
(d) Install covers:
1 engine air intake [350A92-5401.01],
2 engine tail pipe [350A92-5411.00],

3 bleed valve.
(e) Record these operations on the helicopter documents.
(f) Preserve bare metal surfaces (gear boxes, drive shaft, main rotor hub and mast, tail
rotor, heat exchanger etc ...) using corrosion preventive compound CM 506.
Conf. Code: 002 07-51-00, 2-5 Page 202

2011.11.28
(g) Blank the aircraft drains, vents and pitot-static system using adhesive tape CM 783.
(h) Lubricate the rod end-fittings, hinges and locking systems of the doors and cowlings
using grease CM 150.
NOTE
Use OPTIMOL UNIGEAR 5035 oil CM TBD for TGBs

which operated for less than 100 hrs.
(2) Operation required for transport greater than 15 days and not exceeding 45 days:
(a) Perform the operations required for transport less than 15 days.
(b) Purge the fuel tank with CO2 (28-00-00, 9-1).

(3) Operation required for transport greater than 45 days:
(a) Perform the operations required for transport greater than 15 days and not
exceeding 45 days.
(b) Protect inside of the MGB and TGB mechanical assemblies with storage oil CM 165
.
(c) Protect the inside of the engine with operating oil (FLM Section 8).
(4) Preparation of the helicopter
(a) Disconnect the battery (24-33-00, 4-1).

(b) Protect the transparent panels using kraft paper and adhesive tape CM 783.
(c) Removal of the main rotor blades:
1 Remove the main rotor blades (62-11-00, 4-1).

2 Store the main rotor blades in their transport container [355A91-1140.01].
(d) Removing the rotor mast
1 Remove rotor mast (62-31-00, 4-1).

2 Install rotor mast on the air transport mast support [350A91-3710.03].
3 Place hydraulic reservoir(s) on MGB suspension bars.
4 Interlay approximately 50 mm (1.97 in.) of foam between the hydraulic

reservoir(s) and the MGB suspension bars and secure with Tyraps clamps.
5 Chock the servo-control input rods with a cardboard tube secured with Tyraps
clamps.
6 Install the MGB cover [355A91-3250.03] on MGB.
(e) Removing tail rotor blades:

1 Remove tail rotor blade assembly (64-10-00, 4-1).
2 Store the tail rotor blade assembly in the transport case [350A91-1200.00].
(f) Removal of the horizontal stabilizer:

1 Remove the horizontal stabilizer (55-11-00, 4-1).
Conf. Code: 002 07-51-00, 2-5 Page 203

2011.11.28
2 Protect the horizontal stabilizer using bubble paper and place it in a stabilizer
container.
(g) Remove TGB (65-21-00, 4-1).
(h) Install TGB in grouping case.
(i) Removing the vertical stabilizer

1 Remove vertical stabilizer (55-20-00, 4-1).
2 Protect vertical stabilizer with bubble wrap and store it in the grouping case.
(j) Removing aft fuselage

1 Remove the VOR/LOC antennas on the tail boom.
2 Remove rear position light (33-41-00, 4-1).
3 Remove aft fuselage cone.

4 Protect aft fuselage cone, antennas, rear position light with bubble wrap and
store them in the grouping case.
5 Remove aft fuselage (53-31-00, 4-1).
6 Install aft fuselage on tail boom support.

(k) Install covers:
1 Pitot heads [703A92-0201.00].
2 Static vents [703A92-0205.04].

(l) Install the lifting equipment Crane (minimum capacity 15000 N (3372 lbf)).
(m) Removing emergency floatation gear (if installed).
1 Remove emergency floatation gear (25-67-00, 4-1).

2 Install emergency floatation gear in the grouping case.
(n) Removal of the landing gear:
1 Remove the screws attaching the landing gear to the airframe (32-11-00, 4-1).
2 Elevate the main structure (07-00-00, 3-2).
3 Clear the landing gear from below the main structure.
4 Install the two tie-down rings ((1) [703A92-0310.00] on the structure.
NOTE
Removal of langing gear is valid for transport in

B.747, B.777 and MD11F.
(o) Install the main structure on the fuselage support [350A91-0038.04] (if landing gear
removed).
(p) Place aircraft harware in a bag and install it in the grouping case.
Conf. Code: 002 07-51-00, 2-5 Page 204

2011.11.28
- COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE STAN-

DARDS FOR ATTACHING ITEMS DURING
TRANSPORTATION.
- COMPLY WITH THE POSITION REQUIRE-
MENTS SO THAT THE COMPONENTS DO
NOT COME INTO CONTACT WITH EXTER-
NAL COMPONENTS (FIGURE 201 SHEET 1,
FIGURE 201 SHEET 2, FIGURE 201 SHEET
3).
- USING FOAM BLOCKS OR BUBBLE PAPER
TO PROTECT ALL PARTS WHICH CAN BE IN
CONTACT WITH EXTERNAL COMPONENTS.
(5) Place the helicopter components with landing gear on the pallets.
NOTE
Installation valid for airdraft of B.747 and B.777 type.

(a) Pallet No. 1 (20 ft (6.1 m) pallet) (Figure 201 Sheet 1 )
1 Secure the following components on the pallet using lag bolts and tie down
straps:
- tail boom,
- main structure,
- grouping case,
- MRH/MAST base,
- storage case for main rotor blades,
- storage case for tail rotor blades.
(b) Pallet No. 2 (10 ft (3 m) pallet)
- storage case for optional equipment
(6) Installing helicopter components without landing gear on pallets
NOTE
Installation valid for B.747, B.777 and MD11 type

aircraft.
(a) Pallet No.1 (20 ft (6.1 m) pallet) (Figure 201 Sheet 2 )
1 Install the following components on the pallet using lag bolts and tie down
straps:
- main structure with rear raising block,
2 Interlay rubber plates between the pallet and the landing gear skids.
(b) Pallet No.2 (20 ft (6.1 m) pallet) (Figure 201 Sheet 3 )
- landing gear,
Conf. Code: 002 07-51-00, 2-5 Page 205

2011.11.28
- tail boom,
- grouping case,
- MRH/MAST base,
(c) Pallet No.3 (10 ft (3 m) pallet))
(d) Interlay rubber plates between the pallet and the landing gear skids and between
the storage cases and the pallet.
(7) Record the corrosion protection operations on the aircraft documents.
Conf. Code: 002 07-51-00, 2-5 Page 206

2011.11.28
777F POSITION 1333
777F POSITION 1211
50 mm
(1.47 in.)
3000 mm (48.11 in.)

1970 mm (77.56 in.)
STORAGE CASE GROUPING
FOR MAIN CASE
ROTOR BLADES
5400 mm (212.60 in.)

CARGO HOLD DOOR OPENING
3085 mm (121.46 in.)
2670 mm (105.12 in.)

2730 mm (107.48 in.)
STORAGE CASE FOR

TAIL ROTOR BLADES
6060 mm (238.58 in.)
Air transport on 20Ft pallets (6.1 m) / Disassembly-Helicopter

Conf. Code: 002 07-51-00, 2-5 Page 207

2011.11.28
1330 mm (52.36 in.)

1160 mm (45.67 in.)
1000 mm (39.37 in.) 660 mm (25.98 in.)
1333 mm (52.48 in.)
1000 mm (39.37 in.)
1214 mm (47.80 in.)
125 mm (4.92 in.)
mm .)
22 4 in 100 mm (3.94 in.)
3000 mm (118.11 in.)
2740 mm (107.87 in.) 0
1 .2
0
2440 mm (96.07 in.) (4
50 mm (1.97 in.)
(54.33 in.)
(77.56 in.)
1380 mm
(53.15 in.)
1970 mm
1350 mm
51 mm (2 in.)
2440 mm (96.06 in.)
5500 mm (216.54 in.)

2670 mm (105.11 in.)
3116 mm (122.68 in.)
(MD11 DOOR HEIGHT)
2250 mm (88.58 in.)

(WITH RAISING BLOCK)
50 mm
(1.97 in.)
6060 mm (238.58 in.)

Conf. Code: 002 07-51-00, 2-5 Page 208

2011.11.28
747F 777F POSITION 1000
2740 mm (107.87 in.)
(53.15 in.)
1350 mm
STORAGE CASE GROUPING
FOR MAIN CASE
ROTOR BLADES
51 mm (2 in.)
2440 mm (96.06 in.)
3085 mm (121.46 in.)
(DOOR HEIGHT)
(51.97 in.)
1320 mm
50 mm (1.97 in.)
6060 mm (238.58 in.)

OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
2440 mm (96.06 in.)

LOCATION FOR

Conf. Code: 002 07-51-00, 2-5 Page 209

Conf. Code: 002 07-51-00, 2-5 Page 210
2011.11.28
Transport - Maintenance Practices

2-6 Air transport on 20 Ft (6.1 m) pallets / Assembly-Helicopter

12-10-00, 3-1 ................................ Filling / Draining - Gearboxes
12-10-00, 3-2 ................................ Refueling / Draining - Fuel System
12-30-00, 3-1 ................................ Cleaning - Helicopter
24-33-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Battery
28-00-00, 9-1 ................................ Preservation / depreservation with CO2 - Fuel tanks
29-00-00, 3-3 ................................ Filling / Draining - Hydraulic System (twin power
system)
32-11-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Landing Gear
33-41-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Position Lights
64-10-00, 4-2 ................................ Installation - Tail blade assembly
65-21-00, 4-2 ................................ Installation - TGB

25-67-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Emergency Floatation Gear

Section 8 FLM
EMM TURBOMECA
20.04.01.102 MTC
20.04.01.401 MTC
20.09.01.901 MTC
05-40-00, 6-4 ................................ Check before the first flight (BFF)
07-00-00, 3-2 ................................ Lifting - Helicopter
System
B. Special Tools
350A91-0038.04 ........................... fuselage support
350A91-1200.00 ........................... storage case, tail rotor blades
350A91-3710.03 ........................... air transport mast support
350A92-5411.00 ........................... engine exhaust outlet blanking cover
350A92-5401.01 ........................... engine air intake blanking cover
350A95-5405.01 ........................... ARRIEL engine rinsing tool
355A91-1140.01 ........................... main rotor blades container
355A91-3250.03 ........................... cover, MGB
Conf. Code: 002 07-51-00, 2-6 Page 201

2011.11.28
703A92-0201.00 ........................... total pressure port blanking cover

703A92-0205.04 ........................... static pressure port blanking cover
703A92-0310.00 ........................... tie-down ring
Commercial ................................... crane (minimum capacity 15000 N (3372 lbf))
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
00, 3-1).
(2) Read the instructions for the storage of helicopters (MTC 20.09.01.901).
(3) Comply with the general safety instructions for lifting and shoring (07-00-00, 3-1).
(4) Read the corrosion protective treatments previously applied and recorded on the aircraft
documentation.
F. Procedure
NOTE
- Get a free work area to assemble the helicopter

in good conditions.
- Take all necessary precautions to avoid
damaging the components during handling and
assembling.
- Remove coach screws and tie-down straps,
remove the protective material.
(1) Remove the helicopter components with landing gear from pallets
(a) Pallet No.1 (20 ft (6.1 m) pallet):
- tail boom,
- main structure,
- grouping case,
- MRH/MAST base,
(b) Pallet No.2 (10 ft (3 m) pallet):
(2) Remove the helicopter components without landing gear from pallets
(a) Pallet No.1 (20 ft (6.1 m) pallet):
- main structure with rear raising block.
Conf. Code: 002 07-51-00, 2-6 Page 202

2011.11.28
(b) Pallet No.2 (20 ft (6.1 m) pallet):
- landing gear,
- tail boom,
- storage case for optional equipment,
- grouping case,
- MRH/MAST base,
(c) Pallet No.3 (10 ft (3 m) pallet):
(3) Remove aircraft hardware from grouping case.
(4) Install hoisting means (crane (minimum capacity 15000 N (3372 lbf))).
(a) Hoist the structure (07-00-00, 3-2).
(5) Installation landing gear (if removed):
(a) Remove the fuselage support [350A91-0038.04].

(b) Remove tie down rings [703A92-0310.00].
(c) Install landing gear on structure (32-11-00, 4-1) (if removed).
(d) Install aircraft on ground and remove hoisting means.

(6) Installation of the emergency floatation gear (if assembled on aircraft).
(a) Remove emergency floatation gear from grouping case.
(b) Install emergency floatation gear (25-67-00, 4-1).

(7) Remove covers:
(a) Pitot heads [703A92-0201.00].
(b) Static vents [703A92-0205.04].

(8) Installation of aft fuselage:
(a) Install aft fuselage (53-31-00, 4-1).
(b) Remove aft fuselage cone, rear position light and VOR/LOC antennas from grouping
case.
(c) Install aft fuselage cone and rear position light (33-41-00, 4-1).
(d) Install the VOR/LOC antennas on tail boom.
(9) Remove TGB from grouping case.

(10) Install TGB (65-21-00, 4-2).
(11) Install vertical stabilizer
(a) Remove vertical stabilizer from grouping case.

(b) Install vertical stabilizer (55-20-00, 4-2).
(12) Install horizontal stabilizer
Conf. Code: 002 07-51-00, 2-6 Page 203

2011.11.28
(a) Remove horizontal stabilizer from grouping case.
(b) Install horizontal stabilizer (55-11-00, 4-1).

(13) Installation of tail rotor blades:
(a) Remove tail rotor blade assembly from transport case [350A91-1200.00].
(b) Install tail rotor blade assembly (64-10-00, 4-1).

(14) Installation of rotor mast
(a) Remove MGB cover [355A91-3250.03].
(b) Remove cardboard box from servo-control input rods.

(c) Remove foam between hydraulic reservoir(s) and MGB suspension bars.
(d) Install hydraulic reservoir(s).
(e) Remove rotor mast from air transport mast support [350A91-3710.03]
(f) Install rotor mast (62-31-00, 4-1).
(15) Installation of main rotor blades
(a) remove main rotor blades from transport case [355A91-1140.01]

(b) Install main rotor blades (62-11-00, 4-2).
(16) Remove protections from glazing panels.
(17) Connect the battery (24-33-00, 4-1).

(18) Operation required further to transport.
(a) Clean unpainted surfaces (MTC 20.04.01.401).
(b) Clean the ends of rods, blade pins, hinges, door and cowling working system (MTC
20.04.01.102).
(c) Remove covers:
1 engine air intake [350A92-5401.01],
2 engine tail pipe [350A92-5411.00],

3 bleed valve,
4 from drains and air vents.
(d) Depreserve fuel tank (28-00-00, 9-1).

(e) Bleed the fuel system (12-10-00, 3-2), hydraulic system (29-00-00, 3-3), and
mechanical assemblies (12-10-00, 3-1) in order to make sure that there is no water
and fill up with fuel.
(f) Depreserve engine (EMM TURBOMECA).
NOTE
Use the flushing tool [350A95-5405.01] so as not to

dirty the structure when flowing out the product.
Conf. Code: 002 07-51-00, 2-6 Page 204

2011.11.28
(19) Clean the aircraft (12-30-00, 3-1).
(20) Perform an inspection (05-40-00, 6-4).

(21) Perform an inspection ground run (FLM Section 8).
(22) Perform an inspection flight.
Conf. Code: 002 07-51-00, 2-6 Page 205

Conf. Code: 002 07-51-00, 2-6 Page 206
2011.11.28
CHAPTER 08 - LEVELING AND WEIGHING
Versions : C3
N: New
R: Revised
D: Deleted

Versions Conf. Code
08-10-00 Weighing
Servicing
C3 001 3-1 Weighing - Helicopter 2010.02.04
C3 001 3-2 Balance correction - Aircraft 2010.02.04
08-20-00 Leveling
Servicing
C3 002 3-1 Leveling - Helicopter 2010.02.04
08 - LOEDU Page 1
08 - LOEDU Page 2
2012.09.27
Weighing - Servicing
3-1 Weighing - Helicopter

29-00-00, 3-3 ........................ Filling / Draining - Hydraulic System
(2) Conditional Information

Section 6 FLM
(3) General Information

08-10-00, 3-2 ........................ Balance correction - Helicopter
08-20-00, 3-1 ........................ Leveling - Helicopter
07-10-00, 3-1 ........................ Jacking-up - Helicopter
B. Special Tools
D 10890/D ........................... ball anti-stress plate
S.E.P.370-81 ........................ weighing assembly
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Drain the fuel tank and the fuel system (12-10-00, 3-2).
(2) Perform the weighing operation in a closed room.

(3) Direct a main blade backwards and in the aircraft centreline.
(4) Tighten the rotor brake.
(5) Make a list of the equipment items and options installed.
NOTE
The list of equipment with weight and moment is

given in the flight manual (FLM Section 6 ).
(6) Check that the oil levels are correct. If necessary, top up oil (12-10-00, 3-1) and (
29-00-00, 3-3).
(7) Remove all the blanking items and covers.
(8) Disconnect the ground connector and the external power connector.
(9) Close the doors and the cowlings.
Config. Code: 001 08-10-00, 3-1 Page 301

2010.02.04
F. Procedure
NOTE
- Datum line:
. The datum line for moments X (longitudinal)
passes in the front and in the aircraft centreline
at 3,400 m from the rotor axis.
. The datum line for moments Y (lateral) is in
the longitudinal axis.
- Conventional sign of moments:
. moment X in front of the datum line (-),
. moment X behind the datum line (+),
. moment Y to the right of the datum line (+),
. moment Y to the left of the datum line (-).
(1) Weighing the helicopter:
(a) Install a D 10890/D under the two forward jacking points.
(b) Put a load cell from the S.E.P.370-81 and a jack under each of the three jacking
points.
(c) Refer to the related documentation and set the load cells to 0.
(d) Make the helicopter level (08-20-00, 3-1).
(e) Unlock the lock of the moving plate of each ball anti-stress plate .
(f) Read the load cells.
(g) Record the weights at the right (Md), the left (Mg) and the rear (Ma).
(h) Calculate the total weight (M1) of the helicopter (M1 = Md + Mg + Ma).
(i) Read the load cells several times.
(j) Put the helicopter on the ground.
(2) Calculating the centre of gravity:

(a) Add the weights of RH and LH jacks:
Md + Mg = Mt
(b) Calculate the centre of gravity (C.G.) with respect to the aircraft reference 0.
C.G. = (Mt x 2,310 + Ma x 5,072)/M1
NOTE
If the centre of gravity (C.G.) is outside the

authorised range, correct the balance (08-10-00,
3-2).
G. Close-up
(1) Loosen rotor brake.
(2) Top up fuel tank (12-10-00, 3-2).
Config. Code: 001 08-10-00, 3-1 Page 302

Weighing - Servicing
3-2 Balance correction - Aircraft

None

Section 6 FLM

08-10-00, 3-1 ........................ Weighing - Helicopter
60-00-00, 3-1 ........................ General Safety Instructions - Mechanical Assemblies
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Comply with the general safety instructions for the mechanical assemblies (60-00-00,
3-1)
F. Procedure
(1) Purpose of the aircraft balance correction procedure:
(a) If necessary bring the empty weight equipped of the aircraft within the limits which
allow use at full load without exceeding the balance limits. Allows the user to modify
the aircraft balance after installing special or optional equipment items or in the
event of unusual loads.
UPDATE THE WEIGHT AND BALANCE LOGS

AFTER THIS OPERATION.
(2) The type of installation provides:

(a) The number of plates to be used.
(b) The position of plates either on the rear frame or in the cone.
Config. Code: 001 08-10-00, 3-2 Page 301

2010.02.04
(3) Operating procedure:
(a) Weigh the aircraft without ballast (08-10-00, 3-1) in order to determine:
1 The empty weight equipped (EWE).
2 The balance (CG)
(b) Record the empty weight of the aircraft on the LH side of the chart.
1 Draw a horizontal line (3) parallel to the weight lines on the chart
(c) Record the aircraft balance at the bottom of the chart:
1 Draw a line (4) parallel to the balance lines of the chart.

(d) The intersection point (1) of lines (3) and (4) defines the type of installation.
(4) By means of the type of installation and the table, determine:
(a) The position and number of plates to be installed.

(b) The ballast weight and moment.
(5) Calculate the new empty weight and its balance using the weight and moment values
given in the table. Position the new values on the chart (Figure 301 Sheet 1). The
intersection point (2) must be within the "NO BALLAST" zone. Otherwise check all the
values and start over the operation.
NOTE
This method is valid for all aircraft versions: Use the

corresponding charts
(a) Example: Mission aircraft with pilot, copilot, 4 passengers (Figure 301 Sheet 1).
1 Aircraft weighed without ballast:
. Weight: 1119.5 kg.
. Moment: 3954.07 m.kg.
. Balance: 3.532 m.
2 CORRECTION:
- Point 1 on the chart.

- Use the type of installation .04 of the table:
. A plate on rear frame
. Two plates in cone.
- Ballast moment and weight:
. Weight: 5,9 kg.
. Moment: 59,27 m.kg.
- Ballasted aircraft:
. Weight: 1125,4 kg.
. Moment: 4013,34 m.kg.
- Balance: moment/weight = 4013,34/1125,4 = 3,566 m.
- Record this point on the chart (point (2))
- This point represents the ballasted aircraft balance.
- Refer to flight manual (FLM Section 6 ).
Config. Code: 001 08-10-00, 3-2 Page 302

2010.02.04
(b) Types of installations to be used:
TYPE OF NUMBER OF PLATES BALLAST

INSTALLATION SPAR REAR CONE Weight in kg Moment in mkg
(DETAIL A) (DETAIL B)
00 1 0 1,3 12,71
01 2 0 2,5 24,65
02 3 0 3,7 36,87
03 4 0 4,9 48,84
04 1 2 5,9 59,27
05 2 2 7,1 71,20
06 3 2 8,3 83,43
07 4 2 9,5 95,39
08 1 4 10,4 105,02
09 2 4 11,6 116,96
10 3 4 12,8 129,18
11 4 4 14,0 141,14
13 4 5 16,3 164,73
14 4 6 18,5 186,74
12 4 7 20,8 209,65
Table 301 Balance correction - Aircraft
(6) Attaching weights:
(a) Remove bolts (5) and washers (6).

(b) Remove tail boom fairing (7).
(c) Secure weights (Figure 301 Sheet 2):
1 On vertical stabilizer spars (DETAIL A):
ADAPT THE LENGTH OF ATTACHMENT BOLTS

OF THE WEIGHTS TO THE NUMBER OF
WEIGHTS.
a Install bolts (13) (as per length) and washers (12)
b Tighten bolts (13).
2 In rear cone (DETAIL B):

a Remove bolts (8) and washers (9).
b Remove weight support (10).
Config. Code: 001 08-10-00, 3-2 Page 303

2010.02.04
NOTE
Distribute weights (1)on both sides of the frame.
c Install bolts (17), washers (16) and (15), nuts (14).

d Tighten nuts (14).
e Install weight support(10) in the tail boom fairing (10): installs bolts(8) and
washers (9) then tighten bolts (8).
(d) Install tail boom fairing (7)

1 Install bolts (5) and washers (6).
2 Tighten bolts (5).
Config. Code: 001 08-10-00, 3-2 Page 304

2010.02.04
MVE
OEW 3,35 3,40 3,45 3,50 3,55 3,60 3,65
05
04
03
00
1000
09
08
06
10
11
12
14
13
07
1100
1119,5 1
1125,4 2
HT
1200
EIG
NC ST
EW
E
BA DE L
1300
LA
S
PA
1400
NO
1500
1600
3.35 3.40 3.45 3.50 3.532 3.55 3.565
Balance correction - aircraft

Config. Code: 001 08-10-00, 3-2 Page 305

2010.02.04
7
5
6
8
9
10
11 12
13
11
10
11
14
15
16
17
Balance correction - aircraft

Config. Code: 001 08-10-00, 3-2 Page 306

Leveling - Servicing
3-1 Leveling - Helicopter

None

None

07-10-00, 3-1 ........................ Jacking-up - Helicopter
B. Special Tools
703A94-0003-00 ................... electronic inclinometer
Commercial .......................... V-blocks
Commercial .......................... Staight edges
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Lift the helicopter on jacks (07-10-00, 3-1).
F. Procedure
Figure 301
(1) Setting the aircraft level, laterally:

(a) Install digital inclinometer [703A94-0003-00] on the rear strip (3) of the transmission
deck.
(b) Adjust one of the front jacks to level the MGB deck 0˚ ± 5’.
(2) Setting the aircraft in flight attitude:

(a) Install digital inclinometer [703A94-0003-00] on the front strip (4) of the
transmission.
(b) Adjust rear jack to obtain 2˚ nose down reading.
(c) Make sure that the helicopter is level on the lateral axis. If necessary, do the
corrections of the lateral level.
Config. Code: 002 08-20-00, 3-1 Page 301

2010.02.04
G. Close-up
(1) Place the helicopter on the ground (07-10-00, 3-1).
Config. Code: 002 08-20-00, 3-1 Page 302

2010.02.04
Leveling - Helicopter
Figure 301
Config. Code: 002 08-20-00, 3-1 Page 303

Config. Code: 002 08-20-00, 3-1 Page 304
2010.02.04
CHAPTER 09 - TOWING AND TAXIING
Versions : C3
N: New
R: Revised
D: Deleted

Versions Conf. Code
09-10-00 Towing and Taxiing
Servicing
C3 001 3-1 Towing - Helicopter 2010.02.04
09 - LOEDU Page 1
09 - LOEDU Page 2
2012.09.27
Towing and Taxiing - Servicing

3-1 Towing - Helicopter

None

None

None
B. Special Tools
350A91-0025-01 ................... lifting and taxiing devices
350A91-0018-01 ................... tow bar
350A91-0016-00 ................... tow line
355A91-0045-01 ................... twin wheels
355A91-0050-01 ................... twin wheels
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
Figure 301
Config. Code: 001 09-10-00, 3-1 Page 301

2010.02.04
BEFORE YOU MOVE THE HELICOPTER ON THE

GROUND:
- MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND POWER
CONNECTOR IS DISCONNECTED.
- MAKE SURE THAT THE SWITCH ON THE
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER IS
SET TO "OFF".
- MAKE SURE THAT THE ALL THE GYROS
ARE OFF.
- FOR HELICOPTER EQUIPPED WITH
KANNAD ELT, LEAVE THE SWITCH SET TO
"ARM".
DURING THE PROCEDURE, BE CAREFUL NOT
TO DAMAGE THE BLADES.
(1) Use of lifting and taxiing devices 355A91-0045-01 or 355A91-0050-01.
(a) Lifting of the helicopter on the 355A91-0045-01 or 355A91-0050-01:

1 Install the twin wheels (2) [355A91-0045-01] or [355A91-0050-01] on the skids
(one wheel on each side of the skid).
2 Make sure that the valve (5) on each twin wheel unit [355A91-0045-01] or [
355A91-0050-01] is open.
3 Engage the bracket (8) of each twin wheel unit [355A91-0045-01] or [

355A91-0050-01], on a skid pin (one of the 3 pins). Lock the twin wheel units.
4 Close the valve (5) on each twin wheel unit [355A91-0045-01] or [
355A91-0050-01].
5 Operate the hydraulic pump (7) by means of lever (6) of twin wheel units until
they lock automatically.
6 Make sure that the helicopter is stable longitudinally. If necessary, change the
position of the 355A91-0045-01 units or 355A91-0050-01.
(b) Towing the helicopter:
1 Install the 355A91-0045-01 units or 355A91-0050-01.
2 Retract the front wheel (12) of the tow bar (11).

3 Open the half-clamps that attach (10) the tow bar (11).
4 Lift the helicopter (the tail bumper on the ground) with the handle (3).
5 Engage the tow bar (11) between the two skids.

6 Lock half-clamps (11) with nut (9).
7 Lower the front wheel (12) of the tow bar (11).
8 Lower the helicopter with the handle (3).
Config. Code: 001 09-10-00, 3-1 Page 302

2010.02.04
9 Unlock the flaps (13) that lock the rear wheels of the tow bar (6).
10 Steer the helicopter with the tow bar (6).
NOTE
The tow device [350A91-0018-01] may be replaced

with tow lines [350A91-0016-00] (1).
Bungee cords go around landing gear front arches.

(c) Lowering the helicopter from the twin wheels:
1 Retract the front wheel. Lock the flap (12). Disengage the tow bar (11).
2 Make sure that there are no foreign objects (1) below the landing gear skids.
3 Gradually open valve (5) to control lowering.
4 Unlock the brackets (8) from the pins on the skids (1).
5 Disengage the 355A91-0045-01 units or 355A91-0050-01.

(2) Use of 350A91-0025-01.
(a) Lifting the helicopter:
1 Determine the position of the handling device on the spools based on aircraft
centering.
2 Install the handling device with the wheels one wheel on each side of the
skids.
3 Check that they are properly locked.
4 Place aircraft on its wheels by means of lifting bar.

5 Lock in high position by means of pins (4).
(b) Towing the helicopter:
1 Install the 350A91-0025-01.

2 Retract front wheel (12) of the bar (11).
3 Open the half-clamps (10) that attach the bar (11).
4 Lift the helicopter (tail bumper on the ground) with the handle (3).
5 Engage the bar (11) between the two skids (1).
6 Attach the half-clamps (10) on the skids (1).
7 Lock half-clamps (10) with nut (9).

8 Lower the front wheel (12) of the bar (11).
9 Lower the helicopter with the handle (3).
10 Unlock the flaps (13) that lock the rear wheels of the bar (11).
11 Steer the helicopter only with the bar (11).
Config. Code: 001 09-10-00, 3-1 Page 303

2010.02.04
2
1
2
1 6
5
13
9
8 7
12 11 10
Towing - Helicopter
Figure 301
Config. Code: 001 09-10-00, 3-1 Page 304

CHAPTER 10 - PARKING, COVERING AND MOORING
Versions : C3
N: New
R: Revised
D: Deleted

Versions Conf. Code
10-10-00 Parking and Covering
C3 2-1 Preservation and protection of the complete 2010.02.04

aircraft - Definition
Servicing
C3 002 3-1 Parking - Helicopter 2010.02.04
C3 002 3-2 Covering - Helicopter 2010.02.04
C3 002 3-4 Short Term Preservation - Helicopter 2011.04.20
C3 002 3-5 Short Term Depreservation - Helicopters 2010.02.04
C3 002 3-6 Long Term Preservation - Helicopter 2010.02.04
C3 002 3-7 Long Term Depreservation - Helicopter 2010.02.04
C3 3-8 Periodic Inspection and Maintenance of Removed 2010.02.04

and Preserved Assemblies
10-20-00 Mooring
Servicing
C3 002 3-1 Mooring - Helicopter 2012.03.07 R
C3 001 3-2 Folding / Spreading - Blades (Marine type) 2010.02.04
C3 3-3 Folding / Spreading - Blades 2010.02.04
10 - LOEDU Page 1
10 - LOEDU Page 2
2012.09.27
Parking and Covering - Maintenance Practices

2-1 Preservation and protection of the complete aircraft - Definition

None

None

12-30-00, 3-1 ........................ Cleaning - Helicopter
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
(1) Preservation
(a) Preservation is the operation which involves protecting the aircraft and its
components from physical-chemical alterations due to corrosive action of the
atmosphere that is most often characterised by:
- Humidity.
- Air charged with acid vapory.
- Marine atmosphere.
- Sun rays.
- Temperature variations.
(2) Protecting aircraft

(a) One of the three following processes is generally used to protect the aircraft and its
various equipment items:
1 Application of an anti corrosion protection.
2 Wrapping the component to be preserved in an impervious barrier (heat-sealed

or adherent materials, protective cover).
3 Maintaining the component in a relatively dry atmosphere (container with
desiccant agent).
10-10-00, 2-1 Page 201

2010.02.04
THE MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS LISTED IN

THE WORKS CARDS (12-30-00, 3-1) AND (
60-00-00, 3-1) MUST BE COMPLIED WITH
BEFORE ANY STORAGE OPERATION.
(3) Definition of the preservation type
The standard preservation type is determined by:
- The aircraft grounding time.

- The climatic conditions of the location.
When the grounding time period is less than 1 month no particular preservation operation
is required. Only a ground run up with rotor spinning must be performed each week.
When the aircraft grounding time (T time) is greater than 1 month it must be placed in
one of the following configurations:
- T time ranging between 1 month and 6 months: "short term" preservation.

- T time greater than 6 months: "long term" preservation.
NOTE
The "long term" preservation method should be

applied in tropical or maritime climates in order to
ensure maximum protection for the aircraft.
(a) Aircraft grounded but not preserved
No specific maintenance or protection treatment is to be performed on aircraft which

are grounded but not preserved. However:
- The battery will be disconnected throughout the aircraft’s grounding time.

- Prolonged grounding of the blades in open sunlight should be avoided in
countries with hot and humid climates or hot climates with saline atmosphere.
NOTE
The "aircraft grounded but not preserved"

configuration does not affect aircraft availability. For
grounding less than 3 months the preservation
decision is left at the initiative of the operator’s
competent authority.
(b) Short term preservation
The short term preservation configuration involves protecting against alterations and
thus affects aircraft availability.
Moreover, prior depreservation, reconditioning, check and inspection operations are

needed for putting an aircraft back into service after short term preservation.
(c) Long term preservation
10-10-00, 2-1 Page 202

2010.02.04
This operation is performed when the aircraft grounding time is more than 6 months.
- The standard long term preservation is different from standard short term
preservation in that all the mechanical assemblies are removed from the
aircraft and preserved in containers.
- Aircraft on which long term preservation is applied are not likely to be used
immediately given the removal and protection operations to which they are
subject.
(d) Preservation inspection periodicity
1 Full aircraft
- Short term preservation: 2 months.

- Long term preservation:
. In the open air: 2 months.
. Under shelter: 4 months.
2 Removed assemblies
The assemblies removed from the aircraft are preserved depending on their
grounding time.
The inspection periodicity of assemblies removed both depends on the type of

preservation and the conditioning method.
Method of conditioning removed Inspection periodicity

assemblies Short term Long term
1. Pressurised container and No inspection. 6 months.
humidity proof container.
2. Container impervious to surface 2 months. 2 months (open air).
water. 4 months (under shelter).
3. Humidity proof envelope.
- Visible humidity indicator. 2 months. 4 months.
- Non visible humidity indicator. No inspection. 1 year.
Table 201 The table below shows the various inspection periodicities
10-10-00, 2-1 Page 203

10-10-00, 2-1 Page 204
2010.02.04
Parking and Covering - Servicing

3-1 Parking - Helicopter

None

10-10-00, 3-2 ........................ Covering - Helicopter
10-20-00, 3-1 ........................ Mooring - Helicopter
62-11-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Main rotor blades
62-21-00, 6-1 ........................ Inspection criteria - STARFLEX star assembly
63-32-00, 6-1 ........................ Inspection criteria - MGB suspension bars

None
B. Special Tools
350A92-0010-05 ................... canopy cover
350A92-1115-08 ................... blade folding device
350A92-1130-00 ................... sock pole
350A92-1145-00 ................... blade cold weather cover
350A92-1200-00 ................... tail blade securing assembly
350A92-1205-00 ................... tail blade sock
350A92-3300-00 ................... MRA cover
350A92-5401-01 ................... engine air intake cover
350A92-5411-00 ................... ARRIEL nozzle blanking cover
355A92-1140-02 ................... main blade sock
355A92-3140-00 ................... MRH cover
703A92-0201-00 ................... pitot head blanking cover
703A92-0205-04 ................... static port blanking cover
C. Materials
None

None
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-1 Page 301

2010.02.04
E. Procedure
NOTE
The parking mode must agree with the parking time

or the weather conditions of the site.
The operations are described for one parameter at a

time. The operator must do the applicable operations
for their environment.
(1) Parking time in standard conditions.
(a) Parking time between 30 minutes and 12 hours.
Parking Time "D" Tools to be Installed on the Helicopter

30 min ≤ D ≤ 12 hours 703A92-0201-00,
703A92-0205-04,
350A92-5411-00,
350A92-5401-01,
refer to task (10-10-00, 3-2).
Table 301 Time between 30 minutes and 12 hours

(b) Parking time between 12 hours and 24 hours.

12 hours ≤ D ≤ 24 hours Tools of table 1,
355A92-1140-02,
350A92-1205-00,
refer to task (10-10-00, 3-1).
Table 302 Time between 12 hours and 24 hours

(c) Parking time between 24 hours and 7 days.

24 hours ≤ D ≤ 7 days Tools of table 2,
350A92-0010-05,
frequency adapter locking 350A92-1115-08
refer to task (10-10-00, 3-2).
Table 303 Time between 24 hours and 7 days

(2) Wind conditions.
NOTE
Point the nose of the helicopter into the wind.
Tail blades horizontaly.
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-1 Page 302

2010.02.04
Wind Speed "V" (with gusts) Operations on Structure and Main Blades
0 kts ≤ V < 20 kts Install the tools of table 1.
20 kts ≤ V < 40 kts Install the tools of table 2,
do the normal structure mooring operations (10-20-00,
3-1).
40 kts ≤ V < 100 kts Install the tools of table 2.
Do the bad weather structure mooring operations and tie
down the blades with the 350A92-1130-00,
350A92-1200-00,
refer to task (10-20-00, 3-1).
100 kts ≤ V Put helicopter in a shelter,
or do the bad weather structure mooring operations (
10-20-00, 3-1) and removal the blades (62-11-00, 4-1).
Table 304 Wind speed
IF UNATTACHED MAIN BLADES WERE SUBJECT

TO STRONG WIND, CHECK THE FOLLOWING
BEFORE THE NEXT FLIGHT: STARFLEX STAR (
62-21-00, 6-1) MGB SUSPENSION BARS (63-32-00,
6-1)
(3) Atmospheric Conditions.

(a) Sand-laden Air.
Parking Time "D" Tools to be Installed on Helicopter

D < 30 min Install the tools of table 1.
D > 30 min Install the tools of table 3,
350A92-3140-00,
refer to task (10-10-00, 3-2).
Table 305 Sand-laden Air

(b) Snowy Conditions.

D < 30 min Install the tools of table 1.
D > 30 min Install the tools of table 3,
350A92-3140-00,
350A92-3300-00,
355A92-1145-00,
refer to task (10-10-00, 3-2).
Table 306 Snowy Conditions
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-1 Page 303

2010.02.04
(c) Hot weather (T˚ > 40˚C (104˚F)).

D<1h Install the tools of table 1.
D>1h Install the tools of table 1,
place the aircraft in an area out of the sun,
do not park on or near to an area with a high reflection coefficient,
open the doors so as to encourage circulation of air inside.
Table 307 Hot weather
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-1 Page 304


3-2 Covering - Helicopter


None

24-00-00, 2-1 ........................ Electrical Power Supply on the Ground
B. Special Tools
350A92-0010-05 ................... canopy cover
350A92-5401-01 ................... ARRIEL engine air intake cover
350A92-5411-00 ................... ARRIEL nozzle blanking cover
350A92-1200-00 ................... tail blade blocking
355A92-3140-00 ................... MRH cover
355A92-1140-02 ................... main blade sock
703A92-0201-00 ................... pitot head blanking cover
703A92-0205-04 ................... static port blanking cover
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
Figure 301
THE PITOT HEAD AND THE NOZZLE MUST BE

COLD TO INSTALL THE 703A92-0201-00 AND
350A92-5411-00.
(1) The conditions of use of the different tools necessary to cover the helicopter are given in
the (10-10-00, 3-1).
(2) Make sure the helicopter is de-energized (24-00-00, 2-1).

(3) Make sure all the doors, hatches and cowlings are closed and locked.
(4) Make sure that the brake rotor is tight.
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-2 Page 301

2010.02.04
(5) Install the tools below:

(a) Canopy cover (OPT) (2) [350A92-0010-05].
(b) 355A92-3140-00.
(c) ARRIEL engine air intake cover (5) [350A92-5401-01].

(d) 350A92-5411-00.
(e) Main blade sock (1) [355A92-1140-02]:
- Install socks on the end of main blades.

- Tighten the cords without force on the front and rear cross beams of the
landing gear.
- Mark the tangency point (3) (DETAIL A).
- Tighten the cord so as to move the tangency point by L = 100 mm (3.94 in.)
(DETAIL B).
(f) Tail blade blocking (4) [350A92-1200-00].
(g) 703A92-0201-00.
(h) 703A92-0205-04.
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-2 Page 302

2010.02.04
4
5 1
Covering - Helicopter
Figure 301
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-2 Page 303

Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-2 Page 304
2010.02.04

3-4 Short Term Preservation - Helicopter

24.33.96 CMM
Section 8 FLM
EMM TURBOMECA
20.04.03.101 MTC
20.04.05.402 MTC
20.04.05.410 MTC
20.07.03.412 MTC
20.09.01.901 MTC
12-10-00, 3-2 ................................. Refueling / Draining - Fuel System
25-21-00, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - Energy Absorbtions before
Seats
29-00-00, 2-1 ................................. Hydraulic Power Supply on the Ground
29-00-00, 3-3 ................................. Filling / Draining - Hydraulic System
34-10-00, 3-1 ................................. Drying - Pitot Static System
60-00-00, 6-2 ................................. Check - Chips Detector
62-32-00, 3-1 ................................. Lubrication - Swashplates
64-10-00, 6-1 ................................. Tail rotor - Inspection and actions to be take
65-11-00, 3-1 ................................. Lubrication - Bearing

10-10-00, 3-5 ................................. Short Term Depreservation - Helicopter
10-10-00, 3-6 ................................. Long Term Preservation - Helicopter
10-20-00, 3-1 ................................. Mooring - Helicopter
21-51-10, 4-1 ................................. Removal / Installation - Air Conditioning System
Compressor
Condenser
Cockpit Evaporator
Cabin Evaporator
21-51-10, 4-8 ................................. Removal / Installation - Dessicator Bottle
25-22-00, 4-4 ................................. Removal / Installation - Rear Seats
62-11-00, 9-1 ................................. Preservation / Depreservation - Main Rotor Blades

10-10-00, 3-2 ................................. Covering - Helicopter
12-30-00, 3-1 ................................. Cleaning - helicopter
Conf. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-4 Page 301

2011.04.20
67-00-00, 3-1 ................................. General Safety Instructions - Flight Controls
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
CM 110 ......................................... hydraulic fluid
CM 116 ......................................... grease
CM 123 ......................................... lubricating oil
CM 150 ......................................... grease
CM 202 ......................................... dry cleaning solvent
CM 487 ......................................... primer, epoxy
CM 489 ......................................... finish paint
CM 524 ......................................... preservative oil
CM 783 ......................................... adhesive tape
Commercial ................................... dehydration packets
Commercial ................................... greaseproof paper
Commercial ................................... cloth
Commercial ................................... plastic film
Commercial ................................... heat-sealable sheet
Commercial ................................... kraft paper

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Comply with the helicopter storage instructions (MTC 20.09.01.901).
(2) Comply with the general safety instructions for the flight controls (67-00-00, 3-1).
(3) The "short term preservation" configuration involves the application of certain protection
operations to prevent deterioration, and as such affects the availability of the aircraft.
Depreservation and reconditioning operations must be performed before the aircraft can
be put back into service.
(4) Short term preservation is recommended when the aircraft is to be laid up for a period of
2 to 6 months. However, for such a lay-up period the preservation decision is left to the
initiative of the operator.
(5) The calendar-based periodic inspections defined in the master servicing

recommendations do not need to be performed on preserved aircraft.
(6) The preservation operation protects the helicopter and its equipment against physico-
chemical deterioration due to the corrosive action of the atmosphere, most often
characterized by:
- humidity,
- atmospheres charged with acid vapors,
- solar radiation,
Conf. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-4 Page 302

2011.04.20
- temperature variations.
F. Procedure
(1) Preservation:
- SHORT-TERM PRESERVATION VALIDITY: 6

MONTHS MAXIMUM.
- PRESERVATION INSPECTION PERIODICITY:
EVERY 2 MONTHS.
(a) Drain the fuel tank and if possible, refuel with recently delivered fuel which is water-
free (12-10-00, 3-2) and (MTC 20.07.03.412).
DO NOT MIX LUBRICATING OIL CM 123 AND

PRESERVATIVE OIL CM 524.
(b) Preparation of the rotating mechanical assemblies for the preservation ground run:
- Check and clean the magnetic plugs (60-00-00, 6-2).

- Drain the MGB and TGB and refill them with preservative oil CM 524 (
12-10-00, 3-1).
- Prepare the engine for short term internal preservation in accordance with (
TURBOMECA EMM).
(c) Perform a compressor wash in accordance with (TURBOMECA EMM).
(d) Perform a 5-minute ground run according to (FLM Section 8).

(e) Clean the outside of the aircraft (12-30-00, 3-1).
(f) Perform external preservation of the engine and its accessories in accordance with (
TURBOMECA EMM).
(g) Perform the preservation of the main rotor blades (62-11-00, 9-1).
(h) Remove the following standard equipment items and store them in an area away
from light, humidity and dust:
- Aircraft tool kit.

- Emergency locator transmitter.
- Cabin fire-extinguisher.
- First-aid kit (if necessary).
- Pilot, copilot and passenger seats (25-21-00, 4-1) and (25-22-00, 4-4).
(i) Remove and store the removable parts of all the optional equipment in accordance
with the corresponding documentation.
(j) Refer to the manufacturer’s documentation for the preservation and checks specific
Conf. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-4 Page 303

2011.04.20
to avionic systems.
(k) MRH:
- Clean the MRH with dry cleaning solvent CM 202.

- Apply corrosion preventive compound CM 506 to the unpainted surfaces, using
a brush or a spray-gun.
- Apply grease CM 116 to the blade attachment pins and wrap them in
greaseproof paper, held in position with adhesive tape.
- Secure the pins to their respective sleeves with adhesive tape.
(l) MGB / Rotor mast assembly:
- Clean the MGB and the rotor mast with dry cleaning solvent CM 202.
- Apply corrosion preventive compound CM 508 to the unpainted surfaces on the
MGB, the rotor mast and the cyclic swashplates, using a brush or a spray-gun.
- Lubricate the cyclic swashplates (62-32-00, 3-1).
- Apply grease CM 116 to the pitch change rod spherical bearings.
(m) TGB / TRH assembly:
- Clean the TGB / TRH assembly and rear blades with dry cleaning solvent CM
202.
- Clean and inspect each of the blades on the TRH (64-10-00, 6-1). Perform any
repairs found to be necessary.
- Apply corrosion preventive compound CM 508 to the unpainted surfaces of the
TGB and TRH, using a brush or a spray-gun.
(n) Tail rotor drive shaft:
- Clean the tail rotor drive shaft with dry cleaning solvent CM 202, wipe with a
clean cloth,
- Lubricate the tail rotor drive shaft bearings (65-11-00, 3-1).
- Apply corrosion preventive compound CM 508 to the unpainted surfaces of the
tail rotor drive shaft, using a brush or a spray-gun.
- Wrap the coupling flanges and the intermediate bearing blocks in greaseproof
paper.
(o) Airframe:
- Inspect for and remove any traces of corrosion on the structure as a whole.
- Treat any corrosion found (MTC 20.04.03.101) and if necessary touch-up the
primer, epoxy CM 487 and the finish paint CM 489.
- Clean the hinges and closing mechanisms for the crew access doors, luggage
compartment doors and the MGB and engine cowlings with dry cleaning
solvent CM 202 and lubricate them with grease CM 150.
- Apply corrosion preventive compound CM 506 to the unpainted surfaces.
NOTE
If the aircraft is stored in the open air, apply

corrosion preventive compound CM 508 to the
unpainted metal surfaces of the airframe using a
brush or spray-gun.
(p) Electrical generation:
- Remove the battery (24-33-00, 4-1).
Conf. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-4 Page 304

2011.04.20
- Preserve the battery (CMM 24.33.96).

- Protect the connectors, complete with their blanking caps, using heat-sealable
sheet.
- Check the electrical master box for correct condition, then protect it with Kraft
paper or plastic film.
(q) Hydraulic system:
- Top up the level in the hydraulic reservoirs with hydraulic fluid CM 110 (
29-00-00, 3-3).
- Ensure there are no leaks from the hydraulic circuits.
- Blank the air vents on the hydraulic reservoirs with adhesive tape.
- Apply corrosion preventive compound CM 508 to the unpainted surfaces using
a paint brush or a spray gun.
(r) Flight controls:
- Clean the flight controls with dry cleaning solvent CM 202 and inspect the
condition of the different linkages, looking for corrosion and checking the
connections.
- Apply grease CM 116 to the spherical bearings on the control rods.
- Lock the flight controls with rigging pins (67-00-00, 3-1).
- Tighten the friction control on the cyclic sticks in the neutral position and lock
the collective pitch lever in the fine pitch position.
- Wipe the stems of the main servocontrols with a clean cloth and moisten them
with hydraulic fluid CM 110.
(s) Pitot static system:
- Bleed and dry the pitot static system (34-10-00, 3-1).

- Fit the blanking caps on the pitot static system (10-10-00, 3-1) and (10-10-00,
3-2).
(t) Cabin ventilation system:
- Select the controls of the heating, ventilation, demisting and air conditioning (if
fitted) systems to the closed position.
NOTE
If no run-ups can be performed, preferably remove

the air conditioning system (21-51-10, 4-1), (
21-51-10, 4-2), (21-51-10, 4-3), (21-51-10, 4-4), (
21-51-10, 4-8).
- Blank off the air inlets and hot air, cabin ventilation and demisting outlet
nozzles with adhesive tape.
NOTE
Check installation and cleaning of the water extractor

textile sheath for the air conditioning system. (as per
corresponding documentation).
(u) Fuel system:
Conf. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-4 Page 305

2011.04.20
NOTE
Do not block the fuel tank vent when the aircraft is

preserved with the tank full.
- Bleed the fuel tank.

- Ensure that the fuel system is free of leaks.
- If necessary, top up the fuel level with recently delivered fuel free from water (
12-10-00, 3-2) and (MTC 20.07.03.412).
(v) Finalization of short term preservation:
- If possible, store the aircraft in a hangar away from sunlight, humidity and dust.
- Ensure that the rotor brake is released.
- Make sure the gyro instruments are securely locked.
- Place dehydration packets inside the cabin.
- Protect the instrument panel and the console with a plastic film and adhesive
tape.
- Close all cowlings, inspection panels and access doors.
- Protect the external probes with greaseproof paper.
- Apply corrosion preventive compound corrosion preventive compound CM 508
to the metallic antennas with a paint brush.
- Install the blanks and covers provided for covering and moor the aircraft if it is
not parked under shelter (10-10-00, 3-1), (10-10-00, 3-2) and (10-20-00, 3-1).
- Apply a label to the aircraft showing the date of the preservation operations
and the "SHORT TERM" preservation mode, as well as the date of the first
inspection to be performed.
- Install a moisture indicator, if applicable.
(2) Preservation periodic inspection:
(a) Purpose and frequency of periodic inspections:
- The purpose of the short term preservation periodic inspection operations is to

determine the state of the aircraft and of its preservation, in order to maintain
the aircraft under optimum preservation conditions.
- These periodic inspections are to be performed every two months.
NOTE
Thoroughly inspect the elastomer surfaces (no

crazing).
(b) Open the access doors, MGB and engine cowlings and lower fairings.
(c) Remove the covers, blanks, protection devices.
(d) Perform the following operations:
- Check the state of the corrosion preventive products.

- Inspect for and remove any traces of corrosion or mold (MTC 20.04.03.101).
- Check the airframe skin for correct condition and, if necessary, touch up with
primer, epoxy CM 487 and finish paint CM 489.
- Check the transparent panels for correct condition.
- Repeat the treatments and renew any defective corrosion protection.
- Check the instruments installed on board, the connectors and the wiring for
correct condition.
Conf. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-4 Page 306

2011.04.20
- Operate the rotor brake controls and check that it is free from stiffness.
- Rotate the mechanical assemblies by hand through 4 or 5 turns.
- When a run-up check is planned, perform a fuel test (MTC 20.07.03.412),
- Switch on both the aircraft hydraulic systems (29-00-00, 2-1).
- Release the friction control on the cyclic stick and release the collective pitch
lever.
- Operate the flight controls and check that they operate freely.
- Inspect the servocontrols for leaks as the controls move.
- Switch off both the aircraft hydraulic systems (29-00-00, 2-1).
- Ensure that there are no leaks from the fuel or hydraulic systems.
- Tighten the friction control on the cyclic stick and lock the collective pitch lever.
- Apply the instructions specified in the (EMM TURBOMECA) to the engine.
- Replace the dehydrating packets in the cabin.
(e) Close the access doors, MGB and engine cowlings and the lower fairings.
(f) Install the covers and blanks and moor the aircraft if it is not parked under shelter (
10-10-00, 3-1), (10-10-00, 3-2) and (10-20-00, 3-1).
(g) Complete the preservation label with the date of the inspection just performed, as
well as the date of the next inspection.
G. Close-up
(1) If the aircraft is not returned to service after 6 months, depreserve the aircraft (10-10-00,
3-5), perform a check flight then perform long term preservation (10-10-00, 3-6).
(2) Perform depreservation (10-10-00, 3-5).
Conf. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-4 Page 307

Conf. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-4 Page 308
2011.04.20

3-5 Short Term Depreservation - Helicopters

24.33.96 CMM
Section 8 FLM
EMM TURBOMECA
25-21-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Energy absorbtions before seats
25-22-00, 4-4 ........................ Removal / Installation - Rear seats
26-21-00, 6-1 ........................ Inspection / Check - Cabin Extinguisher
29-00-00, 2-1 ........................ External Hydraulic Power Supply
29-11-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Hydraulic System Equipments
29-11-01, 4-2 ........................ Tear Down / Build Up - Belt-driven Hydraulic Pump
29-11-02, 4-2 ........................ Tear Down / Build Up - MGB Hydraulic Pump
33-11-00, 5-1 ........................ Functional Tests - Dome Light
33-12-00, 5-1 ........................ Functional Tests - Instrument Panel Lighting
33-41-00, 5-1 ........................ Functional Tests - Position Lights
33-42-00, 5-1 ........................ Functional Tests - Anti-collision Light
34-10-00, 3-1 ........................ Drying - Pitot Static System
34-10-00, 5-1 ........................ Functional Tests - Pitot Static System
52-12-00, 4-2 ........................ Installation - Sliding Door
60-00-00, 6-2 ........................ Check - Chips Detector
62-11-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Main Blades
62-11-00, 9-1 ........................ Preservation / Depreservation - Main Rotor Blades
62-21-00, 4-2 ........................ Installation - Main Rotor Hub
62-21-00, 9-1 ........................ Preservation / Depreservation - Main Rotor Hub
62-31-00, 9-1 ........................ Preservation / Depreservation - Main Rotor Mast
Assembly
62-32-00, 3-1 ........................ Lubrication - Swashplates
63-21-00, 3-1 ........................ Replacement - MGB Oil Filter
63-21-00, 9-1 ........................ Preservation / Depreservation - MGB
65-11-00, 3-1 ........................ Lubrication - Bearing
65-21-00, 9-1 ........................ Preservation / Depreservation - TGB

21-51-10, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Air Conditioning System
Compressor
Condenser
21-51-10, 4-3 ........................ Removal / Installation - Front Air Conditioning System
Evaporator
21-51-10, 4-4 ........................ Removal / Installation -Air Conditioning System Evaporator
21-51-10, 4-8 ........................ Removal / Installation - Dessicator Bottle
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-5 Page 301

2010.02.04

20.04.03.101 MTC
20.09.01.901 MTC
67-00-00, 3-1 ........................ General Safety Instructions - Flight Controls
B. Special Tools
Commercial .......................... cloth
C. Materials
CM 110 ................................ hydraulic fluid
CM 123 ................................ lubricating oil
CM 150 ................................ grease
CM 202 ................................ solvent
CM 231 ................................ solvent
CM 487 ................................ primer, epoxy
CM 489 ................................ finish paint
CM 524 ................................ preservative oil

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Comply with refer to the helicopter preservation instructions (MTC 20.09.01.901 ).
(2) Comply with the general safety instructions for the flight controls (67-00-00, 3-1
F. Procedure
(1) Remove the covers, blanks, greaseproof paper and adhesive tape protection.
(2) Clean the outside of the aircraft (12-30-00, 3-1).
(3) Discard the dehydration packets placed inside the cabin.

(4) Open the access doors, MGB and engine cowlings and lower fairings.
(5) MRH:
- Retrieve the blade attachment pins secured to the MRH and clean them with solvent
CM 231.
- Clean the MRH and remove the corrosion preventive compound from the unpainted
surfaces, using solvent CM 202.
- Lubricate the droop stop ring (62-21-00, 4-2).
(6) MGB assembly:
- Depreserve MGB (63-21-00, 9-1).

- Remove greaseproof paper from engine transmission.
(7) Rotor mast assembly:
- Depreserve the main rotor mast (62-31-00, 9-1).

- Depreserve the main rotor hub (62-21-00, 9-1).
- Lubricate swashplates with grease (62-32-00, 3-1).
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-5 Page 302

2010.02.04
(8) Depreserve the main rotor blades (62-11-00, 9-1) and install them on the aircraft (
62-11-00, 4-1).
(9) TGB / TRH assembly:
- Depreserve the TGB (65-21-00, 9-1).

- Remove greaseproof paper from bearings and couplings
- Clean the TGB and TRH and remove the corrosion preventive compound from the
unpainted surfaces, using solvent CM 231.
- Wipe all the blades on the TRH with a clean dry cloth.
- Inspect the TGB and each of the blades on the TRH for any signs of corrosion.
(10) Tail rotor drive shaft:
- Clean the tail rotor drive shaft and remove the corrosion preventive compound from
the unpainted surfaces, using solvent CM 231.
- Lubricate the tail rotor drive shaft bearings (65-11-00, 3-1).
(11) Airframe:
- Inspect for and remove any traces of corrosion on the aircraft structure.
- Treat the corrosion and if necessary touch-up the primer, epoxy CM 487 and finish
finish paint CM 489.
- Clean the hinges and closing mechanisms for the crew access and luggage
compartment doors and the MGB and engine cowlings, with solvent CM 202.
- Lubricate the hinges and closing mechanisms for the luggage compartment doors
and the MGB and engine cowlings with grease CM 150.
NOTE
Do not lubricate the crew access door hinges which

are coated with a self-lubricating varnish.
(12) Electrical generation system:
- Depreserve the battery (CMM 24.33.96 ).

- Install the battery (24-33-00, 4-1).
(13) Flight controls:
- Remove the rigging pins from the flight controls (67-00-00, 3-1).
- Clean the flight controls and remove the corrosion preventive compound from the
unpainted surfaces, using solvent CM 202.
- Wipe the stems of the main servocontrols with a clean cloth and moisten them with
hydraulic fluid CM 110.
- Loosen Cyclic stick and collective lever friction.
- Inspect the condition of the different linkages, looking for corrosion and checking the
connections.
(14) Pitot static system:
- Remove the blanks.

- Make sure the Pitot heads and the static ports are not blocked.
- Bleed and dry the pitot static circuit (34-10-00, 3-1).
- Perform the functional tests of the pitot static system (34-10-00, 5-1).
(15) Cabin ventilation system:
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-5 Page 303

2010.02.04
NOTE
Install the air conditioning system (if applicable): (

21-51-10, 4-1), (21-51-10, 4-2), (21-51-10, 4-3), (
21-51-10, 4-4), (21-51-10, 4-8).
- Remove the adhesive strip from the air inlets and the hot air, ventilation, demisting
and air-conditioning (if fitted) distribution nozzles.
- Check all the mechanical controls for correct operation.
(16) Install the following standard equipment:
- Aircraft tool-kit.
- Emergency locator transmitter.
- Check the weight of the cabin extinguisher ( 26-21-00, 6-1).
- First-aid kit (if necessary).
- Pilot, copilot and passenger seats (25-21-00, 4-1) and (25-22-00, 4-4).
(17) Hydraulic system:
- Switch on both aircraft hydraulic systems (29-00-00, 2-1).

- Release the friction control from the cyclic stick and the collective pitch control lever.
- Operate the flight controls and ensure there is no stiffness.
- Inspect the servocontrols for leaks when operating them.
- Ensure there are no leaks from the hydraulic circuits.
- Switch off both aircraft hydraulic systems (29-00-00, 2-1).
- Inspect the condition of the clogging indicators on the regulation units, if clogging
is indicated: check the hydraulic magnetic plugs and clean the hydraulic filters (
29-11-01, 4-2), (29-11-02, 4-2) and (29-11-00, 4-1).
- If necessary, top up the hydraulic reservoirs with hydraulic fluid CM 110 (29-00-00,
3-3).
(18) Fuel system:
NOTE
If the aircraft, with its fuel tank full, has not been
operated for more than three months, drain then fill
the fuel tank (12-10-00, 3-2).
- Check the cleanliness of the fuel tank air vent.

- Remove and clean the low-pressure filter elements.
- Pressurize the fuel system and ensure there are no leaks from the fuel circuits.
(19) Fire detection system:
- Clean the fire detectors.
(20) Perform the functional tests of the radio and radio-navigation equipment in accordance
with the corresponding documentation.
(21) Perform the functional tests of the following lighting installations:
- Dome light (33-11-00, 5-1).

- Instrument panel (33-12-00, 5-1).
- Position lights (33-41-00, 5-1).
- Anti-collision light (33-42-00, 5-1).
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-5 Page 304

2010.02.04
- Fixed landing light,

- Optional lighting systems in accordance with the corresponding documentation.
(22) Prepare the rotating mechanical assemblies for the depreservation ground run:
DO NOT MIX MINERAL OIL CM 123 AND

PRESERVATIVE OIL CM 524.
(a) Drain the MGB and TGB and refill them with mineral oil CM 123 (12-10-00, 3-1).
(b) Prepare the engine for internal destorage in accordance with the (EMM
TURBOMECA ).
(23) Perform the external destorage of the engine and its accessories in accordance with the (
EMM TURBOMECA ).
(24) Perform a 10-minute ground run in accordance with (FLM Section 8 ) and perform the
following operations.
- Accelerate to nominal engine speed and perform engine speed variations;

- Perform the functional tests of the cabin ventilation and demisting systems.
- If the optional air conditioning system is fitted, perform the air conditioning functional
tests in accordance with the corresponding documentation.
- Check the correct operation of the electrical generation system.
- Perform the functional checks of the engine, MGB and TGB indications (pressures
and temperatures).
(25) On completion of the ground run:
- Drain the MGB and TGB and refill them with mineral oil CM 123(12-10-00, 3-1).
- Inspect the magnetic plugs on the MGB and the TGB (60-00-00, 6-2).
- Replace the MGB oil filter (63-21-00, 3-1).
- Perform the engine checks in accordance with the (EMM TURBOMECA ).
(26) Optional equipment:
- Install the removable parts of all the optional equipment in accordance with the
corresponding documentation and perform the associated functional tests.
G. Close-up
(1) Perform a check flight in accordance with (FLM Section 8 ).
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-5 Page 305

Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-5 Page 306
2010.02.04

3-6 Long Term Preservation - Helicopter

10-10-00, 3-8 ........................ Periodic Inspection and Maintenance of Removed and
Preserved Assemblies
26-21-00, 6-2 ........................ Weighing - Cabin Extinguisher
29-10-00, 4-2 ........................ Removal / Installation - Hydraulic Fluid Reservoirs
29-11-01, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Belt-driven hydraulic pump
29-11-02, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - H.P.I. Pump Seals
29-11-02, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - MGB Hydraulic Pump
62-11-00, 9-1 ........................ Preservation / Depreservation - Main Rotor Blades
62-31-00, 9-1 ........................ Preservation / Depreservation - Main Rotor Mast
Assembly
63-11-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal - MGB / Engine Coupling
63-21-00, 9-2 ........................ Preservation / Depreservation - Modules removed from
the MGB
63-32-00, 9-1 ........................ Preservation / Depreservation - MGB Suspension Bar
63-51-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal - Rotor Brake Assembly
64-10-00, 9-1 ........................ Preservation / Depreservation - Tail rotor
65-11-00, 9-1 ........................ Preservation / Depreservation - Tail Rotor Drive
67-10-00, 6-1 ........................ Check - Main Rotor Flight Controls
67-21-00, 6-1 ........................ Check - Tail Rotor Flight Controls
67-32-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Main Rotor Servocontrols
67-32-00, 4-2 ........................ Removal / Installation - Accessories fitted on Main Rotor
Servocontrol
67-33-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Tail Rotor Servocontrol
71-11-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal - ARRIEL Engine


10-10-00, 2-1 ........................ Preservation and Protection of the Complete Aircraft -
Definitions
24.33.96 CMM
EMM TURBOMECA
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-6 Page 301

2010.02.04
B. Special Tools
350A94-2700-06 ................... adjustment kit
350A94-2706-00 ................... set of rigging pins
C. Materials
CM 150 ................................ grease
CM 208 ................................ white spirit
CM 508 ................................ corrosion preventive compound
Commercial .......................... adhesive tape
Commercial .......................... greaseproof paper
Commercial .......................... kraft paper
Commercial .......................... self-sealed canvas
Commercial .......................... heat-sealable Sheet
None
E. Job Set-up
3-1).
(2) Comply with the preserve instructions (10-10-00, 2-1).
F. Procedure
(1) Preservation:
(a) Internal and external preservation of the engine gearboxes and the hydraulic system
1 Preserve the gearboxes (63-21-00, 9-1) and (65-21-00, 9-1.

2 Drain the hydraulic system (29-00-00, 3-3).
3 Perform the preservation operations (EMM TURBOMECA ) on the engine.
(b) Preservation of mechanical components removed
NOTE
Preservation of some equipment items is included in

their own documentation.
1 Remove and preserve:
- main blades (62-11-00, 9-1),

- engine (71-11-00, 4-1) and (EMM TURBOMECA ),
- engine-MGB coupling (63-11-00, 4-1),
- rotor brake (63-51-00, 4-1),
- main rotor mast (63-31-00, 9-1),
- main rotor hub (62-21-00, 9-1),
- hydraulic(s) pump(s) (29-11-01, 4-1) or (29-11-02, 4-1),
- main servocontrols (67-32-00, 4-1) and (67-32-00, 4-2),
- MGB (63-21-00, 9-1),
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-6 Page 302

2010.02.04
- MGB suspension bars (63-32-00, 9-1),

- tail servocontrol (67-33-00, 4-1),
- tail blade assembly (64-10-00, 9-1),
- rear mechanical assembly (TGB-TRH) (65-21-00, 9-1),
- tail rotor drive assembly (65-11-00, 9-1).
NOTE
When removing the components:

- immediately install blanking caps on the holes
and pipes,
- install caps and the heat-sealed canvas on
connectors.
(c) Preservation of systems

1 Hydraulic
- remove the hydraulic reservoir(s) (29-10-00, 4-2) or (29-11-00, 4-2),

- clean then protect unpainted metallic surfaces with corrosion preventive
compound CM 508,
- protect couplings with greaseproof paper.
2 Fuel
- blank the coupling of the MGB supply pipe and protect with self sealed
canvas,
- drain the tank and the fuel filter,
- fill fuel tank with fuel free from water (12-10-00, 3-2),
- check that there are no leaks.
3 MGB-engine lubrication
- check that blanking caps are installed on the MGB-engine greasing pipes,
- protect with self-sealed canvas,
- protect the unpainted parts of oil coolers with corrosion preventive
compound CM 508.
4 Air conditioning
- close the controls of the following systems: heating, ventilation, demisting

and air conditioning,
- blank the air intakes, hot air circulation outlets, ventilation outlets,
demisting outlets with adhesive tape.
5 Air data system
- drain the static system and the pitot head (34-10-00, 3-1),
- blank the total port evacuation hole with adhesive tape,
- place blanking caps on pitot head and static port.
(d) Preservation of equipment items
1 Preservation of instruments
- remove and place in warehouse as per their own documentation,

- protect connection connectors and pipes of instruments removed with
blanking caps and self-sealed canvas,
- cover the instrument panel, console and ceiling panel with kraft paper
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-6 Page 303

2010.02.04
maintained with adhesive tape,

- wrap the outside air temperature probe with self-sealed canvas.
2 Preservation of electrical installation equipment
- check that the switches are on off,

- remove and preserve battery (24-33-00, 4-1) (CMM 24.33.96 ),
- wrap the battery wiring connector with self-sealed canvas,
- inspect the electrical master box: cleanliness-no humidity,
- blank the compartment of the electrical master box with kraft paper and
adhesive tape.
3 Preservation of radio and radio navigation equipment
- remove all the removable parts of the installation and place in warehouse
as per their own documentation,
- wrap the connection connectors removed in self-sealed canvas,
- coat the metallic antennas with corrosion preventive compound CM 508.
(e) Preservation of controls
1 Preservation of flight controls
- check the control kinematics (condition-corrosion-connection) (67-10-00,

6-1) and (67-21-00, 6-1),
- pin the flight controls at floor level (3 pins 350A94-2706-00 of the
350A94-2700-06) and tighten the lever friction,
- coat rod end fitting with grease CM 150,
- remove the main servocontrol input rods and coat the unpainted parts
with corrosion preventive compound CM 508,
- wrap them in greaseproof paper then with a self-sealed canvas
- affix a label specifying the type of preservation (LT) and the preservation
date.
2 Engine controls
- coat the free end fittings of ball-type controls with grease CM 150. Wrap
them in greaseproof paper.
(f) Preservation of removable furnishings
1 Remove and place in warehouse:
- pilot seat cushions,

- pilot seat harnesses,
- passenger bench seats and back rests,
- passenger safety belts,
- first aid kits,
- MGB and engine cowlings (53-51-00, 4-1),
- aircraft tool kit.
(g) Preservation the structure
1 Perform general cleaning of the aircraft (12-30-00, 3-1).

2 After cleaning open all panels and doors to ventilate the aircraft.
3 Search for and eliminate any traces of corrosion on the entire structure.
4 Perform paint touch up works as required.
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-6 Page 304

2010.02.04
5 Coat all unprotected metallic surfaces with corrosion preventive compound CM

508either by spraying, or with a brush.
6 Clean using white spirit CM 208 and lubricate with grease CM 150:
- all attachment points of mechanical assemblies and the engine,

- hinges and closing points.
7 Protect using strips of heat-sealed canvas secured by adhesive tape:
- all transparent surfaces (blanking covers will be covered),
- transmission deck and engine deck.
DO NOT BLANK THE FUEL TANK AIR VENT.

(h) Final operations
1 Preserve the aircraft away from sunlight, humidity and dust.
2 Close the hatches and access doors.

3 Install blanking caps and covers planned in the equipment required.
4 Affix a label specifying the preservation type (long term), preservation date and
the date the first check was performed on the aircraft.
(2) Checking and maintaining an aircraft under long term preservation
- The purpose of the operation is to check and maintain an aircraft under long term
preserve and to ascertain the aircraft condition and resistance to preserve in order
to recondition the aircraft for a new preserve duration. The operations involve:
(a) Removing covers, blanking caps, predictions by greaseproof paper and blanks by
adhesive tape.
(b) Opening or removing access doors, cowlings and fairings, in order to:
- inspect resistance of corrosion protection products and check the behavior of

controls and systems,
- search for and eliminate any traces of corrosion or mould.
(c) Specific points
1 Check presence of blanks on the following systems:
- air data,
- hydraulic,
- fuel,
- MGB and engine greasing,
- air conditioning.
2 Check the following systems: hydraulic - fuel - MGB and engine lubrication:
- make sure that there are no leaks on the systems and equipment items,
- check the levels,
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-6 Page 305

2010.02.04
- drain the fuel tank.
3 Check the instruments and equipment of electrical and radionavigation systems

on the aircraft: :
- condition of all connectors and connections,

- absence of corrosion - mould,
- battery wiring connector protected,
- blanking caps and protections by grease-proof paper, adhesive or self-
sealed canvas are present.
Further to checks, make sure that
NOTE
Inspect the equipment removed and placed in

warehouse every year.
4 Cabin extinguisher: if the preservation checked corresponds with the
extinguisher weighing periodicity, weight extinguisher (26-21-00, 6-2).
5 Check that there are no traces of corrosion on the flight controls.
6 Renew the corrosion protection treatments and protections which may have
been damaged during the check.
(d) Final operation
1 Close the doors and panels.
2 Put covers and blanking caps back in place.

3 Record the type of preservation, the date of the check which was just
performed as well as the date of the next inspection on the label.
NOTE
Inspect mechanical assemblies removed and placed

in warehouse (10-10-00, 3-8).
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-6 Page 306


3-7 Long Term Depreservation - Helicopter

TURBOMECA EMM
12-30-00, 3-1 ........................ Cleaning - helicopter
24-30-00, 5-1 ........................ Functional Tests - DC Power Supply System
29-00-00, 3-4 ........................ Rinsing and Cleaning of Hydraulic Reservoirs
29-11-01, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Belt-driven Hydraulic Pump
29-11-02, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - MGB Hydraulic Pump
62-11-00, 9-1 ........................ Preservation / Depreservation of Main Rotor Blades
63-21-00, 4-2 ........................ Installation - MGB
63-32-00, 9-1 ........................ Preservation / Depreservation - Bidirectional suspension
and MGB suspension bars
64-10-00, 9-1 ........................ Preservation / Depreservation - Tail rotor blades
65-11-00, 9-1 ........................ Preservation / Depreservation - Tail Rotor Drive
65-21-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal - TGB
67-00-00, 3-1 ........................ General Safety Instructions - Flight Controls
67-31-00, 4-2 ........................ Installation - Servo control
67-32-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Main Rotor Servo controls
67-33-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Tail Rotor Servo control
71-11-00, 4-2 ........................ Installation - ARRIEL 2B1 Engine

None

24.33.96 CMM
Section 8 FLM
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
CM 150 ................................ grease
CM 208 ................................ white spirit
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-7 Page 301

2010.02.04

None
E. Procedure
(1) Depreserving the structure
(a) Remove all covers, blanks and heat-sealed canvas strips.

(b) Clean the aircraft (12-30-00, 3-1).
(c) Open the access doors, visit doors, aerators and cowlings to ventilate the aircraft.
(d) Clean metallic surfaces of the structure protected by anti corrosion product with
white spirit CM 208.
(e) Search for and eliminate any traces of corrosion on the entire structure.
(f) Clean with white spirit CM 208 and lubricate with grease CM 150:
- all attachment points of mechanical assemblies and engine,

- hinges, slides and closing mechanisms of cowlings and access doors.
(g) Clean transparent parts (12-30-00, 3-1).
(h) Remove protection from transmission and engine decks.
(2) Depreserving controls

(a) Depreserving flight controls
- Clean unpainted parts of main servo control input rods protected by corrosion
protection product with white spirit CM 208.
- Clean rod end fittings with white spirit CM 208.
- Install servo control input rods (67-31-00, 4-2) (67-32-00, 4-1).
- Loosen the friction of cyclic stick and collective lever.
- Remove the 3 pins from flight control at floor level (67-00-00, 3-1).
- Check kinematics of flight controls and their free travel.
(b) Depreserving of engine controls
- Clean the free end fittings of ball-type controls with white spirit CM 208.
(3) Depreserving equipment
(a) Depreserving radio equipment
- Clean the corrosion protection product on protected metallic antennas with

- Remove protection from connection connectors.
- Depreserve and install removable parts of the installation as per their own
documentation.
(b) Depreservation of electrical equipment of the electrical system
- Inspect the electrical master box: cleanliness-no humidity.

- Depreserve battery (CMM 24.33.96 ).
- Check that all switches are off.
- Install the battery on the aircraft and perform a test of the system (24-30-00,
5-1).
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-7 Page 302

2010.02.04
(c) Depreserving instruments
- Remove the protection from the outside air temperature probe.

- Remove protections from connection connectors and pipes of the instruments
to be installed.
- Remove protection from instrument panel, console and ceiling panel.
- Depreserve and install equipment items located on the instrument panel as per
own documentation.
(4) Depreserving systems
(a) Air data
- Remove blanks from static port and pitot head.

- Remove adhesive tape on the pitot head vent hole.
- Drain static system and pitot head (34-10-00, 3-1).
(b) Air conditioning
- Remove protection from air intakes, hot air circulation outlets, ventilation outlets
and demisting outlets.
- Check correct operation of air conditioning system controls.
(c) MGB and engine lubrication
- Eliminate corrosion protection product on unpainted parts of oil coolers with

- Remove protections of MGB and engine greasing pipes.
(d) Fuel
- Drain the tank and system (12-10-00, 3-2).

- Replace filter element of fuel filter.
- Fill up fuel tank (12-10-00, 3-2).
- Check that the tank air vent is not clogged.
- Pressurise supply system, check that there are no leaks.
(e) Hydraulic
- Clean the hydraulic reservoir(s) removed (29-00-00, 3-4).

- On unpainted metallic surfaces, eliminate the corrosion protection product with
- Remove protections from couplings.
- Fill up the hydraulic system(s) (29-00-00, 3-3).
(5) Depreserving removable furnishings
Depreserve and install:
- pilot seat cushions,

- pilot seat harnesses,
- passenger bench seats and back rests,
- passenger safety belts,
- first aid kit,
- MGB and engine cowlings (53-51-00, 4-1),
- aircraft tool kit
(6) Depreserving mechanical components removed
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-7 Page 303

2010.02.04
NOTE
Depreservation of some equipment items is included

in their own documentation.
CHECK THE USE-BY DATES OF ALL HOSES.

(a) Install mechanical assemblies
1 MGB (63-21-00, 4-2).
a During MGB installation, depreserve:
- rotor brake,
- bidirectional suspensions and MGB suspensions bars (63-32-00,
9-1).
b TGB (65-21-00, 4-1).
c Engine (71-11-00, 4-2).
(b) Depreserving and installating mechanical assemblies
- main rotor hub (62-21-00, 9-1),

- main blades (62-11-00, 9-1),
- hydraulic reservoir (29-10-00, 4-2), (29-11-00, 4-2),
- hydraulic pump (29-11-01, 4-1), (29-11-02, 4-1),
- main servo controls (67-32-00, 4-1) or (67-31-00, 4-2),
- tail servo controls (67-33-00, 4-1),
- tail rotor blade assembly (64-10-00, 9-1),
- tail rotor drive assembly (65-11-00, 9-1).
(c) Internal depreservation of gearboxes and engine
- Depreserve MGB and TGB (63-21-00, 9-1 (65-21-00, 9-1).

- Depreserve engine (EMM TURBOMECA ).
(7) Final operations

(a) Carry out inspection ground run up (FLM Section 8 ) and perform the following
functional tests:
- electrical generation,
- lighting,
- air conditioning-heating,
- fuel system,
- radio and radionavigation,
- check operation of all flight and engine control instruments,
- check pressures and temperatures.
(b) Perform inspection flight (FLM Section 8 )
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-7 Page 304

2010.02.04
NOTE
As all depreservation, check and test operations

have been carried out, the aircraft is put back in
service.
Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-7 Page 305

Config. Code: 002 10-10-00, 3-7 Page 306
2010.02.04

3-8 Periodic Inspection and Maintenance of Removed and Preserved Assemblies

None

None

None
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
(1) Assemblies stored in pressurized container
(a) Within the 24 hours following placement in containers

1 Check pressure in the container. If pressure has dropped, find and repair the
leak before pressurising the container again.
(b) During routine inspections
1 If the container pressure is normal and the humidity indicator is blue; no further
action is necessary.
2 If the container pressure has dropped but the humidity indicator is blue;
pressurise the container again and perform the check following placement in
containers.
3 If the container pressure has dropped and the humidity indicator is pink:
- depressurise and open the container,

- examine the assembly stored in the container,
- if there are no cases of corrosion, change the desiccant bags and the
humidity indicator,
- if traces of corrosion are found: depreserve the mechanical assembly,
eliminate any traces of corrosion and preserve the mechanical assembly,
- replace the desiccant bags and humidity indicator,
- close and pressurise the container after any necessary clearing up.
10-10-00, 3-8 Page 301

2010.02.04
(2) Assemblies stored under heat-sealed canvas (sealed packet)
(a) If the humidity indicator is blue; no further action is necessary

(b) If the humidity indicator is pink; open the cover, eliminate any traces of corrosion,
perform the storage operations again, replace the desiccant bags and the humidity
indicator, close the sealed packet.
(3) Assemblies stored in an unpressurised sealed container
NOTE
Containers impervious to water vapour and surface

water.
(a) Open the container.

(b) If the humidity indicator is blue:
- Replace the desiccant bags.

- Close the container.
(c) If the humidity indicator is pink:
- Eliminate any trace of corrosion.

- Perform storage operations again.
- Replace desiccant bags and the humidity indicator.
- Close the container.
(4) Common instructions
(a) In all cases, mention the inspection date on the label.
10-10-00, 3-8 Page 302

Mooring - Servicing
3-1 Mooring - Helicopter

None

None

B. Special Tools
350A82-9014-01 ............................ boat and ground mooring assembly

703A92-0306-20 ............................ mooring rings
Commercial ................................... rod
Commercial ................................... rope
C. Materials
None
None
E. Job Set-up
(1) The aircraft must have the following installations:
- At its upper part (1) eye bolts.
NOTE
On aircraft equipped with float landing gears, the

upper mooring points are lugs (3) located on the
damper legs.
- At its lower part (11) shackles attached on the splices securing the front cross
beam.
NOTE
Eye bolts as well as shackles must freely rotate.

(2) Comply with mooring conditions given in task (10-10-00, 3-1) paragraph wind condition.
F. Procedure
Figure 301
Conf. Code: 002 10-20-00, 3-1 Page 301

2012.03.07
(1) Normal mooring (DETAIL B)
Two upper mooring points (1) (transmission deck).
(a) Install mooring rings [350A82-9014-01] (6) on the two eye bolts (5) located on both
sides of the transmission deck.
NOTE
The quick-release pins securing mooring rings must

be fully inserted.
(b) Insert the mooring pegs (4) in the ground on both sides of the aircraft so as to
obtain during cord tightening:
1 An angle of 45˚ with respect to the vertical of the eye bolt.

2 An angle of 90˚ between the two cords at equal distance from the eye bolt.
(c) Secure and tighten two cords between the mooring rings and the mooring pegs.
(2) Mooring in bad weather condition (DETAILS B and C)
2 upper mooring points (1) (transmission deck).
2 lower mooring points (11) (under airframe).
NOTE
Two type of shackles may be used (8) or (7).
(a) Perform normal mooring.
(b) Install the front mooring rings [350A82-9014-01] on the front mooring points (11)).
(c) Stake the front mooring pegs as per the same technique as the normal mooring but
as using the front attachment point as reference.
(d) Secure and tighten the cords between the attachment points and the mooring pegs
on the ground.
(3) Marine mooring (DETAILS A, B, C and E)
2 upper mooring points (1).
2 lower mooring points (11).
2 lashing points (9) on the front cross beam.
NOTE
Two type of shackles may be used (8) or (7).
NOTE
If the aircraft is equipped with low landing gear

(DETAIL E) or high landing gear (DETAIL F), the
mooring points on the front cross beam vary.
Conf. Code: 002 10-20-00, 3-1 Page 302

2012.03.07
(a) Install mooring rings [350A82-9014-01] (6) on the two eyebolts (5) located on both
NOTE

be fully inserted
(c) Install the front mooring rings [350A82-9014-01] on the front mooring points (11).
(d) Stake the front mooring pegs as per the same technique as the normal mooring but
as using the front attachment point as reference
(e) Install the mooring rings and attachments [703A92-0306-20] on the front cross beam
(6).
1 Comply with position of shims (13) and (14).
NOTE

- l: 440 mm (+ 0 / - 10 mm) (16.92 in.; 17.32 in.).
- m: 495 mm (+ 0 / - 10 mm) (19.09 in.; 19.49
in.).
- k: 380 mm (+ 0 / - 10 mm) (14.56 in.; 14.96 in.).
- i: 35 mm (1.38 in.).
2 Torque the nut (17).
3 Once nut (17) is in contact with spring (12), search for the first pin hole and
pin.
4 Torque the nuts (15) and (16) to value.

5 Check gap "j" (j = 1 mm (.04 in.) minimum).
(f) Stake the front mooring pegs as per the same technique as the normal mooring but
(g) Secure and tighten the cords between the attachment points and the mooring pegs
on the ground.
(4) Marine mooring 4 points (high landing gear)
2 mooring points (9) on the front landing gear leg (DETAIL F).
2 mooring points (10) on the rear landing gear leg (DETAIL H).
(a) Install mooring rings [350A82-9014-01] (6) on the 2 eye bolts (5) located on both
Conf. Code: 002 10-20-00, 3-1 Page 303

2012.03.07
NOTE

be fully inserted
(c) Install the mooring rings and attachments [703A92-0306-20] on the front cross beam
(6).
1 Comply with position of shims (9) and (10).
NOTE

- l: 440 mm (+ 0 / - 10 mm) (16.92 in.; 17.32 in.).
- m: 495 mm (+ 0 / - 10 mm) (19.09 in.; 19.49
in.).
- k: 380 mm (+ 0 / - 10 mm) (14.56 in.; 14.96 in.).
- i: 35 mm (1.38 in.).
2 Torque the nut (16).
3 Once nut (16) is in contact with spring (12), search for the first pin hole and
pin.
4 Torque the nuts (15) and (16) to value.
5 Check gap "j" (j = 1 mm (.04 in.) minimum).
(d) Stake the front mooring pegs as per the same technique as the normal mooring but
(e) Secure and tighten the cords between the attachment points and the mooring pegs
on the ground.
G. Close-up
(1) Remove mooring rings (secured by quick-release pins) when preparing for flight.
Conf. Code: 002 10-20-00, 3-1 Page 304

2012.03.07
1
A
B
A
2 3
= = =
=
11 C
D 4
D B
E
A
F
5
10
9
8 7
Mooring - Helicopter
Conf. Code: 002 10-20-00, 3-1 Page 305

2012.03.07
Y400
i F
Y400
G
i
12 7,5 − 9 N.m
66.5 − 79.5 in.−lb.
13
17
14
16
13
N 14
15
N 12 − 15 N.m
H 106.2 − 132.7 in.−lb.
j
G
Y400
Mooring - Helicopter
Conf. Code: 002 10-20-00, 3-1 Page 306

Mooring - Servicing
3-2 Folding / Spreading - Blades (Marine type)

None

None

None
B. Special Tools
355A92-1150-04 ................... "MARINE" blade folding kit
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
Figure 301
Config. Code: 001 10-20-00, 3-2 Page 301

2010.02.04
NOTE
- This device holds the folded blades in winds of:

. 60 Kts in all directions, for land-based
operations,
. 60 Kts in all directions, with ± 15˚ roll and ±
4˚pitch for ship-based operations.
- The operations are to be carried out with
cowlings closed and with two operators (one on
the transmission support platform and the other
one on the ground).
- Blade folding requires a third operator in case of
strong wind for use on land, or in case of rough
sea in marine use.
- Blade folding/spreading can only be carried out
on land with winds less than 45 Kts and 2
operators, and on ships with 3 operators and in
winds less than 45 Kts from the front at ± 30˚ in
aircraft centreline, with ± 10˚ roll and ± 3˚pitch.
- - This device can withstand winds up to 100
Kts, provided that the material which the poles
and the current stand are made of is replaced
with 880 MPA grade steel (example: 15CDV6).
The fixed parts on the tail boom and on the
MRH are designed to withstand winds of 100
Kts.
(1) Bring the yellow blade to the rear, in the aircraft centreline.
(2) Hook and lock clamp (9) of horse (10) on the yellow blade, 40 mm (1.57 in.) forward of
the tabs.
(3) Install the horse on the ball fittings of the tail boom. Hook longitudinal strut (6).
NOTE
During the first folding operation, check that the

clamp support tube is correctly positioned in the
sleeve of the horse to avoid stressing the blade.
F. Procedure
Figure 301
(1) Installation of the tools:
PRIOR TO ANY BLADE FOLDING OPERATION:

- IMMOBILISE THE TWO BLADE SLEEVES,
- REVERSE THE MOUNTING DIRECTION OF
THE BONDING BRAID ON THE BLADE.
Config. Code: 001 10-20-00, 3-2 Page 302

2010.02.04
1st operator on the transmission support platform 2nd operator on the ground
- Apply the rotor brake then install the rotor
brake safety device.
- Close the cabin door.
- Give the blade sleeve immobilising tools to the
1st operator.
- Install stirrup (3) on the vibration damper. Do
not tighten centre bolt (2).
- Install attachment arms (1) by first engaging
the fork on bushes (4).
- Pin the other end of attachment arms (1) on
stirrup (3).
- Tighten centre bolt (2).
- Install the frequency adapter immobilising tool
on the lower sleeves of the blades to be
folded. Pay attention to the mounting direction.
(2) Blade folding:
1st operator on the transmission support platform 2nd operator on the ground
- Hook clamp (11) on the LH blade, between
the marks on the blade.
- Support the blade with the pole.
- Remove the 2 pins and the safety rod from
the forward pin of the LH blade.
- Install the blade pin extractor.
- Extract the forward pin from the LH blade with
the extractor.
- Fold the LH blade rearwards and hook the
pole onto horse (10).
- Install safety pin (7).
NOTE
The operations are identical for the RH blade.
Blade folding can be carried out starting either from

the RH side or from the LH side.
WHEN THE BLADES ARE FOLDED, DO NOT

FORGET TO TIGHTEN SAFETY STRAP (8).
(3) Blade folding in strong wind during land-based operations, or in rough sea during ship-
based operations:
(a) Operation with a 3rd operator in addition to the blade folding procedure:
1 The 3rd operator prevents blade flapping by holding the blade down using the
Config. Code: 001 10-20-00, 3-2 Page 303

2010.02.04
lip of the auxiliary pole.
2 Meanwhile, the 2nd operator positions the clamp, closes it on the blade and
holds the blade in this position.
3 The 3rd operator releases the blade and locks the clamp by operating the
locking mechanism using the head of the auxiliary pole.
4 The 3rd operator locks the head of the auxiliary pole onto the folding pole.
5 The 2nd and 3rd operators work together to ensure safety of the blade during
the folding operation.
6 When the blade folding pole is hooked onto the tail boom, the 3rd operator
unhooks the auxiliary pole.
(4) Blade spreading:
NOTE
- Remove the 355A92-1150-04 only after blades

are spread and the two forward blade pins are
installed.
- Use the blade pin extractor to reinstall the blade
pins, while supporting the blade with the pole.
(a) Loosen and remove strap (8).

(b) Remove safety pin (7) from the pole of the LH blade.
(c) Detach the pole from horse (10).
(d) Spread the blade and support it at the same time with the pole.
(e) Reinstall blade pin (5) with the blade pin extractor, and reinstall the safety rod and
the two pins.
(f) Remove clamp (11).
(g) Carry out the same operation on the RH blade.

(h) Release the sleeves:
1 Remove the frequency adapter immobilising tool from the blade sleeves.
2 Loosen centre bolt (2).

3 Remove the arm from stirrup (3).
4 Remove attachment arms (1).
DO NOT FORGET THE PLUG ON THE VIBRATION

DAMPER.
5 Remove stirrup (3) from the vibration damper.
Config. Code: 001 10-20-00, 3-2 Page 304

2010.02.04
G. Close-up
(1) Detach longitudinal strut (6).
(2) Remove horse (10) from the ball fittings on the tail boom.
(3) Detach clamp (9) from the yellow blade.
(4) Remove the rotor brake safety device and then remove the release the rotor brake.
Config. Code: 001 10-20-00, 3-2 Page 305

2010.02.04
Folding / Spreading - Blades (Marine type)

Config. Code: 001 10-20-00, 3-2 Page 306

2010.02.04
6 8
B A
9
10
11
Folding / Spreading - Blades (Marine type)

Config. Code: 001 10-20-00, 3-2 Page 307

Config. Code: 001 10-20-00, 3-2 Page 308
2010.02.04
Mooring - Servicing
3-3 Folding / Spreading - Blades

None

None

None
B. Special Tools
350A92-1105-02 ................... blade folding device
350A92-1115-08 ................... set of blade socks
355A92-1151-02 ................... blade folding pole
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
NOTE
- This device holds the folded blades in winds of

45 Kts.
- Two operators are required to carry out the
blade folding/unfolding operations:
. one operator on the transmission support
platform,
. one operator on the ground.
- Blade folding/unfolding can only be carried out
with winds less than 45 Kts.
(1) Bring one blade in the aircraft centreline, pointing towards the rear of the aircraft.
(2) Apply the rotor brake then install the rotor brake safety device.
(3) Set the collective pitch lever to low pitch.
F. Procedure
Figure 301
(1) Blade folding:
10-20-00, 3-3 Page 301

2010.02.04
(a) Immobilise the blade sleeves
CAUTION: THE TWO BLADE SLEEVES MUST BE

IMMOBILISED PRIOR TO ANY BLADE FOLDING
OPERATION. THIS REQUIRES TO REVERSE THE
ORIENTATION OF THE BONDING BRAID ON THE
BLADE.
1 With the dummy blade pin (2), drive out the rear blade pin. At the same time,
support the blade (operator on the transmission support platform).
2 Do not forget to lock centre bolt (1) and to install safety pins (3).
(b) Fold the blades
1 Remove the front blade pins.
2 Fold the 355A92-1151-02 (operator on the ground).

3 Attach the cords of the 350A92-1105-02 around the tail boom, forward of the
antenna.
(2) Blade spreading
NOTE
Remove the tools only after 350A92-1115-08 and

installation of the two front pins.
(a) Detach the cords of the blade socks from the tail boom.
(b) Spread the blades with the pole (operator on the ground).
(c) Install the front blade pins.
DO NOT FORGET THE PLUG ON THE VIBRATION

DAMPER.
(d) Remove the dummy blade pin (2) and reinstall the aft blade pin, while supporting
the blade.
G. Close-up
(1) Remove the rotor brake safety device.
(2) Release the rotor brake.
10-20-00, 3-3 Page 302

2010.02.04
1 2 3
2 3
1
3
Folding / Spreading - Blades

Figure 301
10-20-00, 3-3 Page 303

10-20-00, 3-3 Page 304
2010.02.04
CHAPTER 11 - PLACARDS AND MARKINGS
Versions : C3
N: New
R: Revised
D: Deleted

Versions Conf. Code
11-00-00 Placards and Markings
Servicing
C3 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Placards and 2010.02.04

Markings
11 - LOEDU Page 1
11 - LOEDU Page 2
2012.09.27
Placards and Markings - Servicing

3-1 General Safety Instructions - Placards and Markings

None

None

Section 2 FLM
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
NOTE
You can find the description and location of the

placards and markings in the FLM Section 2 .
11-00-00, 3-1 Page 301

11-00-00, 3-1 Page 302
2010.02.04
CHAPTER 12 - SERVICING
Versions : C3
N: New
R: Revised
D: Deleted

Versions Conf. Code
12-10-00 Filling / Draining
Servicing
C3 3-1 Filling / Draining - Gearboxes 2010.02.04
3-2 Deleted 2010.02.04 D
12-30-00 Unscheduled Servicing Operations
Servicing
C3 002 3-1 Cleaning - Helicopter 2010.02.04
C3 3-2 Preventive Measures for Operation in Sandy 2010.02.04

Atmosphere - Helicopter
C3 002 3-4a Preventive Measures for Operation in Severe 2010.02.04

Climatic Conditions - Helicopter (PRE MOD
077207)
C3 002 3-4b Preventive Measures for Operation in Severe 2010.02.04

Climatic Conditions - Helicopter (POST MOD
077207)
C3 3-5 Method for Checking - Continuity / Insulation of 2010.02.04

Coaxial Circuits
12 - LOEDU Page 1
12 - LOEDU Page 2
2012.09.27
Filling / Draining - Servicing

3-1 Filling / Draining - Gearboxes

Section 2 FLM
60-00-00, 3-2 ........................ General Safety Instructions - Critical Parts

63-21-00, 3-1 ........................ Replacement - MGB Oil Filter
65-21-00, 4-3 ........................ Tear-down / Build-up - TGB

24-00-00, 3-1 ........................ General Safety Instructions - Electrical Power Supply
System
Section 8 FLM
B. Special Tools
703A95-0300-00 ................... servicing platform
703A95-0505-00 ................... TGB drain hose
703A95-0508-00 ................... MGB drain hose
Commercial .......................... drain pan
C. Materials
CM 235 ................................ cleaning agent

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Comply with the general safety instructions for the electrical power supply system (
24-00-00, 3-1).
(2) Make sure the aircraft is on level ground.
(3) Before you fill or drain the MGB, install the 703A95-0300-00 and open the MGB LH
cowling.
(4) Open the MGB LH cowling.
NOTE
We recommend that you drain the MGB and the TGB

when the oil is still hot (after a ground run or a flight).
12-10-00, 3-1 Page 301

2010.02.04
F. Procedure
BE CAREFUL DURING THIS OPERATION: YOU

MUST BE READY TO REINSTALL THE MAGNETIC
PLUG IF THE SELF-CLOSING VALVE DOES NOT
CLOSE CORRECTLY. A SUDDEN FLOW OF OIL
CAN BE HAZARDOUS.
(1) Draining
(a) Disconnect the electrical connector from the magnetic plug.

(b) Remove the magnetic plug(s) (60-00-00, 6-2) required for drainage.
(c) Install 703A95-0505-00 in the pace of the magnetic plug and allow the oil to run into
a clean drain pan.
(d) Install 703A95-0508-00 in the place of the magnetic plug and allow the oil to run
into a clean drain pan..
(e) Remove drain hose.
(f) Install the magnetic plug.
(g) Connect the electrical connector to the magnetic plug.
- MAKE SURE YOU DO THE WORK IN

CLEAN CONDITIONS. THE RISK OF SYSTEM
CONTAMINATION DURING THE FILLING
OPERATION IS VERY HIGH.
- ONLY USE A NEW AND APPROVED
LUBRICATING OIL (FLM Section 2 ).
- DO NOT OVERFILL.
(2) Filling
(a) Make sure the oil level sight indicator is in good condition.
(b) If the TGB light needs to be cleaned:
- Remove the light (65-21-00, 4-3).

- Clean the light with cleaning agent CM 235.
- Reinstall the light (65-21-00, 4-3).
(c) Remove filler cap.
(d) Make sure filling port and surrounding area is clean and free of debris.
(e) Fill with mineral oil until the oil level is between the min. and max. level marks.
12-10-00, 3-1 Page 302

2010.02.04
(f) Reinstall filler cap.
(g) When the filling operation is completed, wipe clean any spillage.
(3) Changing the oil grade
(a) Drain the relevant gearboxes (MGB and TGB).
(b) Fill up with oil of the new grade.

(c) Perform a ground run for 10 minutes at minimum couple (FLM Section 8 ).
(d) Drain the relevant gearboxes (MGB and TGB).
(e) Fill up with oil of new grade.

(f) Perform a ground run for 10 minutes at minimum couple (FLM Section 8 ).
(g) Do a servicing of MGB oil filter (63-21-00, 3-1).
(h) Drain the recent gearboxes (MGB and TGB).

(i) Fill up with oil of the new grade (MGB and TGB).
(j) Replace existing markings on relevant boxes and on the structure with marking
corresponding to the specification of the new oil.
(k) On the log card of the relevant assemblies record the type of oil used, the number
of operating hours, (from the time of their installation as new or overhauled
assemblies), at the time the oil is changed.
G. Close-up
(1) After you fill the MGB, close the MGB LH cowling and remove the 703A95-0300-00.
(2) Do a ground run (FLM Section 8 ) and make sure the oil level is correct, add oil if
necessary.
12-10-00, 3-1 Page 303

12-10-00, 3-1 Page 304
2010.02.04
Unscheduled Servicing Operations - Servicing

3-1 Cleaning - Helicopter

62-11-00, 3-1 ........................ Cleaning - Main Rotor Blades
64-10-00, 3-1 ........................ Cleaning - Tail Rotor Blades

None

20.04.01.405 MTC
20.04.01.403 MTC
B. Special Tools
703A95-0300-00 ................... servicing platform
C. Materials
CM 208 ................................ white spirit
CM 242 ................................ cleaning agent
Commercial .......................... dry cloth
Commercial .......................... chamois leather
None
E. Job Set-up
3-1).
(2) Comply with the safety instructions for helicopter cleaning and desinfection (
MTC 20.04.01.403 )
(3) Install if necessary, the 703A95-0300-00.
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-1 Page 301

2010.02.04
F. Procedure
THE AIRCRAFT AIRFRAME IS PARTLY MADE OF

MATERIALS THAT ARE VERY SENSITIVE TO
CERTAIN MAINTENANCE OR USE PRODUCTS.
COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS

WHEN CLEANING THE AIRCRAFT AND FOR
MAINTENANCE OF TRANSPARENT PANELS.
THE PRESSURE OF THE WATER JET MUST NOT

EXCEED 10 BARS (145 PSI).
(1) Aircraft cleaning and transparent panel maintenance
(a) Cleaning
- Use a mixture of water and cleaning agent CM 242 to the exclusion of any
other products.
. 20 grams (.044 lb.) of cleaning agent CM 242 for 10 liters (2.642 US gal) of
water.
(b) Rinsing
- Rinse with water.
(c) Drying
- Dry transparent panels with a chamois leather cloth.

- Open cowlings and fairings in order to dry any water that may have leaked in.
NOTE
Some scratches can be removed from transparent

panels of doors and subdoors with products
specifically for plexiglas (MTC 20.04.01.405 ).
PRE MOD 072435 : Use of maintenance products

specifically for plexiglas is prohibited on upper
windows.
(d) Degreasing
- Transmission and turbine decks must be cleaned and degreased using white
spirit CM 208 and clean, dry cloths.
- In any case, it is recommended that any oil, hydraulic fluid or fuel splatters on
the transmission and turbine decks be immediately wiped away in order to
prevent them from accidentally running onto the airframe.
- Products which are prohibited from use also include chlorinated hydrocarbon,
ether and ketone (acetone, baltane, toluene, petrol, etc.) based degreasing
agents.
(2) Cleaning the fuel tank
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-1 Page 302

2010.02.04
- CLEANING: Use a mixture of water and sodium hydroxide.

- RINSING: Rinse abundantly with fresh water.
- DRYING: Dry fuel tanks before installation.
NOTE
The drying time may be decreased by circulating air

inside the tanks.
(3) Blade cleaning
- Clean main blades. (62-11-00, 3-1) and tail blades (64-10-00, 3-1).
G. Close-up
(1) Remove if necessary the 703A95-0300-00.
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-1 Page 303

Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-1 Page 304
2010.02.04

3-2 Preventive Measures for Operation in Sandy Atmosphere - Helicopter


62-11-00, 8-1 ........................ Replacement or Installation of the Sand Protection
62-11-00, 8-5 ........................ Replacement of a Tab Element
62-11-00, 8-18 ...................... Repair - Minor Paint Touch-Up
71-61-10, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Sand-Filter

None
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
(1) General
(a) Refer to the parking conditions (10-10-00, 3-1).

(b) If possible, make as few ground runs as possible on non-prepared areas.
(c) If the helicopter is regularly operated in sand-laden atmosphere, install the optional
items which follow:
- the sand-filter (71-61-10, 4-1),

- the blade leading-edge protection (62-11-00, 8-1).
(2) Protection of the main rotor blades

(a) Make sure that there is no bonding separation of the tabs (62-11-00, 6-1). If you find
some bonding separations, repair immediately (62-11-00, 8-5).
(b) If there are traces of erosion on the blades, do the paint touch-ups (62-11-00, 8-18).
12-30-00, 3-2 Page 301

12-30-00, 3-2 Page 302
2010.02.04

3-4a Preventive Measures for Operation in Severe Climatic Conditions - Helicopter
(PRE MOD 077207)



Section 8 FLM
TURBOMECA EMM
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
CM 116 ................................ grease
CM 153 ................................ grease
CM 162 ................................ oil
CM 163 ................................ grease
CM 208 ................................ white spirit
CM 318 ................................ protectant
CM 487 ................................ primer, epoxy
CM 488 ................................ primer, epoxy
CM 4127 .............................. finish paint
CM 514 ................................ varnish
CM 6068 .............................. sealing compound

None
E. Procedure
(1) Definition of the "severe climatic conditions"
(a) "Severe climatic conditions" are those which you find in areas of high industrial
contamination and in maritime or tropical environments.
(2) General
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-4a Page 301

2010.02.04
(a) Comply with the general information about parking (10-10-00, 3-1).
(b) The measures recommended below may be complemented by any operation that
the operator’s prior experience has indicated are necessary.
(c) For the operations related to the engine, refer to (EMM TURBOMECA ).
(d) Dirty or stained metal surfaces (skin panels, structural elements, casings, etc.) must
be cleaned in order to detect corroded zones.
NOTE
Furthermore, cleaning diminishes corrosion effects,

particularly in areas of the aircraft that are exposed
to exhaust gas.
(e) During putting into service inspections, eliminate humidity; in particular, dry casing
pockets or corners of the airframe where water may collect or humidity may
condensate.
(f) Unpainted metal surfaces
- Corrosion marks must be eliminated as quickly as possible and protection

touch-ups made immediately after. If the original protection cannot be applied,
protect the bare metal with a layer of protectant CM 318 or varnish CM 514.
- For aircraft with application of anticorrosion protections reinforced with
DINITROL, perform touch-ups using corrosion preventive compound CM 526.
(g) Painted metal surfaces
- Scratches and corrosion marks must be eliminated quickly and paint touch-ups
made. if not, areas where metal is exposed must be protected with a layer of
protectant CM 318 or corrosion preventive compound CM 526.
(h) External protection of the main gearbox support
- Apply primer, epoxy CM 487 and primer, epoxy CM 488 on all nuts and bolts
(screw heads, nuts, washers, cotter pins).
(i) Protection of various hardware items
- On the unpainted fixed parts, apply a layer of protectant CM 318 or varnish CM

514.
- Apply grease CM 153 on unpainted removable parts.
NOTE
Primer paint touch-ups must be applied after

"Removal-Installation" and after retightening.
(3) Protection of main rotor blades
(a) Caulk the edge of the tabs with sealing compound CM 6068 in the areas in contact
with the skin on the three rotor blades.
(b) Grease bushes and pins with grease CM 116 (62-11-00, 4-1).
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-4a Page 302

2010.02.04
(c) Pay particular attention to corrosion which may be on end metallic components (
62-11-00, 6-1).
(d) Make sure the leading edge and rotor blade tips are perfectly tight.
(e) Wipe the rotor blades with a chamois leather cloth (every day if necessary).
(4) Protection of MRH and TRH

(a) Apply primer, epoxy CM 487 and primer, epoxy CM 488 :
- on all nuts and bolts (screw heads, washers, nuts, cotter pins) for the following
assemblies: main rotor hub, vibration damper, rotor mast,
- on taper shims of MRH sleeve flanges (to be painted if the taper shim is not
painted).
NOTE

(b) Apply corrosion preventive compound CM 506 on MRH screw heads.
(5) Protection of MGB and TGB (Figure 301 Sheet 1, Figure 301 Sheet 2, Figure 301
Sheet 3 and Figure 301 Sheet 4)
(a) When checking levels (12-10-00, 3-1), make sure there is no condensation
(particularly if oil tends to emulsify). Change oil if condensation is detected.
(b) Sealing compound CM 6068 beads on all joints between:
- casings,
- casing and junction box,
- casing and accessories housing (plugs, detectors, light indicators),
- around attachments of components on MGB housing.
(c) A coat of primer, epoxy CM 487 and a coat of finish paint CM 4127 on all screw
heads, nuts, washers.
(d) Apply corrosion preventive compound CM 506 on the TGB shaft.
(e) Apply sealing compound CM 6068 beads on mating faces of the two-way
suspension between:
- laminates and washers,

- washers and nuts,
- laminates and cross member,
- pins and washers,
- pins and nuts.
NOTE
Perform these operations at each Removal-

Installation.
(6) Protection of the tail rotor drive
(a) Apply primer, epoxy CM 487 and primer, epoxy CM 488 on all nuts and bolts (screw
heads, nuts, washers, cotter pins).
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-4a Page 303

2010.02.04
NOTE

(7) Protection of fight controls

(a) Apply primer, epoxy CM 487 and primer, epoxy CM 488 on all accessible nuts and
bolts and hinges (screw heads, nuts, washers, cotter pins) as well as on hinge rivet
heads and crimping bushes (rivet) of flight control rods and after reach "Removal-
Installation".
(b) Apply corrosion preventive compound CM 506 on ball joints and servocontrol
actuators.
(8) Protection of hydraulic equipment

(a) Apply primer, epoxy CM 487 and primer, epoxy CM 488 on all accessible nuts
and bolts and hinges (screw heads, nuts, washers, cotter pins) and after reach
"Removal-I,nstallation".
(9) Equipment
(a) Pressure transmitters and pressure switches, which are especially sensitive to
humidity effects may be internally protected by applying grease CM 163 on
terminals, welds, and generally all unprotected parts.
(b) Coat outer antennas with grease CM 163. Reapply the protection as required.
(10) Protection of fairing, doors and panels
(a) During putting into service inspections, clean the following with white spirit CM 208
then lubricate with preservative oil CM 524 or oil CM 162 without disassembling:
- hinges,
- release rods,
- rails,
- locking mechanisms.
(11) External protection of engine controls
(a) Apply primer, epoxy CM 487 and primer, epoxy CM 488 on all nuts and bolts
and hinges (screw heads, nuts, washers, cotter pins) and after reach "Removal-
Installation".
(b) If the aircraft remains grounded for more than one week, take advantage of the
maintenance ground run-up (FLM Section 8 ) every 7 days in order to protect the
compressor by spraying (EMM TURBOMECA )
(12) Protection of electrical connectors and connections
(a) Before putting the aircraft into service:
- make sure there are no traces of humidity,

- dry by fan,
- fill the backs of connectors (wiring side) with sealing compound CM 6070 using
a medical syringe,
- protect the outside of connectors with grease CM 163.
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-4a Page 304

2010.02.04
GREASE CM 163 HAS HIGH DIELECTRIC

PROPERTIES. ITS APPLICATION MUST BE
LIMITED TO THE EXTERNAL PART OF
CONNECTION.
GREASE CM 163 MUST IN NO CASE BE APPLIED

IN THE CONTACT ZONE.
(b) Protect connection terminals with grease CM 163, especially when terminals are
located in areas with poor ventilation.
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-4a Page 305

2010.02.04
Preventive Measures for Operation in Severe Climatic Conditions - Helicopter (PRE MOD 077207)
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-4a Page 306

2010.02.04
FWD
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-4a Page 307

2010.02.04
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-4a Page 308

2010.02.04
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-4a Page 309

Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-4a Page 310
2010.02.04

3-4b Preventive Measures for Operation in Severe Climatic Conditions - Helicopter
(POST MOD 077207)



TURBOMECA EMM
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
CM 116 ................................ grease
CM 162 ................................ oil
CM 163 ................................ grease
CM 208 ................................ white spirit
CM 318 ................................ protectant
CM 487 ................................ primer, epoxy
CM 488 ................................ primer, epoxy
CM 4127 .............................. finish paint
CM 514 ................................ varnish

None
E. Procedure
(1) Definition of the "severe climatic conditions"
(a) "Severe climatic conditions" are those which you find in areas of high industrial
contamination and in maritime or tropical environments.
(2) General
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-4b Page 301

2010.02.04
(a) Comply with the general information about parking (10-10-00, 3-1).
(b) The measures recommended below may be complemented by any operation that
the operator’s prior experience has indicated are necessary.
(c) For the operations related to the engine, refer to (EMM TURBOMECA ).
(d) Dirty or stained metal surfaces (skin panels, structural elements, casings, etc.) must
be cleaned in order to detect corroded zones.
NOTE
Furthermore, cleaning diminishes corrosion effects,

particularly in areas of the aircraft that are exposed
to exhaust gas.
(e) During putting into service inspections, eliminate humidity; in particular, dry casing
pockets or corners of the airframe where water may collect or humidity may
condensate.
(f) Unpainted metal surfaces
- Corrosion marks must be eliminated as quickly as possible and protection

touch-ups made immediately after. If the original protection cannot be applied,
protect the bare metal with a layer of protectant CM 318 or varnish CM 514.
(g) Painted metal surfaces
- Scratches and corrosion marks must be eliminated quickly and paint touch-ups
made. if not, areas where metal is exposed must be protected with a layer of
protectant CM 318 or varnish CM 514.
(3) Protection of main rotor blades
(a) Caulk the edge of the tabs with sealing compound CM 6068 in the areas in contact
with the skin on the three rotor blades.
(b) Grease bushes and pins with grease CM 116 (62-11-00, 4-1).
(c) Pay particular attention to corrosion which may be on end metallic components (
62-11-00, 6-1).
(d) Make sure the leading edge and rotor blade tips are perfectly tight.
(e) Wipe the rotor blades with a chamois leather cloth (every day if necessary).
(4) Protection of MRH and TRH
(a) Apply primer, epoxy CM 487 and primer, epoxy CM 488:
- on all nuts and bolts (screw heads, washers, nuts, cotter pins) for the following
assemblies: main rotor hub, vibration damper, rotor mast,
- on taper shims of MRH sleeve flanges (to be painted if the taper shim is not
painted).
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-4b Page 302

2010.02.04
NOTE

(5) Protection of MGB and TGB(Figure 301 Sheet 1, Figure 301 Sheet 2, Figure 301
Sheet 3 and Figure 301 Sheet 4)
(a) When checking levels (12-10-00, 3-1), make sure there is no condensation
(particularly if oil tends to emulsify). Change oil if condensation is detected.
(b) Apply sealing compound CM 6068 on all joints between:
- main casing and lower casing,

- casing and unit,
- casing and accessories housing (plugs, indicators, lights, etc.),
(c) Apply sealing compound CM 6068 beads on mating faces of the two-way
suspension between:
- laminates and washers,

- washers and nuts,
- laminates and cross member,
- pins and washers,
- pins and nuts.
(d) Apply a coat of sealing compound CM 6056on al screw heads, nuts and washers of
all links.
(e) Apply a coat of primer, epoxy CM 488 before the finish paint CM 4127.
NOTE
Perform these operations at each "Removal-

Installation".
(6) Protection of the tail rotor drive
(a) Apply primer, epoxy CM 487 and primer, epoxy CM 488 on all nuts and bolts (screw
heads, nuts, washers, cotter pins).
NOTE

(7) Protection of fight controls

(a) Apply primer, epoxy CM 487 and primer, epoxy CM 488 on all accessible nuts and
bolts and hinges (screw heads, nuts, washers, cotter pins) as well as on hinge rivet
heads and crimping bushes (rivet) of flight control rods and after reach "Removal-
Installation".
(b) Apply corrosion preventive compound CM 506 on ball joints and servocontrol
actuators.
(8) Protection of hydraulic equipment

(a) Apply primer, epoxy CM 487 and primer, epoxy CM 488 on all accessible nuts
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-4b Page 303

2010.02.04
and bolts and hinges (screw heads, nuts, washers, cotter pins) and after reach
"Removal-Installation".
(9) Equipment
(a) Pressure transmitters and pressure switches, which are especially sensitive to
humidity effects may be internally protected by applying grease CM 163 on
terminals, welds, and generally all unprotected parts.
(b) Coat outer antennas with grease CM 163. Reapply the protection as required.
(10) Protection of fairing, doors and panels

(a) During putting into service inspections, clean the following with white spirit CM 208
then lubricate with preservative oil CM 524 or oil CM 162 without disassembling:
- hinges,
- release rods,
- rails,
- locking mechanisms.
(11) External protection of engine controls

(a) Apply primer, epoxy CM 487 and primer, epoxy CM 488 on all nuts and bolts
and hinges (screw heads, nuts, washers, cotter pins) and after reach "Removal-
Installation".
(12) Protection of electrical connectors and connections
(a) Before putting the aircraft into service:
- make sure there are no traces of humidity,

- dry by fan,
- fill the backs of connectors (wiring side) with sealing compound CM 6070 using
a medical syringe,
- protect the outside of connectors with grease CM 163.
GREASE CM 163 HAS HIGH DIELECTRIC

PROPERTIES. ITS APPLICATION MUST BE
LIMITED TO THE EXTERNAL PART OF
CONNECTION.
GREASE CM 163 MUST IN NO CASE BE APPLIED

IN THE CONTACT ZONE.
(b) Protect connection terminals with grease CM 163, especially when terminals are
located in areas with poor ventilation.
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-4b Page 304

2010.02.04
Preventive Measures for Operation in Severe Climatic Conditions - Helicopter (POST MOD 077207)
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-4b Page 305

2010.02.04
FWD
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-4b Page 306

2010.02.04
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-4b Page 307

2010.02.04
Config. Code: 002 12-30-00, 3-4b Page 308


3-5 Method for Checking - Continuity / Insulation of Coaxial Circuits

None

None

System
B. Special Tools
Commercial .......................... magneto megohmmeter (or equivalent)
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
24-00-00, 3-1).
(2) Remove the related antenna(s) and the communication and / or navigation equipment(s).
Refer to the related documentation.
F. Procedure
NOTE
Isolation measurements must be carried out with a

magneto megohmmeter.
(1) Make sure that the insulation between the core and the ground of the coaxial cable is
more than 10 megohms. Use a megohmmeter.
NOTE
If isolation is incorrect and if the coaxial line has

cutoff-connectors, repeat measurements on each
section in order to locate the defective part.
(2) On one end of the coaxial cable, make a short circuit between the core and the shielding.
(3) On the other end of the coaxial cable, make sure that there is circuit continuity between
12-30-00, 3-5 Page 301

2010.02.04
the core and the shielding. Use an ohmmeter.

(4) Remove the short circuit.
G. Close-up
(1) Install the related antenna(s) and the communication and / or navigation equipment(s).
Refer to the related documentation.
(2) Do the functional tests of the related installation. Refer to the related documentation.
12-30-00, 3-5 Page 302

CHAPTER 21 - AIR-CONDITIONING
Versions : C3
N: New
R: Revised
D: Deleted

Versions Conf. Code
21-00-00 Air conditionning
Servicing
C3 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Air Conditioning 2010.02.04
21-21-00 Ventilation / Demisting
Fault Isolation
C3 002 1-1 Fault Isolation - Demisting / Heating 2010.02.04
Removal / Installation
C3 004 4-1 Removal / Installation - Demisting or Heating 2012.05.09 N

valves POST MOD 073332 and with long type
console
C3 002 4-1a Removal / Installation - Demisting or Heating 2011.04.20

Cocks PRE MOD 073332
C3 003 4-1b Removal / Installation - Demisting or Heating 2011.04.20

Cocks POST MOD 073332
C3 001 4-2 Removal / Installation - Demisting or Heating 2011.04.20

Ducts
Inspection / Check
C3 6-1 Inspection / Check - Heating Ducts 2012.06.12 R
21 - LOEDU Page 1
2012.09.27

Versions Conf. Code
21-51-00 Air Conditioning
Servicing
C3 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Air Conditioning 2010.02.04

System
21-51-10 Air Conditioning With Refrigerant
Fault isolation
C3 1-1 Fault isolation - Air conditioning with refrigerant 2010.02.04
Servicing
C3 3-1a Filling / Draining - Air Conditioning System with 2011.05.19

filling bench 703A95-7200-02
C3 3-1b Filling / Draining - Air Conditioning System with 2011.05.19

filling bench 703A95-7220-01
C3 4-1a Removal / Installation - Air Conditioning System 2010.02.04

Compressor
C3 4-1b Removal / Installation - Air Conditioning System 2010.02.04

Compressor with POLY-V pulley and belt
C3 4-2 Removal / Installation - Air Conditioning System 2010.02.04

Condenser
C3 4-3 Removal / Installation - Front Air Conditioning 2010.02.04

System Evaporator
C3 4-4 Removal / Installation - Rear Air Conditioning 2010.02.04

System Evaporator
C3 4-8 Removal / Installation - Dessicator bottle 2010.02.04
Adjustment / Test
C3 5-1 Functional Tests - Air Conditioning System with 2010.02.04

Refrigerant
21 - LOEDU Page 2
2012.09.27

Versions Conf. Code
Inspection / Check
C3 6-1 Check - Air Conditioning System with Refrigerant 2010.02.04
C3 6-2 Check - Detailed Inspection of the Air Conditioning 2010.02.04

System with Refrigerant
21 - LOEDU Page 3
21 - LOEDU Page 4
2012.09.27
Air conditionning - Servicing

3-1 General Safety Instructions - Air Conditioning

None

None

None
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
BEFORE YOU DO THE WORK ON THE

P2 SYSTEM, MAKE SURE THAT THEY ARE
SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT BURNS.
21-00-00, 3-1 Page 301

21-00-00, 3-1 Page 302
2010.02.04
Ventilation / Demisting - Fault Isolation

1-1 Fault Isolation - Demisting / Heating

None

21-21-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Demisting or Heating Valve

None
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
(1) Do the fault isolation procedure given in the table below:
Failure indication Probable cause Corrective action

No hot air at the demisting P2 line failure. Do the check of the system.
and / or heating outlets. Change the defective line.
Demisting and / or heating valve Replace the demisting valve and /
blocked in closed position. or heating valve (21-21-00, 4-1).
Heating or demisting flexible hose Change the defective line.
failure.
Individual nozzle failure blokage Change nozzles.
or rupture.
It is not possible to adjusting Demisting and / or heating valve Replace the demisting valve and /
the demisting and / or the blocked in open position. or heating valve (21-21-00, 4-1).
heating.
Table 101 Fault Isolation - Demisting / Heating
Config. Code: 002 21-21-00, 1-1 Page 101

Config. Code: 002 21-21-00, 1-1 Page 102
2010.02.04
Ventilation / Demisting - Removal / Installation

4-1 Removal / Installation - Demisting or Heating valves POST MOD 073332 and
with long type console

None

None

21-00-00, 3-1 ................................ General Safety Instructions - Air Conditioning
60-00-00, 3-1 ................................ General Safety Instructions - Mechanical Assemblies
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
CM 101 ......................................... grease
CM 776 ......................................... lockwire
AMM
Figure Item
Figure 401 (4) Spring pin (P/N NSA5319-04-030)
E. Job Set-up
(1) Comply with the general safety instructions for the air conditioning (21-00-00, 3-1).
(2) Comply with the general safety instructions for the mechanical assemblies (60-00-00, 3-1
).
(3) Open the left lower central fairing.
F. Procedure
Figure 401
(1) Removal of the heating (22) or the demisting (21) cocks:
(a) Removal of the demisting cock (21):
1 Remove the spring pin (4), the wheel (3) and the protective sheath (5). Discard
the spring pin (4).
2 Removal of bellows (6).
Conf. Code: 004 21-21-00, 4-1 Page 401

2012.05.09
a Loosen and remove bolts (2), nuts (19) and washers (20).
b Remove flange (1).
3 Cut the lockwire of the nut (28).
4 Loosen the nut (28) and disconnect the demisting pipe (27).
5 Cut lockwire of nuts (17) and (16) of the heating cock (22).
6 Loosen nut (17) and disconnect demisting cock (21).
7 Loosen and remove clamp (18).

8 Remove the demisting cock (21).
(b) Removal of the heating cock (22):
the spring pin (9).
b Remove bellows (6).

3 Remove flange (11).
5 Loosen the nut (16) and disconnect the P2 supply pipe(15).

7 Loosen the nut (24) and disconnect the heating pipe (25).
8 If necessary, cut lockwire of nut (17). Disconnect demisting cock (21) of the
heating cock (22).
9 Remove the clamp (14).
10 Remove the heating cock (22).
(2) Installation of the heating (22) or the demisting (21) cocks:
NOTE
Lubricate all the unions and the line nuts with the
grease CM 101.
(a) Installation of the heating cock (22):
1 Install the heating cock (22) on its support (23).
2 Install and tighten the clamp (14).

3 If necessary, connect demisting cock (21) to heating cock (22). Torque and
safety nut (17) with lockwire CM 776.
4 Install the heating pipe (25) on the heating cock (22).
5 Torque and safety the nut (24) with the lockwire CM 776.
Conf. Code: 004 21-21-00, 4-1 Page 402

2012.05.09
6 Install the P2 supply pipe (15) on the heating cock (22).

8 Install flange (11)
9 Install bellows (6)

a Fit bellows (6).
b Install and torque bolts (10), washers (12) and nuts (13).
10 Install the protective sheath (8), the wheel (7) and the new spring pin (9).
(b) Installation of the demisting cock (21):
1 Install the demisting cock (21) on its support (26).
2 Install and torque the clamp (18).

3 Connect demisting cock (21) to heating cock (22).
5 Install the demisting pipe (27) on the demisting cock (21).

6 Tighten and safety the nut (28) with the lockwire CM 776.
7 Install flange (1).
8 Install bellows (6).

a Fit bellows (6).
b Install and tighten bolts (2), washers (20) and nuts (19).
9 Install the protective sheath (5), the wheel (3) and the spring pin (4).
G. Close-up
(1) Close the left lower central fairing.
Conf. Code: 004 21-21-00, 4-1 Page 403

2012.05.09
Removal / Installation - Demisting or Heating valves POST MOD 073332 and with long type console
Figure 401
Conf. Code: 004 21-21-00, 4-1 Page 404

2012.05.09
A
3 4 5 7 8 9
B
2 6 10
1 11
19 12
20 13
14
18
15
16
17
21 B 22
15
23
26
24
28
27 25
Removal / Installation - Demisting or Heating valves POST MOD 073332 and with long type console
Figure 402
Conf. Code: 004 21-21-00, 4-1 Page 405

Conf. Code: 004 21-21-00, 4-1 Page 406
2012.05.09

4-1a Removal / Installation - Demisting or Heating Cocks PRE MOD 073332

None

None

21-00-00, 3-1 ................................. General Safety Instructions - Air Conditioning
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
CM 101 ......................................... grease
CM 776 ......................................... lockwire
AMM
Figure Item
E. Job Set-up
3-1).
F. Procedure
Figure 401

the spring pin (8).
Conf. Code: 002 21-21-00, 4-1a Page 401

2011.04.20
4 Cut lockwire of nuts (10) and (12).
5 Loosen nut (10) and disconnect demisting cock (9) of heating cock (11).

the spring pin (4).

6 f necessary, cut lockwire of nut (10). Loosen the nut (10) and disconnect
demisting cock (9).

NOTE
grease CM 101.

3 If necessary, connect demisting cock (9) to heating cock. Torque and safety
nut (10) with lockwire CM 776.


Conf. Code: 002 21-21-00, 4-1a Page 402

2011.04.20
3 Connect demisting cock (9) to heating cock (11). Torque nut (10).
4 Safety nut (10) with the lockwire CM 776.

G. Close-up
Conf. Code: 002 21-21-00, 4-1a Page 403

2011.04.20
A 4
1 3
2
8 5
7
A
9 10 11 12
13
14
15
19 18 17 16
Removal / Installation - Demisting or Heating Cocks PRE MOD 073332

Figure 401
Conf. Code: 002 21-21-00, 4-1a Page 404


4-1b Removal / Installation - Demisting or Heating Cocks POST MOD 073332

None

None

B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
CM 101 ......................................... grease
CM 776 ......................................... lockwire
AMM
Figure Item
E. Job Set-up
).
F. Procedure
Figure 401

the spring pin (4).
Conf. Code: 003 21-21-00, 4-1b Page 401

2011.04.20
b Remove flange (1).
5 Cut lockwire of nuts (17) and (16) of the heating cock (22).
6 Loosen nut (17) and disconnect demisting cock (21).

the spring pin (9).
b Remove bellows (6).

3 Remove flange (11).

8 If necessary, cut lockwire of nut (17). Disconnect demisting cock (21) of the
heating cock (22).
9 Remove the clamp (14).
NOTE
grease CM 101.

3 If necessary, connect demisting cock (21) to heating cock (22). Torque and
safety nut (17) with lockwire CM 776.
Conf. Code: 003 21-21-00, 4-1b Page 402

2011.04.20

8 Install flange (11)
9 Install bellows (6)

a Fit bellows (6).
b Install and torque bolts (10), washers (12) and nuts (13).
2 Install and torque the clamp (18).

3 Connect demisting cock (21) to heating cock (22).

6 Tighten and safety the nut (28) with the lockwire CM 776.
7 Install flange (1).
8 Install bellows (6).

a Fit bellows (6).
b Install and tighten bolts (2), washers (20) and nuts (19).
9 Install the protective sheath (5), the wheel (3) and the spring pin (4).
G. Close-up
Conf. Code: 003 21-21-00, 4-1b Page 403

2011.04.20
A
3 4 5 7 8 9
2 6 10
1 11
19 12
20 13
14
18
15
16
17
21 A 22
15
23
24
28 26
27 25
Removal / Installation - Demisting or Heating Cocks POST MOD 073332

Figure 401
Conf. Code: 003 21-21-00, 4-1b Page 404


4-2 Removal / Installation - Demisting or Heating Ducts

21-21-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal / Installation - Demisting or Heating Cocks
21-21-00, 6-1 ................................ Inspection / Check - Demisting or heating ducts

53-51-00, 4-2 ................................ Removal / Installation - Lower Fairings

20.02.01.402 MTC
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
CM 776 ......................................... lockwire
Commercial ................................... binding clamp [E0043-5C0]
Commercial ................................... tyraps

None
E. Job Set-up
).
(3) Open or remove the upper cowlings (53-51-00, 4-1) and the lower fairings (53-51-00, 4-2
).
F. Procedure
Figure 401
(1) Removal (DETAILS A and B)
Conf. Code: 001 21-21-00, 4-2 Page 401

2011.04.20
NOTE
Mark the position and mounting direction of each

removed item (pipes, unions, clamps, etc.).
Before removing a pipe, cut the adjacent lockwire,

loosen and remove the pipe attachment clamps.
After each removal, inspect the pipes (21-21-00, 6-1).

(a) Removal of components in cargo compartment (DETAIL A)
1 Disconnect pipe (3) from P2 tapping port (2).
2 Remove clamps (24) from pipe (3).

3 Cut the binding clamps (25).
4 Move protective sheath (27) on pipe (3).
5 Disconnect pipe (3) from union (26).

6 Remove protective sheath (27).
7 Remove pipe (3).
8 Disconnect pipe (1) from union (12) and remove pipe (1).
9 Remove union (12) from pipe (18).
(b) Removal of the heating system (DETAILS B)
NOTE
During the removal of heating diffuser assembly (17),

mark its routing.
1 Remove heating valve (6) (21-21-00, 4-1).

3 Remove pipe (14).
4 Loosen clamps (28) (DETAIL B), (19) and (7).

5 Remove heating diffuser assembly (17).
(c) Removal of demisting system
NOTE
During the removal of demisting diffuser assembly (9)

, mark its routing.
1 Remove demisting valve (5) (21-21-00, 4-1).

3 Remove pipe (13).
4 Remove union (12) from pipe (11).
Conf. Code: 001 21-21-00, 4-2 Page 402

2011.04.20
5 Loosen clamp (4), disconnect and remove pipe (11).

6 Remove clamps (10), (8), (21) and (16) and shims (15).
7 Remove screws (22) and shims (23).
8 Remove demisting manifolds (20).

9 Remove demisting diffuser assembly (9).
(2) Installation
NOTE
To install the unions, refer to ARSAERO union

installation (MTC 20.02.01.402).
(a) Installation of demisting system

1 Carefully install demisting diffuser assembly (9) as per the routing marked
during removal.
2 Install clamps (10), (8), (21) and (16) on demisting diffuser assembly (9).
3 Install both ends of demisting diffuser assembly (9) on their respective

supports.
4 Tighten clamps (10), (8) and (21).
NOTE
If necessary, adjust the quantity of shims (15) of

clamp (16), but do not exceed a quantity of 4.
5 Install the demisting manifolds (20) on demisting diffuser assembly (9).
6 Install shims (23) and torque screws (22).

7 Install clamps (16).
8 Install and torque screws (22) with shims (23).
9 Connect pipe (11) to demisting diffuser assembly (9) and to union (12).
10 Install demisting valve (5) (21-21-00, 4-1).
(b) Installation of heating system (DETAIL B)
1 Carefully install heating diffuser assembly (17) as per the routing marked
during removal.
2 Install clamps (28) (DETAIL B), (7) and (19) on heating diffuser assembly (17).
3 Install both ends of heating diffuser assembly (17) on their respective supports.
4 Tighten clamps (28), (7) and (19).

5 Install heating valve (6) (21-21-00, 4-1).
6 Connect pipe (18) to union (12).
(c) Installation of components in cargo compartment (DETAIL A)
Conf. Code: 001 21-21-00, 4-2 Page 403

2011.04.20
NOTE
Carefully engage the pipe which is to be installed.

Comply with the routing marked during removal.

2 Install protective sheath (27) from pipe (3).
4 Connect union (26) to pipe (1).

5 Safety union (29) with lockwire CM 776.
6 Put protective sheath (27) in its position.
7 Install and tighten binding clamps (25).

8 Install clamps (24) from pipe (3).
9 Connect pipe (3) to P2 tapping port (2).
G. Close-up
(1) Close or install the upper cowlings (53-51-00, 4-1) and the lower fairings (53-51-00, 4-2).
Conf. Code: 001 21-21-00, 4-2 Page 404

2011.04.20
1 2
3
4 5 6 7
8
9
12
10 11 12 13 14 B 17 18
15 19
20 16
21
22
23
21
20
22
23
X1310
X1790
X2325
A
B
24 25 26 25 3 26
14
1 27
28
Removal / Installation - Demisting or Heating Ducts

Figure 401
Conf. Code: 001 21-21-00, 4-2 Page 405

Conf. Code: 001 21-21-00, 4-2 Page 406
2011.04.20
Ventilation / Demisting - Inspection / Check

6-1 Inspection / Check - Heating Ducts

None

21-21-00, 4-2 ................................. Removal / Installation - Demisting or Heating Ducts

None
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None
None
E. Procedure
Figure 601
(1) Perform the checks on the heating pipes
(a) On the engine P2 bleed installation, up to injection points into the air system:
transmission deck, line under cabin floor and cockpit floor:
1 check condition of thermal insulation,
2 inspect for corrosion on visible parts.
(2) If necessary, replace pipe(s)(21-21-00, 4-2).
21-21-00, 6-1 Page 601

2012.06.12
Inspection / Check - Heating Ducts

Figure 601
21-21-00, 6-1 Page 602

Air Conditioning - Servicing

3-1 General Safety Instructions - Air Conditioning System

None

None

20.07.02.209 MTC
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
ALWAYS HANDLE THE REFRIGERANT FLUIDS

CAREFULLY.
DO NOT MIX OTHER REFRIGERANT FLUIDS

WITH THE R134A.
WHEN THE SYSTEM MUST BE OPENED TO

DO THE MAINTENANCE, BEFORE YOU DO
THE WORK, YOU MUST DRAIN THE AIR
CONDITIONING SYSTEM.
21-51-00, 3-1 Page 301

2010.02.04
WHEN YOU OPEN THE SYSTEM, YOU MUST

COLLECT THE REFRIGERANT FLUID.
ALWAYS HANDLE THE REFRIGERANT FLUIDS IN

A WORKSHOP WHERE THERE IS AN ADEQUATE
FLOW OF AIR. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU
DO THIS OUTDOORS. IF A PERSON BREATHES
THE FUMES, MOVE THIS PERSON OUT OF
THE CONTAMINATED ATMOSPHERE AND GET
MEDICAL AID.
THE REFRIGERANT FLUIDS CAN CAUSE

SERIOUS INJURIES. YOU MUST PUT ON
GOGGLES AND SAFETY SHOES WHEN YOU
HANDLE THEM. IF THEY TOUCH YOUR SKIN
OR YOUR EYES, REMOVE THEM IMMEDIATELY
WITH CLEAN WATER.
WHEN THE R134A IS USED IN NORMAL

CONDITIONS, IT IS NOT FLAMMABLE. DO NOT
USE IT NEAR TO A SOURCE OF HEAT TO
PREVENT THE RISK OF SEPARATION OF THE
VAPORS.
LET THE SYSTEM BECOME SUFFICIENTLY

COOL BEFORE YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES.
21-51-00, 3-1 Page 302

2010.02.04
OBEY THE PRECAUTIONS GIVEN BY THE

SUPPLIER WHEN YOU STORE AND HANDLE THE
BOTTLES OF REFRIGERANT FLUIDS.
IF THE R134A AND THE LUBRICATION

OIL ARE MIXED WITH WATER THEY MAKE
HYDROCHLORIC ACID. THIS WILL CAUSE
CORROSION OF THE SYSTEM COMPONENTS.
THUS, YOU MUST:
- SEAL EACH COMPONENT THAT YOU
DISCONNECT FROM THE SYSTEM.
- USE ONLY THE OILS AND THE
REFRIGERANT FLUIDS THAT YOU GET
FROM SEALED CONTAINERS.
- NOT KEEP A CAN OF OIL THAT IS OPEN.
- ALWAYS CLOSE ALL THE VALVES AFTER
YOU USE THE FILLING TOOL.
- ONLY USE NITROGEN OR ALCOHOL TO
CLEAN THE SYSTEM COMPONENTS.
COMPLY WITH THE REGULATIONS IN FORCE

IN THE COUNTRY WHERE THE AIRCRAFT IS
OPERATED WHEN WORKING ON THE AIR
CONDITIONING SYSTEM.
DURING THE INSTALLATION PROCEDURE,

APPLY ONLY THE OIL SPECIFIED IN THE
APPLICABLE TASK ON THE SEALS AND THE
UNIONS.
21-51-00, 3-1 Page 303

2010.02.04
CLEAN THE UNIONS AND THE CAPS THAT SEAL

THE REFRIGERANT SYSTEM AND THE FILLING
TOOL WITH ALCOHOL BEFORE AND AFTER
YOU DO THE WORK ON THE SYSTEM.
USE ONLY CLOTHS THAT ARE FREE FROM

LINT AND DO THE WORK IN CLEAN AREAS.
THIS WILL PREVENT BLOCKAGE OF THE JETS
AND THE FILTER ELEMENT AND WILL ALSO
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE COMPRESSOR.
YOU MUST REPLACE THE FILTER DRIER EACH

TIME YOU OPEN THE SYSTEM.
MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS ANd

INSTRUCTIONS MUST BE STRICTLY COMPLIED
WITH BEFORE IMPLEMENTING OR USING THE
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR THE OPERATIONS
TO BE PERFORMED.
(1) Also refer to the general safety instructions concerning use of refrigerants for air
conditioning systems (MTC 20.07.02.209 ).
21-51-00, 3-1 Page 304

Air Conditioning With Refrigerant - Fault isolation

1-1 Fault isolation - Air conditioning with refrigerant

None

21-51-10 WDM
21-51-10, 3-1 ........................ Filling / Draining - Air conditioning system with filling
bench 703A95-7220-01
21-51-10, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Air conditioning system
compressor
21-51-10, 4-2 ........................ Removal / Installation - Air conditioning system condenser
assembly
21-51-10, 4-3 ........................ Removal / Installation - Front air conditioning cockpit
evaporator
21-51-10, 4-4 ........................ Removal / Installation - Rear air conditioning cabin
evaporator

None
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
(1) Do the fault isolation procedure of the table below:
21-51-10, 1-1 Page 101

2010.02.04
Failure Indication Probable Cause Corrective Action

No power supply to the air Loss of link between the fuse or Check fuse or circuit breaker T6.
conditioning assembly. circuit breaker T6 and contactor If necessary, replace fuse or
The air conditioner no longer on C1. reset circuit breaker.
operates. Check contactor C1.
If necessary, replace contactor.
Do a functionnal check of the
wiring (WDM 21-51-10 ).
Contacts of contactor C1 remain Check contactor.
in open position. If necessary, replace contactor.
Do a functional check of the
wiring (WDM 21-51-10 ).
Impossibility to control contactors Loss of link between the fuse or Check fuse or circuit breaker.
C1 and C2 air conditioning no circuit breaker and PP6 bar. If necessary, replace fuse or
longer operates. reset circuit breaker.
Increase temperature of the air Compressor clutch blocked (5). Change belt and compressor (
blown further to failure of drive 21-51-10, 4-1).
belt.
Discomfort in cabin.
Increase temperature of the air Condenser fan blocked (4). Do a functional check of the
blown in cabin. wiring (WDM 21-51-10 ).
Fan circuit breaker defective or Remove condenser (4) (21-51-10,
tripped. 4-2).
Fan circuit breaker defective or Fan (3) of evaporator (1) and (2) Do a functional check of the
tripped. blocked. wiring (WDM 21-51-10 ).
No ventilation. Remove evaporator (21-51-10,
4-3 ) or ( 21-51-10, 4-4).
Increase temperature of the air Condenser air intake clogged. Clear air intake.
blown.
IA contactor on "FAN", fan circuit Contactor C1 blocked. Do a functionnal check of the
breaker defective or tripped. wiring (WDM 21-51-10 ).
No ventilation.
IA contactor on "A/C" the circuit Contactor C1 and C2 engaged Do a functional check of the
breakers of condenser tripped. RH and LH condenser motor (4) wiring (WDM 21-51-10 ).
Air conditioning no longer blocked . Remove condenser (4) (21-51-10,
operates. 4-2).
IA contactor "A/C" circuit breaker Compressor clutch blocked (5). Do a functional check of the
tripped. wiring (WDM 21-51-10 ).
No air conditioning. Remove compressor (5) (
21-51-10, 4-1).
Impossibility to actuate Low pressure switch remains in Do a functional check of the
compressor clutch. rest position. wiring (WDM 21-51-10 ).
No air conditioning. The high pressure switch remains Do a functional check of the
in work position. wiring (WDM 21-51-10 ).
21-51-10, 1-1 Page 102

2010.02.04

No automatic shut off of High pressure switch remains in Do a functional check of the
compressor clutch in event of rest position. wiring (WDM 21-51-10 ).
freon gas elimination at
compressor outlet.
Air temperature anomaly at vent
outlets.
Increase temperature of the air Leaks on the freon gas system. Check for leaks (21-51-10, 3-1).
blown in cabin.
Table 101 Fault isolation - Air conditioning system with refrigerant
21-51-10, 1-1 Page 103

2010.02.04
COLD AIR
1−2
LOW PRESSURE
LIQUID
AMBIENT AIR
5 3
LOW PRESSURE
GAS
4
HOT AIR HIGH
PRESSURE
GAS
HIGH PRESSURE
LIQUID
AIR FLOW
RETURN
PRESSURE
Fault isolation - Air conditioning with refrigerant

Figure 101
21-51-10, 1-1 Page 104

Air Conditioning With Refrigerant - Servicing

3-1a Filling / Draining - Air Conditioning System with filling bench (P/N 703A95
-7200-02)

21-51-10, 5-1 ................................. Functional Tests - Air conditioning system with
refrigerant

None

Section 8 FLM
21-51-00, 3-1 ................................. General Safety Instructions - Air Conditioning System
B. Special Tools
Commercial ................................... nitrogen cylinder
Commercial ................................... thermometer
Commercial ................................... "mille-bulles" type leack detector
703A95-7200-02 ............................ refrigerant liquid filling bench
C. Materials
CM TBD ........................................ refrigerant oil POLYALKYLENE SP20
CM 790 ......................................... freon gas

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Comply with the general safety instructions for air conditioning (21-51-00, 3-1).
(2) Open MGB cowlings.
(3) Install the servicing platform [703A95-0300-00].
F. Procedure
(1) Perform a functional test of air conditioning (21-51-10, 5-1) before filling.
(2) Filling:
21-51-10, 3-1a Page 301

2011.05.19
NOTE
The filling operation is to be performed after

maintenance which required draning of the system.
The filling operation will be carried out at ambient

temperature greater than 15˚C (59˚F).
THE OPERATIONS MUST BE PERFORMED IN

THE FOLLOWING ORDER.
(a) Connections
Figure 301
1 Check that the valves of the bench are closed.
2 On aircraft:
- install push-valves (18) in SHRADER valve located in the mechanical

compartment to the right of the MGB and (19) on the SHRADER valve
located on the system between the compressor and evaporator.
3 On bench:
- connect valves (4) and (12) together and valve (6) with freon gas tank
(20).
4 Bench-aircraft links:
- connect HP pipe between valve (11) and SHRADER HP valve (18) and
close all valves,
- connect HP pipe between valve (14) and SHRADER HP valve (19) and
close all valves.
(b) Flushing the system
1 Disconnect freon gas "inlet" and "outlet" pipes from desiccator (16) located in
the LH baggage compartment.
2 Open valve (6).
3 Fill the charging cylinder (5) with 0,4 kg (0.882 lb) of freon gas CM 790.
4 Close valve (6).

5 Close valve (13) to isolate vacuum pump (10).
6 Open valves (11), (12), (14), (18) and (19).
7 Open valve (4) to transfer approximately 0,2 kg (0.441 lb) of freon gas CM 790
in the aircraft system.
8 Close valve (4).
9 Connect freon gas "inlet" and "outlet" pipes to the desiccator (16)
21-51-10, 3-1a Page 302

2011.05.19
(c) Leak check

1 Make sure that valve (4) is closed.
2 Open valve (6).
3 Fill charging cylinder (5) with 0,4 kg (0.882 lb) of freon gas CM 790.
4 Open valve (4) and (12).
5 Open valves (11), (14), (18) and (19) to fill up aircraft system.
6 Close valve (4) and (12).

7 Disconnect pipe from valve (12) and connect pipe to nitrogen cylinder.
8 Open valve (12) to push freon gas CM 790 with nitrogen at a pressure of 10
bar (145.04 psi).
9 Close valve (12).

10 Check that the presssure of HP (2) and LP (1) valves does not decrease.
11 Check that there is no freon gas CM 790 leak by means of the leak detector
"mille-bulles".
12 Eliminate leaks and repeat the steps in paragraph (2c).

13 Close nitrogen inlet.
14 Recondition valves (4) and (12).
15 Slowly lower pressure in the aircraft system.

16 Make sure that there is no oil flowing in the freon gas system by means of
SHRADER push-valve.
(d) System depressurising
1 Close valve (12).

2 Open valves (13) and (15).
3 Depressurise the aircraft system by means of the vacuum pump (10).
4 Check that the precision pressure gauge (3) shows a residual pressure less
than or equal to 3 mbar (0.045 psi) if the system is leaktight.
NOTE
If after 10 minutes, the residual pressure is not less

than or equal to 10 mbar (0.1450 psi), there is a
leak.
Repeat the steps in paragraph (2c).

5 Isolate aircraft system by means of push-valves (18) and (19).
6 Stop vacuum pump (10).
7 Leave aircraft installation as is for 30 minutes.

8 Switch on vacuum pump (10) until a residual pressure of 3 mbar (0.045 psi) is
21-51-10, 3-1a Page 303

2011.05.19
obtained in the filling bench.
9 Stop vacuum pump (10).

10 Connect the aircraft system to the bench system by means of push-valves (18)
and (19).
11 Read the pressure on the precision pressure gauge (3):
- if it is less than or equal to 10 mbar (0.1450 psi), the system is leaktight,

- if it is greater than 10 mbar (0.1450 psi), the system is not leaktight.
Repeat the steps in paragraph (2c).
(e) Filling with refrigerant oil
1 Check that the aircraft system is depressurised.
2 Isolate the aircraft system by means of push-valves (18) and (19).

3 Place an end of the tooling pipe (17) in 0,113 kg (0.24912 lb) of refrigerant oil.
4 Connect the other end to the push-valve (18).
NOTE
The pipe (17) must be as short as possible and the

oil container held as close as possible to the push-
valve (18).
5 Screw the wheel of the push-valve (18), the oil is gradually transferred to the
system.
6 Isolate aircraft system by means of push-valve (18).

7 Remove pipe (17).
(f) Filling the system with freon gas CM 790.
NOTE
Two types of filling are possible:

- vapour phase,
- liquid phase.
NOTE
Vapour phase filling takes a long time but does not

represent any risk of damage for the compressor.
Liquid phase filling is quick but there are risks of

damage to the compressor if the pocedure is not
properly performed.
The type of filling is left to the operator’s initiative.

1 Vapour phase filling
21-51-10, 3-1a Page 304

2011.05.19
NOTE
Filling is performed in two phases:

- rotor not spinning,
- rotor spinning.
a Rotor not spinning
- Close valve (12).

- Open valve (6).
- Fill the charging cylinder (5) with 2,1 kg (4.630 lb) of freon gas CM
790.
- Close valve (6).
- Open valves (13), (11) and (14).
- Switch on vacuum pump (10) with switch (9) to obtain a pressure
equal to 3 mbar (0.045 psi) in the aircraft system.
- Close valves (13) and (15).
- Stop vacuum pump (10).
- Open valves (4) and (12). Fill aircraft system by depressurising a
part of the freon gas CM 790 in the form of gas.
- Close valve (11) after 45 minutes.
- Disconnect pipe of SHRADER HP valve (18) from aircraft system.
b Rotor spinning
Make sure that:
- Valves (4), (12) and (14) are open, additional filling is performed by
LP valve (19).
- The rotor spins at ground idle speed.
- The air conditionning control is on "A/C" position.
- Make sure that the flow of freon gas CM 790 is clear and there are
no air bubbles at the level sight window of the dessication bottle (16):
filling is running properly.
- Check that the total volume of freon gas CM 790 was transferred to
the aircraft system. The filling procedure is completed.
- Close valves (4), (12), (14) and (19).
- Removes pipes between valves (19) and (14).
- Remove push-valves (18) and (19).
- Check for leaks in the system with a leak detector "milles-bulles".
- If a leak is detected repeat the steps in "Leak check"
2 Liquid phase filling
Figure 302
NOTE
Liquid phase filling is carried out in a single operation

with rotor not spinning.
- Close all valves.

- Open valve (6).
- Fill the charging cylinder (5) with 2,1 kg (4.630 lb) of freon gas CM 790.
- Open valves (13), (11) and (18).
- Depressurise system by means of the vacuum pump (10).
- Open valve (12).
21-51-10, 3-1a Page 305

2011.05.19
- Depressurise system by means of pump (10) to obtain a pressure equal

to 3 mbar (0.045 psi).
- Close valve (12).
- Stop vacuum pump (10).
- Close valve (19).
- Open valve (17).
- Switch on bench heating system by means of switch (8) to transfer freon
gas CM 790 from charging cylinder (5) into the aircraft system.
- Activate the switch (8) to turn off heating.
- Close valves (15), (12), (11) and (18).
- Disconnect bench from aircraft system and install blanking caps.
- Remove push-valves (18) and (19).
- Place blanking caps on SHRADER valves (18) and (19).
- Check that there are no leaks in the system by means of the leak detector
"mille-bulles".
- Should a leak be detected repeat the steps in paragraph (2c).
THE FREON GAS CM 790 PRESSURE IN THE

CHARCHING CYLINDER MUST NOT RISE BY
MORE THAN 5 BAR (72.52 psi).
(g) Tests
1 Perform a ground run up with air conditioning on (FLM Section 8).
2 Make sure that:
- at the level sight window of dessication bottle (16) the freon gas CM 790
flow is clear and free from air bubbles,
- if the flow is white or contains air bubbles, perform an additional filling and
repeat the steps in paragraph "Additional filling",
- the air blown by the instrument panel in cabin ceiling ventilation ducts is
cool.
(h) Additional filling
1 Make sure that:
- the additional filling is performed with freon gas CM 790 in the vapour
phase,
- rotor spins at ground idle speed,
- air conditioning control is in "A/C" position.
2 Perform this step as per paragraph "filling the system with freon gas CM 790
rotor spinning".
G. Close-up
(2) Close MGB cowlings.
(3) Perform functional test of air conditioning system (21-51-10, 5-1).
21-51-10, 3-1a Page 306

2011.05.19
1 2 3
15 5
14
13
12
6
11
10
9
8
7
1 2 3
11
B.P H.P
12
13
14
10 16
20
15
6 7 4 19
18 17
Filling / Draining - Air Conditioning System with filling bench 703A95-7200-02

Figure 301
21-51-10, 3-1a Page 307

2011.05.19
1 2 3
15 5
14
13
12
6
11
10
9
8
7
1 2 3
11
B.P H.P
12
13
14
10 16
15
20
6 7 4 18 17

Figure 302
21-51-10, 3-1a Page 308

Air Conditioning With Refrigerant - Servicing

3-1b Filling / Draining - Air Conditioning System with filling bench (P/N
703A95-7220-01)

21-51-10, 5-1 ................................. Functional Tests - Air Conditioning System with
refrigerant
21-51-10, 6-1 ................................. Check - Air Conditioning System with refrigerant

Compressor
21-51-10, 4-8 ................................. Removal / Installation - Dessicator Bottle

20.07.02.209 MTC
21-51-00, 3-1 ................................. General Safety Instructions - Air Conditioning System
B. Special Tools
703A95-7220-01 ............................ tool to fill the system with coolant
Commercial ................................... nitrogen cylinder
Commercial ................................... pressure gauge with 1 bar (14.5 psi) precision and
pressure capability 22 bar (319 psi)
Commercial ................................... "mille-bulles" type leack detector
C. Materials
CM TBD ........................................ refrigerant oil POLYALKYLENE SP20
CM 790 ......................................... freon gas

None
E. Job Set-up
AN EXCESS OR A LACK OF FREON GAS

CM 790 AND/OR REFRIGERANT OIL REDUCES
PERFORMANCE.
(1) Comply with the precautions for the use of refrigerants in air conditioning systems (MTC
20.07.02.209).
(2) Comply with the general safety instructions of the air conditioning system (21-51-00, 3-1).
21-51-10, 3-1b Page 301

2011.05.19
(3) Refer to filling bench use instructions, if necessary.

(5) Open the left MGB cowling.
(6) Before starting the test, remove the caps from the filling valves.
NOTE
The HP filling valve is installed on the compressor,

the LP filling valve is installed on the "Y" union or
"Cross" union in the MGB compartment.
NOTE
A complement of 0,113 kg (.24911 lb) is required

during oil filling.
(7) Do a functional test of fans, air direction flow and the compressor clutch operation (
21-51-10, 5-1).
(8) Check the conditioning system (21-51-10, 6-1).
(9) Check tightening and safetying of air conditioning system pipe couplings.
NOTE
The compressor contains 150 cm3 of refrigerant oil.

No draining and no filling in oil are necessary in the
circuit.
NOTE
The filling operation is performed after installation

of the air conditioning assembly or after any work
requiring bleeding of the system.
F. Procedure
Figure 301
NOTE
The purpose of the sealing test is to detect any

leaks at the interfaces connected by customer or by
EUROCOPTER.
There are two types of tests:

- pressure test,
- depressurization test,
The following operations must be performed in
the specified sequence.
(1) Sealing tests

(a) Pressure test
21-51-10, 3-1b Page 302

2011.05.19
NOTE
This test involves filling of the aircraft system with

nitrogen. The nitrogen bottle must be equiped with
a pressure reducing valve and a 22 bar (319 psi)
pressure relief valve to prevent damage in the air
conditioning system. The accuracy of the pressure
gage must be better than 1 bar (14.5 psi).
1 Using a hose, connect a nitrogen cylinder, complete with a pressure gage with
precision less than 1 bar (14.5 psi) and with a capacity of 22 bar (319 psi),
firstly to the HP filling valves and then to the LP filling valves of the aircraft
system.
2 Slowly open the valve on the nitrogen bottle to increase the pressure gradually
in order to prevent damage to the components of the air conditioning system
(e.g. the diaphragm of the pressure reducing valve).
3 Close the valve when the pressure in the system is 15 bar (217 psi) and record
it.
4 Using a "mille-bulles" type leack detector to check for leakage at the coupling
of the interfaces. On completion of the leak test, read again the pressure
indicated on the pressure gage.
5 After 15 minutes:
- if the pressure reading is lower than the previously read value, there is a
leak that has not been detected. Repeat the leak detection operation.
- if no leakage is found, disconnect the nitogen bottle and unscrew the
flexible hose from the bottle to drain the system.
6 If leaks are found, tighten again the leaking couplings. If this is insufficient,
re-assemble the circuit. If necessary, replace the sealing components after
releasing the pressure in the system (21-51-10, 4-1 and 21-51-10, 4-8).
7 Repeat the pressure test on completion of the repair.
(b) Depressurization test
- On a horizontal surface, install the well locking devices (15) of the filling bench
tool to fill the system with coolant [703A95-7220-01].
- Connect the bench [703A95-7220-01] to the main power outlet (230 V / 50 Hz).
- Set the master switch (17) to "ON" position (green indicator light (11) comes
on).
- The weight of the gas in the internal tank (18) is displayed on the screen (1).
NOTE
The air conditioning system filling bench needs at

least 1 kg (2.2 lb) of gas to operate. Do not include
this weight in the quantity of gas required to fill the
internal tank.
If the quantity of gas contained in the internal

reservoir is sufficient, proceed to paragraph (1)(b) 2
"Air conditioning system depressurizing phase".
21-51-10, 3-1b Page 303

2011.05.19
1 Filling the internal tank of the bench using an external tank
- Connect the (red) HP coupling (16) of the bench to an external tank using
the "bottle coupling" adapter.
- Open the HP coupling (16) by turning the lever clockwise.
- Open the valve on the external tank (the HP pressure gage (7) indicates
the pressure in the external tank).
- Press the select key (5); "Pr-AU" is displayed on the screen (1).
- Press the select key (5); "Pr-MA" is displayed on the screen (1).
- Press the validate key (4).
- When the green indicator light (10) comes on, press the validate key (4);
the maximum chargeable weight is displayed on the screen (1).
- Use the "UP" (2) and "DOWN" (3) keys to program the amount of gas to
be charged (It is advisable to program a weight at least 3 kg (6.61 lb) less
than the maximum weight, i.e. no more than 17 kg (37.48 lb), to prevent
overpressurizing the internal tank).
- Open the HP valve (8) on the control panel.
- Press the validate key (4); the message "SA" appears on the screen (1) to
confirm the start of the phase. The screen then gives the weight of the
gas in the internal tank.
- When the programmed weight limit is reached, "-PL-" appears on the
screen (1) (audio signal).
- Close the valve of the external tank.
- Press the validate key (4) for 3 seconds.
- The HP pressure gauge (7) reads the pressure drop in the external tank.
- The message "-SC-" is displayed for 3 minutes on the screen (1) while the
internal tank is checked for increase in pressure.
- The message "-CO-" is displayed on the screen (1) for 60 seconds, while
the phase is completed.
- The weight of the gas charged in the internal tank is displayed on the
screen (1), and the bench emits an audio signal.
- Press the select key (5) to quit the phase.
- Close the HP coupling (16) by turning the lever anticlockwise.
- Perform an absorption phase on the lines.
- Close the HP valve (8) on the control panel.
- Disconnect the HP coupling (16) of the external tank, and the "cylinder
coupling" adapter.
- Remove the cylinder coupling from the external tank.
2 Air conditioning system depressurizing phase
- Connect the HP (red) and LP (blue) couplings of the bench to the air
conditioning system.
- Open the HP and LP couplings on the aircraft by turning the lever
clockwise.
- Open the HP (8) and LP (9) valves on the control panel. The pressure
gages (6) and (7) read a zero pressure in the air conditioning system. If
they do not, perform an absorption/recycling phase. Close the HP (8) and
LP (9) valves on the control panel.
- Press the select key (5) until the white indicator light (14) flashes.
- The screen (1) displays "20 minutes".
21-51-10, 3-1b Page 304

2011.05.19
- Program a depressurization time of 90 minutes using the "UP" (2) and

"DOWN" (3) keys.
- Open the HP (8) and LP (9) valves on the control panel.
- The screen (1) displays "-SP-" to confirm the phase has started, then
displays the remaining time.
- Check that the vacuum meter reading is a negative pressure in the range:
-80 < P < -101,3 kPa (-800 < P < -1013 mba).
- Time 0 marks the start of a leak test phase lasting 4 minutes: "-999 mba"
are displayed on the screen (1).
- After 4 minutes, isolate the aircraft circuit for 30 minutes by closing the
valves on the aircraft.
- After 30 minutes, re-run a depressurizing phase on the bench lines for 1
minute.
- On completion of this phase, a leak test phase is initiated for 4 minutes.
Open the aircraft circuit when this check phase begins.
- If there a leakage in the circuit, repeat the tests of the pressurizing phase
as per paragraph (1) (a) "Pressure test".
- If the circuit is leak-free, the bench emits an audio validation signal.
- Close the LP and HP couplings on the aircraft by turning the lever
anticlockwise.
- Close the LP (9) and HP (8) valves on the control panel.
- Disconnect the LP (blue) and HP (red) couplings from the air-conditioning
system, and place them on the bench front panel.
(2) Filling the air conditioning system
THIS PHASE MUST ONLY BE PERFORMED ON

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS AT NEGATIVE
PRESSURE (AFTER A VACUUM PHASE).
(a) Phase of injecting oil in the air conditioning system
NOTE
This phase must be performed only after draining

and oil recovery. If not, refer to sub-paragraph (b)
"Charging gas in the air conditioning system".
NOTE
The refrigerant oil must come from a new container.

Pour the required oil quantity into the graduated
screw-type beaker provided with the filling bench.
NOTE
Make sure the refrigerant oil covers the end of the

tube to prevent any air from being sucked in.
21-51-10, 3-1b Page 305

2011.05.19
- Screw the beaker into the oil injection compartment.

- Press the select key (5) until the yellow indicator light (13) flashes.
- "IN OIL", is displayed on the screen (1). Press the validate key (4) to activate
the oil injection phase, holding in the validate key (4) until the recommended
quantity of oil has been absorbed (0,113 kg (.25 lb)). Make sure no air is
sucked in after the oil. If the beaker volume is smaller than the required
amount of oil, repeat the operation.
- To quit the oil injection phase, press the validate key (5) for a few seconds.
THIS PHASE MUST ONLY BE PERFORMED ON

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS AT NEGATIVE
PRESSURE (AFTER A VACUUM PHASE).
(b) Charging gas in the air conditioning system
- Press the select key (5) until the red indicator light (12) comes on.
- Use the "UP" (2) and "DOWN" (3) keys to program the recommended amount
of gas to be charged. The screen (1) displays "0.700" (If a value greater than
the maximum value is programmed, the bench emits an audio signal and the
screen shows the value "0.700" again or the value that can be charged).
.Quantity of gas required for the system: 1,3 kg ± 0,05 kg (2.9762 lb; 2.7558
lb)
.Quantity of gas for each line: 0,05 kg (0.1102 lb)
.Quantity of gas to be injected in the system: 1,4 kg ± 0,05 kg (3.1966 lb;
2.9762 lb)
- Press the validate key (4) to run the phase.
- The pressure gauges (6) and (7) indicate the pressure in the air conditioning
system.
- The bench emits an audio signal to indicate the end of charging, and then
displays the weight of the charged gas.
- Close the HP and LP couplings on the aircraft by turning the lever
anticlockwise.
- Disconnect the HP (red) and LP (blue) couplings of the bench from the air
conditioning system, and place them on the bench front panel.
- To quit the phase, press the select key (5) until "Pr-MA" is displayed on the
screen (1).
- The screen (1) shows the quantity of gas that can be charged.
21-51-10, 3-1b Page 306

2011.05.19
- The screen (1) shows the quantity of the gas in the internal tank.
(c) Phase of recycling the gas in the bench lines
NOTE
Do not open the HP and LP couplings by turning the

lever clockwise.
- The pressure gauges (6) and (7) indicate the internal pressures in the air
conditioning HP and LP circuits.
- When the green indicator light (10) comes on, press the validate key (4). The
screen (1) gives the maximum weight that can be charged.
- Press the validate key (4); the message "SA" is displayed on the screen (1) to
confirm the start of the phase.
- The screen (1) shows "00.000", followed by the weight of the charged gas in
the internal tank, which increases. The pressure gauges (6) and (7) indicate
that the pressures decrease.
- The screen (1) shows "MP" to indicate that there is no pressure.
- The screen (1) shows "SC" for 3 minutes, while the system is checked for
increase in pressure.
- Then, the screen (1) displays the message "-CO-" for 60 seconds.
- The weight of the gas charged in the internal tank is displayed on the screen
(1), and the bench emits an audio signal.
- Record the weight of freon gas CM 790 collected and check the total weight
(X) (1,5 kg (3.306 lb)) minus the weight collected from the lines (Y) equal the
weight to be charged (Z) (1,4 kg ± 0,05 kg) (3.1966 lb; 2.9762 lb): (Z) = (X) -
(Y).
If not, contact EUROCOPTER Engineering Departments.
- The screen (1) shows the quantity of gas still in the internal tank.
- Close the HP (8) and LP (9) valves on the control panel.
- Set the master switch to "OFF".
- Use the leak detector to check for "mille-bulles" type leack detector.
- Unplug the bench from the main power outlet (230 V / 50 Hz).
- Record the quantity of oil collected, and inject the same amount of new oil into
the system as per paragraph "Phase of injecting oil in the air conditioning
system".
(3) Draining the air conditioning system
21-51-10, 3-1b Page 307

2011.05.19
IT IS MANDATORY TO DRAIN THE

HELICOPTER’S AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
BEFORE ANY MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR
OPERATION REQUIRING THE SYSTEM TO BE
OPENED UP.
TO DRAIN THE SYSTEM, DO NOT USE A BENCH

[703A95-7220-01] OTHER THAN.
NOTE
Record the quantity of oil drained from the helicopter

system.
(a) Phase of recycling the air conditioning system
- Connect the bench to a main power outlet (230 V / 50 Hz).

- Set the master switch (17) to "ON" position (green indicator light (11) comes
on).
- The screen (1) shows the weight of the gas in the internal tank (If the
remaining quantity of gas is less than 14 kg (30.86 lb), perform the following
operations).
- Open the HP and LP couplings by turning the lever clockwise.
- The pressure gauges (6) and (7) indicate the internal pressures in the air
conditioning HP and LP circuit.
- When the green indicator light (10) comes on, press the validate key (4). The
screen (1) gives the maximum weight that can be charged.
- Press the validate key (4); the message "SA" is displayed on the screen (1) to
confirm the start of the phase.
- The screen (1) shows "00.000", followed by the weight of the charged gas in
the internal tank, which increases. The pressure gauges (6) and (7) indicate
that the pressures decrease.
- The screen (1) shows "MP" to indicate that there is no pressure.
- The screen (1) shows "SC" for 3 minutes, while the system is checked for
increase in pressure.
- Then, the screen (1) displays the message "-CO-" for 60 seconds.
- The weight of the gas charged in the internal tank is displayed on the screen
(1), and the bench emits an audio signal.
- Close the HP and LP couplings by turning the lever anticlockwise.
- Disconnect the HP (red) and LP (blue) couplings of the bench from the air
- Record the quantity of oil collected, and inject the same amount of new oil into
the system as per paragraph "Phase of injecting oil in the air conditioning
21-51-10, 3-1b Page 308

2011.05.19
system".
(b) Phase of depressurizing the recycling cylinder
- Connect the HP (red) coupling (16) to an empty cylinder.

- Open the HP coupling (16) by turning the lever clockwise.
- The pressure gauge (7) indicates the pressure in the empty cylinder.
- Press the select key (5) until the white indicator light (14) comes on.
- Program a depressurizing time of 15 minutes using the "UP" (2) and DOWN"
(3) keys; the screen (1) shows "20 minutes".
- Check that the digital vacuum meter reads: -101,3 kPa (-1013 mba).
- The screen (1) displays "-SP-" to confirm the phase has started, then displays
the remaining time.
- Time 0 marks the start of a leak test phase lasting 4 minutes: "-999 mba" are
displayed on the screen (1).
- The bench emits an audio validation signal. To quit the phase, press the select
key (5).
(c) Phase of charging the recycling cylinder
- Press the select key (5) until the red indicator light (12) comes on.
- Program the quantity of collected gas using the "UP" (2) and "DOWN" (3) keys.
The screen (1) shows "0.700".
- Press the validate key (4) to run the phase.
- The pressure gauges (6) and (7) indicate the pressure in the recycling cylinder.
- The bench emits an audio signal to indicate the end of charging, and then
displays the weight of the charged gas.
- Close the HP and LP couplings on the aircraft by turning the lever
anticlockwise.
- To quit the phase, press the select key (5) until "Pr-MA" is displayed on the
screen (1).
- The screen (1) shows the quantity of gas that can be charged.
- The screen (1) shows "-SA-" when the residual gas in the lines is being
absorbed by tool to fill the system. The pressure gauges (6) and (7) indicate
the pressure, which drops in the air conditioning circuit.
- The screen (1) shows "-PA-"; to indicate a break in operation.
- The screen (1) shows "PRINT".
- The screen (1) shows the quantity of gas still in the internal tank.
- Close the HP (8) and LP (9) valves on the control panel.
- Disconnect the HP (red) coupling from the recycling cylinder.
- Set the master switch (17) to "OFF".
- Unplug the bench from the main power outlet (230 V / 50 Hz).
(4) Preservation of the air conditioning system
21-51-10, 3-1b Page 309

2011.05.19
NOTE
- The preservation procedure is to be used when

the system has been fully assembled but the
charging operations cannot be performed.
- Since air conditioning systems are especially
sensitive to pollution, preservation protects them
pending charging or repair.
- Depressurization eliminates the water in the
system.
- Charging with nitrogen (inert gas) prevents
corrosion.
- Slightly pressurizing the system prevents
ingress of fluids or foreign substances.
- Connect the HP (red) and LP (blue) couplings of the bench to the air conditioning
system.
- Open the HP and LP couplings on the aircraft by turning the lever clockwise.
- Open the HP (8) and LP (9) valves on the control panel. The pressure gages (6)
and (7) read a zero pressure in the air conditioning system. If they do not, perform
an absorption/recycling phase. Close the HP (8) and LP (9) valves on the control
panel.
- Press the select key (5) until the white indicator light (14) flashes.
- The screen (1) displays "20 minutes". Program a depressurization time of 90
minutes using the "UP" (2) and "DOWN" (3) keys.
- The screen (1) displays "-SP-" to confirm the phase has started, then displays the
remaining time.
- Check that the vacuum meter reading is a negative pressure in the range: -80 < P <
-101,3 kPa (-800 < P < -1013 mba).
- Time 0 marks the start of a leak test phase lasting 4 minutes: "-999 mba" are
displayed on the screen (1).
- Isolate the system for 30 minutes.
- Run an additional 1 minute depressurizing phase.
- On completion of this phase, a leak test phase is initiated for 4 minutes. Open the
aircraft system when this check phase begins.
- If the system is leak-free, the bench emits an audio validation signal.
- Close the LP and HP couplings by turning the lever anticlockwise.
- Close the LP (9) and HP (8) valves on the control panel.
- Disconnect LP (blue) and HP (red) couplings from the bench to the air conditioning
system and place them on the bench front panel.
- Connect a nitrogen cylinder to one of the aircraft system’s valves (HP or LP).
- Charge the helicopter air conditioning system with nitrogen pressurized at 0,2 bar
(2.9 psi) and 0,5 bar (7.251 psi). Once this pressure is reached, close the valve.
- Disconnect the nitrogen cylinder.
21-51-10, 3-1b Page 310

2011.05.19
NOTE
- This procedure is not intended to leak-test the

system. The nitrogen pressure must therefore
be checked regularly.
- Caps must be fabricated for blanking off the
aircraft system at the interfaces with the
removed component, and the orifices in the
removed component.
G. Close-up
(1) Return the system to its initial configuration.
(2) Fit the blanking caps onto the HP and LP valves.

(3) Close the left MGB cowling.
(5) Do a functional test of the air conditioning system (21-51-10, 5-1).
21-51-10, 3-1b Page 311

2011.05.19
17
18 16
15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
PL HP
14 13 12 11 10 9 8

Figure 301
21-51-10, 3-1b Page 312

Air Conditioning With Refrigerant - Removal / Installation

4-1a Removal / Installation - Air Conditioning System Compressor

21-51-10, 3-1 ........................ Filling / Draining - Air conditioning system

None

21-51-00, 3-1 ........................ General Safety Instructions - Air Conditioning System
System
B. Special Tools
Commercial .......................... Spring balance
C. Materials
CM (TBD) ............................ adhesive tape - ALUTRAME874
CM 155 ................................ oil
None
E. Job Set-up
24-00-00, 3-1).
3-1).
(3) Comply with the general safety instructions for the air conditioning system (21-51-00,
3-1).
(4) Open the LH MGB cowling.
(5) Drain the air conditioning system (21-51-10, 3-1).
F. Procedure
Figure 401
(1) Removal of air conditioning compressor
(a) Disconnect refrigerant inlet and outlet pipes (7).
(b) Fit blancking caps on refrigerant inlet and oulet pipes (7) and on the air conditioning
compressor (6) holes.
(c) Remove bonding braid (2): bolt, washer and nut.
21-51-10, 4-1a Page 401

2010.02.04
(d) Loosen tension nuts (1) and (3).

(e) Release belt tension (4).
(f) Remove belt (4) from pulley (5).
(g) Remove bolt and nut assemblies (1) and (3).

(h) Remove air conditioning compressor (6) from its support.
NOTE
The components may be insulated with foam and

wrapped with adhesive tape.
Upon removal, cut adhesive tape.
(2) Installation of air conditioning compressor
(a) Before installation, check that unions and seating planes are clean and in good
condition.
(b) Check that there are no foreign objects.
(c) Handle pipes carefully.
(d) Offer up air conditioning compressor (6) on its support.

(e) Install bolt and nut assemblies (1) and (3) without tightening.
(f) Install belt (4) on pulley (5).
(g) Apply a load of approximately 13,6 kg (30 lb) which corresponds to belt tension (4)
using a spring balance attached to air conditioning compressor (6).
(h) Torque bollt and nut assemblies (1) and (3).
(i) Torque to the value nuts (1) and (3).
(j) Remove spring balance.

(k) Perform electrical bonding at the bonding braid (2) attachment point.
(l) Install bonding braid (2) with bolt, washer and nut.
(m) Remove blanking caps from refrigerant inlet and outlet pipes (7) and from the air
conditioning compressor (6) holes.
(n) Install refrigerant inlet and outlet pipes (7).
NOTE
Upon installation change insulating foam if necessary

and wrap all components with adhesive tape -
ALUTRAME874 CM (TBD).
21-51-10, 4-1a Page 402

2010.02.04
G. Close-up
DO NOT TOP-UP OIL CM 155 IF IT IS A

COMPRESSOR REPLACEMENT.
ANY EXCESS OIL CM 155 MAY CAUSE DAMAGE

GIVEN THAT THE NEW COMPRESSOR HAS THE
REQUIRED QUANTITY OF OIL CM 155.
(1) Top-up the air conditioning system (21-51-10, 3-1).
(2) Close LH MGB cowling.
21-51-10, 4-1a Page 403

2010.02.04
19 − 23 N.m
1 2
41 − 48 N.m 168 − 203 in.−lb.
363 − 425 in.−lb.
3
4
5
Removal / Installation - Air Conditioning System Compressor

Figure 401
21-51-10, 4-1a Page 404


4-1b Removal / Installation - Air Conditioning System Compressor with POLY-V
pulley and belt

63-51-00, 4-2 ........................ Installation - Rotor Brake Assembly

63-11-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal - MGB / Engine coupling
63-11-00, 4-2 ........................ Installation - MGB / Engine coupling

System
B. Special Tools
Commercial .......................... spring balance
C. Materials
CM 155 ................................ oil
None
E. Job Set-up
24-00-00, 3-1).
3-1).
3-1).
(4) Open the LH MGB cowling.
F. Procedure
Figure 401
(1) Removal of compressor with POLY-V pulley

(b) Fit blancking caps on refrigerant inlet and oulet pipes (12) and on the air
21-51-10, 4-1b Page 401

2010.02.04
conditioning compressor (1) holes.

(c) Remove bonding braid (5): bolt, washer and nut.
(d) Loosen the assemblies: bolts (2), nuts (4); pin (7), nut (9) and bolt (14), nut (22).
(e) Release POLY-V belt tension (10).

(f) Remove POLY-V belt (10) of pulley (11) from air conditioning compressor (1).
(g) Remove assemblies: bolt (14), washer (21), nut (22); pin (7), washer (8), nut (9) and
bolts (2), washers (3), nuts (4).
(h) Remove air conditioning compressor (1) from its support.
NOTE
Remove MGB / Engine coupling if belt needs to be

removed (63-11-00, 4-1).
NOTE


(2) Installation of compressor with POLY-V pulley
(a) Before installation, check that unions and seating planes are clean and in good
condition.
(b) Check that there are no foreign objects.

(c) Handle pipes carefully.
(d) Install without tightening pin (7), washers (8) and nut (9).
(e) Offer up the air conditioning compressor (1) on the arm assembly (6) and on the
coupling shaft housing (24).
(f) Install bolts (2), washers (3) and nuts (4) assembly without tightening.
NOTE
Comply with bolt (2) installation direction.
(g) Perform electrical bonding and install bolt (14), washer (21) and nut (22) without
tightening.
(h) Install POLY-V belt (10) on pulley (11).

(i) Visually check through the coupling shaft housing window that belt is properly
positioned on the drive pulley.
NOTE
If the belt was replaced, install MGB / Engine

coupling (63-11-00, 4-2).
21-51-10, 4-1b Page 402

2010.02.04
(j) Stretch the POLY-V belt (10) so as to obtain a 2 to 3 mm (.08 - .12 in.) deflection "f"
in the middle when a 3 to 4 daN (6.74 - 8.99 lbf) load "E" is applied.
(k) Check proper alignment of POLY-V belt (10) so as to have a dimension "X" of 120,3
mm ± 0,7 mm (4.76 - 4.71 in.) as per DETAIL B.
NOTE
Dimension "X" is to be obtained by stacking of

washers (17) and (18) under bearing (13). If setting
is required:
- remove bolts (20), washers (19) and (15), nuts
(16) and bearing (13),
- perform electrical bonding of attachment point,
- install bolts (20), washers (19), bearing (13), the
necessary stacking of washers (17) and (18),
washers (15) and nuts (16),
- torque to the value the nuts (16).
(l) Torque to the value the assemblies: pin (7), nut (9); bolt (14), nuts (22) and bolts
(2), nuts (4).
(m) Check total travel of the rotor brake lever (23) (63-51-00, 4-2).
(n) Perform electrical bonding of the bonding braid (5) attachment point.
(o) Install bonding braid (5): bolt, washer and nut.
(p) Remove blanking caps from refrigerant inlet and outlet pipes (12) and from the air
conditionning compressor (1) holes.
(q) Connect refrigerant inlet and oulet pipes (12).
NOTE

G. Close-up
DO NOT TOP-UP OIL CM 155 IF IT IS A

COMPRESSOR REPLACEMENT.
ANY EXCESS OIL CM 155 MAY CAUSE DAMAGE

GIVEN THAT THE NEW COMPRESSOR HAS THE
REQUIRED QUANTITY OF OIL CM 155.
(2) Close LH MGB cowling.
21-51-10, 4-1b Page 403

2010.02.04
13−23 N.m
116 − 203 in.− lb.
4 27−48 N.m
3 239 − 424 in.− lb.
2 5
6 9
8
7
SECTION 1
27−48 N.m 13
239 − 424 in.− lb.
12 10
22
21 14 11
= =
20 f
19 E
17 15
18 16
3 4 2
2 3 9−11 N.m
79.66 − 97 in.− lb.
24
X 13 23
Removal / Installation - Air Conditioning System Compressor with POLY-V pulley and belt
Figure 401
21-51-10, 4-1b Page 404


4-2 Removal / Installation - Air Conditioning System Condenser


None

System
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
AMM Description Reference

Fig. Item
Figure 401 (2) Cord, securing or (P/N 57303-200)
Figure 401 (2) Cord, securing (P/N 57303-150)
E. Job Set-up
24-00-00, 3-1).
3-1).
3-1).
(4) Remove rear closing panel in the cargo compartment. This panel is secured by hook
tapes.
F. Procedure
Figure 401
(1) Removal of the condenser
21-51-10, 4-2 Page 401

2010.02.04
(a) Remove the 4 clamps (4) of the 2 air ducts (1) located to the RH and LH side of
condenser (5).
(b) Remove the 2 air ducts (1).

(c) Remove attachment bolts (6) of condenser (5).
(d) Move condenser (5) to the cargo compartment as far as the length of the refrigerant
pipes and nylon fasteners (2) allow.
(e) Remove the 2 nylon fasteners (2).

(f) Disconnect refrigerant inlet and outlet pipes.
(g) Fit blanking caps on refrigerant inlet and outlet pipes and on the condenser (5)
holes.
(h) Disconnect electrical connectors and bonding braid.

(i) Remove condenser (5).
NOTE

(2) Installation of the condenser
(a) In the event of condenser (5) replacement:

1 if condenser (5) is not equipped with 3 mounting brackets (3):
- remove rivets (7),

- counterdrill to dia. 5,5 mm (.217 in.),
- install the 3 mounting brackets (3) using bolts, washers and nuts,
- tighten bolts.
2 if the rear of condenser is equipped (5) as per DETAIL D:
- unrivet and scrap existing angle,

- install angle (8) in its place by riveting as per DETAIL E.
(b) Check that the rear beam supporting condenser (5) is fitted with the silicone plate.
(c) Offer up condenser (5) in its housing through rear cargo compartment.
(d) Attach nylon fasteners (2) on the supports and the structure.
(e) Connect electrical connectors.
(f) Perform electrical bonding of the bonding braid attachment point.
(g) Install bonding braid.

(h) Remove blanking caps from refrigerant inlet and outlet pipes and from the
condenser (5) holes.
(i) Connect and torque refrigerant inlet and outlet pipes on condenser (5).
(j) Install the 2 air ducts (1) using the 4 clamps (4).
21-51-10, 4-2 Page 402

2010.02.04
(k) Torque clamps (4).

(l) Install condenser (5) on beams using bolts (6).
(m) Torque bolts (6).
NOTE

G. Close-up
(2) Install rear closing panel in the cargo compartment.
21-51-10, 4-2 Page 403

2010.02.04
1
2
3
2
3
1
4 4
Removal / Installation - Air Conditioning System Condenser

Figure 401
21-51-10, 4-2 Page 404


4-3 Removal / Installation - Front Air Conditioning System Evaporator


None

System
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials

None
E. Job Set-up
24-00-00, 3-1).
3-1).
3-1).
(4) Open the access to the front evaporator.
F. Procedure
Figure 401
(1) Removal of front evaporator

(b) Fit blanking caps on refrigerant inlet and outlet pipes (3) and on evaporator (5)
holes.
(c) Disconnect electrical connectors.
21-51-10, 4-3 Page 401

2010.02.04
(d) Disconnect drain pipe.

(e) Remove air ducts (1).
(f) Remove bolts (2) and (4).
(g) Remove evaporator (5).
NOTE


(2) Installation of front evaporator
(a) Install evaporator (5) under instrument panel using bolts (2) and (4).
(b) Torque bolts (2) and (4).

(c) Remove blanking caps from refrigerant inlet and outlet pipes (3) and from the
evaporator (5) holes.
(d) Connect refrigerant inlet and outlet pipes (3).
(e) Torque pipes (3).

(f) Connect electrical connectors.
(g) Connect drain pipe.
(h) Install air ducts (1) using their clamps.

(i) Torque clamps.
NOTE

G. Close-up
(2) Close access to front evaporator.
21-51-10, 4-3 Page 402

2010.02.04
5
1
4
3
Removal / Installation - Front Air Conditioning System Evaporator

Figure 401
21-51-10, 4-3 Page 403

21-51-10, 4-3 Page 404
2010.02.04

4-4 Removal / Installation - Rear Air Conditioning System Evaporator


None

System
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials

None
E. Job Set-up
24-00-00, 3-1).
3-1).
3-1).
(4) Open the access to the rear evaporator.
F. Procedure
Figure 401
(1) Removal of rear evaporator

(b) Fit blanking caps on refrigerant inlet and outlet pipes (5) and on evaporator (2)
holes.
(c) Disconnect electrical connectors.
21-51-10, 4-4 Page 401

2010.02.04
(d) Remove attachment clamps (1) from air duct (7).
(e) Remove air duct (7).

(f) Remove bolts (3), (4) and (6).
(g) Disconnect drain pipe.
(h) Remove evaporator (2).
NOTE


(2) Installation of rear avaporator
(a) Install evaporator (2) using bolts (3), (4) and (6).
(b) Torque bolts (3), (4) and (6).

(c) Remove blanking caps from refrigerant inlet and outlet pipes (5) and from the
evaporator (2) holes.
(d) Connect refrigerant inlet and outlet pipes (5).
(e) Torque pipes (5).

(f) Connect electrical connectors.
(g) Connect drain pipe.
(h) Install air duct (7) using clamps (1).

(i) Torque clamps (1).
NOTE

G. Close-up
(2) Close access to rear evaporator.
21-51-10, 4-4 Page 402

2010.02.04
6 3
Removal / Installation - Rear Air Conditioning System Evaporator

Figure 401
21-51-10, 4-4 Page 403

21-51-10, 4-4 Page 404
2010.02.04

4-8 Removal / Installation - Dessicator bottle


None

System
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
CM (TBD) ............................ DR 25 tape (DHS 243-100-10)

None
E. Job Set-up
24-00-00, 3-1).
3-1).
3-1).
(5) Access dessicator bottle.
F. Procedure
Figure 401
(1) Removal of dessicator bottle
(a) Disconnect refrigerant inlet and outlet pipes.
(b) Fit blanking caps on refrigerant inlet and outlet pipes and on the dessicator bottle
(1) holes.
21-51-10, 4-8 Page 401

2010.02.04
(c) Remove attachment clamps from dessicator bottle (1).
(d) Remove dessicator bottle (1).
NOTE


(2) Installation of dessicator bottle
(a) Install two DR 25 tape (DHS 243-100-10) CM (TBD) or equivalent, 235 mm (9.26
in.) in length on the dessicator bottle at the locations of dessicator bottle (1)
attachment clamps. The first tape is at approximately 25 mm (1 in.) from the bottom
of the bottle and the second is at approximately 95 mm (3.74 in.) from the bottom of
the bottle.
(b) Install dessicator bottle (1) and offer up dessicator bottle (1) attachment clamps.
(c) Secure the assembly on the structure.
(d) Remove blanking caps from refrigerant inlet and outlet pipes and from the
dessicator bottle (1) holes.
(e) Connect refrigerant inlet and outlet pipes.
NOTE

G. Close-up
21-51-10, 4-8 Page 402

2010.02.04
Removal / Installation - Dessicator bottle

Figure 401
21-51-10, 4-8 Page 403

21-51-10, 4-8 Page 404
2010.02.04
Air Conditioning With Refrigerant - Adjustment / Test

5-1 Functional Tests - Air Conditioning System with Refrigerant

None

None

System
Section 8 FLM
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None
D. Routine replacement Parts

None
E. Job Set-up
24-00-00, 3-1).
(2) Carry out a ground run for approximately 15 minutes (refer to FLM Section 8 ) or until
cut-off of the air conditioning system by triggering of the LP sensor to make sure that the
air condioning system operates correctly and to allow all the regulation systems to run
through their full cycles.
NOTE
If the outside temperature is less than 20˚C (68˚F),

switch on the heating and demisting system to
pre-heat the cabin (as the air conditioning system
operates in re-circulation mode only).
When the inside temperature is more than or equal

to 25˚C (77˚F), continue the procedure.
The heating system can be left in operation while the

air conditioning system is running.
(3) Check that three-way switch "AC/OFF/FAN" of control unit is set to "OFF".
21-51-10, 5-1 Page 501

2010.02.04
(4) Check that clutch and fans are off.
(5) Check that hoist option is present, air conditioning does no operate when "HOIST" push
button is engaged.
(6) Set three-way switch "HI/LOW/MED" to "LOW".
F. Procedure
(1) Set three-way switch "AC/OFF/FAN" of control unit to "FAN".
(a) Make sure that evaporator fan of MGB compartment blows without being able to
change speed.
NOTE
Make sure that fans rotate in the right direction.
(b) Make sure that instrument panel evaporator fan rotates at a slow speed.
(c) Check that speed of evaporator fan changes when switch "HI/LOW/MED" is
actuated.
(d) Open all ventilation outlets.
(e) Check that air comes out of all the ventilation outlets (no holes disconnected).
(f) Make sure that, for each position of the ’HI/LOW/MED" switch the air speed and
flow change.
(g)
(h) Check that fan speed varies at each speed position.
(2) Set three-way switch "AC/OFF/FAN" of control unit to "AC".

(a) Set the "HI/LOW/MED" switch to low.
(b) The evaporator fans remain operational as in paragraph (1).
(c) Make sure that condenser fans operate.

(d) After a few seconds, make sure that cool air comes out of the ventilation outlets.
(e) Make sure that, for each position of the "HI/LOW/MED" switch the air speed and
flow change.
(3) Set three-way switch "AC/OFF/FAN" of control unit to "OFF".

(a) Check that fans stop operating.
G. Close-up
(1) Set switches to "OFF".
(2) Shut the engine down as per FLM Section 8 .
21-51-10, 5-1 Page 502

Air Conditioning With Refrigerant - Inspection / Check

6-1 Check - Air Conditioning System with Refrigerant

Compressor
53-51-00, 4-2 ........................ Removal / Installation - Lower cowlings

21-51-10, 6-2 ........................ Check - Detailed Inspection of the Air Conditioning
System with Refrigerant

None
B. Special Tools
703A95-7200-02 ................... coolant fluid charging bench
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Open the MGB cowlings.
(2) Open the rear cargo hold door and the RH lateral cargo hold door.
(3) Remove the lower cowlings (53-51-00, 4-2).
F. Procedure
(1) Inspection of the air conditioning unit:
(a) For the coolant system pipes, carry out the following checks:
1 check the leak-tightness of the pipe unions (no oil seepage at the unions),
2 check for coolant leaks. Use the electronic leak detector supplied with the
coolant fluid charging bench 703A95-7200-02 and refer to the documentation
of the coolant fluid charging bench 703A95-7200-02,
3 check that the protections are installed and in correct condition,

4 check that the pipes do not touch adjacent components,
5 check that the R134a pipe attachments are in correct condition.
(b) Make sure that all the hoses are correctly connected inside the MGB compartment,
inside the HR lateral hold, in the canopy (under the instrument panel) and in the
21-51-10, 6-1 Page 601

2010.02.04
rear cargo hold.

(c) Make sure that the compressor drive belt is in correct condition:
1 "Flat" belt (P/N 45140003):
- Check for damage.

- Do a sensitive check of the belt tension. If necessary, correct the belt
tension (21-51-10, 4-1).
- Rejection criteria: In case of damage, replace the belt (21-51-10, 4-1).
2 "Poly-V" belt (P/N 5PK668):
- Check for damage, burn marks and craks.

- Rejection criteria: If one of the above defects is found, replace the belt (
21-51-10, 4-1).
- Check the striation profile for wear.
- Replace the belt (21-51-10, 4-1) if the wear of the striation profile exceeds
10 % of the total surface in contact with the pulley.
NOTE
Fraying of the textile frame on the edges is not a

reason for rejection. Cut the frayed threads.
- Do a sensitive check of the belt tension. If necessary, correct the belt

tension (21-51-10, 4-1).
(d) Make sure that caps are installed and correctly positioned on the filler connectors.
(e) Make sure that the compressor, the compressor support, the tensioner, the
condenser and the evaporator(s) are in correct condition (in case of doubt, refer (
21-51-10, 6-2)).
(f) Make sure that the external air intakes is clean and that the condenser re-circulation
connector, air vent grid and heat exchanger are not clogged. Remove impurities
manually.
(g) Check that the drain pipes are in correct condition and that the drains are not
clogged:
1 switch on the cockpit fan and use a wool thread to check that air flows out of
the drain pipe,
2 switch on the cabin fan and use a wool thread to check that air flows out of
one of the drains and that air enters the other drain.
NOTE
If the helicopter is used regularly in sandy or dustay

atmosphere, check that the grid on the tail boom is
not clogged. Clean the grid if necessary.
G. Close-up
(2) Close the rear cargo hold door and the RH lateral cargo hold door.
21-51-10, 6-1 Page 602

2010.02.04
(3) Install the lower cowling (53-51-00, 4-2).
21-51-10, 6-1 Page 603

21-51-10, 6-1 Page 604
2010.02.04
Air Conditioning With Refrigerant - Inspection / Check

6-2 Check - Detailed Inspection of the Air Conditioning System with Refrigerant

Compressor

Condenser
21-51-10, 4-3 ........................ Removal / Installation - Front Air Conditioning System
Evaporator
21-51-10, 4-4 ........................ Removal / Installation - Rear Air Conditioning System
Evaporator

None
B. Special Tools
Commercial .......................... vacuum cleaner
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Open the MGB cowlings.
(2) Open the rear cargo hold door.
F. Procedure
(1) Detailed inspection of the air conditioning unit:
(a) Clean the air ducts and the heat-exchange surfaces of:
1 the condenser,
2 the evaporators and fans (do not open the cold loop) with a vacuum cleaner.
(b) Clean the grid on the tail boom.
(c) Make sure that the tension of the compressor drive belt is in correct (21-51-10, 4-1):
1 "Flat" belt (P/N 45140003) or "Poly-V" belt (P/N 5PK668).
(d) For the compressor, the compressor support, the tensioner, the condenser and the
evaporator(s), make sure that:
21-51-10, 6-2 Page 601

2010.02.04
1 there are no cracks,

2 the attachment is correct (refer to the tightening torque loads of (21-51-10, 4-1,
21-51-10, 4-2, 21-51-10, 4-3 and 21-51-10, 4-4).
G. Close-up
(2) Close the rear cargo hold door.
21-51-10, 6-2 Page 602

CHAPTER 23 - COMMUNICATIONS
Versions : C3
N: New
R: Revised
D: Deleted

Versions Conf. Code
23-00-00 Communication
Servicing
C3 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Radio 2010.02.04

Communications
23 - LOEDU Page 1
23 - LOEDU Page 2
2012.09.27
Communication - Servicing
3-1 General Safety Instructions - Radio Communications

12-30-00, 3-5 ........................ Method for Checking - Continuity /Insulation of Coaxial
Circuits

None

System
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Opérations préliminaires
24-00-00, 3-1).
3-1).
F. Procedure
(1) Precautionary measures to be taken before removing / installing equipment:
(a) If necessary, make sure the power supply switch for the system / installation in
question is set to "off".
(b) Make sure the power supply circuit(s) for the system / installation is not supplied
before removing a fuse, tripping a circuit breaker or disconnecting or connecting a
connector.
(2) Removal
23-00-00, 3-1 Page 301

2010.02.04
Make sure the network power is shut off before

any operations.
(a) Group the attachment hardware together.

(b) Replace damaged bolts, washers and nuts.
(c) Identify all wires and cables.
(d) Isolate helicopter electrical outlets and connectors when a removable part of a piece
of equipment is removed (use blanking plugs if the equipment has one).
(e) Fasten disconnected cables to supports in order to prevent them from becoming
damaged.
(3) Installation
Make sure the network power is shut off before

any operations.
(a) Carry out a detailed inspection of the equipment and if necessary, check in on a test
bench.
(b) Refer to the manufacturer’s own documents as they may recommend a specific
activation and adjustment method.
(c) Make sure supports are perfectly clean.

(d) If necessary, secure the equipment attachment to its support.
(e) If necessary, perform electrical bonding.
(f) Perform a functional test on the system / installation.

(4) If necessary, take an isolation and continuity measurement on coaxial circuits (12-30-00,
3-5).
23-00-00, 3-1 Page 302

CHAPTER 24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
Versions : C3
N: New
R: Revised
D: Deleted

Versions Conf. Code
24-00-00 Electrical power
002 2-1 Deleted 2011.04.20 D
C3 002 2-1a Electrical Power Supply on the Ground PRE MOD 2012.07.03 N
074280
C3 002 2-1b Electrical Power Supply on the Ground POST 2012.07.03 N

MOD 074280
Servicing
C3 3-1 General Safety Instructions - Electrical Power 2011.03.03

Supply System
Inspection / Check
C3 6-1 Check - Electrical Power Supply System 2011.04.20
C3 002 6-2 Check - Electrical Bonding of Helicopter 2011.03.08
Repair
C3 8-1 Replacement - Circuit breaker (POST MOD 2010.02.04

073273)(POST MOD 073274)
24 - LOEDU Page 1
2012.09.27

Versions Conf. Code
24-22-00 250VA A/C Generation
Fault Isolation
C3 1-1 Fault Isolation - A/C Generation 250VA 2010.02.04
24-30-00 DC Power Supply System
Fault Isolation
C3 002 1-1 Fault Isolation - DC Power System 2010.02.04
Adjustment / Test
C3 002 5-1 Functional Tests - DC Electrical Generation 2010.02.04
C3 003 5-1a Functional Tests - DC Power Supply System (PRE 2010.02.04

MOD 073273)
C3 003 5-1b Functional Tests - DC Power Supply System 2010.02.04

(POST MOD 073273)
C3 5-3 Functional tests - Cold weather starting (POST 2010.02.04

MOD OP3828)
C3 001 5-4 Fault Isolation - DC Power System 2010.02.04
C3 003 5-4 Fault Isolation - Direct battery power supply POST 2012.07.03 N
MOD 074302
24-31-00 Starter / Generator
C3 002 4-1a Removal / Installation - Starter / Generator 2011.11.02
C3 002 4-1b Removal / Installation - Starter / Generator POST 2011.11.09

MOD 074302
Inspection / Check
C3 6-1 Check - Starter / Generator 2011.04.20
24 - LOEDU Page 2
2012.09.27

Versions Conf. Code
24-31-01 APC Stater / Generator
C3 4-1 Removal / Installation - Brushes on APC Starter / 2010.02.04

Generator
Inspection / Check
C3 6-1 Check and Determination of Remaining Brush 2010.02.04

service life - APC Starter / Generator
24-31-02 AUXILEC Stater / Generator
C3 4-1 Removal / Installation - Brushes on AUXILEC 2010.02.04

Starter / Generator
Inspection / Check
C3 6-1 Dimensional Check of Brushes - AUXILEC Starter 2010.02.04

/ Generator
24-32-00 Electrical Master Box
C3 002 4-1 Removal / Installation - Electrical Master Box 2010.02.04
Adjustment / Test
C3 001 5-1 Adjustment of Electrical Master Box Voltage 2011.03.02

Control
24-33-00 Battery
C3 2-1 Cleaning the battery compartment 2011.04.20
24 - LOEDU Page 3
2012.09.27

Versions Conf. Code
C3 002 4-1 Removal / Installation - Battery 2010.02.04
Adjustment / Test
C3 002 5-1 Functional Tests - Battery Temperature Warning 2010.02.04

Light
C3 003 5-1 Functional Tests - Battery Temperature Warning 2012.07.03 N

Light POST MOD 074302
C3 002 5-2 Checking the Charge Level of SERMAT 2011.01.06

Emergency Battery EE 0033
24 - LOEDU Page 4
Electrical power - Maintenance Practices

2-1a Electrical Power Supply on the Ground PRE MOD 074280

None

None

System
B. Special Tools
Commercial ................................... 28 Vdc ground power unit
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Comply with the general electrical instructions (24-00-00, 3-1).
Conf. Code: 002 24-00-00, 2-1a Page 201

2012.07.03
F. Procedure
BEFORE YOU ENERGIZE THE HELICOPTER:

- MAKE SURE THIS DOES NOT CAUSE A
PROBLEM FOR THE OTHER MAINTENANCE
OPERATIONS ON THE HELICOPTER.
- MAKE SURE THE STRUCTURE IS
CORRECTLY GROUNDED.
- POST MOD 073264 : TO MAKE SURE THE
VEMD DOES NOT RECORD A FAILURE:
SWITCH OFF THE TWO COMPUTATION
CHANNELS OF THE VEMD BEFORE THE OP-
ERATIONS (REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, CON-
NECTION/DISCONNECTION) ON THE IN-
STALLATIONS RELATED TO THE VEMD.
DO NOT SWITCH ON THE TWO VEMD
COMPUTATION CHANNELS IF ONE OF THE
INSTALLATIONS RELATED TO THE VEMD IS
DISCONNECTED.
- MAKE SURE THE POWER SUPPLY
CONNECTORS OR CABLES OF THE
REMOVED EQUIPMENT ARE CORRECTLY
INSULATED.
- MAKE SURE THE PITOT HEATING SYSTEM
IS NOT SWITCHED ON.
YOU MUST NOT DO ELECTRICAL TESTS
OR TRANSMIT ON THE RADIO DURING THE
REFUELING AND DEFUELING OPERATIONS.
MAKE SURE THE HELICOPTER IS MONITORED

AT ALL TIMES WHEN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
IS ENERGIZED.
MAKE SURE THE EMERGENCY MATERIAL FOR

ELECTRICAL HAZARDS IS NEAR THE AIRCRAFT.
(1) Power supply from the aircraft battery :
(a) Battery only energize

1 Push the "PARC-BAT" push-button.
2 The main bar is supplied with power (voltage from battery).
(b) Battery only de-energize

1 Push to release the "PARC-BAT" push-button.
2 Make sure all equipment in the cockpit is de-energized.
(2) Power supply from the external power receptacle:
Conf. Code: 002 24-00-00, 2-1a Page 202

2012.07.03
NOTE
The external power receptacle must always be

connected or disconnected when energized in order
to prevent damage of the relays when the voltage
from the power unit varies from 0 to 28 volts at
power up and from 28 to 0 at shut down (not
applicable if power unit output may be isolated by a
switch).
(a) Energize:
1 Set the 28 Vdc ground power unit to on.
2 Connect the power supply cable of the 28 Vdc ground power unit to the
external power receptacle.
3 Push the "PARC-BAT" push-button.

4 The main bar is supplied with power (voltage from external power receptable).
5 The battery and generator are circuit broken.
(b) De-energize :
1 Push to release the "PARC-BAT" push-button.
2 Make sure all the equipment in the cockpit is de-energized.
3 Disconnect the power supply cable of the 28 Vdc ground power unit from the
external power receptacle .
4 Set the 28 Vdc ground power unit to off.
Conf. Code: 002 24-00-00, 2-1a Page 203

Conf. Code: 002 24-00-00, 2-1a Page 204
2012.07.03
Electrical power - Maintenance Practices

2-1b Electrical Power Supply on the Ground POST MOD 074280

None

None

System
B. Special Tools
Commercial ................................... 28 Vdc ground power unit
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
Conf. Code: 002 24-00-00, 2-1b Page 201

2012.07.03
F. Procedure
BEFORE YOU ENERGIZE THE HELICOPTER:

- MAKE SURE THIS DOES NOT CAUSE A
PROBLEM FOR THE OTHER MAINTENANCE
OPERATIONS ON THE HELICOPTER.
- MAKE SURE THE STRUCTURE IS
CORRECTLY GROUNDED.
- POST MOD 073264 : TO MAKE SURE THE
VEMD DOES NOT RECORD A FAILURE:
SWITCH OFF THE TWO COMPUTATION
CHANNELS OF THE VEMD BEFORE THE OP-
ERATIONS (REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, CON-
NECTION/DISCONNECTION) ON THE IN-
STALLATIONS RELATED TO THE VEMD.
DO NOT SWITCH ON THE TWO VEMD
COMPUTATION CHANNELS IF ONE OF THE
INSTALLATIONS RELATED TO THE VEMD IS
DISCONNECTED.
- MAKE SURE THE POWER SUPPLY
CONNECTORS OR CABLES OF THE
REMOVED EQUIPMENT ARE CORRECTLY
INSULATED.
- MAKE SURE THE PITOT HEATING SYSTEM
IS NOT SWITCHED ON.
YOU MUST NOT DO ELECTRICAL TESTS
OR TRANSMIT ON THE RADIO DURING THE
REFUELING AND DEFUELING OPERATIONS.
MAKE SURE THE HELICOPTER IS MONITORED

AT ALL TIMES WHEN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
IS ENERGIZED.
MAKE SURE THE EMERGENCY MATERIAL FOR

ELECTRICAL HAZARDS IS NEAR THE AIRCRAFT.
(1) Power supply from the aircraft battery :
(a) Battery only energize

1 Set the "BATT" switch to ON.
2 The main bar is supplied with power (voltage from battery).
(b) Battery only de-energize

2 Make sure all equipment in the cockpit is de-energized.
(2) Power supply from the external power receptacle:
Conf. Code: 002 24-00-00, 2-1b Page 202

2012.07.03
NOTE
The external power receptacle must always be

connected or disconnected when energized in order
to prevent damage of the relays when the voltage
from the power unit varies from 0 to 28 volts at
power up and from 28 to 0 at shut down (not
applicable if power unit output may be isolated by a
switch).
(a) Energize:
1 Set the 28 Vdc ground power unit to on.
2 Connect the power supply cable of the 28 Vdc ground power unit to the

4 The main bar is supplied with power (voltage from external power receptable).
5 The battery and generator are circuit broken.
(b) De-energize :
1 Set the "BATT" switch to OFF.
2 Make sure that the main bar is no longer energized.
3 Disconnect the power supply cable of the 28 Vdc ground power unit from the
4 Set the 28 Vdc ground power unit to off.
Conf. Code: 002 24-00-00, 2-1b Page 203

Conf. Code: 002 24-00-00, 2-1b Page 204
2012.07.03
Electrical power - Servicing

3-1 General Safety Instructions - Electrical Power Supply System

None

None

20.02.01.415 MTC
20.02.07.101 MTC
20.02.07.401 MTC
20.07.03.408 MTC
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
BEFORE YOU START THE WORK ON THE

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, MAKE SURE THAT:
- THE AIRCRAFT BATTERY IS DISCONNECT-
ED.
- THE OPTIONAL GROUND POWER CONNEC-
TOR IS DISCONNECTED.
- THE HELICOPTER IS CORRECTLY GROUND-
ED.
24-00-00, 3-1 Page 301

2011.03.03
NEVER REMOVE A FUSE DURING TESTS

WITHOUT FIRST TAKING THE PRECAUTION OF
SHUTTING OF THE AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL
POWER SUPPLY.
CIRCUIT BREAKERS WHICH HAVE TRIPPED

WILL NOT BE RECLOSED UNTIL PROPER
INSPECTION AND REPAIRS HAVE BEEN MADE.
NOTE
When working on the instrument panel, check that

there is no interference between the electrical
cables and the covers (visor and anti-glare shield)
(MTC 20.02.01.415) and paragraph "Visual check
of the electrical and electronic systems and their
mechanical protections" of (MTC 20.07.03.408).
NOTE
POST MOD 073445 : the "CF/DM/DK" type cables

are replaced with "DR" type cables.
The "DR" type cables can be used to replace the

"CF/DM/DK" type cables but not vice versa.
(1) Open the fuses or circuit breakers of the installations on which you do the servicing.
(2) The attachment hardware will be grouped together, damaged bolts, washers and nuts will
be replaced.
(3) Identify each wire or cable before you disconnect it.

(4) Isolate connectors or wires remaining in the helicopter when a removable component has
been removed.
(5) Do a detailed inspection of the components. Make sure that the support brackets are
clean before you install the equipment items.
(6) Make sure that the electrical connectors are correctly connected.
(7) Do the electrical bonding of the parts which are connected to ground, (MTC
20.02.07.101) and (MTC 20.02.07.401).
(8) Safety attachments (if planned).
(9) Do a functional tests after the replacement of an equipment item.
24-00-00, 3-1 Page 302

Electrical power - Inspection / Check

6-1 Check - Electrical Power Supply System

88-00-00, 6-1 ................................ Check - Wiring

None

None
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Open the rear cargo-hold door and the battery access door.
(2) Open the engine cowling.
F. Procedure
(1) Battery:
(a) Make sure the battery is in good condition, correctly attached and clean.
(b) Make sure the battery wiring is in good condition, correctly attached and clean (88-
00-00, 6-1).
(2) Electrical master box:

(a) Remove the access panel to the electrical master box.
(b) Make sure the electrical master box is in good condition, correctly attached and
clean.
(c) Make sure the wiring of the electrical master box is in good condition, correctly
attached and clean (88-00-00, 6-1).
(d) Install the access panel to the electrical master box.
(3) Generator / Starter:
(a) Make sure the generator / starter is in good condition, correctly attached and clean.
24-00-00, 6-1 Page 601

2011.04.20
(b) Make sure the wiring of the generator / starter is in good condition, correctly
(4) External power receptacle:

(a) Make sure the external power receptacle is in good condition, correctly attached and
clean.
(b) Make sure the wiring of the external power receptacle is in good condition, correctly
(c) Make sure the fuse is in good condition.

(5) Circuit-breaker panel:
(a) Make sure the circuit-breaker panel is in good condition, correctly attached and
clean.
G. Close-up
(1) Close the engine cowling.
(2) Close the battery access door and the rear cargo-hold door.
24-00-00, 6-1 Page 602

Electrical power - Inspection / Check

6-2 Check - Electrical Bonding of Helicopter

None

None

24-00-00, 3-1 ................................. General Safety Instructions - Electrical Power
Supply System
B. Special Tools
Commercial ................................... milliohmeter
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Comply with the general safety instructions for the elctrical power supply systems (
24-00-00, 3-1).
3-1).
NOTE
Electrical bonding of components in ensured by their

attachment or by means of grouding braids.
This operation must be carried out during installation

if necessary (refer to Standard Practices Manual).
(3) Measurements of electrical resistance are classified into 2 categories:
(a) Measurement of primary bonding:
- Primary bonding is made of all the conducting parts of the structure,

mechanical parts and bonding conductors of at least 6 mm2 which may have to
drain significant power caused by lighting.
- Measurement involves checking that resistance between these zones is
respectively less than or equal to 100 m Ω (Milliohms).
Conf. Code: 002 24-00-00, 6-2 Page 601

2011.03.08
(b) Secondary bonding measurement:
- Protection against electric shocks,

- Flow of electrostatic charges,
- Return of main currents to the structure,
- Return of secondary currents to the structure.
F. Procedure
(1) Primary bonding measurements:
Measurement points Maximum R values

(m Ω)
Measurement of resistance between:
Main rotor blade 1 (leading edge braid) and gear strut 100
Main rotor blade 1 (leading edge braid) and Horizontal 100
stabilizer tip
stabilizer tip
stabilizer tip
Gear strut and horizontal stabilizer tip 100
Gear strut and upper tail unit tip 100
Tail hub attachment yoke and gear strut 100
Blade braid, branch A, and Blade braid, branch B 15
Blade braid, branch B, and Blade braid, branch C 15
(2) Secondary bonding measurements:
CAREFUL GROUNDING TO PROTECT AGAINST

ELECTRICAL SHOCKS.
(a) Rear Part

(m Ω)
Tail boom 10
Vertical stabilizer tip 10
A tip of the horizontal stabiliser 10
T.G.B. 10
(b) Fuselage
Conf. Code: 002 24-00-00, 6-2 Page 602

2011.03.08

(m Ω)
Engine transmission deck 10
MGB transmission deck 10
Tail cone 10
Forward landing gear leg arch 25
Rear landing gear leg arch 25
Engine cowlings (if metallic) 100
MGB cowlings (if metallic) 100
Front frame, tank 10
RH longitudinal beam 10
LH longitudinal beam 10
Front tank support 10
Rear tank support 10
(c) Front part

(m Ω)
Instrument panel 10
Console 10
Cabin floor 10
(d) Flight controls

(m Ω)
Throttle quadrant 10
Pilot collective lever 10
Copilot collective lever (Optional) 10
Pilot cyclic stick 10
Copilot cyclic stick (Optional) 10
(e) Transmission deck

(m Ω)
MGB upper housing / Lower housing (connection point with the 10
helicopter)
Engine support (attachment on engine) 10
(f) Fuel systems

(m Ω
Filter support 10
Conf. Code: 002 24-00-00, 6-2 Page 603

2011.03.08

(m Ω
Filter 10
Gauge 10
Pump(s) 10
Pressure transmitter 10
Grounding connector 10
Bleed valve 10
(g) Oil and hydraulic system

(m Ω)
Solenoid valve 10
Radiator 10
Chip detector / MGB casing 10
(h) Mechanical control and flying control

(m Ω)
Pilot pedal units 50
Copilot pedal units (Optional) 50
(i) Equipment (Basic)

(m Ω)
Electrical master box support 5
Starter dynamo 5
Light support (PRE MOD 072488 ) 5
(j) Equipment (Optional)

(m Ω)
VARIOLIGHT case 2,5
NOTE
Electrical bonding of equipment installed on the

instrument panel or console must be measured with
respect to the instrument panel or console.
- Radio antennas
Conf. Code: 002 24-00-00, 6-2 Page 604

2011.03.08

(m Ω)
Marker 2,5
RC 2,5
VOR 2,5
Doppler 2,5
VHF 1 2,5
VHF 1 if roof-mounted antenna 12,5
VHF 2 2,5
VHF 2 if roof-mounted antenna 12,5
UHF 2,5
UHF if roof-mounted antenna 12,5
FDM 2,5
FM 1 2,5
FM 2 2,5
DME 2,5
Transmitter radio altimeter 2,5
Receiver radio altimeter 2,5
- Control station rack
NOTE
For the MODATA equipment (under Collins license),

the values are changed from 2,5 to 10.

(m Ω)
VHF 1 2,5
VHF 2 2,5
RC 2,5
VOR 2,5
Transponder 2,5
BLU 2,5
Autonomous navigation 2,5
Marker 2,5
ICS ancillary unit 2,5
ICS main unit 2,5
ICS GARMIN GMA 340H 2,5
ICS NAT 10
- Ancillary station rack

(m Ω)
KN 73 or KN 72 2,5
Conf. Code: 002 24-00-00, 6-2 Page 605

2011.03.08

(m Ω)
KN 77 or KN 75 2,5
Bottom converter 2,5
Top converter 2,5
- Automatic Flight Control System

(m Ω)
Failure passivation unit 2,5
AFCS control unit 2,5
Computer 2,5
Vertical gyro 2,5
Gyroscopic platform 2,5
Compensation unit 2,5
Lateral control unit 2,5
TRIM unit 2,5
- Transceiver or Receiver

(m Ω)
VHF 1 2,5
VHF 2 2,5
UHF 2,5
Radio altimeter 2,5
VOR 1 2,5
VOR 2 2,5
RC 2,5
DME 2,5
HF (Transceiver) 2,5
HF (Amplifier) 2,5
HF (Coupler) 2,5
V/UHF duplexer 2,5
FM1 control unit 2,5
FM2 control unit 2,5
MPU 2,5
ARC 210 transceiver 2,5
(k) Radio indicator and radio navigation (if metallic clamp)

(m Ω)
Horizon 2,5
Conf. Code: 002 24-00-00, 6-2 Page 606

2011.03.08

(m Ω)
Longitudinal or directional 2,5
VOR 2,5
RC 2,5
D. M. E. 2,5
(l) Basic complements

(m Ω)
NR/NTL 2,5
ASU (B3) 2,5
FADEC 2,5
VEMD 2,5
VHIU (B2 VEMD) 2,5
(m) Hoist

(m Ω)
Engine 10
Hoist body 10
Electronic unit (installed on jib) 10
Jib 10
NOTE
These measurements must be carried out with hoist

connectors disconnected.
G. Close-up
(1) Restore helicopter to initial configuration.
Conf. Code: 002 24-00-00, 6-2 Page 607

2011.03.08
B
A
Check - Electrical Bonding of Helicopter

Figure 601
Conf. Code: 002 24-00-00, 6-2 Page 608

Electrical power - Repair

8-1 Replacement - Circuit breaker (POST MOD 073273)(POST MOD 073274)

None

None

System
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
24-00-00, 3-1).
(2) Disconnect battery.
F. Procedure
Figure 801
(1) Raise transparent cover (3) and turn over label holder flap (1).
(2) Remove circuit breaker (2) by pulling it upwards.

(3) Carefully install the new circuit breaker (2) in its place and push it down to connect it to
the system.
(4) Turn over label holder flap (1) in order to put it back in place and fold back transparent
cover (3).
G. Close-up
(1) Connect battery.
(2) Perform a functional test of the installation concerned.

(3) Restore aircraft to flight condition.
24-00-00, 8-1 Page 801

2010.02.04
Replacement - Circuit breaker (POST MOD 073273)(POST MOD 073274)

Figure 801
24-00-00, 8-1 Page 802

250VA A/C Generation - Fault Isolation

1-1 Fault Isolation - A/C Generation 250VA

None

24.22.00 WDM

System
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
Figure 101
24-00-00, 3-1).
(2) Do the fault isolation procedure of the table below:
Failure Indication Probable cause Corrective action

The system is inoperative. No 28 Vdc. Check fuse on side fuse
panel. Replace as required.
Start push button. Replace push button.
Converter. Replace converter.
Wiring. Check wiring.
Repair as required (
WDM 24.22.00 ).
Table 101 Fault Isolation - A/C Generation 250VA
24-22-00, 1-1 Page 101

2010.02.04
NOTE
POST MOD 072272 : adds a relay to switch

signalling and enables pilot to detect an alternating
generation fault.
24-22-00, 1-1 Page 102

2010.02.04
CAUTION ADVISORY PANEL
TEST
STATIC INVERTER
PUSH BUTTON
INVERT
RELAY
26V
INVERT
Fault Isolation - A/C Generation 250VA

Figure 101
24-22-00, 1-1 Page 103

24-22-00, 1-1 Page 104
2010.02.04
DC Power Supply System - Fault Isolation

1-1 Fault Isolation - DC Power System

None


System
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
F. Procedure
(1) Perform troubleshouting, power supply by battery according to the table below::
NOTE
In normal configuration (Engine off):

- "MASTER SW" push button engaged
("extended" position),
- "BATT/EPU" push button engaged ("pushed-in"
position),
- "GENE" light on,
- "BATT" light off,
- the voltmeter displays battery voltage.
Config. Code: 002 24-30-00, 1-1 Page 101

2010.02.04

Essential bar not supplied. Push buttons. Check correction position "BATT/EPU"
No voltage in volmeter. and "MASTER SW" push buttons.
All lights are off. Battery switch. Check the following components and
replace them a required:
- F2 fuses (inside electrical master
box),
- "MASTER SW" and "BATT/EPU"
push buttons,
- Ground power receptacle relays.
Correct voltage on the Battery switch (resting contact Replace battery switch.
essentiel bar. remains stuck)..
Correct voltage displayed on Voltmeter. Replace voltmeter.
voltmeter. Wiring. Check wiring. Repair as required.
"BATT" light on. POST MOD 072758 : 38P Replace 38P clip.
Zero voltage displayed on clip.
voltmeter.
(2) Perform troubleshouting, power supply by ground power receptacle according to the table
below::
NOTE
In normal configuration:
position),
- "GENE" light on,
- "BATT" light off,
- the voltmeter displays the ground power unit
voltage.

No power supplu by ground Push buttons. Check correct position of the
power receptacle.. "BATT/EPU" and "MASTER SW" push
All the lights off. buttons.
No voltage displayed on Replace them where necessary.
volmeter. Ground power receptacle Replace ground power receptacle
relays (grounding return relays.
contact of ground power
receptacle switch).
No ground power receptacle Ground power receptacle Replace ground power receptacle
power supply. relays. relays.
"GENE" light on.
Power supply by battery ( Ground power receptacle Replace ground power receptacle
24-00-00, 2-1). switch. switch.
(3) Perform troubleshouting, power supply by generator according to the table below::
Config. Code: 002 24-30-00, 1-1 Page 102

2010.02.04
NOTE
position),
- "GENE" push button engaged ("pushed-in"
position),
- lights are off.

No power supply by generator. Generator switch. Replace generator switch.
"GENE" light on. Generator switch supplied. Check the following components,
"BATT" lights off. replace as required:
- "GENE" push button,
- K2 ground power receptacle
relays (resting contact defective),
- J2 junction card.
No excitation of generator. Check the following components:
- "CRANK" push button,
- "MASTER SW" push button,
- J2 junction card.
Wiring. Check wiring, repair as required.
Generator. Replace generator.
Config. Code: 002 24-30-00, 1-1 Page 103

Config. Code: 002 24-30-00, 1-1 Page 104
2010.02.04
DC Power Supply System - Adjustment / Test

5-1 Functional Tests - DC Electrical Generation

Section 8 FLM


System
B. Special Tools
Commercial .......................... 28 Vdc ground power unit
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set up
24-00-00, 3-1).
(2) Read safety instructions before energizing helicopter (24-00-00, 2-1).
F. Procedure
NOTE
In these functional tests:

- Push button engaged equals "on" position.
- Push button released equals "off" position.
(1) Battery system
(a) Engine stopped, make sure that:
1 "MASTER SWITCH" push button is engaged (extended position),

2 "PARC BAT" push button is released (extended position),
3 the system is not energized,
4 lights are off.

(b) Engage "PARC BAT" push button (pushed-in position), check that:
Config. Code: 002 24-30-00, 5-1 Page 501

2010.02.04
1 "GENE" light comes on,
2 voltmeter displays battery voltage.

(c) Release "MASTER SWITCH" push button (pushed-in position).
(d) Check that all lights are off.
(2) Ground power receptacle system

(a) Connect 28 Vdc ground power unit.
NOTE
The 28 Vdc ground power unit must always be

connected when energised in order to prevent
damage of the relays when voltage from the unit
varies from 0 to 28 Volts upon start-up and from 28
to 0 Volts when stopped (not applicable if the unit
output can be isolated by a switch).
(b) Make sure that:
1 "MASTER SWITCH" push button engaged (extended position),

2 "PARC BAT" push button is released (extended position),
3 the system is not energized,
4 lights are off.

(c) Engage "PARC BAT" push button (pushed-in position).
(d) Check that:
1 "GENE" light comes on,

2 "BAT" light comes on,
3 voltmeter displays unit voltage.
(e) Release "MASTER SWITC" push button (pushed-in position).

(f) Check that all lights are off.
(3) Generator system
(a) Ground power unit energized.

(b) Turn on engine (FLM Section 8 ).
(c) Make sure that:
1 "PARC BAT" push button is engaged (pushed-in position),

2 "GENE" push button is engaged (pushed-in position),
3 "MASTER SWITCH" push button is engaged (extended position).
(d) Check that "GENE" light comes on.

(e) Check that "BAT" light comes on.
Config. Code: 002 24-30-00, 5-1 Page 502

2010.02.04
(f) Disconnect 28 Vdc ground power unit.
NOTE
The 28 Vdc ground power unit connector should only

be disconnected when the generator has sufficient
speed to be set.
(g) Check that:

1 "BATT" light goes off,
2 "GENE" light goes off,
3 voltmeter displays system voltage (28,5 Volts).

(h) Release "GENE" push button (extended position).
(i) Check that "GENE" light comes on.
(j) Release "PARC BATT" push button (extended position).

(k) Check that all lights go off.
(l) Turn off engine.
NOTE
After the operational test check that the "MASTER

SWITCH" push button is engaged (extended
position).
G. Close-up
(1) De-energize the helicopter systems (24-00-00, 2-1).
Config. Code: 002 24-30-00, 5-1 Page 503

Config. Code: 002 24-30-00, 5-1 Page 504
2010.02.04

5-1a Functional Tests - DC Power Supply System (PRE MOD 073273)

None


None
B. Special Tools
Commercial .......................... 28 Vdc Ground power unit
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
(1) Supply from external power source:
(a) Connect the 28 Vdc ground power unit (24-00-00, 2-1).
(b) Depress and release the "PARC.BATT" push button on the control panel. The push
button remains in retracted position:
1 The "GENE" and "BATT" modules illuminate on the failure warning panel.
NOTE
Check that the red "GOV" light, the amber "GOV"

light and the "TWT GRIP" light do not untimely
come on when the systems are energized (
POST MOD 072797 ).
(c) Depress the "W/LT TEST" push button:

1 All the modules illuminate on the failure warning panel.
(d) Set the "DAY/NIGHT" switch to "NIGHT" or to "NIGHT 1" then to "NIGHT 2".
1 The modules and the indicating control panel illuminate to a lower brightness
level.
(e) Release the "W/LT TEST" push button:
Config. Code: 003 24-30-00, 5-1a Page 501

2010.02.04
1 All the modules go off, except those illuminated when the systems are
energized.
(f) Depress and release the "MASTER SW" push button (red). The push button
remains in retracted position:
1 The aircraft is no longer energized.
2 All warning lights and modules are off.
(g) Disconnect the dc ground power connector.

(h) Set the "DAY/NIGHT" switch to "DAY".
(i) Depress and release the "MASTER SW" push button (red). The push button returns
to extended position:
1 The "GENE" module illuminates on the failure warning panel.

2 The "BATT" module is off on the failure warning panel.
(j) Connect the dc ground power receptacle:
1 The "BATT" module illuminates on the failure warning panel.
F. Close-up
(1) Depress and release the "PARC.BATT" push button on the control panel. The push
button returns to extended position.
(2) Make sure that everything is off in the cockpit.
(3) Shut down the 28 Vdc ground power unit (24-00-00, 2-1).
Config. Code: 003 24-30-00, 5-1a Page 502


5-1b Functional Tests - DC Power Supply System (POST MOD 073273)

None


None
B. Special Tools
Commercial .......................... 28 Vdc Ground power unit
C. Materials
None

None
E. Procedure
(1) Supply from external power source:
(a) Connect the 28 Vdc ground power unit (24-00-00, 2-1).
(b) Depress the "BAT/EPU" pushbutton on the control panel:
1 Check that the caption of the "BAT/EPU" light comes on (push button stable).
2 The "GENE" and "BATT" modules illuminate on the failure warning panel.
NOTE
Note: Check that the red "GOV" light, the amber

"GOV" light and the "TWT GRIP" light do not
untimely come on when the systems are energized (
POST MOD 072797 ).
(c) Depress the "W/LT TEST" push button:
1 All the modules of the failure warning panel come on, as well as the push
buttons and their function indicators.
(d) Set the "DAY/NIGHT" switch to "NIGHT" or to "NIGHT 1" then to "NIGHT 2".
1 The modules and the indicating control panel (stable buttons) illuminate to a
lower brightness level.
Config. Code: 003 24-30-00, 5-1b Page 501

2010.02.04
(e) Release the "W/LT TEST" push button:
1 All the modules go off, except those illuminated when the systems are
energized.
(f) Set the "EMER SW" switch or "COUPE-TOUT" switch (master switch) to down
position (Red):
1 The aircraft is no longer energized.
2 All warning lights and modules are off.

(g) Disconnect the dc ground power connector.
(h) Set the "DAY/NIGHT" switch to "DAY".
(i) Set the "EMER SW" switch or "COUPE-TOUT" switch (master switch) to up
position:
1 The "GENE" module illuminates on the failure warning panel.
2 The "BATT" module is off on the failure warning panel.
(j) Connect the dc ground power receptacle:

1 The "BATT" module illuminates on the failure warning panel.
F. Close-up
(1) Disengage the "BAT/EPU" push button on the control panel.
(2) Make sure that everything is off in the cockpit.
(3) Shut down the 28 Vdc ground power unit (24-00-00, 2-1).
Config. Code: 003 24-30-00, 5-1b Page 502


5-3 Functional tests - Cold weather starting (POST MOD OP3828)

None

None

System
24-3 WDM
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
24-00-00, 3-1).
(2) Energize the helicopter sytems (24-00-00, 2-1).
F. Procedure
(1) Power system
Actions Checks
Connect the two batteries.
Depress and release the "BAT / EPU" switch on Aircraft is energized.
the control panel. The push button remains in
retracted position and 3 green lines illuminate.
VEMD shows the voltage of battery in parallel
(approximately 24 V).
Disassemble positive lug of battery 21P2 (insulate Aircraft is still energized.
from ground).
Reinstall positive lug of 21P2 battery.
24-30-00, 5-3 Page 501

2010.02.04
Actions Checks
Disassemble positive lug of 21P battery (insulate Aircraft is still energized.
from ground and keep assembled).
Depress and release the "BAT / EPU" switch on Aircraft is still energized.
the control panel.
The push button remains in extended position and
3 green lines go off.
Depress and release the "BAT / EPU" switch on Aircraft is still energized.
the control panel.
The push button remains in retracted position and
the 3 green lines remain off.
Depress and release "BATT / EPU" push button on
30 Alpha, it remains extended position.
Reinstall positive lugs from 21P battery.
(2) Warning system
Actions Checks
Depress and release the "BAT / EPU" switch on
the control panel. The pushbutton remains in
retracted position and 3 green lines illuminate.
Depress and release the "HORN" switch on the Aircraft is energiszed.
control panel. The pushbutton remains in retracted Aural warnings are active.
position and 3 green lines illuminate.
On 21P battery, disconnect connector 26P2. 27P switch open (it is no longer energized,
terminal 4 insulated from ground).
Place a jumper between A and B of 26P2 "T.BATT" warning comes on on caution warning
connector. (WDM 24-30 ). panel (see NOTE).
Remove jumper between A and B of connector "T.BATT" warning goes off on caution warning
26P2 (WDM 24-30 ). panel.
Reconnect connector 26P2. Switch 27P closed (it is energized).
On 21P battery, disconnect 26P connector. Nothings happens
Place a jumper between A and B of 26P connector "T.BATT" warning comes on on caution warning
(WDM 24-30 ). panel (see NOTE).
Remove jumper between A and B of connector 26P "T.BATT" warning goes off on caution warning
(WDM 24-30 ). panel.
Reconnect 26P connector. "T.BATT" warning stays off on caution warning
panel.
Depress and release the "BAT / EPU" switch on Aircraft is no longer energized.
the control panel.
The push button remains in extended position and
3 green lines go off.
NOTE
"BATT TEMP" warning sets off the gong in the

headset.
24-30-00, 5-3 Page 502

2010.02.04
G. Close-up
(1) Energize the helicopter sytems (24-00-00, 2-1).
24-30-00, 5-3 Page 503

24-30-00, 5-3 Page 504
2010.02.04

5-4 Fault Isolation - DC Power System

None


24-00-00, 3-1 ........................ General Safety instructions - Electrical Power Supply
System
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
F. Procedure
(1) Perform troubleshooting, power supply by battery according to the table below:
NOTE
In normal configuration (Engine off):

- "COUPE-TOUT" push button engaged
- "PARC BATT" push button engaged ("pushed-
in" position),
- "GENE" light on,,
- "BATT" light off,
- the voltmeter displays battery voltage.
Config. Code: 001 24-30-00, 5-4 Page 501

2010.02.04
Failure indication Probable cause Corrective Action

Essential bar not supplied. Push-buttons. Check correct position of "PARC-
No voltage in voltmeter. BATT" and" COUPE-TOUT" push
buttons.
All lights are off.
Battery switch. Check the following components
and replace them a required:
- F2 fuses (inside electrical
master box),
- "COUPE-TOUT" and
"PARC-BATT" push buttons,
- Ground power receptacle
relays.
Correct voltage on the essentiel Battery switch (resting contact Replace battery switch.
bar. remains stuck).
Correct voltage displayed on Voltmeter Remplace voltmeter
voltmeter. Wiring Check wiring. Repair as required .
"BATT" light on. PRE MOD 073058 : 38P clip Remplace 38P clip.
Zero voltage displayed on
voltmeter.
(2) Perform troubleshooting, supply by ground power receptacle according to the table
below:
NOTE
in" position),
- "GENE" light on,
- "BATT" light on,
- the voltmeter displays the ground power unit
voltage.

No power supply by ground Push buttons. Check correct position of the
power receptacle. "PARC BATT" and "COUPE
All the lights off. TOUT" push buttons.
No voltage displayed on Replace them where necessary.
voltmeter. Ground power receptacle relays Replace ground power receptacle
(grouding return contact of ground relays.
power receptacle switch).
No ground power receptacle Ground power receptacle relays. Replace ground power receptacle
power supply. relays.
"GENE" light on.
Power supply by battery ( Ground power receptacle switch. Replace ground power receptacle
24-00-00, 2-1). switch.
"BATT" lights off.
Voltmeter displays a voltage.
Config. Code: 001 24-30-00, 5-4 Page 502

2010.02.04
(3) Perform troubleshooting, supply by generator according to the following table:
NOTE
in" position),
- "GENE" push button engaged ("pushed-in"
position),
- lights are off.

No power supply by generator. Generator switch. Replace generator switch.
"GENE" light on. Generator switch supplied. Check the following components,
"BATT" lights off. replace as required:
- "GENE" push button,
- K2 ground power receptacle
relays (resting contact
defective),
- J2 junction card.
No excitation of generator. Check the following components:
- "VENTIL" push button,
- "COUPE-TOUT" push
button,
- J2 junction card.
Wiring. Check wiring, repair as required.
Generator. Replace generator.
Config. Code: 001 24-30-00, 5-4 Page 503

Config. Code: 001 24-30-00, 5-4 Page 504
2010.02.04

5-4 Fault Isolation - Direct battery power supply POST MOD 074302

None

None

24-00-00, 2-1 ................................ Electrical Power Supply on the Ground
24-00-00, 3-1 ................................ General Safety instructions - Electrical Power Supply
System
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
00, 3-1).
(2) Energize the helicopter systems (24-00-00, 2-1).
F. Procedure
(1) Test DC Power System
NOTE
The tests are done with only the battery connected.

Do not use the external electrical power unit.
(a) Push the "BAT EPU" push button on the control unit.
(b) Make sure that the "D BATT" push button light is lit.
(c) Push the "D BATT" push button on the control unit.
(d) Make sure that the "D BATT" push button light is off.
(e) Push the "BAT EPU" push button on the control unit.
(f) Make sure that the "D BATT" push button light is lit.
Conf. Code: 003 24-30-00, 5-4 Page 501

2012.07.03
(g) Push the "BAT EPU" push button on the control unit.
(h) Make sure that the "D BATT" push button light is off.
(i) Set the "EMER SW" switch to its down position.
(j) Make sure that:

1 the "D BATT" push button light is off,
2 all the lights are off, except for the NR indicator.
(k) Open the "NR" circuit breaker on panel 44 Alpha.

(l) Make sure that the NR indicator light goes off.
(m) Close the "NR" circuit breaker on panel 44 Alpha.
(n) Make sure that:

1 the NR indicator light comes on,
2 the digital display reads "000".
(o) Set the "EMER SW" switch to its up position.

(p) Make sure that the "D BATT" push button light is off.
G. Close-up
(1) De-energize the helicopter power systems (24-00-00, 2-1).
Conf. Code: 003 24-30-00, 5-4 Page 502

Starter / Generator - Removal / Installation

4-1a Removal / Installation - Starter / Generator

24-30-00, 5-1 ................................. Functional Tests - DC Power Supply System
24-30-00, 5-3 ................................. Functional Tests - Very Cold Weather Starting
24-30-00, 5-4 ................................. Functional Tests - Direct Battery Power Supply

24-30 WDM
31-61-00, 5-1 ................................. Access to and Use of the "CONFIG" Mode functions
- VEMD

80-09-01 CMM
80-09-98 CMM
80-19-06 CMM
24-00-00, 3-1 ................................. General Safety Instructions - Electrical Power Supply
System
B. Special Tools
Commercial ................................... tube wrench
C. Materials
CM 150 ......................................... grease
AMM
Fig. Item
Figure 401 (11) O-ring (P/N 3,6x12-60C7).
Figure 401 (20) Lockplate See manufacturer spares catalogue.
E. Job Set-up
(1) Comply with the general safety instructions for the electrical power supply sustem (
24-00-00, 3-1).
3-1).
(3) Install servicing platform [703A95-0300-00].
(4) Open engine cowlings.
Conf. Code: 002 24-31-00, 4-1a Page 401

2011.11.02
F. Procedure
Figure 401
WHEN YOU REMOVE / INSTALL THE STARTER /

GENERATOR, HOLD IT ON THE COUPLING AXIS
TO PREVENT ANY DAMAGE TO THE DRIVE
SHAFT.
NOTE
Use tube wrenches so as not to damage walls of

terminal block.
(1) Removal of the starter / generator:
NOTE
The removal procedure is the same for the two types

of starter / generator (APC and AUXILEC).
Adapter (1) is a part of engine casing.
(a) Loosen and remove the clamp (6) that attaches the vent duct (5) to the firewall.
(b) Remove the nut (16), the washer (17) and the electrical bonding braid (18).
(c) Make a mark to show the position of the power cables (19) on the terminal block (7)
(WDM 24-30).
(d) Disengage the rubber protections from the power cable (19) lugs.
(e) Loosen and remove the nuts (12), (14), the washers (13), (15), and the power
cables (19) of the terminal block (7).
(f) Remove the lockplate (20) of the screw (10).
(g) Loosen the screw (10) of the attachment clamp (9) and remove the half-shells (8).
(h) Discard the lockplate (20).

(i) Keep the attachment clamp (9).
NOTE
Check that the attachment clamp (9) is not bent or

distorted. Otherwise, scrap attachment clamp (9).
(j) Remove the starter / generator (3) along the drive shaft axis (2).
(k) Remove and discard the O-ring (11) of the drive shaft (2).
(l) Loosen and remove the clamp (4) that attaches the vent duct (5) to the starter /
generator (3).
Conf. Code: 002 24-31-00, 4-1a Page 402

2011.11.02
(m) Keep the clamp (4).

(n) Disengage the ventilation duct (5) from the starter / generator (3).
NOTE
On "AUXILEC" starter / generator (3), remove

coupling sleeve and attachment clamp as required.
(o) If necessary, tear down the starter / generator (3), depending of the aircraft
configuration (CMM 80-09-01) or (CMM 80-09-98) or (CMM 80-19-06).
(2) Installation of the starter / generator:
IF YOU CHANGE THE TYPE OF STARTER /

GENERATOR 150A / 200A:
- DO THE PROGRAMMING OF THE VEMD (
31-61-00, 5-1).
(a) If necessary, equip the starter / generator (3), depending of the aircraft configuration
(CMM 80-09-01) or (CMM 80-09-98) or (CMM 80-19-06).
NOTE
The installation procedure is the same for the two

types of starter / generator (APC and AUXILEC).
On "AUXILEC" starter / generator (3), secure

(b) Install the attachment clamp (4) of the vent duct (5) on the starter / generator (3).
(c) Torque to the value the screw of the clamp (4).

(d) Apply a layer of grease CM 150 on the splines of the drive shaft (2), the power
takeoff (1) and the new O-ring (11).
(e) Install the new O-ring (11) on the drive shaft (2).
(f) Engage the end of the drive shaft (2) in the power takeoff (1) and center the starter
/ generator (3).
NEVER REUSE A STARTER-GENERATOR

ATTACHMENT CLAMP WHICH WAS BENT.
IF THE CLAMP IS TOO SHORT OR IF ITS

LENGTH MUST BE ADJUSTED BY BENDING,
INSTALL A NEW CLAMP.
Conf. Code: 002 24-31-00, 4-1a Page 403

2011.11.02
(g) Install the half-shells (8) with the attachment clamp (9). Make sure the gap is the
same between the half-shells.
(h) Install the new lockplate (20) on screw (10).

(i) Torque the screw (10).
(j) Safety the screw (10) with the new lockplate (20).
(k) Connect the power cables (19) to the terminal block (7). Refer to the marks made
on removal (WDM 24-30).
(l) Install the washers (13), (15), and the nuts (12), (14). Tighten to their torque values.
(m) Install the rubber protections on the lugs of the power cables (19).
(n) Do the electrical bonding at the attachment point of the electrical bonding braid (18).
(o) Install the electrical bonding braid (18), the washer (17) and the nut (16).
(p) Torque the nut (16).
(q) Direct air inlet forwards.

(r) Install the clamp (6) that attaches the vent duct (5) to the firewall.
(s) Torque to the value bolt of clamp (6).
G. Close-up
Figure 402
POST MOD 073345 : IF A 200-AMP APC STARTER

/ GENERATOR IS INSTALLED, MAKE SURE
THE LABEL SPECIFYING (22) THE CURRENT
LIMITATION FOR THE STARTER / GENERATOR
IS BONDED UNDER THE VEMD (21).
(1) Do the functional tests of starter / generator (24-30-00, 5-1) or (24-30-00, 5-3) or (
24-30-00, 5-4).
(2) Close engine cowlings.
(3) Remove servicing platform [703A95-0300-00].
Conf. Code: 002 24-31-00, 4-1a Page 404

2011.11.02
1
CM 150
2
CM 150
ARRIEL 1D1
3
2 N.m
18 in.−lb. 4
5
ARRIEL 2B−2B1 10
20
2,5−3 N.m 9
22−27 in.−lb. 8
11 7
CM 150
19
13
19 N.m 12
168 in.−lb.
14 3 N.m
15 27 in.−lb.
19
18 16 10 N.m
17 88.5 in.−lb.
Removal / Installation - Starter / Generator

Figure 401
Conf. Code: 002 24-31-00, 4-1a Page 405

2011.11.02
21
22
XXXX XXXXXXX XXXXXX XXX XXXX XXX XX

Figure 402
Conf. Code: 002 24-31-00, 4-1a Page 406

Starter / Generator - Removal / Installation

4-1b Removal / Installation - Starter / Generator POST MOD 074302

24-30-00, 5-1 ................................. Functional Tests - DC Power Supply System
24-30-00, 5-3 ................................. Functional Tests - Very Cold Weather Starting
24-30-00, 5-4 ................................. Functional Tests - Direct Battery Power Supply

24-30 WDM
31-61-00, 5-1 ................................. Access to and Use of the "CONFIG" Mode functions
- VEMD

80-09-01 CMM
80-09-98 CMM
80-19-06 CMM
System
B. Special Tools
Commercial ................................... tube wrench
C. Materials
CM 150 ......................................... grease
CM 158 ......................................... grease
AMM
Fig. Item
Figure 401 (11) O-ring (P/N 3,6x12-60C7).
Figure 401 (20) Lockplate See manufacturer spares catalogue.
E. Job Set-up
24-00-00, 3-1).
(2) Comply with the general safety l instructions for the mechanical assemblies (60-00-00,
3-1).
(3) Install servicing platform [703A95-0300-00].
Conf. Code: 002 24-31-00, 4-1b Page 401

2011.11.09
F. Procedure
Figure 401
WHEN YOU REMOVE / INSTALL THE STARTER /

GENERATOR, HOLD IT ON THE COUPLING AXIS
TO PREVENT ANY DAMAGE TO THE DRIVE
SHAFT.
NOTE
Use tube wrenches so as not to damage walls of

terminal block.
(1) Removal of the starter / generator:
NOTE
The removal procedure is the same for the two types

of starter / generator (APC and AUXILEC).
Adapter (1) is a part of engine casing.
(a) Loosen and remove the clamp (6) that attaches the vent duct (5) to the firewall.
(b) Remove the nut (16), the washer (17) and the electrical bonding braid (18).
(c) Make a mark to show the position of the power cables (19) on the terminal block (7)
(WDM 24-30).
(d) Disengage the rubber protections from the power cable (19) lugs.
(e) Loosen and remove the nuts (12), (14), the washers (13), (15), and the power
cables (19) of the terminal block (7).
(f) Remove the lockplate (20) of the screw (10).
(g) Loosen the screw (10) of the attachment clamp (9) and remove the half-shells (8).
(h) Discard the lockplate (20).

(i) Keep the attachment clamp (9).
NOTE
Check that the attachment clamp (9) is not bent or

distorted. Otherwise, scrap attachment clamp (9).
(j) Remove the starter / generator (3) along the drive shaft axis (2).
(k) Remove and discard the O-ring (11) of the drive shaft (2).
(l) Loosen and remove the clamp (4) that attaches the vent duct (5) to the starter /
generator (3).
Conf. Code: 002 24-31-00, 4-1b Page 402

2011.11.09
(m) Keep the clamp (4).

(n) Disengage the ventilation duct (5) from the starter / generator (3).
NOTE
On "AUXILEC" starter / generator (3), remove

(o) If necessary, tear down the starter / generator (3), depending of the aircraft
configuration (CMM 80-09-01) or (CMM 80-09-98) or (CMM 80-19-06).
(2) Installation of the starter / generator:
IF YOU CHANGE THE TYPE OF STARTER /

GENERATOR 150A / 200A:
- DO THE PROGRAMMING OF THE VEMD (
31-61-00, 5-1).
(a) If necessary, equip the starter / generator (3), depending of the aircraft configuration
(CMM 80-09-01) or (CMM 80-09-98) or (CMM 80-19-06).
NOTE
The installation procedure is the same for the two

types of starter / generator (APC and AUXILEC).
On "AUXILEC" starter / generator (3), secure

(b) Install the attachment clamp (4) of the vent duct (5) on the starter / generator (3).
(c) Torque to the value the screw of the clamp (4).

(d) Apply a layer of grease CM 150 on the splines of the drive shaft (2) and the power
takeoff (1).
(e) Apply a layer of grease CM 158 to the new O-ring (11).
NEVER REUSE A STARTER-GENERATOR

ATTACHMENT CLAMP WHICH WAS BENT.
IF THE CLAMP IS TOO SHORT OR IF ITS

LENGTH MUST BE ADJUSTED BY BENDING,
INSTALL A NEW CLAMP.
(f) Install the new O-ring (11) on the drive shaft (2).
Conf. Code: 002 24-31-00, 4-1b Page 403

2011.11.09
(g) Engage the end of the drive shaft (2) in the power takeoff (1) and center the starter
/ generator (3).
(h) Install the half-shells (8) with the attachment clamp (9). Make sure the gap is the
same between the half-shells.
(i) Install the new lockplate (20) on screw (10).
(j) Torque the screw (10).
(k) Safety the screw (10) with the new lockplate (20).
(l) Connect the power cables (19) to the terminal block (7). Refer to the marks made
on removal (WDM 24-30).
(m) Install the washers (13), (15), and the nuts (12), (14). Tighten to their torque values.
(n) Install the rubber protections on the lugs of the power cables (19).
(o) Do the electrical bonding at the attachment point of the electrical bonding braid (18).
(p) Install the electrical bonding braid (18), the washer (17) and the nut (16).
(q) Torque the nut (16).

(r) Direct air inlet forwards.
(s) Install the clamp (6) that attaches the vent duct (5) to the firewall.
(t) Torque to the value the bolt of clamp (6).
G. Close-up
Figure 402
POST MOD 073345 : IF A 200-AMP APC STARTER

/ GENERATOR IS INSTALLED, MAKE SURE
THE LABEL SPECIFYING (22) THE CURRENT
LIMITATION FOR THE STARTER / GENERATOR
IS BONDED UNDER THE VEMD (21).
(1) Do the functional tests of starter / generator (24-30-00, 5-1) or (24-30-00, 5-3) or (
24-30-00, 5-4).

(3) Remove servicing platform [703A95-0300-00].
Conf. Code: 002 24-31-00, 4-1b Page 404

2011.11.09
1
CM 150
2
CM 150
4
5
2,5−3 N.m 10
22−27 in.−lb. 20
9
8
11 7
CM 158
19
13
19 N.m 12
168 in.−lb.
14 3 N.m
15 27 in.−lb.
19
18 16 10 N.m
17 88.5 in.−lb.

Figure 401
Conf. Code: 002 24-31-00, 4-1b Page 405

2011.11.09
21
22
XXXX XXXXXXX XXXXXX XXX XXXX XXX XX

Figure 402
Conf. Code: 002 24-31-00, 4-1b Page 406

Starter / Generator - Inspection / Check

6-1 Check - Starter / Generator

53-51-00, 4-1 ................................ Removal installation - Upper cowlings

88-00-00, 6-1 ................................ Check - Wiring

System
B. Special Tools
703A95-0300-00 ........................... servicing platform
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set up
(2) Comply with the general mechanical instructions (60-00-00, 3-1).

(3) Open the engine cowling (53-51-00, 4-1).
F. Procedure
(1) Make sure the starter / generator is clean and its clamp attachments are in good
condition.
(2) Make sure the clamp attachment of the starter / generator to the reduction gear casing is
correct.
(3) Make sure the clamp attachment of the ventilation duct to the starter / generator is
correct.
(4) Make sure the ventilation duct is in good condition and clean.
(5) Make sure the terminal strip, the rubber protections and the power cable terminal lugs of
the starter / generator are in good condition.
(6) Make sure the attachments of the power cables to the terminal strip of the starter /
generator are correct.
24-31-00, 6-1 Page 601

2011.04.20
(7) Make sure the bonding braid is in good condition and correctly attached to the terminal
strip of the starter / generator.
(8) Examine the condition of the wiring and the connections (88-00-00, 6-1).
G. Close-up
(2) Close the engine cowling (53-51-00, 4-1).
24-31-00, 6-1 Page 602

APC Stater / Generator - Removal / Installation

4-1 Removal / Installation - Brushes on APC Starter / Generator

24-31-00, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Starter / Generator
24-31-01, 6-1 ........................ Check and Determination of Remaining Brush Service Life

None

System
B. Special Tools
Commercial .......................... air gun
Commercial .......................... portable fan
C. Materials
CM 775 ................................ lockwire
None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Comply with the general safety instructions for electrical power supply system (24-00-00,
3-1).
(2) Comply with the general safety instructions for mechanical assemblies (60-00-00, 3-1).
(3) Remove starter-generator (24-31-00, 4-1).
F. Procedure
BRUSHES MUST BE SYSTEMATICALLY RUN-IN

AFTER REPLACING A BRUSH.
24-31-01, 4-1 Page 401

2010.02.04
NOTE
Criteria for scrapping brushes:

- presence of grease, breaks on brushes, burns
and loosening of cable sheaths,
- difference in dimension between two brushes
above 1 mm (.039 in.).
(1) Removal
Figure 401
(a) Remove cover (2) by means of bolts (1).
(b) Inspect the four brushes in order to select the most worn.
ONLY THE SHORTEST BRUSH WILL BE

REMOVED FOR CHECK.
(c) Disconnect cable (5) (DETAIL A) by means of bolt (6).
(d) Raise spring (3).
(e) Mark brush (4) and remove it from its cage.

(f) Check and determine the remaining service life of the brush (24-31-01, 6-1).
(g) If the service life determined allows a new 300 hour cycle, install brush (paragraph
2). If not, replace the four brushes.
(h) The new brushes must be run-in (paragraph 3) before the starter-generator is
installed on aircraft.
(2) Installation
Figure 401
(a) Insert each brush (4) in its cage as per marking.
(b) Install spring (3), until contact.

(c) Connect cable (5), (DETAIL A) by means of bolt (6).
(d) Install cover (2) by means of bolts (1), tighten and safety bolts (1) with lockwire CM
775.
(3) Running-in brushes
Figure 402
(a) Preparation
1 Install APC brushes on starter-generator.

2 Do not use abrasive paper to clean commutator as sand particles may become
embodied between the commutator bars and cause premature brush wear.
24-31-01, 4-1 Page 402

2010.02.04
3 Secure starter generator horizontally on a work bench.
4 Remove fan cover to have access to the brush zone.

5 Install an air gun or a portable fan to blow air in the brush zone during starter-
generator rotation.
(b) Procedure
1 Rotate starter-generator (DETAIL D) (series starting):

a connect + terminal (positive) of current generator (3) to C+ terminal of
starter-generator (4),
b connect - terminal (negative) of current generator (3) to E- terminal of

starter-generator (4),
c set supply voltage to 15 volts.
NOTE
Starter-generator must rotate approximately 7,000 to

9,000 rpm.
Input direct current intensity is approximately: 20 to

40 amperes for 150 to 250 A starter-generators.
2 Remove carbon dust by means of the air gun or fan when brushes are being
run-in.
(c) Criteria for running-in brushes
1 Proper brush seating is shown by a contact surface of approximately 85 to 100

% in the rotation direction and at least 85 % parallel to the armature shaft
(DETAIL B, Figure 402).
2 If brush seating is insufficient, continue rotating starter-generator.
3 See examples of brush seating:
Legend of Figure 402: (1) = non resting zone, (2) = rest zone
DETAIL A: new brush,
DETAIL B: proper seating of brushes; proper running-in,
DETAIL C: poor seating of brushes, incorrect running-in.
NOTE
A dark colour film is installed on the surface of

the commutator during brush running-in. This film
decreases friction at the brushes and thus increases
their service life.
G. Close-up
(1) Install starter-generator (24-31-00, 4-1).
24-31-01, 4-1 Page 403

2010.02.04
6 5 3
Removal / Installation - Brushes on APC Starter / Generator

Figure 401
24-31-01, 4-1 Page 404

2010.02.04
(1)
(2)
100% 100% 100%
100% 85% 85%
+ −
Removal / Installation - Brushes on APC Starter / Generator

Figure 402
24-31-01, 4-1 Page 405

24-31-01, 4-1 Page 406
2010.02.04
APC Stater / Generator - Inspection / Check

6-1 Check and Determination of Remaining Brush service life - APC Starter /
Generator

24-31-01, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Brushes on APC Starter /
Generator

None

None
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Remove brushes on APC Starter / Generator (24-31-01, 4-1).
F. Procedure
Figure 601
Figure 602
(1) Determining brush remaining service life (Starter / Generator 150/160 SG and 200 SGL).
(a) Apply the calculation on the shortest brush according to the calculation procedure of
the table in (Figure 602) in order to determine the remaining service life of a brush.
(b) If the remaining service life is 300 hours or more, reinstall brush and keep starter-
generator in service for the remaining service life calculated according to the table in
(Figure 602) or for a maximum of 1,200 hours.
Return the assembly to an authorised APC repair facility for reconditioning when this
limit is reached.
(c) Remove starter-generator a second time when operating hours reach the limit
determined by the calculation of the table in (Figure 602).
End of service life for the starter-generator is determined if all the brushes are below
the maximum wear limit.
24-31-01, 6-1 Page 601

2010.02.04
NOTE
This procedure may be repeated on 2 or 3 other

starter-generators to determine the average brush
service life.
G. Close-up
(1) Install brushes on APC Starter / Generator (24-31-01, 4-1).
24-31-01, 6-1 Page 602

2010.02.04
L1−L2
Check and Determination of Remaining Brush service life - APC Starter / Generator
Figure 601
24-31-01, 6-1 Page 603

2010.02.04
STARTER − GENERATOR P/N : SERIAL N° : DATE :
CALCULATING BRUSH REMAINING SERVICE LIFE :
Max. lenght (L1) (Figure 1)

of a new brush P/N 200 SGL 1009 : (1) = 15,9 mm (.626 in.)
or
Max. lenght (L2) (Figure 1)
of a new brush P/N 150 SGL 1009 − 5 : (1) = 11,4 mm (.449 in.)
Remaining wear allowance (P) (Figure 1) :

( measured on the shortest brush ) : (2) =
TOTAL BRUSH WEAR : (1) − (2) = (3) =
Brush operating hours : (4) =
(3) = Total brush wear = Brush hourly wear (5)

(4) Brush operating hours
(5) =
(2) = Remaining wear allowance = Service life in before

(5) Brush hourly wear replacing brushes (6)
(6) =
Starter − generator operating hours :

Remaining hours (6) + current operating hours (4) =
Total Starter − generator hours upon next brush replacement
=
Check and Determination of Remaining Brush service life - APC Starter / Generator
Figure 602
24-31-01, 6-1 Page 604

AUXILEC Stater / Generator - Removal / Installation

4-1 Removal / Installation - Brushes on AUXILEC Starter / Generator


None

System
60-00-00, 3-1 ........................ General Safety Instructions -Mechanical Assemblies
B. Special Tools
Commercial .......................... 20 Ω 10A rheostat
Commercial .......................... 0 - 50A ammeter
Commercial .......................... Tachometer (5,000 rpm)
C. Materials
CM 775 ................................ lockwire
None
E. Job Set-up
(1) Comply with the general safety instructions for electrical power supply (24-00-00, 3-1).
(3) Remove starter-generator (24-31-00, 4-1).
(4) Remove lockwire of the bolt (1).

(5) Remove detachable strap for access to brushes: bolt (1).
F. Procedure
Figure 401
(1) Removing brushes:

(a) Remove bolts (3) washers (4).
(b) Raise brush springs (7) then remove brushes (5).
(2) Installing brushes:

(a) Raise brush springs (7) and carefully install brushes (5) in contact with commutator
(8).
24-31-02, 4-1 Page 401

2010.02.04
NOTE
New and preliminary run-in brushes must be

positioned without jamming in the brush holder (9).
(b) Connect connections from the frame and shunts (2) of brushes with new bolts (3)
and washers (4).
(c) Carefully reinstall brush spring (7) on yokes (6) of brushes (5).
(3) Running-in brushes Figure 402:
(a) Connect starter generator.

(b) Set excitation rheostat (Rh1) to minimum resistance.
(c) Close switch (I2) to short circuit ammeter (A1) upon starting starter-generator.
(d) Close switch (I1) and gradually increase rheostat (Rh1) resistance to obtain a
rotation speed of approximately 5,000 rpm.
(e) Open switch (I2) and read current absorbed on ammeter (A1). Current must not
exceed 30A.
(f) Rotate starter-generator for 3 hours.
(g) Set (Rh1) to minimum and open I1 to stop starter-generator.

(h) Inspect each brush to check its running-in level. The contact surface must be 100 %
in the circumferential direction and 100 % in the axial direction, if not continue on
operation (f) until these values are obtained.
(i) Disconnect starter-generator.
(j) Using a blast of dry compressed air, blow energetically inside the starter-generator
to remove carbon dust.
G. Close-up
Figure 401
(1) Install and tighten detachable straps to torque: bolt (1)
(2) Safety with lockwire CM 775 the bolt (1).

(3) Install starter-generator (24-31-00, 4-1).
24-31-02, 4-1 Page 402

2010.02.04
2,1 N.m
18 in.−lb.
2 3
4
5
6
9
Removal / Installation - Brushes on AUXILEC Starter / Generator

Figure 401
24-31-02, 4-1 Page 403

2010.02.04
Rh
1
A
E
B
C
D
I
2
I
1
A
1
30V
Removal / Installation - Brushes on AUXILEC Starter / Generator

Figure 402
24-31-02, 4-1 Page 404

AUXILEC Stater / Generator - Inspection / Check

6-1 Dimensional Check of Brushes - AUXILEC Starter / Generator


24-31-02, 4-1 ........................ Removal / Installation - Brushes on AUXILEC Starter /
Generator

System
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
CM 775 ................................ lockwire
None
E. Job Set-up
24-00-00, 3-1).

(4) Remove detachable straps for access to brushes.
F. Procedure
Figure 601
(1) Checks
(a) Checking brushes
1 Visually check that dimension "a" between brush yoke and corresponding
notch of brush guide is identical for each:
. "a" = 17 mm (.66 in.) for new brush,
. "a" = 0 mm for used brush.

2 If dimension "a" measured on each brush is greater than or equal to 5 mm (.19
in.), brushes will not be replaced provided that the operating profile (light load,
humidity rate) of the aircraft remains unchanged from the last check to the
24-31-02, 6-1 Page 601

2010.02.04
next.
3 If dimension "a" of one of the brushes is less than 5 mm (.19 in.), change the
four brushes (24-31-02, 4-1).
4 Check brush shunts (attachment, condition of insulating sheaths, absence of

burns).
5 Make sure that all brushes and guides are in their original position.
6 Check proper condition and position of springs on brush yokes.
NOTE
Make sure that brushes do not leave their guides

during the check.
(b) Checking the commutator

1 The commutator must have a glossy appearance without traces of anomaly.
2 If commutator leaves are pitted or show traces of heat spots, the starter-
generator must be removed (24-31-00, 4-1) and sent for overhaul.
NOTE
Never touch the commutator.
(c) Check of the ventilation system

1 Make sure that there are no foreign object in the air inlets and outlets.
2 Check condition of the ventilation duct.
G. Close-up
(1) Install and tighten detachable straps to torque.
(2) Safety with lockwire CM 775 the screw (1).

24-31-02, 6-1 Page 602

2010.02.04
a
1
2,1 N.m
18 in.−lb.
Dimensional Check of Brushes - AUXILEC Starter / Generator

Figure 601
24-31-02, 6-1 Page 603

24-31-02, 6-1 Page 604
2010.02.04
Electrical Master Box - Removal / Installation

4-1 Removal / Installation - Electrical Master Box

24-30-00, 5-1 ........................ Functional Tests - DC Power Supply System
24-30-00, 5-3 ........................ Functional Tests - Very Cold Weather Starting
24-30-00, 5-4 ........................ Functional Tests - Direct Battery Power Supply

None

System
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
DISCONNECT THE BATTERY CABLES AND, IF

NECESSARY, THE EXTERNAL POWER SUPPLY.
24-00-00, 3-1).
3-1).
(3) Open RH cargo door and disconnect battery.

(4) Open cargo door.
(5) Remove floor access panel to electrical master box.
F. Procedure
Figure 401
Config. Code: 002 24-32-00, 4-1 Page 401

2010.02.04
(1) Removal of the electrical master box:
(a) Loosen by a quarter turn nuts (2) of the cover of the electrical master box.
(b) Remove the cover (1) of the electrical master box.
(c) Loosen and remove the four nuts (3) and the washers which attach the electrical
master box to the structure.
(d) Disengage the electrical master box from its support sufficiently to make access to
the connecting terminals of the power cables in the electrical master box easier.
(e) Identify and disconnect, one by one, the lugs of the power cables attached with the
nuts and washers in the electrical master box.
(f) Put the washers and nuts back into position after each disconnection.
(g) Disengage each cable from the electrical master box through its grommet.
(h) Disconnect the control and indicating system connector (5).
(i) Carefully remove the electrical master box.
(2) Installation of the electrical master box:

(a) Install the electrical master box on its support.
THE GENERATOR CABLE (PP3E) MUST BE PUT

THROUGH THE "GEN" (4) HOLE, THIS HOLE IS
FITTED WITH A REVERSE CURRENT DETECTION
PROBE.
(b) Put each cable into the electrical master box through its hole.
(c) Connect, one by one, the power cable lugs to their terminals in the electrical master
box.
(d) Install the washers and tighten the nuts on each lug.
(e) Connect the control and indicating system connector (5).
(f) Install the four washers and tighten nuts (3) securing electrical master box to the
structure.
(g) Install the cover (1) on the electrical master box.
(h) Install and tighten by a quarter turn the screws (2) of the electrical master box
cover.
G. Close-up
(1) Install and secure floor panel.
(2) Close LH cargo door.

(3) Connect the battery and close RH cargo door.
Config. Code: 002 24-32-00, 4-1 Page 402

2010.02.04
(4) Perform functional Test of DC power supply system (24-30-00, 5-1) or (24-30-00, 5-3) or
(24-30-00, 5-4).
Config. Code: 002 24-32-00, 4-1 Page 403

2010.02.04
1 2
GE
N
RE DE
S3 M
RE
PP3E S2
RE
S1
BA
T
PP
BU
S2
BU
S1
VE
KK3E N
FL
T
TR
PP5E E
PP1E 5
EM4E
PP6E
PP7E PP9E
Removal / Installation - Electrical Master Box

Figure 401
Config. Code: 002 24-32-00, 4-1 Page 404

Electrical Master Box - Adjustment / Test

5-1 Adjustment of Electrical Master Box Voltage Control

Section 8 FLM

None

B. Special Tools
Commercial ................................... Voltmeter
C. Materials
None
D. Routine Replacements Parts

None
E. Job Set-up
00, 3-1).
(2) Open LH cargo door.
(3) Remove floor access panel to electrical master box (clip).
(4) Remove electrical master box cover (Dzus).

(5) Start engine (FLM Section 8).
NOTE
The entire generation must be temperature stabilised,

adjustment will be carried out after a ground run-up
of at least 10 minutes or after return from flight.
F. Procedure
Figure 501
Conf. Code: 001 24-32-00, 5-1 Page 501

2011.03.02
VERY IMPORTANT: VOLTAGE CONTROL

CAN ONLY BE ADJUSTED USING A P1
POTENTIOMETER (SEE FIGURE 501 ).
ALL ACTIONS ON OTHER POTENTIOMETERS

WILL MISALIGN THE FUNCTIONS OF THE
ELECTRICAL MASTER BOX AND REQUIRE THAT
IT BE SENT TO A SPECIALISED LABORATORY.
NOTE
Adjustment must be carried out after " BAT-GENE"

setting.
(1) Set "BAT" and "GENE" push buttons to "depressed" position; "BAT " and "GENE" lights
off.
(2) Trip battery system:
(a) Set "BAT" push button to "extended" position; "BAT" light on.
(3) Connect voltmeter + (positive) to the PP12 main bus bar (bar connected at generator
switch assembly output, inside the master box) and the - (negative) to ground.
(4) Actuate potentiometer P1 (see Figure 501 ) so as to adjust voltage to 28.5 volts.
NOTE
As soon as outside temperature reaches or exceed

35˚C (95˚F), aircraft voltage must be adjusted to 27.5
V ± 0.5 V.
(5) Set battery system:
(a) Set "BAT" push button to "depressed" position, "BAT" light off.
(6) Turn on as many user systems as possible on the aircraft.
For a flow of 80 amperes, voltage variation must be less than or equal to 0.5 volt.
G. Close-up
(1) Turn off engine (FLM Section 8).
(2) Release "BAT" and "GENE" push buttons.
(3) Install electrical master box cover (Dzus).

(4) Install floor access panel to electrical master box (clip).
(5) Close LH cargo door.
Conf. Code: 001 24-32-00, 5-1 Page 502

2011.03.02
U.GEN
P1
B C D A
DZ 10 R 30
R 36
P3 P2 P1
DA 4 R 35 TH 1
R 56
C 16 + R 29 R 15
C9 D8 R 16
+ C 11
C8 D A3
D7 DZ 13 R 14
C 14 +
R 13
+
R 19 + C 15
D10
R 18
C7 R 27
R 44 R 28
C6
R 55
Q7
R 20
R 23 L2
DA 2
DZ 20 R 12
R 21
R 26 R
C 18 +
D 14 DZ 7 R
Adjustment of Electrical Master Box Voltage Control

Figure 501
Conf. Code: 001 24-32-00, 5-1 Page 503

Conf. Code: 001 24-32-00, 5-1 Page 504
2011.03.02
Battery - Maintenance Practices

2-1 Cleaning the battery compartment


None

System
20.04.03.401 MTC
20.04.05.101 MTC
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
CM 119 ......................................... Grease
None
E. Job Set-up
(2) Remove the battery (24-33-00, 4-1).
F. Procedure
(1) Clean the battery compartment.
(2) If traces of electrolyte splashes are visible in the battery compartment, remove the
contaminated items then clean the damaged surfaces (MTC 20.07.03.410), renew the
surface treatment (MTC 20.04.03.401) and repaint the parts (MTC 20.04.05.101).
NOTE
In addition to scheduled preventive cleaning

operations, clean the battery compartment as well
as the ventilation lines whenever electrolyte is
accidentally splashed.
G. Close-up
(1) Lubricate the connector terminals with Grease CM 119.
24-33-00, 2-1 Page 201

2011.04.20
(2) Install the battery (24-33-00, 4-1).
24-33-00, 2-1 Page 202

Battery - Removal / Installation

4-1 Removal / Installation - Battery

24-30-00, 5-1 ........................ Functional tests - DC Power Supply System
24-30-00, 5-3 ........................ Functional tests - Very Cold weather starting
24-30-00, 5-4 ........................ Functional tests - Direct battery power supply

None

System
20.02.01.414 MTC
20.07.02.206 MTC
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
(1) The removal - installation procedure is the same for the various batteries.
THIS TYPE OF BATTERY (VERY COLD

WEATHER STARTING - POST MOD OP2779 and
POST MOD OP2780 ) MUST NOT BE MIXED.
24-00-00, 3-1).
(3) Comply with the general safety instructions for handling batteries (MTC 20.07.02.206 ).
(4) Open RH cargo door
Config. Code: 002 24-33-00, 4-1 Page 401

2010.02.04
F. Procedure
Figure 401
(1) Removal
MAKE SURE THAT THE "EXT PWR BAT" OR

"batt/epu" PUSH BUTTON OF THE CONTROL
UNIT IS ON STOP POSITION AND THAT
THE EXTERNAL POWER SOURCE IS NOT
CONNECTED.
(a) Remove cowling of the relevant battery.

(b) Disconnect the temperature probe connector as required.
(c) Remove nut from battery "-" terminal and disconnect ground cable.
(d) Remove battery "+" terminal nut and disconnect the power supply cable. Mark
position of the lug (2).
(e) Check correct condition of sheath (3) (DETAIL B) PRE MOD 073226 or (4) (
DETAIL C) POST MOD 073226 :
- Replace sheath (3) or (4) as per (MTC 20.02.01.414 ) as applicable.
(f) Unlock the quick-disconnect system (toggle fastener).
(g) Disengage the tab of the quick-disconnect system (toggle fastener).

(h) Remove battery.
NOTE
If the cold weather starting battery is disassembled,

BATT "+" cable must be connected on its "resting
point".
(2) Installation
(a) Set battery on its support.

(b) Slide battery onto its support by checking that its base is well engaged under the
rear locking stop.
NOTE
PRE MOD 073226 , with of the battery holding

stirrup was increased by 5 mm (.197 in.) to enable
correct locking of the quick-disconnect system (toggle
fastener).
(c) Engage tab of the quick-disconnect system (toggle fastener) on the battery base
and tighten the quick-disconnect system (toggle fastener).
Config. Code: 002 24-33-00, 4-1 Page 402

2010.02.04
POST MOD 07 3226 , comply with lug

(2)DIRECTION AS SHOWN IN DETAIL B, SO AS
TO PREVENT SHORT CIRCUIT.
(d) Connect aircraft power supply cable to the battery "+" terminal and tighten nut.
(e) POST MOD 073226 (DETAIL C) on SAFT 151 CH1 batteries only (
POST MOD 072769 ), the NR indicator connector plate is suppressed and
replaced by a pre-insulated round lug:
- Connect lug (5) on battery "+" terminal (6) opposite general supply lug (7).
(f) Connect grounding cable to battery "-" terminal and tighten nut.
(g) Check for presence of shunt (1) between terminals A and D of electrical connector
(DETAIL A).
(h) Connect temperature probe connector.
(i) Install battery cowling.
G. Close-up
(1) Energize the helicopter systems (24-00-00, 2-1).
(2) Check that battery voltage (U/BUS) displayed on VEMD screen or voltmeter is correct.
(3) De-energize the helicopter systems (24-00-00, 2-1).
(4) Close cargo door.
(5) Test the installation (24-30-00, 5-1) or (24-30-00, 5-3) or (24-30-00, 5-4).
Config. Code: 002 24-33-00, 4-1 Page 403

2010.02.04
7 5
1
4
Removal / Installation - Battery

Figure 401
Config. Code: 002 24-33-00, 4-1 Page 404

Battery - Adjustment / Test

5-1 Functional Tests - Battery Temperature Warning Light


24-30 WDM

System
B. Special Tools
350A97-0004-00 ................... cable harness of ground effect test case
703A97-0001-00 ................... ground effect test case of light helicopter
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
(2) Open the battery access door.
F. Procedure
(1) Do the check of the battery-temperature warning light without the test set:
(a) Disconnect the battery-temperature monitoring connector from the battery 26P (
WDM 24-30 ).
(b) Energize the electrical system of the helicopter (24-00-00, 2-1).

(c) Put a jumper between the terminals A and B of the connector 26P (WDM 24-30 ).
Make sure the red "BATT TEMP" light comes on, on the Warning Caution Panel.
(d) Remove the jumper. Make sure the light goes off.
(e) De-energize the electrical system of the helicopter (24-00-00, 2-1).

(f) Connect the battery-temperature monitoring connector to the battery 26P (WDM
24-30 ).
(2) Do the check of the battery-temperature warning light with the test set:
(a) Disconnect the battery-temperature monitoring connector from the battery 26P (
WDM 24-30 ). Connect the connector to the Test set [703A97-0001-00] using the
Config. Code: 002 24-33-00, 5-1 Page 501

2010.02.04
cable harness [350A97-0004-00].
(b) Energize the electrical system of the helicopter (24-00-00, 2-1).

(c) Set the "AL T˚ BATT" switch of the test set to "ON". Make sure the red "BATT
TEMP" light comes on, on the Warning Caution Panel.
(d) Set the "AL T˚ BATT" switch of the test set to "OFF". Make sure the light goes off.
(e) De-energize the electrical system of the helicopter (24-00-00, 2-1).

(f) Disconnect the test set and the cable harness. Connect the monitoring connector to
the battery 26P (WDM 24-30 ).
G. Close-up
(1) Close the battery access door.
Config. Code: 002 24-33-00, 5-1 Page 502


5-1 Functional Tests - Battery Temperature Warning Light POST MOD 074302

24-00-00, 2-1 ................................ Electrical Power Supply on the Ground

24-30 WDM

System
B. Special Tools
350A97-0004-00 ........................... cable harness of ground effect test case

703A97-0001-00 ........................... ground effect test case of light helicopter
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
00, 3-1).
(2) Open the battery access door.

(3) Connect a headset to the intercommunication system.
F. Procedure
(1) Do the check of the battery-temperature warning light without the test set:
(a) Disconnect the connector "26P-J1" (24-30 WDM).
(b) Push a shunt between the terminals "A" and "B" of the connector "26P-J1" (24-30
WDM).
(c) Energize the helicopter systems (24-00-00, 2-1).
(d) Push the "HORN" push button.
(e) Make sure that the "HORN" push button light comes on.
(f) Energize the intercommunication system.
(g) Make sure that the red "BATT TEMP" light on the caution advisory panel comes on.
(h) Make sure that you hear a sound signal in the headset.
Conf. Code: 003 24-33-00, 5-1 Page 501

2012.07.03
(i) Remove the shunt and make sure that the light goes off.
(j) Make sure that the red "BATT TEMP" light on the caution advisory panel comes on.
(k) De-energize the intercommunication system.
(l) Push the "HORN" push button.
(m) Make sure that the "HORN" push button light is off.
(n) De-energize the helicopter systems (24-00-00, 2-1).
(o) Connect the connector "26P-J1" (24-30 WDM).
(2) Do the check of the battery-temperature warning light with the test set:
(a) Disconnect the connector "26P-J1" (24-30 WDM).
(b) Connect the connector "26P-J1" to the test set [703A97-0001-00] with the harness [
350A97-0004-00] from the ground test set.
(c) Energize the helicopter systems (24-00-00, 2-1).

(d) Push the "HORN" push button.
(e) Make sure that the "HORN" push button light comes on.
(f) Energize the intercommunication system.

(g) Set the "AL T˚ BATT" switch of the test set to "ON".
(h) Make sure that the red "BATT TEMP" light on the caution advisory panel comes on.
(i) Make sure that you hear a sound signal in the headset.
(j) Set the "AL T˚ BATT" switch of the test set to "OFF".
(k) Make sure that the red "BATT TEMP" light on the caution advisory panel goes off.
(l) Push the "HORN" push button.

(m) Make sure that the "HORN" push button light is off.
(n) De-energize the intercommunication system.
(o) De-energize the helicopter systems (24-00-00, 2-1).

(p) Disconnect the test set [703A97-0001-00] and the harness [350A97-0004-00].
(q) Connect the battery-temperature monitoring connector "26P-J1" (24-30 WDM).
G. Close-up
(1) Close the battery access door.
(2) Disconnect a headset to the intercommunication system.
Conf. Code: 003 24-33-00, 5-1 Page 502


5-2 Checking the Charge Level of SERMAT Emergency Battery (P/N EE 0033)

24-00-00, 2-1 ................................. Electrical Power Supply on the Ground

None

System
20.07.02.206 MTC
34-29-99 CMM
B. Special Tools
None
C. Materials
None

None
E. Job Set-up
24-00-00, 3-1).
(2) Comply with the safety instructions handling batteries (MTC 20.07.02.206).
(3) Open the RH side cargo door.

(4) General instruction:
(a) The standby horizon, the emergency lighting system or the standby compass
(depending on the battery to be tested) must be set to the emergency operating
mode.
(b) The emergency battery must be supplied with power from the main battery or the
GPU receptacle.
F. Procedure
NOTE
Preferably perform this test a short time after a flight

so that the emergency battery is properly charged.
Conf. Code: 002 24-33-00, 5-2 Page 501

2011.01.06
NOTE
Wait one minute between two consecutive presses of

the test push button.
(1) Press and hold the test push button on the faceplate of the unit for at least five seconds.
The green indicator light should come on; it will go out when the push button is released.
(2) If the green light does not come on but emits a short flash when the push button is
released, the battery is at 2/3 of its nominal charge:
- Connect an external electrical power source (24-00-00, 2-1) to recharge the

emergency battery for thirty minutes.
- Disconnect the external electrical power source (24-00-00, 2-1).
- Repeat the test and check that the green light comes on.
(3) If the green light remains off, even when the push button is released:
- Connect an external electrical power source (24-00-00, 2-1) to recharge the

emergency battery for one hour.
- Disconnect the external electrical power source (24-00-00, 2-1).
- Repeat the test and check that the green light comes on.
(4) If the green light does not come on even after the emergency battery has been
recharged:
- Recondition the emergency battery (CMM 34-29-99).
G. Close-up
(1) Switch off the standby horizon, the emergency lighting system or the standby compass
(depending on the battery to be tested).
(2) Close the left side compartment door.

(3) Return the aircraft to its initial configuration.
Conf. Code: 002 24-33-00, 5-2 Page 502

550 - Amm - Vol01 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

550 - Amm - Vol01 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AS550 C3

AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Issue date : 2010.10.07

For each UD, this revision specifies:

The type of change incorporated:

- (M) aircraft build standard changed,

If maintenance is affected (Y) or not (N).

2. Detailed description of the revision.

C.S.S Conf. Type of Maintenance Reason for the change

67-21-00, 5-1 001 I Y Information added

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS

COMPOSITION OF THE TEMPORARY REVISION

THIS PAGE WILL BE DELETED UPON INCOR-

This manual contains the following Temporary Revisions:

Title Date Type

LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS

Title Date Type

Title Date Type

62 - List of effective documentary units 2012.09.27gf N

1. Purpose of the Manual

- The Component Maintenance Manual (CMM).

2. Definition of required maintenance levels for application of repairs

EUROCOPTER Approved Repair Center,

"I+" level repairs require approval from the

3. Following up the technical publications

4. Updating the manual

Several Temporary Revisions may be issued between two Normal Revisions.

B. Composition and updating

New, revised or deleted Documentary Units:

ALL TEMPORARY REVISIONS INCORPORATED

This procedure is used:

For the approved parts (certification), no page can be

Rules for the Preprint diffusion process:

- The Documentary Units are printed on salmon-colored paper.

8. Composition of the manual

9. Structure of the manual

10. Structure pages

The structure pages contained in the AMM are as follows:

11. Chapter structure pages

12. Breakdown into chapters

The chapter below was added:

- List of Materials (in AMM Part II).

13. Chapter breakdown into topics (SDS section)

the complete system and its sub-systems.

This section is designed so that it can be used as a training manual.

The identification comes in the form of a series of Documentary Units (DU).

TOPIC TOPIC No. EXAMPLE

There are two title levels:

14. Chapter breakdown into topics (AMM section)

TOPIC TOPIC NUMBER SEQUENCE NUMBER EXAMPLE

This topic comes in the form of a table:

TOPIC TOPIC NUMBER SEQUENCE NUMBER EXAMPLE

Example: 62-21-00, 4-1 Removal - Main rotor hub

Example: Remove main rotor hub (62-21-00, 4-1).

ex: conf 001 62-21-00, 4-1,

ex: conf 002 62-21-00, 4-1

Further to changes in aircraft configuration, compliance with a Service Bulletin, change of

Each task contains the information below:

- List of Applicable Documents

- List of special tools

purchased off the shelf.